Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
1980-02-19 Info Packet
City ofIowa City' MEMORANDUM Date: February 15, 1980 To: City Council From: Ci��tjlliager Re: FY81 Budget - Update Attached is information which describes the present position of the operating budget as the result of decisions made by the City Council, the current estimated status of collective bargaining and staff recommendations relating to transit funding. These figures also take into account an estimated appropriation of $45,000 for regional planning services and $7,000 for human service planning for FY81. In addition, the proposed budget for the Planning and Program Development Department has been reduced $15,000 to reflect the reduction made in other operating departments. Originally it was estimated that revenue and expenditure changes of approximately $1.6 million would be required to provide a balanced General Fund. The status of collective bargaining at this time would seem to indicate a slightly more favorable position; somewhere between $1.1 and $1.3 million. In addition, the Council approved changes which were not included in the original calculations. These are the transfer of parking enforcement attendants from the General Fund to the Parking Revenue Fund and the reduction in Aid to Agencies below the FY80 appropriation. With these changes there 1s an interim balance of $494,670 available in the General Fund and $122,284 available in Revenue Sharing. Completion of discussion of these matters will allow for preparation of the operating budget. The following is a list of areas where additional funding could be considered: Item Amount Comment I. Collective Bargaining $100,000 All units have not settled; Reserve also final determination for employees not in collective bargaining units. 2. Asphalt Resurfacing and $ 75,000 Would return to FY80 level; chipseal necessary to preserve streets. 3. Employees 7 Salary budget was reduced $429,000. 3FO MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES 1701NES M bdw5/1-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB y CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Item Amount /-4�mment 1 4. Northside Lighting $5-$10,000 Analysis is not yet complete. 5. Paper Recycling $ 35,242 Council made decision to eliminate July 1, 1980, based on "use or lost it." 6. Fall Street Marking $ 10,000 Safety factor. 7, Senior Citizen Services $ 20,000 Services performed by Council on Aging are required by community and Senior Citizen Center. Expect community based organization to assume responsibility for services. 8. Aid to Agencies ? 9. Equipment Service Building $200,000 Reconstruction of Iowa Plate Improvement Project Glass building and machine room, equipment office and restrooms. Project should be completed as soon as possible. As all departments use facilities there is justification for use of revenue other than Road Use Taxes. 10. Crossing Guards ? bdw5/1-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB y CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i c REVISED GENERAL FUND FY81 BUDGET RECEIPTS General Government Revenue Revenue from Divisions Revenue Increases Transit: U -Heights Agreement $ 9,750 35d Fare (additional revenue) 194,000 10t Levy 59,235 General Revenue Sharing (reduction) _(49,280) Aid to Agencies General Revenue Sharing (reductions) Subsidies: Airport (76,641) Refuse Collection 175,000) EXPENDITURES General Government Expenditures MICROFILMED BY JORM MICRf+/LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES $ 5,816,045 3,707,383 65,850 213,705 (73,004) (251,641) $ 9,478,338 8,983,668 $ 494,670 s �i u i i PROPOSED TRANSIT AND GENERAL REVENUE SHARING FY81 BUDGET TRANSIT Receipts: Univ. Heights $ 9,750 Fares 619,000 State 200,000 Miscellaneous 2,000 General Revenue Sharing 329,101 Levy 59,235 $1,219,086 Expenditures 1,219,086 Balance $ -0- GENERAL REVENUE SHARING Expenditures: Transit $ 329,101 Aid to Agencies 142,615 Total $ 471,716 Receipts 594,000 Total Available $ 122,284 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES m ttCa Y i i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES m ttCa Y ^city of Iowa Cit; MEMORANDUM Date: February 15, 1980 To: City Council From: Cit Re: ransit Fares and Funding Recommendations: 1. Base fare of 35 cents, effective April 1, 1980, and continuing until at least June 30, 1981, unless there is further deterioration of the City's financial condition during that period. 2. Monthly pass of $12.00. 3. Fare of 25 cents all day Saturday. 4. Increase special off-peak rides, such as "Bus and Shop" and the school field trip pass, from 15 cents to 25 cents. 5. Transit property tax levy of 10 cents per $1,000 of assessed valuation. Explanation I. Thirty-five cent base fare. It is generally recognized that the City has financial problems and the cost of providing transit service has increased. The public acceptance of an increase to 35 cents is not expected to adversely affect ridership and the amount of the increase is such that it will minimize the individual financial burden. The initiation of the charge April 1, 1980, will yield approximately $22,600 in FY80 and $194,000 in FY81. This additional revenue also is based upon an increase in the monthly pass, as recommended below. 2. Monthly pass charge of $12.00. The use of passes is of benefit to the transit system because the loading of passengers is expedited, passes reduce accounting procedures, money is received in advance, there is no necessity to issue transfers, and passes encourage Saturday ridership. The $12 charge for the monthly pass is a reasonable figure because the State currently is subsidizing -56 percent of the cost of the pass for a large number of riders who are State employees and presently, Coralville is charging $12.00 for the pass. The monthly pass is used an average of 35.9 times per month. At 35 cents per ride, this amounts to $12.56. The current per ride revenue for the $8.00 pass, based on 35.9 rides per month is 22.3 cents, and the projected per ride revenue for the $12.00 pass will be 33.4 cents. 38I 11 191LROFILMED DY JORM MIC R(LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MDIRES 2 3. Fare of s cents all da Saturda . On Saturday there is a great deal of excess capacity in t e transit system. The transit system can provide an attractive alternative to the auto on Saturday. This also is a day on which citizens have a great variety of leisure and optional activities which will be accommodated with transit service. The retention of the 25 cent fare on Saturday should encourage more ridership, particularly among young persons and family groups. 4. Special off-peak passes of 25 cents. As an effort to encourage off- peak ridersh p, the City has been utilizing a special off-peak fare of 15 cents. This fare has been of particular benefit to the schools and shoppers. It is recommended that this fare be increased to 25 cents. 5. Transit lev of 10 cents Der $1 000 of assessed valuation. Even if trans t fares are increased to 35 cents, and a transit levy of 10 cents instituted, Revenue Sharing in the amount of $329,101 still would be used to subsidize transit service. This assumption is Predicated upon $200,000 in State Transit Operating Assistance. A property tax levy of 10 cents would produce $59,235. This transit levy would reduce the transit system's reliance on revenue sharing for departmental operations and provide a base of property tax support for a service which is deemed to be of general benefit to the community. It is clear that the property tax costs for the homeowner have increased at a rate considerably less than the rate of inflation while the cost of services such as transit have increased at a considerably greater rate. The revenue budget assistance and Ser Section 18 fundingtransit . With this ll show 3change it is s p oposedathat the general fund balance be increased $150,000 and a like amount of revenue sharing funding be allocated to another function. When the level Of State Section 18 funding is determined, appropriate revenue and expenditure adjustments will be made if the total operating assistance received revenue from uthese esources, $2operatinglassistanceeinsexcess hows nof that amount is very unlikely. This accounting procedure previously was discussed with the City Council. bdw4/8-10 II I V MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES City of Iowa Citj - MEMORANDUM Date: February 15, 1980 To: City Council From: Assistant City Manager Re: Use of City Plaza Attached to this memorandum is a copy of Ordinance 78-2894 which the Council adopted on May 9, 1978 governing the use of the City Plaza. Late last fall I met with several representatives of the Downtown Association who voiced some concern regarding the various uses which have been approved, especially those allowing competitive commercial activities. There was some feeling, at that time, that perhaps that policy ought to be reviewed. We have prepared an application for the use of the Plaza and we anticipate that such requests will increase sharply as the weather becomes warmer. In view of the concerns which the downtown merchants have, we would recommend that the situation be monitored very closely as we implement the Plaza use policy under the ordinance. We should regard the coming season as a one-year trial basis. Council has the option of reviewing and possibly amending the ordinance at this time if you wish. However, we have no specific recommendations at this time and would prefer that the policy be tried for one year with a close review at the end of that period to determine any changes which might be advisable. bj5/2 MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 38z1� U ORDINANCE NO. 78-2894 AN ORDINANCL PROVIDING FOR TIIE PURL AND PRIVATE USE OF CITY I11 -AIA, ESTABLISHING REGULATIONS GOVERNING, SUCH USE, AND PRE- SCRIBING PERMIT ANO LEASE PROCEDURES FOR SUCH USE. i SECTION 1. PURPOSE. It is the intent of this ordinance to regulate the use of City Plaia in order to promote the public interest by: A. Making City Plaza an active and attractive pedestrian environment; R. Providing the opportunity for creative, colorful, pedestrian -focused commercial and cultural activities on a day/night, year-round, and seasonal basis; C. Encouraging commercial activities which add interest, charm, vitality, diversity, and good design to City Plaza; D. Encouraging the upgrading of store -fronts and the development of compatible and well-designed elements within lone 1., E. Controling the use of vehicles and bicycles in City Plaza. The intent of the City Plaza Use Regulations is that private development within City Plaza is to be permitted sparingly and only for those proposals that are of the highest quality. It is not to he considered a "use by right." SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS. Ambulatory Vendor - An individual selling goods or services and operating iaithout the use of a mobile vending cart or Kiosk, and with a minimum of equipment, e.g., balloons, portrait artist. Audio Ambience - A localized use of sound intended to create a pleasant, relaxing atmosphere. Basement Extension - Any use of 7.one 1 at an elevation between City Plaza level—and the basement level that is visually exposed to or intrudes upon the City Plaza in any manner. Building Ex�tens�ion - Any permanent construction in lone I that is dirrctly attac eh d to an existing building. City Plaza - That area of public right-of-way extending from the northern right-of-way line to the southern right-of-way line of College Street from the eastern right-of-way line of Clinton Street to the western right-of-way line of Linn Street; and extending from the western right-of-way line to the eastern right-of-way line of Dubuque. Street from the southern right-of- way line of Washington Street to the northern right-of-way line of the alley between Burlington Street and College Street. MICROFILMED OY JORM MICRLAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3801 Ord. No. 78-2894 s Kiosk - A small structure that is stationary, but may be permanent or seasonal in nature. Landscaping - Live plant material used strictly for an ornamental or I ecological purpose. j Mobile Vending Cart - A non -motorized structure on wheels that is easily j moved and is used for vending. Permanent Construction - Any structure erected for a year-round use. i Publicway - The City Plaza and adjoining street. 0 Seasonal Construction - Any structure erected for a seasonal or temporary p activity and which is removed from the Plaza off-season. i SECTION 3. DESCRIPTION OF MALL ZONES. .. -... - ----- -------_—------•---- A. Lone- 1 - The ten (10) feet directly adjacent to the private property lines. Zone 1 extends the length of the City Plaza along all sides of the Plaza. B. Zone 2 - the six (6) foot pedestrian lanes adjoining Zone 1 on each side --the emergency/service lane, the landscaped areas, and the areas with street furniture and features. C. Zone 3 - Areas within the Plaza other than Zone 1 and Zone 2 that have FEW designated for private development. , j The Zones are illustrated in the attached City Plaza Plan. I SECTION 4. BICYCLE REGULATIONS. No person shall ride a bicycle within 1 City Plaza. No bicycles shall be left unattended within City Plaza unless 3 located in a bicycle rack. Any violation of this Section shall be a mis- demeanor. SECTION 5. MOTOR VEHICLE REGULATIONS. Except as otherwise provided herein, no motor vehicles,' except_emergency vehicles, shall be operated within the limits of City Plaza without a permit. A permit for the oper- ation of motor vehicles within City Plaza may be issued by the City Manager upon application according to the following procedures: A. Any business located on property which does not otherwise abut a public right-of-way other than City Plaza may be granted a continuing permit upon a showing that such is necessary to provide for the delivery of goods to or from the business. Such permit shall allow the presence of the vehicle within the Plaza only during active loading and unloading. t B. Any individual may be granted a temporary permit upon a showing that the placement or operation of a motor vehicle upon City Plaza for a specified, limited period of time, is necessary. -2- 38',. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR�LA9 f '' CEDAR RAPIDS •DES MOINES Ord. No. 78-2894 i I:. A sorvice vehir.le operated by the City ul Iowa City may operate within City Plaza without a permit when performing necessary main• tenance which Inquires the use of the. vrhicir. Any violation of this Section shall be a misdemeanor. SECTION 6. ANIMAL REGULATIONS. Notwithstanding the provisions of any other City Ordinance, no person shall take, accompany, or allow any N animal into City Plaza; except this provision shall not apply to a seeing eye dog being used to assist a blind person. SECTION 7_ USE OF CITY PLAZA. A. Permitted Uses: Permitted uses include those listed below. Other f uses consistent with the purposes stated in Section 1, Purpose, may be permitted if specifically approved. When a mobile or temporary use is allowed it is understood that this authorization does not extend to Zone I or Zone 3 areas which are already leased for other purposes e.g., mobile vending carts may not approach patrons seated in a sidewalk cafe. 1. Ambulatory vendors, e.g., balloons or portraits (Zone 1, 2, 3). 2. Mobile vending carts for food, flowers/plants, newspapers/ magazines, etc. (Zone 2) 3. Sidewalk cafe (Zone 1, 3). 4. Stairways to basements. Pursuant to Chapter 104A of the Code of Iowa, they shall only be permitted when the business on the basement level has an alternate entrance which makes it acces- sible to the handicapped or otherwise complies with State law (Zone 1). 5. Display window extensions (Zone 1). 6. Building front and/or basement extensions provided the use of the extension is the same as the store activity (Zone 1). I. Kiosks (Zone 3). 8. Landscaping (Zone 1). 9. Arts and crafts sales of hand-made articles by an organized guild, association, or club on an occasional basis (Zone 1, 2, 3). 10. Sales or exhibits by individual artists or artisans and food vending on a temporary basis for special events (Lone 1, 2, 3). 11. Events of an educational or entertainment nature. i i I -3- 382 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB r { CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOVIES n Ord. No. 78-2894 1-11 W R. Usable Area 1. Zone 1 - Permits may be issued for any part of Zone 1. Build- ing extensions shall only be allowed where, in the judge- ment of the City Council, such extensions enhance the quality of City Plaza. 2. Zone 2 - The usable areas are as shown on the attached Plaza DiagFams. 3. Zone 3 - The usable areas are as shown on the attached Plaza R Diagrams. 4. Plaza landscaping may be modified or removed to a limited extent, if the net effect enhances the ambience of the City Plaza and if approved as part of the permit application. The applicant in such cases must agree to restore the Plaza landscaping to its a original condition upon termination of the permit and provide a r bond or escrow account in an amount determined by the City. C. Des and Hours of Operation: Kiosks and buildings extended into the City Plaza are to be open at least during normal retail business hours, Monday through Saturday, throughout the year. Sidewalk cafes, seasonal kiosks and mobile carts may operate seasonally, but must at least be in operation substantially during normal retail business hours, Monday through Saturday, May 1 to October 1. Other months of operation may be granted by permit for seasonal kiosks and mobile carts when the product is related to another season. D. Noise Cortrol: Any request for the use of sound must be specifically approvec and may be permitted only if it will encourage an audio ambience within the City Plaza, while at the same time protecting the general public from an overload, volume, or type of sound that is disturbing or inappropriate for a pedestrian area. E. Insurance and Indemnification: The applicant shall agree to indemnify, defend and save arm ess the City of Iowa City, its aqents, officers, and employees, from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses in any manner resulting from, arising out of or connected with the construction, use, maintenance or removal of any structure, cart or use. The applicant shall at all times maintain a policy of liability insurance in the minimum amount of $300,000 for personal injuries, and $50,000 for property damage arising out of the permitted operation. The applicant shall file, in the office of the City Clerk, a copy of the liability insurance policy executed by a company authorized to do insurance business in the State of Iowa in a form approved by the City Clerk. The policy shall further provide thirty (30) days notice of cancellation or material change to the City Clerk. Such cancellation or change without written approval shall revoke the permit or lease. -4- MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR LAB i. CEDAR RAPIDS •DES MOINES 38.E Ord. No. 78-2894 F. Performance Time Limits: Sidewalk cafes, seasonal kinsks and mobile vending carts must be in operation within sixty (60) days of the start date provided for the permit, or the permit approval shall automatic- ally expire. Permanent kiosks and building extensions shall be com- pleted and in operation within such reasonable time as set in the permit, which shall in no event exceed one (1) year. G. Maintenance: The applicant is responsible for maintaining the area wltaiin and in proximity to his location in a clean and hazard -free condition, including snow removal for a distance of ten (10) feet from p any structure occupied by the applicant. Supplementary trash containers must be provided if considered neces- sary and specified in the lease or permit. All landscaping provided by the applicant and the exterior of all structures, kiosks and carts must be maintained by the applicant in good condition. H. Illumination: Nighttime interior illumination of all building front and basement extensions, display window extensions, basement stair wells, and kiosks is required during hours of operation. I. Newspaper Vending Machines: Newspaper vending machines may be located bn the Plaza at no cTarge, but must be installed only at the specific locations and in the manner specified by the City. J. Construction Costs: All costs of construction are to be paid by the applicant,__Fncluding costs of damage or repair to the City Plaza caused by the construction. SECTION 8. CITY PLAZA USE PERMITS. A. Mobile Vendors: Specific locations have been designated within the boundr es of City Plaza fo'r the operation of mobile vending carts. Each mobile vending permit shall carry with it the authorization to operate at two (2) designated locations, between which the vendor shall circulate frequently. The vendor may sell in transit if a request is made, provided the primary trade shall be conducted at one of the designated locations. The City Manager or his/her appointed designee may issue a permit to operate a mobile vending cart in the public right-of-way of City Plaza after careful consideration and assurance that the following condi- tions have or will be met: I. An authorized designated mobile vending location is available which will not interfere with the operation of an existing mobile vendor. 2. The applicant's proposed mode of operation will not impede the free flow of pedestrian traffic along the City Plaza right-of- way, or in and out of retail establishments fronting on the Plaza. -5- i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I Ord. No. 78-2894 3. The applicant agrees to operate his/her business only within the boundaries of City Plaza and only at designated mobile vending locations, or in transit between them. 4. The dimensions of the applicant's vending cart shall not exceed a size of four (4) feet wide by eight (8) feet long by six (6) feet high. 5. The applicant shall store the vending cart off the public right- of-way and shall describe the provisions for storage in the permit application. 6. The applicant has obtained all necessary permits required by the Johnson County Department of Health. The sale or assignment of a mobile vending permit for City Plaza is expressly prohibited. 8. Ambulatory Vendors. The City Manager or his/her appointed designee may issue a permit for the purposes of ambulatory vending in the public right-of-way of City Plaza after careful consideration of the applicant's proposed business, and assurance that the following conditions have or will be met: 1. The applicant will operate without the use of a mobile vending cart, and with a minimum of equipment. 2. The applicant's proposed mode of operation will not impede the free flow of pedestrian traffic along the City Plaza right-of- way, or in and out of retail establishments fronting on the Plaza. 3. The applicant will conduct his/her vending completely within the boundaries of City Plaza. 4. The applicant has obtained all necessary permits required by the Johnson County Department of Health. The sale or assignment of an ambulatory vending permit for City Plaza is expressly prohibited. ' C. Permanent and TeT2pLary, Structures. The City Manager, upon approval of City Counc-f1, may enter_ to an agreement for the lease of public right-of-way in the City Plaza for the construction of a permanent structure at a site designated for a Kiosk, or as an addition to an existing store front, or for the temporary or seasonal use of Zone 1 by the owner or operator of abutting property. Said lease shall only be entered into after careful consideration and assurance that the following conditions have or will be met. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES *3 Ord. No. 78-2894 I 1. Building Design: -- a. Additions to buildings shall in scale and design be harmon- ious with permanent neighboring structures and with the City Plaza. b. Materials shall be suitable for the style and design of buildings in which they are used. C. Materials which are architecturally harmonious shall be used for all building walls and other exterior building compon- ents wholly or partly visible from public ways. jd. Selection of materials shall be guided by the following: (1) Harmony with adjoining buildings; (2) Relationship to the brick and wood theme of City Plaza ti (3) Materials shall be of durable quality. e. Building Components - such as windows, doors, eaves, and parapets - shall have good proportions and relationship to 1' one another. f. Colors shall be selected for their harmony and/or ability to compliment the color scheme of the City Plaza. Bright or i brillant colors shall be used only for accent. g. Mechanical equipment or other utility hardware on roof, ground or buildings shall be screened from public view with materials harmonious with the building, or they shall be located so as not to be visible from any public ways. h. Exterior lighting shall be part of the architectural concept. Fixtures, standards, and all exposed accessories shall be harmonious with building design. 2. Signs: a. All signs shall be part of the architectural concept. Size, color, lettering, location and arrangement shall he harmonious with the building design, and shall be compatible with signs on adjoining buildings. b. Materials used in signs shall have good architectural character and be harmonious with building design and the materials used in the City Plaza. C. Every sign shall in scale and in proportion express an appropriate visual relationship to buildings and surroundings. d. Colors shall be used harmoniously and with restraint. Excessive brightness and brillant colors shall be avoided. Lighting shall be harmonious with the design. If external spot lighting is used, it shall be arranged so that the light source is shielded from view. I 3. Additional Criteria: The Design Review Committee may, from time to time, formulate additional design criteria for the review of proposed construr.- tion pursuant to this ordinance. Such criteria shall become effective only when adopted by the City Council by resolution. I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i' , Ord. No. 78-2894 No building permit for the construction of any temporary or per- manent structure, or for any building extension, to be con- structed pursuant to this ordinance, shall be issued until plans for said construction have been reviewed by the Design Review Committee and approved by the City Council. The Design Review Committee shall, within thirty (30) days of receipt of said plans, review the plans and advise approval, approval with conditions, or disapproval in a written report forwarded to the City Council and the applicant. If the Design Review Committee recommends approval with conditions, it shall require the af- firmative vote of five (5) members of the City Council to con- stitute City Council approval pursuant to this section unless such conditions are met; and if the Design Review Committee recommends disapproval, it shall require the affirmative vote of five (5) members of the City Council to constitute City Council approval pursuant to this section. SECTION 9. APPLICATION PROCEDURES. A. In order to obtain a permit pursuant to this Chapter, the applicant shall file an application with the City Manager or his/her designee. In order to be considered, the application, and attachments, shall contain sufficient information to fully determine the intent of the applicant, and to insure full compliance with this Ordinance. The City Manager shall establish the requirements for applications and shall establish the procedures for review of all applications. N. Prior to the issuance of any permit or authorization of any lease which includes the construction of any improvements, the design of such improvements shall be submitted to the Design Review Committee for review. The Design Review Committee shall review the plans submitted, and shall make a written recommendation to the City Man- ager. In making its recommendations the Design Review Committee shall consider the criteria set forth in Section 8C of this Ordinance. C. In cases where there may be more than one application for a particular location, or the City Manager considers it in the public interest to solicit proposals, the City Manager shall establish such selection procedures as he/she deems fair, reasonable and appropriate. 0. Applications for a change of use shall follow the same procedure and be subject to the same review and approval criteria as new applica- tions. SECTION 10. FEES. The City Council shall periodically review and revise, TS appropriate, by Resolution, fees for the lease of property and for the issuance of permits authorized herein. SECTION 11._ RENEWAL AND TERMINATION. ! A. Permits for permanent construction shall be for the term specified in the lease agreement, or until terminated or revoked by the City Manager pursuant to the lease agreement. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Ord. No. 78-2894 B. Other permits for specific locations are for one year, the renewable automatically for one additional year, provided the permittee operated at least three (3) months during the first year. C. Permits are non -transferable. Leases may be assigned or sublet only 1 upon prior written approval of the City Council. 4 yD. Upon revocation or termination of any permit, the permittee shall be responsible for removing the structure and restoring the permit area to it condition prior to the issuance of the permit. SECTION 12. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER ORDINANCES. If any provision of this P- -- Ordinance conflicts wit a- Iny pro�visi_on of ot___her Ordinances, the more a restrictive shall apply. SECTION 13. SAVINGS CLAUSE. If any section, provision or part of the Ordinance shall be adjudged to be invalid or unconstitutional, such ad- judication shall not affect the validity of the Ordinance as a whole or any section, provision or part thereof not adjudged invalid or unconstitutional. i SECTION 14. EFFECTIVE DATE. This ordinance shall be in effect after its final passage, approval and publication as required by law. Passed and adopted this 16th day of — — May 1978. --- -- -- (_ JOHN BALMER, MAYOR PRO TEM ATTEST: AA STOLFUS TY Z�ERK _ I `I I I I I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r Ord. No. 78-2894 it was moved by Neuhauser , and seconded by Perret _— -- that the Ordinance a -s - read be adopted and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: ABSENT_ x BALMER x _ dePROSSE x ERDAHL NEUHAUSER x -- - --.- - PERRET X.. ROBERTS -.. X..__ VEVERA First consideration May 2, 1978 Vote for passage: Ayes: <1eProsse, Erdahl, Neuhauser, Perret, Roberts. Nays: Vevera. Absent: Balmer. Second consideration May 9, 1978 Vote for passage: Ayes: Neuhauser, Perret, Roberts. deProsse, Erdahl. Nays: Vevera, Balmer. Date of Publication $ECEIM • AppItOPED LEGAL WAATYP.NT e.. .N CITY OF IOWA CITY CIVIC CENTER 410 E. WASHINGTON ST. IOWA CITY IOWA 52240 (319) 354.180D February 11, 1980 Ralph Oxford Super Cab Company Yellow Checker Cab Company 222 Gilbert Court Iowa City, Iowa 52240 Dear Mr. Oxford: On January 24, 1980, Sergeant Evans of the Iowa City Police Department conducted an inspection of 15 cabs licensed and operated by Super Cab and Yellow Checker Cab Companies. He has reported that none of the vehicles meet the minimum requirements of Chapter 35 of the Iowa City Code of Ordinances. The violations include: 1. Rate cards were not prominently displayed in each vehicle so as to be visible to all passenger seats, in violation of Sec. 35-23. 2. The Super Cab fleet was not uniformly finished in a distinctive color, in violation of Sec. 35-18. 3. Each taxicab was not equipped with an interior light which could be operated by passengers, in violation of Sec. 35-19. 4. Identification cards were not displayed showing the name of the driver of the vehicle and his/her photograph, in violation of Sec. 35-20. 5. Taxicab license plates were not affixed to the vehicles, in violation of Sec. 35-40. 6. Two of the licensed vehicles were not properly painted so as to identify them as taxicabs, in violation of Sec. 35-17. MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LA0 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �3�3 Ralph Oxford February 11, 1980 Page 2 Although each of these violations is an independent ground for the revocation or suspension of your certificate of public convenience and necessity, the violations also provide sufficient justification for the City Council to refuse to renew your certificates. A public hearing has been set by the City Council for its regular Council meeting of February 26, 1980 to review your request for a renewal of cour certificates. ompliancewith Chapt Chapter all o of theIowaoCity Codur e, the City staff will recommend that the certificates not be renewed. Sin<drelly,, Neal Berlin City Manager bdwl/3-4 cc; City Council MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i I. ;j i 'I f . 1 � I Ralph Oxford February 11, 1980 Page 2 Although each of these violations is an independent ground for the revocation or suspension of your certificate of public convenience and necessity, the violations also provide sufficient justification for the City Council to refuse to renew your certificates. A public hearing has been set by the City Council for its regular Council meeting of February 26, 1980 to review your request for a renewal of cour certificates. ompliancewith Chapt Chapter all o of theIowaoCity Codur e, the City staff will recommend that the certificates not be renewed. Sin<drelly,, Neal Berlin City Manager bdwl/3-4 cc; City Council MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i I. f . City of Iowa C► j F MEMORANDUM - DATE: February 12, 1980 r T0: City Council t FROM: Ci�,j� ager tr RE: Pla ting 1 Attached is a memorandum from the planning staff concerning possible reorganization of planning services. Based upon Council discussion, staff comment and other input, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council propose and Support the following planning changes at the special Johnson County Regional Planning Commission meeting Wednesday night: 1. The Johnson County Regional Planning Commission be reconstituted as a Council of Governments which also will serve as the Metropolitan r t mentsiwou�dgnotzreplaceation otherEastortation Central IowanCouncilThe OfCouncil Governments . The organization would serve to meet the joint needs of the local governments of Johnson County in coordination and communication. 2. Membership will be constituted of elected officials from the area governmental agencies. 3. The primary function of the staff will be transportation planning. 4. All other services Provided will be contracted for by the interested governmental agency. For example, the City and the County jointly may wish to contract for human service planning and the County may desire land use planning. MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES A i I ,I I I i City of Iowa C► j F MEMORANDUM - DATE: February 12, 1980 r T0: City Council t FROM: Ci�,j� ager tr RE: Pla ting 1 Attached is a memorandum from the planning staff concerning possible reorganization of planning services. Based upon Council discussion, staff comment and other input, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council propose and Support the following planning changes at the special Johnson County Regional Planning Commission meeting Wednesday night: 1. The Johnson County Regional Planning Commission be reconstituted as a Council of Governments which also will serve as the Metropolitan r t mentsiwou�dgnotzreplaceation otherEastortation Central IowanCouncilThe OfCouncil Governments . The organization would serve to meet the joint needs of the local governments of Johnson County in coordination and communication. 2. Membership will be constituted of elected officials from the area governmental agencies. 3. The primary function of the staff will be transportation planning. 4. All other services Provided will be contracted for by the interested governmental agency. For example, the City and the County jointly may wish to contract for human service planning and the County may desire land use planning. MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES A City of Iowa Cite MEMORANDUM Date: February 11, 1980 To: City Manager and City Council From: Planning and Program Development Staff Re: Department Reorganization The staff of the Department of Planning and Program Development (PPD) is acutely aware of the difficult decisions which the City Manager and City Council must make concerning the FY81 City budget. It is our desire, via this memorandum, to offer our thoughts and suggestions on the budget as it affects this department. In particular, we wish to address the issue of departmental reorganization. In recent weeks, Council has reviewed recommendations on continuing or discontinuing the various Planning and Program Development functions as a department. It has been suggested that certain PPD functions would be best combined into a new joint City -County planning agency. Some confusion about the services and functions of our department has surfaced during the Council's informal discussions. Therefore, we feel that it would be helpful at the outset to outline the organization and functions of the Department of Planning and Program Development. CURRENT PPD ORGANIZATION AND FUNCTION This department consists of three divisions, related both in function and purpose: Plan Administration, Development Programs, and Community Development Block Grant (CDBG). There are presently 17 positions in the department, including one full-time Planning Intern (this is a temporary position). Three (3) positions are currently vacant; two (2) others will be vacant as of February 19, 1980. The attached organization chart shows all positions and lines of authority. PPD Administration This is the overall administrative section of PPD, consisting of the director and a secretary. As the positions imply, responsibility for all functions of the department rest with the director. The secretary (now vacant) provides support for the entire department, but primarily for the director and the Plan Administration Division, including taking minutes for the Planning and Zoning Commission and the Board of Adjustment. Plan Administration Division This division is comprised of four locally funded and one federally funded (a PPA I) positions. In reality the Graphics Technician position is funded on a chargeback system to other departments. Approximately 80 percent of that position is funded by assignments outside of PPD. MICROFILMED DY JORM MICRf�LA8 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 2 Following are the major services and functions of Plan Administration: 1 1. Review and staff reports for zoning requests. { 2. Review and staff reports for subdivision requests. 3. Review and staff reports on development submissions. large scale residential or commercial F 4. Staff support for Planning and Zoning Commission. 5. Staff support for Board of Adjustment. r 6 6. Review and revisions to Comprehensive Plan. i 7. Development of Bikeways Plan. j8. Special studies and staff reports. 9. Area and neighborhood studies for CDBG programs. 10. Development of revised Zoning Ordinance, subdivision regulations and an annexation study. 11. Graphics services for all City departments. 12. Maintain official City maps relating to the Comprehensive Plan, zoning, subdivision, etc. Development Programs Division This division has three authorized positions; two are currently vacant. Two positions, a Program Coordinator and a PPA I are one-half federally funded. Clerical support is provided by the CDBG Division. The main functions of the division are as follows: 1. Coordinate and monitor all phases of the CBD redevelopment program. 2. Administer disposition of remaining urban renewal parcels. 3. Administer land acquisition for all City capital improvement projects. 4. Design and implement a local economic development program (pending). 5. Review and analyze all proposed capital improvement projects. MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ,i r, 3 6. Staff support for Design Review Committee. Community Development Block Grant Division The CDBG Division consists of seven personnel, all 100 percent federally funded. One PPA II position will become vacant on February 15, 1980; the temporary planning intern position will exist until May 31, 1980. This division has primary responsibility for administering all Community Development Block Grants: a $4.34 million fifth year hold harmless entitlement program and a three-year $2,000,000 "Small Cities" program, now in its first year, as well as metropolitan (formula) entitlement grants beginning in FY81. Specific functions include: I I. Preparation of grant applications, including budget and program development. 2. Coordination and solicitation of citizen input. 3. Staff support for Committee on Community Needs. 4. Staff support for Riverfront Commission. 5. Monitoring and implement the Housing Assistance Plan. 6. Coordination and monitoring of 14 separate hold harmless programs. i 7. Development, implementation, and monitoring of the Small Cities project. a w 8. Preparation of annual grantee P required reports. g Performance reports and other HUD a 9. Maintain liaison with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. 10. Clerical/staff support for Senior Center Commission and staff. i DUPLICATION OF SERVICES I Duplication of planning services implies that one agency is doing the work of the other, and vice versa. All of the above services and functions of the Department of Planning and Program Development are performed strictly for the City of Iowa City. With few exceptions, Johnson County and surrounding municipalities do not directly benefit from PPD activities. Likewise, other agencies are not equipped to perform the majority of PPD functions. The few instances where PPD graphics overlapped with other agencies have resulted from cooperation, not duplication. The primary example of this 30 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 i ! CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 1_: . _ is the preparation of a combined street and transit system map for the metropolitan area. The Johnson County Regional Planning Commission, on the other hand, presently provides two services which directly benefit the City of Iowa City, transportation planning and human services planning. Neither function is performed by PPD. The issue of duplication of services appears to be somewhat obscure. Future federal funding for transportation, both highway and mass transit, is indeed dependent upon regional or metropolitan planning and cooperation. However, other federal programs, including CDBG, do not s. operate within a regional framework. Iowa City qualifies for and ;f participates in those programs based entirely on its own demographics and ability to carry out the programs. REORGANIZATION OF PPD: OPTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Of the suggested possibilities for reorganization, the PPD staff feels that reorganization with another agency outside of the City is not presently feasible. Considerable political negotiation and compromise will clearly be necessary before successfully concluding such a reorganization. Further, the time limitation which the City currently faces appears to make it impossible to complete such a process before the beginning of the next fiscal year. It also has not been demonstrated that consolidation with the Johnson County Regional Planning Commission (JCRPC) will necessarily provide a budgetary savings for the City of Iowa City. This is evidenced by the i fact that JCRPC is currently having budget problems, without any additional staff members. Careful consideration must be given to the long range security of JCRPC. Perhaps the money budgeted for this organization would be better spent on improving the City's own planning services. In addition, it is very likely that such a reorganization will mean a reduced service level for essential planning activities in Iowa City. These facts seem to indicate that the City could end up paying as much or more, while at the same time receiving less in return. i While the PPD staff is not convinced that reorganization is a desirable alternative for the City at this time, we recognize the need for an in- depth look into the current organizational structure. It should be emphasized that any study must be done in a deliberate manner, and with as much staff support and input as possible. Taking these factors into consideration, the PPD staff would like to suggest the following options: I. Due to the problems described above, we believe the most feasible d solution would be to maintain the present organizational structure for the next fiscal year. While this would require the appointment of a new director (or an acting director), it would also provide a more adequate time frame in which to decide what type of IICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES v • 5 / 1 s t reorganization would provide the most benefit, both financially and service oriented, to the City of Iowa City. 2. If it is decided that some type of reorganization needs to be carried out immediately in order to meet the City's budgetary constraints, it is our feeling that it should be carried out within the limits of existing City government rather than opening the larger question of consolidation with JCRPC. This could best be accomplished through the reestablishment of the Department of Community Development. This department would include the three divisions currently contained in the Department of Planning and Program Development (Plan Administration, CDBG Programs and Development Programs); plus any or all parts of the Department of Housing and Inspection Services (with Assisted Housing being the most logical choice). The PPD staff recognizes the magnitude of the decisions faced by the City Manager and members of the City Council. We hope that this memorandum can serve as a starting point for further discussion about the possibilities for organizing PPD in the most efficient and economical way possible. If you have any questions on this matter, or wish any assistance, the PPD staff is at your disposal. Thank you for your consideration of this matter. bdw/sp MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3�y i t, is • 5 / 1 s t reorganization would provide the most benefit, both financially and service oriented, to the City of Iowa City. 2. If it is decided that some type of reorganization needs to be carried out immediately in order to meet the City's budgetary constraints, it is our feeling that it should be carried out within the limits of existing City government rather than opening the larger question of consolidation with JCRPC. This could best be accomplished through the reestablishment of the Department of Community Development. This department would include the three divisions currently contained in the Department of Planning and Program Development (Plan Administration, CDBG Programs and Development Programs); plus any or all parts of the Department of Housing and Inspection Services (with Assisted Housing being the most logical choice). The PPD staff recognizes the magnitude of the decisions faced by the City Manager and members of the City Council. We hope that this memorandum can serve as a starting point for further discussion about the possibilities for organizing PPD in the most efficient and economical way possible. If you have any questions on this matter, or wish any assistance, the PPD staff is at your disposal. Thank you for your consideration of this matter. bdw/sp MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3�y i ■ b I ' N z t G w E g Y u V C ro O � t i O W I C W 11 > O 3 b N I 1 ¢� y� IF• ro N L C7 O L V O N Y CL) C T i N CL.+ N C H o L fL -a L ro a L 1 N d d _C Z 7 L r i O C L f r O ai J L ro C. o U- C) f - z w F�- w w p b I ' N G t E O E a Y L ro Y t i O U � C O_ C f 3 OT yTi N I 1 1 > > 0 O J n �+ N CL i a F - N C H L L fL I ro a L !L N d d _C L C L f r O C Q ro b I ' N CL t E E rn Y V Y Y o a) C O_ m f 3 OT yTi H t 1 1 > > 0 O J n �+ N Y a F - a O < a a I a a DORM MICRtLAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES • I ' CL E V o a) C N � 3 OT yTi c1 t I 1 > > 0 O J n UU W N Y F- F - p O 0 I c u d d b L DORM MICRtLAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES • I ' ,1�) /--\ City of Iowa City MEMORANDUM DATE: February 13, 1980 TO: Department Heads Department of Planning and Program Development Employees FROM: City !Ygirager RE: Acting Director of Planning and Program Development Effective February 19, 1980, Mr. Donald Schmeiser will serve as Acting Director of the Department of Planning and Program Development. cc: City Council MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES City of Iowa Cit' MEMORANDUM DATE: February 15, 1980 TO: City Council FROM: Ci t.pl` � qwr f RE: Confidential Employees Attached are two memoranda from the department heads concerning salaries for confidential employees. The Manager concurs with these recommendations. It is clear that the confidential employees must be treated in a manner compatible with the increases provided for union employees. W MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES M01tIES 3a5" m City of Iowa Cir) MEMORANDUM Date: February 14, 1980 To: Neal Berlin, ity Manag p \I From: Dick P1� tin on Schme4w';r)D. Rosemary Vitg3 Bob Keating, Mike irzaak Dennis AteHarvey Miller Re: Salary Schedule for Confidential Employees Neal, we recommend that for FY81 confidential employees be put into a six-step'pay range identical to union employees and be given an identical cost of living raise plus be eligible for a one-step merit raise. It was always intended that confidential employees be kept equivalent to or above union personnel in salary structure. If confidential employees are given a 9.2% total increase, they will be receiving approximately 7% less pay than identical union employees. This is not equitable. The only equitable manner is to keep their pay identical to union personnel or higher than union personnel, rather than go through this battle every year. The most equitable solution seems to be to make them identical to union personnel. All personnel should retain their current anniversary date. bc4/5 i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES 140INE5 i M <. 1 10"11 City of Iowa City MEMORANDUM DATE: February 15, 1980 TO: Neal G. Berlin, City Manager FROM: Patricia S. Brown, Director, Human Relatios RE: Confidential Employees A meeting was held with the confidential employees regarding proposed salary schedules for FY81. Their primary concerns centered around: - disparity between confidential wage adjustments and those to be received by bargaining unit members, - the fact that confidential employees do not receive step adjustments, whereas bargaining unit employees do receive step increases and COL thereby further widening the gap, - the proposed reduction in force and what impact such a reduction will have on job security, - the possibility that being associated with the management group has put them in the position of receiving a smaller wage adjustment than their counterparts. A number of problems with respect to confidential employees need to be addressed as a result of this meeting. First, the fact that employees within the bargaining unit are constantly moving, presents a continuing erosion of the salary base for confidential employees. For example, when the new classification plan was adopted 7/1/79, the salary for a range 3 employee in the bargaining unit and confi- dential looked like this: Min. Med. Max. Administrative Clerk Typist 716 856 997 Senior Clerk Typist 738 864-94 960 After quarterly cost of living increases*, however, the range looked something like this: Administrative Clerk Typist 716 856 997 Senior Clerk Typist 773 899-929 995 *as of 1/1/80 3W MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LAS 1 ` CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 11. 4 I I I I I 1 <. 1 10"11 City of Iowa City MEMORANDUM DATE: February 15, 1980 TO: Neal G. Berlin, City Manager FROM: Patricia S. Brown, Director, Human Relatios RE: Confidential Employees A meeting was held with the confidential employees regarding proposed salary schedules for FY81. Their primary concerns centered around: - disparity between confidential wage adjustments and those to be received by bargaining unit members, - the fact that confidential employees do not receive step adjustments, whereas bargaining unit employees do receive step increases and COL thereby further widening the gap, - the proposed reduction in force and what impact such a reduction will have on job security, - the possibility that being associated with the management group has put them in the position of receiving a smaller wage adjustment than their counterparts. A number of problems with respect to confidential employees need to be addressed as a result of this meeting. First, the fact that employees within the bargaining unit are constantly moving, presents a continuing erosion of the salary base for confidential employees. For example, when the new classification plan was adopted 7/1/79, the salary for a range 3 employee in the bargaining unit and confi- dential looked like this: Min. Med. Max. Administrative Clerk Typist 716 856 997 Senior Clerk Typist 738 864-94 960 After quarterly cost of living increases*, however, the range looked something like this: Administrative Clerk Typist 716 856 997 Senior Clerk Typist 773 899-929 995 *as of 1/1/80 3W MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LAS 1 ` CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 11. 4 ■ r"1 Neal G. Berlin February 15; 1980 Page 2 Additionally, if a bargaining unit employee has received a step increase during the interim, then further erosion is evident; We have several options in dealing with this situation. First of all, if there is to be a COLA for bargaining unit employees, then there should be some sort of COLA for confidential, perhaps even on a quarterly basis. If not, then the base should be elevated in an administrative adjustment to coincide with projected union scale. The problem in this regard rests with the starting salary. Present starting rates for confidential employees were in line with community norms as of 7/1/79. Any adjustments made for FY81 would have to be made in anticipation of what the anticipated inflation rate will be. This is another reason for not committing to a COLA . The second problem centers around step increases, in addition to, adjust- ments guaranteed to union members. We should seriously re-examine doing away with the open ranges for confiden- tial employees, thereby bringing them into synchronization with bargaining unit members. Finally, the Council on Wage and Price Stability (CWPS) recently issued new guidelines (yet to be approved) calling for 6%-6.5% COL adjustments for the new fiscal year. Using this as a base, we could allow increases of up to 5% merit plus 6%-6.5% COL adjustment. I am preparing several alternative plans for your review, taking all of the above into consideration. Recommendation: - Increase COLA to comply with CWPS. - Reinstitute step increases for confidential employees. - Do not entertain COLA on a quarterly basis. — Expand to six step pay range. PSB/sans MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3PS 9 CITY OF CIVIC CENTER 410 E WASHINGTON ST. February 5, 1980 IOW, CITY IOWA CITY IOWA 52240 (319) 354.1800 Dr. H. Lee Jacobs President, Board of Directors Johnson County Council on Aging 45 Norwood Circle Iowa City, IA 52240 Dear Dr. Jacobs: As one of the funding sources and supporters of the Johnson County Council on Aging, we are aware of the vital role that the Council on Aging has in the elderly community. We are also aware of the accompanying responsibility and accountability to the elderly, which is based on our commitment to provide funds for services. In the case of the Council on Aging, it has become increasingly difficult to maintain our accountability with the public due to the agency's program and fiscal problems. In an effort to encourage a constructive and expeditious resolution to this matter, representatives of each of the Council on Aging's funding sources recently met to discuss their expectations for the Council on Aging relating to the following: 1) programs areas; 2) the performance areas that must be changed and/or improved in order to meet acceptable management standards; 3) the specific time period during which the identified changes or improvements must occur; 4) the consequence of either the successful completion of goals, or the failure to meet agreed upon goals. The consensus reached by the funding representatives is that the Council on Aging will be requested to complete specific program activities and reports for two of its basic services, Chore and Information & Referral for a 90 day period. The agency is also asked to relate the amount of funds budgeted for each service to the category and units of service requested and provided. According to our records, the following funds are available to the Council on Aging for the period March 1, 1980 to June 30, 1980: Iowa City: $1650/mo, x 4 = $6600.00 Heritage Agency on Aging: $472.5(ymo, x 4 = $ 1890.0D MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i 3g6 0 L Dr. H. Lee Jacobs February 5, 1980 Page 2 United Way: 372.08/mo. x 4 = $1488.32 Total $9978.32 These activities are not designed to place additional burdens on the Council on Aging, but only to clarify for the funding agencies the Council's ability to deliver services within its budget parameters. Enclosed is a statement of three proposed performance stages for the development of Chore Service in coordination with the I&R component. In addition, we have included -a proposed reporting format that would provide the co -funders with the data needed to evaluate the program. Representatives of the funding bodies and the Senior Center Commission would like to discuss these proposals further with the Council on Aging's Board of Directors and Executive Director. I suggest that we meet on February 19, 1980 at 3 P.M. in the City Manager's Conference Room at the Civic Center. Please contact me if this is not a suitable meeting time, or if you have any questions. Sincerely yours, J40 I �0440c ) Neal G. Berlin Mary Ann Volm City Manager United Way Harold Donnelly Johnson County Board of Supervisors bc1/7 cc: Senior Center Commission City Council Pam Ramser Rosemary Vitosh p4vox 4 �,p Russ Proffitt Heritage Agency on Aging MICROFIL7DESNE JORM MCEDAR RAPIDS M PROPOSED REPORTING FORMAT REPORTING PERIOD: DATE DUE: A. Handiman/Chore Services - "To provide home maintenance and support ve chore sery ces which will allow older adults to remain in their own home for as long as they are physically and emotionally able." (COA's definition.) 1. Identify types of chore services that agency offers. a. Number of persons requesting service by category/type: b. Number of persons receiving service by category/type: c.nU duplicated number of clients served: 2. Chore volunteers: a. Number of volunteers currently available: b. Number of clients served by volunteers: C. Total volunteer hours: 3. Funding Sources: a. Identify funding sources and amount allocated, if chore service not provided by volunteers; (ie., D.S.S., Heritage Agency on Aging, church groups, etc.) b. Number of clients served through funded chore service: 4. What percentage of clients reside in following locations: Metropolitan area: Iowa City, Coralville, University Heights Small Cities: North Liberty, Solon, Hills, Oxford, etc. Rural Residents 5. Identify number of clients residing in: a. private homes; Of these, how many _ live alone _ with elderly spouse or elderly relative _ with adult child _ with elderly non -relative other (specify) b. apartment C. Other (hotel, boarding house, etc.) 6. How long must client wait for service, generally? (ie., Average length of time from the time request is received to completion of job. Specify by type of chore service if you wish to reflect differences in response time.) MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ........._..... 3eta 9 N 2 B. Elderly Advocac : (Informational and Referral) - "To link older people in the community with existing services relevant to their problems, instructions on where to locate services, how to reach an agency, person to contact, etc." (COA's definition.) Identifty type of information requested, number of requests in each category/type, whether staff was able to provide the information requested, and the number of clients within each category where direct assistance/advocacy was provided. MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR;LAB F a CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES s t . j MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR;LAB F a CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES s REPORTING PERIOD: Irmation Number of clients lable? where direct assistance/ advocacy provided No MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES N PROGRAM: Elder Advocacy (Information Referral) "To link older people in the commmunity with existing services relevant to their problems, instructions on where to locate service, how to reach an agency, person to contact, etc.," (COA's definition.) PURPOSE: As a function of I & R services, to identify the extent of chore services needed by the elderly community, and to develop and implement a plan to meet that need. Goal I: To identify a particular area of need in the elderly commmunity: Chore Services. Performance Stage I: Planning and Information Gathering (30 day period) 1. Identifies specific type of chore services to be provided 2. Identify number of service units (by type) per week, month, etc. that agency intends to provide. (Example: 25 lawns mowed per month.) (adjust as needed in this process.) 3. Identify and contact community resources that can and will assist in providing chore service. 4. Identify funding resources for Chore. Goal II: To organize the service plan. Performance Stage II: Organization and public relations (30 day period) 1. Develop job description for volunteers. 2. Develop volunteer recruitment plan. 3. Carry out volunteer recruitment. 4. Orient and organize volunteers. 5. Carry out community public relations program for Chore. 6. Have record keeping system in place. 7. Determine if and how priority assignments will be made in response to service requeses. Goal III: VV� MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ii 2 To implement the service plan (30 day period) Performance Stage III: Service provision. 1. Receive requests, provide information, refer and/or assist in securing service. 2. Complete and maintain records for purposes of service reporting. 3. Communicate, as much as needed, with agency receivng referral regarding follow -along for service. 3No n MICROFILMED BY _ DORM MICR+LAB N CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �r ti K r )CEIVED `.:: 1 5 1980 Johnson County Council on Aging Phone 338.8018 Area Code 319 538 South Gilbert Stroel ! In -a City, lora 52940 February 13, 1980 Mr. Neal Berlin, City Manager City of Iowa City Civic Center, Washington Street Iowa City, Ia. 52240 Dear Sir: i After a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Johnson County Council on Aging on February 13, 1980, the Board made a decision to close its doors as of 5:00 P.M. this date. The Director, Doris Bridgeman, has been asked to remain at the office until March lst, 1980 to close out records and prepare for an orderly transition to the properly designated agency. The Johnson County Council on Aging was recently requested by interested funding sources to meet certain criteria in order to stay in operation. The purposes for which this agency was organized was to address itself to the needs and concerns of the a elderly and to do any and all other related lawful acts but not d for Profit. After consideration the Board decided that the agency could not meet the recent criteria as described by above funding sources and still maintain the basic philosophy of the agency to serve the needs of the elderly. Therefore, as of February 13, 1980 the Johnson County Council on Aging will be closed to the public. Very truly yours, ell The Board of Directors, Mary Rock, Secretary I I MICROFILMED 6Y JORM MICR�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS DES M01NES �Clty of Iowa Cit; MEMORANDUM Date: February 14, 1980 To: City Council From: Douglas Boothroy, Planner/Program Analyst Re: Election of Officers for Planning and Zoning Commission The Planning and Zoning Commission, at a regular meeting held February 7, 1980, elected Jane Jakobsen as Chairperson, John Kaminermeyer as Vice -Chairperson, and Dave Lundquist as Secretary. bc2/4 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOIRES 3C0' J MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES of TI?4+ RECDT. D ," 1 =� 19 80 A'���t 15* a. It IOWA PUBLIC TRANSIT DIVISION 5268 N.W. 2nd AVE. DES MOINES. IOWA 50313 515281.4265 February 7 , 1980 REF N0090 i' To: Iowa Transit Managers On Tuesday, February 5, the Transportation Commission discussed the, Public Transit Division's proposed funding criteria. In order to allow more time for local input, the Commission decided to postpone the formal funding criteria process until the FY 1982 funding year. Therefore, the state transit funding of projects for FY 1981 will continue on a discretionary basis. As you may remember, slightly more than $2.3 million was awarded to the 33 systems for FY 1980 capital and operating assistance. This was possible because of previous funds that were not used. Because more of the contracted funds are now being used and be- cause of several special projects for which funds are reserved, it will not be possible to allocate $2.3 million again. This y means that your funding mark is lower than last year's. For budgeting and program purposes your funding mark for FY 1981 is shown on the attached sheet. You will note the funding marks total $1.8 million. This allows approximately $200,000 flexibility to fund some systems projects which show the most evidence of probable success. It will also allow us to recognize a system's most recent progress. In preparing your application, several factors should be kept in mind: I 1. Your application should be based on a series of projects. Each project must be specific, documentable, auditable, and include projected results. 1 J 2. You may develop a series of projects which total more or less than the funding mark. i 3. Your projects must be prioritized. This will lessen surprises and allow us to fund projects most important to each area. i i COMMISSIONERS 1 JULESM.BUSKER BARBARADUNN C. ROGER FAIR DONALD K. GARDNER WILLIAM F. McGRATN ROBERT R. RIOLER BRUCE M.V SIOU. CITY DA. Molnu D&mwl CAdw RwIdA M91,086AN GRUFF H. V .A New NAmplon Ak MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES To Iowa Transit Managers February 7, 1980 Page 2 Many managers have expressed a desire to have more knowledge of the funding process. In order to make more information about the funding requests available to transit operators and planners in Iowa, everyone will be invited to participate in a meeting on April 9 and 10, 1980. Each operator/planner will make a brief (5-10 minute) presentation of his/her project proposals (application) to the DOT staff and the other operators/planners present, followed by a question and answer session. Please mark your calendars. r; Additional information about schedule and location will be mailed ;i at a later date. s, ( Also attached is a summary form which should be completed for each yproject for which you are requesting funds. C,3mplete and return these forms to your District Manager on or before March 17, 1980. E Tnese— r wyll be dish 'Bu— to all other transit systems prior P to the meeting mentioned in the previous paragraph. The answers to the questions on the summary forms should already have been developed in your transit plans. In addition, these summaries will help us review applications more quickly so that all contracts for FY 1981 can be executed by July 1, 1980. Ifou have any y questions about this process, please contact your District Manager. We look forward to receiving g your transit plans And hearing your presentations. i J ne Short, Director P is Transit Division JS:mas Enc. cc: Transportation Commissioners Raymond L. Kassel, Director Robert Given, Deputy Director Ian MacGillivray, Planning & Research Division Mayor/Policy Board Chairpersons Regional Planning Agency Directors Regional Transit Planners MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I i i 1 To Iowa Transit Managers February 7, 1980 Page 2 Many managers have expressed a desire to have more knowledge of the funding process. In order to make more information about the funding requests available to transit operators and planners in Iowa, everyone will be invited to participate in a meeting on April 9 and 10, 1980. Each operator/planner will make a brief (5-10 minute) presentation of his/her project proposals (application) to the DOT staff and the other operators/planners present, followed by a question and answer session. Please mark your calendars. r; Additional information about schedule and location will be mailed ;i at a later date. s, ( Also attached is a summary form which should be completed for each yproject for which you are requesting funds. C,3mplete and return these forms to your District Manager on or before March 17, 1980. E Tnese— r wyll be dish 'Bu— to all other transit systems prior P to the meeting mentioned in the previous paragraph. The answers to the questions on the summary forms should already have been developed in your transit plans. In addition, these summaries will help us review applications more quickly so that all contracts for FY 1981 can be executed by July 1, 1980. Ifou have any y questions about this process, please contact your District Manager. We look forward to receiving g your transit plans And hearing your presentations. i J ne Short, Director P is Transit Division JS:mas Enc. cc: Transportation Commissioners Raymond L. Kassel, Director Robert Given, Deputy Director Ian MacGillivray, Planning & Research Division Mayor/Policy Board Chairpersons Regional Planning Agency Directors Regional Transit Planners MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I LARGE URBAN SYSTEMS Cedar Rapids Council Bluffs Davenport Des Moines Dubuque Sioux City Waterloo SMALL URBAN SYSTEMS Ames Bettendorf Burlington Clinton Coralville Iowa City Marshalltown Mason City Muscatine Ottumwa * STATE TRANSIT ASSISTANCE FY 1981 FUNDING MARK 1980 Funding 1981 Marks $85,500 $68,400 45,000 36,000 148,565 i 210,740 168,600 66,474 53,200 80,000 64,000 LARGE URBAN SYSTEMS Cedar Rapids Council Bluffs Davenport Des Moines Dubuque Sioux City Waterloo SMALL URBAN SYSTEMS Ames Bettendorf Burlington Clinton Coralville Iowa City Marshalltown Mason City Muscatine Ottumwa * STATE TRANSIT ASSISTANCE FY 1981 FUNDING MARK 1980 Funding 1981 Marks $85,500 $68,400 45,000 36,000 148,565 72,600 210,740 168,600 66,474 53,200 80,000 64,000 60,000 48,000 $696,279 $510,800 $103,000 $82,400 20,029 16,000 76,834 61,500 59,999 48,000 35,200 28,200 179,961 144,000 23,440 18,800 30,000 24,000 22,908 18,300 92,790 81,200 $644,161 $522,400 * Includes consideration of extra ordinary capital projects. MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR¢LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3�9 9 STA FY'81 Funding Marks Page 2 REGIONAL SYSTE14S W 1980 Funding 1981 Marks 1 $47,238 $37,800 2 57,630 46,100 3 84,500 67,600 4 75,481 60,400 5 98,165 78,500 6 49,876 39,900 7 50,000 40,000 8 35,014 28,000 9 48,263 38,600 10 85,800 68,600 11 39,806 31,800 12 46,678 37,300 13 * 97,000 62,800 14 ** 32,020 32,000 15 * 122,307 88,800 16 28,887 23,100 $998,665 $701,300 * Includes consideration of extraordinary capital projects. ** Partially acknowledges termination of 147 demonstration project SUMMARY Large Urban Small Urban Regions TOTAL 1980 Funding $696,279 644,161 998,665 $2,339,105 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 1981 Marks $510,800 522,400 781,300 $1,814,500 389 j r:!i n STA FY'81 Funding Marks Page 3 The FY'01 funding marks were derived from a general reduction of 208 from the FY'00 allocations. Extraordinary capital projects which had previous or future commitments were taken into consider- ation. The FY'81 application projects may total more or less than the funding mark. It is suggested that prioritized projects be developed which total more than the funding mark. In this way, additional projects can be funded if the legislature provides a supplemental appropriation in the current session. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES TRANSIT AGENCY PROJECT NAME TOTAL NUMBER OF PROJECTS SUBMITTED �) A. WHAT IS THE PROJECT? (specifically, briefly) PRIORITY # B. WHAT ARE THE EXPECTED RESULTS? (complete those that are appropriate) TOTAL PROJECT ONLY: Expenses Revenues Rev./Exp. _ Passengers Implementation Date Narrative (if necessary): C. IS THIS SPECIFIC PROJECT AUDITABLE, MEASURABLE AND DOCUMENTABLE? Yes ❑ No ❑ Maybe ❑ D. WHAT IS GOING TO BE IMPROVED, MADE MORE EFFICIENT, OR EXPANDED BECAUSE OF THIS PROJECT? HOW MUCH BETTER (specifically and analytically)? MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 7i� Transit Agency Project Name Page 2 D. WHAT IS GOING TO BE IMPROVED .... continued E. WHAT HAPPENS IF YOU DO NOT RECEIVE STATE TRANSIT ASSISTANCE DURING FY'81 FOR THIS PROJECT? F. ARE THE ACTIVITIES OF THIS PROJECT CURRENTLY BEING ACCOMPLISHED? IF SO, HOW? G. HOW IS THIS PROJECT GOING TO BE FUNDED? Sources (specifically listed) 1. Iowa DOT 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Amounts — F TOTAL $ MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB r CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r N 1; iU - 3 r, s i, A �Y f City of Iowa City MEMORANDUM DATE: February 14, 1980 TO: City Council 1A12 FROM: Dennis.Kraft, Director of Planning and Program DevelopmentRE: Semi-annual CDBG Project Schedule Attached for your information and review is a six-month 0BG project schedule have covering the second half of FY 1980. As in the past, project directors -funded activity under been asked to outline a work schedule for each CDBG their supervision. My staff can answer any questions which you may have regarding the project schedule. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 30 CDBG PROJECT SCHEDULE: SECOND HALF OF FY. 1980 rcneuAov MAnrn Anmll MAY PROGRAM AOIi1NISTRA- -Review progress of -Review progress of -Review progress of -Review progress of -Review progress of -Review progress of TION CDBG programs CDOG programs CDBG programs CDBG programs CDBG programs CDOG programs -Evaluate staffing/ -Prepare programs -Coordinate final -Flake preliminary -Ensure submission of -Request HUD con - Program Coodrinator support needs for evaluation reports preparations of 2nd determination of hold- 2nd year Small Cities currence to carry - Jim Hencin FY80 for all activities year Small Cities harmless program application to HUD over uncompleted completed during application and HAP. carry-over hold -harmless first half of FY80 -Ensure submission of program. 2nd year Small Cities application for A-95 review. CDBG Financial Prepare monthly -Prepare monthly Prepare monthly -Prepare monthly -Prepare monthly -Prepare monthly Monitoring and financial reports financial reports financial reports financial reports financial reports financial report Grantee Performance -Prepare quarterly -Prepare quarterly Report update on CDOG con- update on CORD con- tracts. tracts. COMMITTEE ON .Review Committee -Update on all CDBG Review of 2nd year -Identification of Problem session for -Year end review of COMUNITY NEEDS goals, objectives projects by CCN Small Cities applica- possible new target project directors; all CDBG projects - and by-laws members tion areas reasons for delays Chairperson: Jim Revl ew FY 80 Rehab. -Report on CDBG ex- Detailed review of Discussion on organiza- on Senior Center, Hall Program penditures for Energy Conservation tion of eligible neigh- Ralston Creek projects, -Review Riverfront FY80 to date program horhoods for future etc. Staff Liason- Improvement Projects Public Hearing on entitlement funds Monitor CDBG programs Marianne Milkman 2nd year Small Cities Monitor CDBG programs program HOUSING REIIAOILITA- -Preliminary speci- -ObtAln approval from Summit St. final In- _ Submit 2 applications Construction begins Final Inspection TION fications for 3 Housing Commlssion spection fpr interior to HUD for SFD 312 Loan Fox property. exterior work cases for Forgiv- for Initial 3 cases work -HUD gives approval of Submit I application Construction com- Project Director: able Loan Program on Forgivable Loan Encumber other half al Fox property - 312 Loan for SFD 312 Loan pleted for all For Pamela S. Barnes -Obtain bids from Program CDOG money through Pre -construction con- glvable Loan Cases contractors for 3 approval of 3 ference for Fox Monitor Davis Bacon Monitor Davis Bacon cases additional case§ fm• property. for Fox and Summit Fox property Monitor Davis Bacon Forgivable Loan pro- Monitor Davis Bacon and St. and construction - gram construction for Summit Summit St. St. _ Prepare for FY81 Rehab. ARCHITECTURAL BARRIER REMOVAL -Project in final Spring and Summer Con- Monitor Curb Ramp Complete Curb Ramp construction stages struction schedules Construction Evaluate and Close- out program MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES COMMUNITY PLANNING partmental -Revised draft com- Final recommendations -Final reconmen- -Public hearing -Adoption of Zoning nning and pleted; public hear- to City Council;public dations to City before City Council. Ordinance. Project Oirettor: Commission re- Ing set. hearing set. Council; public Adoption of Bikeway -Present Annexation Don Schmeiser Zoning Ord- -Public hearing before Final recommendations hearing set. Plan. Study for Planning . 701keway Planning and Zoning to City Council; -Public hearing Complete Final Draft and Zoning Commis- -Draftn Bikeway Commission. public hearing set. before City Coun- of Annexation Study. slon. mpleted; -Revised draft of Over- Complete 1st Draft of cil. Continue work on re- -present reports on hearing set. lay Zone completed an Annexation Study. -Review/Revise ports on process for process for updat- partmental, incorporated with new Begin preparation of Draft Annexation updating Comprehen- Ing Comprehensive Planning and Zoning Zoning Ordinance. Near florthside Area Study.. sive Plan. Plan to Planning Commission, and River -Continued development Study. -Begin report on Present Near North and Zoning. front Commission re- of annexation study. Contfnue preparation process for updat- Side Study to Plan- -Continue work on view of River Corri- -Present results of of Southslde Study; Ing Comprehensive ning and Zoning. special studies. dor Overlay Zane. North Side Study (In- present results to Plan. Continue work on -Continue development novative Grant) to Planning and Zoning -Continue prepara- special studies. of annexation study. Council. (March or April). tion of Near North -Present Foster Road -Present Foster Road Continue work on Side Area Study. Study to Planning Report to Council. Trafficways Plan Amend -Contlnue preparation and Zoning. -Discuss Trafficways ments, as required. of Rear North Side -Discuss Trafffcways Plan Amendment with Combine work on Area Study. Plan Amendments with Planning and Zoning. special studies. -Continue work on Planning and Zoning. -Prepare Southside special studies. -Continued work on study after receiving special studies. direction from Plan- ning and Zoning. -Continue work on special studies. ENERGY CONSERVATION -Select two faihilies -Review solar bids -Award solar bids. -Publicize neighbor- -Obtain warranties, Report on community use by resi- for solar grant and proposals. -flake solar grant hood seminars. guarantees, release liens, for energy dential, commercial Droject Director: award. Continue Meat Loss awards. In -Inspect solar work it and of etc. solar work. and Industrial sec- longer Tfnklenberg -Prepare work write- Identification Project Scanning. -Assist grantee executing contract. as progresses upon completion. tors (results of ups and cost esti- mates, hold final -Compile data for with contractor. •Report on lleat Loss Make final payment Energy Monitoring Project). consultation with Energy Monitoring -Continue Meat Loss Identification Projecl and close out solar families on work Project. Identification -Analyze Energy Roof- escrow accounts. write-up, and Review of solar Project Scanning. toring Project data. Final Inspection of solicit bids and access alternatives -Continue Enery Moni- data solar work. Analyze Energy Moni- proposals for a solar project. by Resources Con- servation Commission Loring Project compilation and be- -Continue Ifeat Loss dnd Planning and gin analysis. Identification Zoning Commission. -Complete solar access Project Scanning. Complete solar access provision of the Sub- -Complete draft of provision of the Zon- division Ordinance. the solar access ing Ordinance. Assist grantee in alternatives for Issuing work proceed the_ZomInR•Ordinanc Mier. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ,3 f RIVER CORRIDOR -Review final boat -Obtain approval of -Prepare ERR for City -Publish ERR notF elop agreements -Solicit bids for IMPROVEMENTS ramp designs and boat ramp design and Park Trail for City Park TFederal Bikeway Rocky Shore Drive Projects Directors: specifications -Place sign at specs document by City Council -Let bids for boat -Request releaseing Trail (If possible) Pat Keller pro- posed boat ramp site -Solicit bids for boat ramp construction -Monitor and funds for City icit bids for City -Begin boat ramp Trail Bruce Knight -Monitor permit and ramp construction permit funding actions for Trail If Pos- construction If -Monitor fundinge. water level is down funding applications -Publish ERR notices boat ramp and trail Rocky Shore Dri -Prepare Rocky Shore Rocky Shore Drive -Prepare final design -Prepare bid doc Drive ERR Trail and specs for Rocky far Rocky Shore -Complete application -Request release of Shore Drive Trail and City Park T Federal Bikeway funds funds for Rocky Shore -Present Iowa River if possible for Rocky Shore Drive Drive project Corridor Buffer A Trail Systems for discussion with Coral- , vide and Johnson County. SMALL CITIES -Phase I Acquisition -Phase I -Phase I -Phase 1: -Phase 1: -Phase 1: and Relocation Act- -Appraisal reviews -Continue negotiations/ -Continue negotfa- -Continue purchase/ -Continue purchase/ Project Director: ivities: completed prepare purchase agree tions/purchase/can- condemnation condemnation Michael Flaherty -Property appraisals -City Council Resol- ments or initiate damnation -Continue referrals -Continue referrals completed. ution setting Just condemnation proceed- -Provide referrals and assistance to and assistance to -Begin appraisal Compensation ings and assistance to displacees displacees reviews. -Purchase offers to -Continue referrals and displacees -Second year applic- -Phase If: -Conduct relocation property owners. assistance to dis- Second year applic- ation: -Appraisal reviews interviews. -Initiation of placees. ation: -Submit application completed -Second year appli- negotiations -Second year applic- . CCN review of sec- to [IUD -City Council Resol cation: -Conduct title atfons: and year applicati0'- Phase I1: ution setting Just -Conduct housing searchs -Prepare progress repor flold public hearing -Appraisals complete Compensation survey for HAP Conduct housing for first year act-' Submit second year -egin appraisal -Purchase offers to -Continue neighbor- comparabil lty survey 'vftfes (in lieu of appl'cation to A -D5 reviews property owners hood newsletter. for displacees GPR) review agencies -Continue Neighbor- -Initiation of -Issue Notices of -Prepare application Phase "'hood Newsletter negotiations - Displacement document Begin appraisals -Conduct title -Provide referrals -Prepare HAP document Contract for ap- search and assistance to -Phase II: prafsai review -Conduct housing dfsplacees -Prelinimary Acquisition services comparability -Second year applic- Notice to'property Continue neighbor- survey ation: Gather owners hood newsletter -issue Notices of information re -Continue Neighborhood Displacement progress on three Newsletter -Provide referrals year MAP goals and assistance -Phase II to displacees -Contract for ap- -Continue Nelghbor- praisal services. hood Newsletter -Continue neighbor- hood newsletter MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 0 RALSTON CREEK S. Branch continue -S. Branch continue -Let bids for S. -Receive bids for S. -Start constriction -Continue construc- FLOOD CONTROL land acquisition land acquisition Branch Branch on S. Branch Dam tion on S.Branch -N. Branch con- -N. Branch con- -N. Branch con- -Begin land acquisi- -Continue land Dam Project Director struction final struction final struction final tion for 14. Branch acquisition for N. -Continue land Dick Plastino design design design Branch acquisition for fl. Branch HOUSING CODE -Inspect 287 living -Inspect 290 living -Inspect 276 living Inspect 205 living -Inspect 328 living Inspect 297 living ENFORCE. units units. units units. units. units. -Perform ongoing -Perform ongoing re- -Perform ongoing re- Rbspond to all -Respond to all Respond to all Project Director: reinspections. Inspections. inspections. citizen complaints. citizen complaints citizen complaints. Terry Steinbach -Respond to all -Respond to all -Respond to all Begin reduction in re- -Continue reduction Conduct survey to citizens complaints. citizen complaints. citizen complaints. Inspections and step- In reinspections un- Update all files up survey of delin- less no change in inanticipation of quents. personnel level, future reduced personnel levels. AID TO VICTIMS OF -Locate structure -Concludeproperty -Continue rehabili- Continue/complete re- -Open shelter for use. Monitor project SPOUSE ABUSE for use as a shelter, acquisi tion. tation work. habilitation work, close-out -Determine necessary Project Director: rehabilitation to he Jim Mencin done. -Contract for re- habilitation work. SENIOR. CENTER -Prepare paperwork Plans returned from -Coordinate review of Receive bids for Con- Construction of -Construction of relevant to bid Code review in Kansas plans and specifica- struction of Senior Senior Center begins. Senior Center Project Director: acceptance. City. tions by City Depts. Center. Submit refined draft continues. Bette Meisel Coordinate Inter- Plant corrected by and Commission. Analyze bids for Con- of operational hand- -Staff attends governmental efforts architect. -Advertise for Public struction of Senior book and agencies. institute on manage - toward agency Aid Senior Center [fearing of bids and Center. Continue work in ment and program- support. Commission in gather- specs f [cations. Present reconmenda- Senior Center Commis- ming of Senior - Negotiate city/ ing data for opera- -Submit bids and tions to City Council. sion. Center. council agreement tional hand book. specifications to Award bids. Encourage input from -Operational hand - of funds for opera- Submit Purpose, Goal, City Council. Submit 1st draft of COE, Agencies, and book submitted to tion of Senior Objectives of Senior Request approval of operational handbook Community Groups re- City Council. Center Center to COE and bids and specifica- to COE for Input. garding Senior Center. -Continued work -Complete 1st draft City Center, tions by City Council Continue work in Begin newsletter to with Senior of Purpose, Goals, -Encourage Input from -Advertise for bids fo Senior Center Commis- rural leaders to keep Center Commission. and Objectives of COE, Agencies, and Construction of Senloy sion for refining them informed as to -Encourage input Senior Center Community groups re- Center. handbook. Senior Center progress from COE, Agencies -Encourage input from garding Senior Center -Continue work with Encourage input from and Community COE, Agencies, and Commission on opera- COE, Agencies, and Groups regarding Community groups re- tional handbook. Community Groups re- Senior Center. garding Senior Center -Encourage Input from garding Senior Center. -Continue newletter COE, Agencies, and to rural leaders. Community Groups re_ A MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 .i CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES NEIGHBORHOOD SITE -Receive final supple --Prepare evaluation -Continue Program -Complete Tree and Install remaineder of -Evaluate and close. IMPROVEMENTS mental order of Bus and closeout reports monitoring and es- Beautification Projects Park and Bus Shelter out program Shelters and Park for Park and Bus tablish Spring imple- -Install tree barrier Equipment Project Director Equipment Shelter equipment mentation schedule between Diana and Pat Keller Gilbert Courts. NSI SCHEDULE (Pub- -Resume construction -Begin construction Continue construction -Continue Construc- lic Works Program if possible (depend- (or continue) Monitor project tinn- Jan. - June 1980 ing on weather) -Monitor project -Monitor project Project Director `estimated date of Bruce Knight completion is July 30 1980 SIDEWALK REPAIR -Meet with Engineer- -Determine amount -Begin inspection of -Continue construction Continue construction Continue construc- (Northside, Hickory ing and Building of finding available sidewalks weather -Monitor project Monitor project tion' III11) inspection staff -Establish initial permitting Monitor project to develop criteria target areas for in - for determining spection -Continue Inspection estimated date of sidewalk priority -Schedule inspection until it is estimated completion is Aug. rating of sidewalks that all funds have 30, 1980 been expended. -Prepare plans and specifications -Bid Project URB RAMPS AND. llold neighborhood -Determine funding -Begin Inspection of -Being construction Continue construction Continue construc- SIDEWALK REPAIR meeting and re- breakdown between sidewalks (continue -Monitor project Monitor project tion• ( HIGHLAND) evaluate curb re- curb ramps and until it is estimated paid program sidewalk repair that the funds are estimated date of -Meet with Engin- -Schedule inspection expended) completion is Aug. eering and Build- of sidewalk repair -Prepare plans and 30, 1980 Ing staff to de• specifications termine project feasibility EDESTRIAN CROSS- -Meet with Traffic -Order pedestrian -No work -Install curb ramps No work Install pedestrian WALK (IIIGIILAND) Engineer to de- cycle hardware. cycle term lne cost of Close out project the project -Determine amount of funding avail- able to carry out the project. r ' MICROFILMED BY _ JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES EIGIIBROHOOD PARK IMPROVEMENTS roject Director: nnls Showalter -Council dedication of parkland for Hickory Hill Shelter - -Approval of LNCF matching grant for Hickory Bill Shelter -Prepare specifications for materials -Did materials for park shelter -Construct park shelter - -Complete park shelter -Complete project status/evaluation report )OWNTONN -Continue construction -Continue construction -Continue construction -Continue constructio -Complete construction Continue construct - B REDEVELOPMENT of Ramp A construction of Ramp A -Continue construction of Ramp A -Continue construction of Ramp A -Continue constructior of Ramp A Continue construction Coq of Ramp -Continue negotiat- roject Director: -Continue of Ramp B of Ramp B to inquiries/ of Ramp B -Respond to inquiries/ of Ramp B -Open proposals for of Ramp B Begin negotiations tons with selected developer of Block arry Chiat -Complete preparation Block 64 Hotel -Respond questions concerning questions concerning redevelopment of with selected develop- 64 Ilotel for a of Prospectus and pro- [tote] Prospectus Ilotel Prospectus Block 64, analyze all er of Block 64.4lotel land disposition posal forms -City Council approval Receive bids for 11-h proposals, and make to for a land d1spositior agreement agreement Continue construct - -Distribute Hotel Prospectus to In- of final plans for Streetscape Phase.11 Streetscape Phase Monitor redevelopment recommendations City Council Continue construction ion of Streetscape terested developers -Monitor redevelopment progress -City Council select= of Streetscape Phase Phase II -b Convey title to -Respond to inquiries/ progress ion of preferred developer of Block 11-b Monitor redevelopment Urban Renewal questions concerning 64 Hotel. progress Parcel B2 -lb to Hotel Prospectus -Design Review Con -Award contract and North Day Construct- mittee's review of begin construction of Streetscape Phase ion Cnm an P Y Monitor redevelop- final plans for II -b ment progress. Streetscape Phase -Monitor redevelopment 11-b -Monitor redevelop- progress ment progress MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I i 1 . I I I I j� i. Salary schedules The School Board approved pay raises for building adminlatratars educational aides, substlluto teach• ers and food service employees. Principals and assistant principals' will receive an average 12 percent increase in wages and fringe bene- fits. After conlerting with the admkdo- lrators, district officials agreed to amp the salary schedule used to determine pay last year In favor of salary rangss Elementary school principals can be paid between $21,750 and $31,750; Junior high assistant principals, $20,750 and 320,750; Junior high prin- ctpala, 21,750 and $31,750; senior high aesiatanl principals, 322500 and $31,500; and senior high principals, $27,500 and $37,500. Twelve of the 25 building adminis- trators In the district now receive the maximum salary allowable under the salary schedule. In addition, the district beefed up the administrators' health and dis- ability lrabWty Insurance%, retirement bene- fits and sick leave. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES IL 41a7i T /3 3q/ i i Salary schedules The School Board approved pay raises for building adminlatratars educational aides, substlluto teach• ers and food service employees. Principals and assistant principals' will receive an average 12 percent increase in wages and fringe bene- fits. After conlerting with the admkdo- lrators, district officials agreed to amp the salary schedule used to determine pay last year In favor of salary rangss Elementary school principals can be paid between $21,750 and $31,750; Junior high assistant principals, $20,750 and 320,750; Junior high prin- ctpala, 21,750 and $31,750; senior high aesiatanl principals, 322500 and $31,500; and senior high principals, $27,500 and $37,500. Twelve of the 25 building adminis- trators In the district now receive the maximum salary allowable under the salary schedule. In addition, the district beefed up the administrators' health and dis- ability lrabWty Insurance%, retirement bene- fits and sick leave. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES IL 41a7i T /3 3q/ Local assessors are getting better, but still inade'gt nate, says economist BY DAVID YEW �,� ��' J2, T��- a.rrwrw,wr The performance of local assesses Iowa is improving but remain & It 1971: the last year for whichIn disgrace and is Inadequate In most data Is available, naeaamaots In low& mu of this state, Draka University were off by an averege of 20 peroeaL In 1979, for example, they were off U Professor Slaves Gold said Monday. pw=L Gold said "below, 20 percent The economist has racked the per. Is acceptable" while a 10 percaol Ion"" W the Ile local assessors deviation Is "esedlent." in Iowa for the past four years. He Gold rid a problem with his has done It beam the accuracy of ratings is that many answers rank local assessments affeets such things very close to one another. The top /t Wim x bilk W �� were below 20 percent. The Iowan sap of da top 99 were below percent. local uhsob lately . Inaecvata err But 001y eve se of were below eessmenb are aa/alr and illegal red the young ultimatelycheater la=wyer. Gds oU also id rural assexa have Gold also said n¢al arenas hassaid. more difficulty In treating all Local arenas have saw Gou's 9repety uniformly because there are ranking is lair humans ft does ret fewer sales of properties in their lake into acousst sock ills/ a lack ares than to more urban areas. 90 of money tby have far ddq aesf anewas In rural areas are man E meste, likely to be inaecarate. he sod, "I loaedly dealt hellos ilea's OWING that the tnucracy may not �tinies, Io reflwt the competency of the sseessments Iowa," Evelyn &Mawr. Nordstrom, the Hamilton Couty Assuan' Salads aaawer and w p ummt of w Iowa Gold also sod local assessors aren't 1 Stete Aassetetisa at Aaeeawrs'4t is sob Agit to attract kgs peep+e to awful no to ale at the level be is aadthe les nor are theygiven enough soars 111111 g Ask me. money to do secsrato aesaww 6 bwtsWy=Ira The m&dim salary Is $16.00 sena But the vice president of wt 'Tib bred anoallit to altnct and group. Vernon Late of Wrfglt retain high quality personnel.... County, UW Gala "W dee r a lot Somem wlo Is knowledgeable about of good" because his studies have real estate can can much more by aumment Problems and leave abandoning public service," be said. pssoptad Ngbletrs to pass Wlo Gold aid w best eeeniy, swaron doelgasd te Impsovs the quilty ota• in w mot heavily populated ares ssemrsob in Iwa. are to Scott and Lim countlas. The bat city aaseesre be mid, are In Gold�wWdtbaatt "to previous years I Iowa City, Ams and Dsblque. The of yI rated costly aneseors to w end madministrationme Iowa uwi 1s beavily Populated urban areae inadequate in most Ju n and Jackson untles. are In Obstace rb kl� The best awares in "mostly rural" These mooclopm.�J, Ip* coveds are In Jed=, winseallek, ,Jo w mbjalh of pleow to tow&, dal Henry, Benton, Floyd, Washington mal progress has been made toward ad Page mottles, wk le the best ImprosW catdfliowl be" "we rrd sora& aura In Iwa, Taylor hen a long way to go In Iowa, but and locales comtles, said Gold.' we're mo ft in the right dlreetias." Assessors get low marks U they are Each of Iowa's " counties hao m giving widely different values to mas. or and 19 titles have their own slmWr properties and nigh naw if assessors. Gold said tbey "did tick soy are giving sIfBar Talar to Jab better In 1971 than ever before." similepietas of property. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 39oz FWMWng an the rankings of lour assessors as compiled by Prof. 3teuen Gold. To'find your assessor's ranking; locate your county or city and look at the numbers to the right. Those figures indicate the assessor ranked among all 111 assessors for 1976, 1977 and 1976. The higher the ranking, the better jab the assessor did in making certain that similar propertteshad similar values, according to Gold's figures. 1977 Ir" 1976 lets Im Im Rea Raab Rub Ralk Moa RW Adair ........... 70 91 64 lleokuk .......... 113 106 IN Adams .......... 100 49 75 Kossuth ......... 20 40 50 Allamakee ......: 25 77 14 Lee ............. 33 35 W Appa7roae ....... 106 109 115 Fort Madison• . 71 50 17 A71dkbon ......... 85 Is It Keokuk• ....... 38 97 H Becton .......... 11 7 55 Lim ............ 10 5 11 Blatt Hawk...... 16 29 24 Cedar Rapids' . 21 6 3 ' Waterko• ..... M 09 a LOWsa .......... 15 58 114 Boone ........... 61 67 54 Lucas ........... 70 61 64 Boone• ........ 82 45 66 Lyon ............ 75 60 109 Bremer ......... 35 41 35 Madison ......... 97 06 95 Buchanan........ 42 87 26 Mahaaka ........ 115 116 102 ll s VINs ...... 37 21 11 Oakaloaw• .... 103 65 160 Butler ........... 114 110 104 Marlon .......... 28 75 79 CA1110011 ......... M 101 106 NkmhaD ........ 98 36 43 Carrell .......... 91 M 105 Marshalltown• . 43 26 37 Cas ............ 44 51 66 Mills ............ 27 64 14 Cadet ......:.... 53 56 45 Mitchell ......... 57 100 111 Certo Gsedo ..... 1T U 11 Mocooa ......... 48 54 102 mom City ... 80 92 10 Monroe .......... 101 96 h Cherokee ........ 91 N 15 Montgomery ..... 65 69 92 tlkkww ....... 52 70 78 Maaatice ....... 69 43 32 Cie W ........... 12 78 g7 Muscatine• .... 62 46 33 Clay ............ „ 19 10 O'Brien.......... 96 108 111 Clayton.......... 54 105 94 Osceola ......... 105 102 59 Clinton ........... 1 32 38 Page ............ 17 36 47 CBntan• ....... IS 48 46 Palo Alto ........ 75 74 N Crawford ........ 50 57 48 Plymouth ........ 41 n 3g Dallis........... 50 55 40 Poabontas ...... 101 113 69 Dart ........... 0f 94 U Polk ............ a 11 18 Da str :........ N 114 q Da Mobs* ... 55 47 47 Delaware ........ 38 It 10 Pottawatfam a ... 10 63 12 Doll' 1 ...... W 03 48 PoweMbk ....... b IS IS Dkkinson ........ 103 61 63 ftloggold ........ 116 111 110 Doboque......... 47 31 41 Sac ............. 56 71 15 Dabuque• ...... 14 17 11 Scott ............ 1 4 3 Bisset.......... 8 3g sl DaveoW* .... 39 U it Fayette ......... 40 14. 1 Sbelby........... 104 H 49 Floyd ........... 13 IS 6 Sioux ............ 11 M >N Franklin ......:.. 76 70 77 Stay ............ 10 06 M Framosl......... 111 116 107 Ams• ........ 2 3 7 Ilr9aaa .......... 49 W iii Tama ....... I... If M 81 dowdy .......... a 16 N Taylor .......... 4 111 117 i ORthrk .......... IS 81 M union ........... 04 1f 71 HamBkR ........ 72 41 N Van Berns ....... Ill 104 111 Haseath'......... N 77 58 •WspaBo ......... 100 06 52 Bardh .... I..... 71 51 27 otta mea• ..... u a rr RUH=......... 86 80 56 warno.......... W 18 31 Hary ........... 9 11 9 Wsakiagtaa ...... 11 34 • Howard ......... 77 K 20 Ways" .......... 117 117 111 Humboldt........ 107 27 70. Webster ......... 30 76 111 Ida ............. 79 24 93 Fort DoW ... 45 12 51 Iowa ............ 1 1 75 Winnebago....... 26 30 42 J&d= ......... 6 10 5 Wlmeakiah ...... 7 33 IS Jasper ..... 25 13 M Woodbary ... 64 107 113 IWwt0a•..... 24 1 8 Sloan CI tf .... 74 11 O 2 7 wank ........... M 00 71 ......... 11 9 is wstght .......... IS 1M 87 fop CI • 8 1 4 • taMl .lis urh ww Ixnwn. tam rs set Jam .... , ...... ~cared." th* come errs/. MICROrILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I Ames council begins By PATKINNEY budget work Tuesday Staff Writer Ames' 19811.81 city budget probably could be descibed best In one word: light. Some revenue sources, such as revenue sharingandroad use Nix. are eslimaled Io be considerably less for 1980-81 than they were for 1979-80. Meanwhile. revenues from properly taxes and some fees for city services may be Increasing. 'ferry Sprenkel called the budget the toughest one he had to prepare in his four years as Ames elly manager. And the Ames City Council now goes to work on the budget, reviewing it In a series of work sessions to be held Tuesday through Thursday- and Saturday. The council will review the budget requested by each city department, plus the budget requests of social service agencies. THE COUNCIL will be reviewing a budget of almost $30 million proposed for the fiscal year 1988-81, which extends from July 1980 to June 1981. The total city operating budget for the proposed 1988-81 budget• excluding capital improvements. is about $26.4 million. an Increase of Orr S4.6 million over the total nperationg expenses for 1979.60 of $21.8 million. That increase in operating expenses Is comprised of increases in salaries• benefits, and wnrkman's cgmpensatlon: .Idlatmmu'} increases in rnmmodf Gow and expenses for the replacement of cvpdpnn•nt. Ante The operaling budget does nal Inr•lude (•rgdlnl Improvements, debt service on boots, orspeclnl assessmcnls. CUTBACKS IN revenue sharing and road use lax funds, plus an Increase In the city's debt service Ipayment due on outstanding city -Issued bonds) made the 1980.01 budget a difficult one 10 prepare, Sprenkel Sala wrole in his bud mose to /Iful the f ly Is projecting a total proper) lax revenue Increase Of Over S6511,IRx1, and a 23 percent increase In revenues from fees. That means an increase In Inspec• tion. cemetery. and swimming fees, pills 1ra And because revenues at projected In he light. the fly has asked IIs depart. menus. as well as city -supported social (:: y 15 percent from last year. City ts also were inducted to holdnses al 95 percent of their esforfiscal1979.80. THE CITY is "anticipating S282.532 less In Revenue Sharing funds" for fiscal ,•ar L40 -8I than ii Is expected to receive for 1979-011, Sprenkel wmle. Congress has authorized revenue sharing only through October, so the city Is assured of receiving the funds ')lily (hr the first quarter of fiscal 1981"I.For that first quarter, the city is estimating it will receive $99.818. But for fiscal 1979.80, it is estimated the city will receive $382,350 in revenue sharing funds. Congress has yet to approve any 1 revenue sharing beyond October. "Given the uncertainty of this funding source," Sprenkel wrote, the city cannot count on receiving any revenue sharing funds beyond October. ROAD USE lax funds for Ames in 1980.81 will be $100.762 less than they were for fiscal 1979.84 Sprenkel wrote. Road use tax funds are derived by a slate to)( on gasoline and distributed to municipalities on a per capita basis. However. Sprenkel wrote. ••A decrralsr In gasoline consumption and the tax exempt nature of gasohol" have resulted In the 5100,762 cutback in road use lax funds for Ames. The city expects to receive x§1.41)0.762 for 1979-80. but only $1.263.300 for 1980.81. nRBT SERVICE, what the ell,v owes nn bonds it has Issued. will Increase by $302.21111 In 19110 -III. Thal nel Increase in debt service slems largely from file city's sale of $4.405.000 In bonds last fall to 'finance construction of the new fire station. the Thirteenth Street Extension. plus other projects. ."Since debt service Is a major compo. nent of the prnperly lax formula. an Increase In [his category results in it subsequent Increase In the tax require. meals on the cllzens unless an adjustment is made in the General Fund operating expenses." Sprenkel wrnle. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES NO CONTINGENCY iemergency re• serve) funds have been proposed for the 1980-81 budget. Sprenkel wrote. "in order to adequately balance this proposed budget" Ile added, that he hoped the council would appropriate funds for the reserve ••If and when additional revenues become available" Although funds for an emergency re. serve aren't available. Sprenkel has proposed in the budget a Sln4w111 --reserve fund for risk management." Ile explains. '•This total represents a first installment of what we hope will bell $400,0011 reserve funds for self-insurance." WORK SESSIONS on the budget are scheduled for Tuesday through Thurs. day from 5:30 to 10:30 p.m. In the council chambers of the City Administration Building, Main Street and Pearlc Avenue. A special session Is scheduled from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Saturday for social service agencies and a budget wrap-up. The Tuesday session will begin with and a review of the budgets for the electric. public works. fire, and police depart. ments. The electre department budget will be reviewed at 5:45 p.m., followed by public works. 7:15 p.m.: fire, 9 p.m., and police. 9:45 p.m. All the work sessions are open to the public. For more Information. rnrdacl the A mes t'If v t'Irrk's olflcr fhrvnlgh thegencral vier government nualtiel'. 393 NEWSLETTER for Lower Ralston Creek Neighborhood January 1980 February STATUS OF SMALL CITIES PROJECT RELEASE OF FUNDS It is now official. The City of Iowa City has completed all Environmental Review requirements and the Department of Housing and Urban Development has formally authorized release of funds for the Small Cities Project. The City now has authority to expend funds for first year activities which include Phases I and II of acquisition and relocation. ACQUISITION Progress on Phase I acquisitions is being made. Appraisal reports have been completed by Iowa Appraisal and Research Corporation and are now being reviewed by Winegar Appraisal Company. City Council will set "just compensation" for the property to be acquired, based on the appraisal review reports. The values established as "just compensation" are primarily based on comparable sales for the "highest and best use" of other properties and adjusted for differences in size, location, time of sale, and any impact due to being located in the flood plain (where building is restricted) and the floodway (where building is prohibited). RELOCATION Initial interviews have been held with residents being displaced by Phase I acquisitions. Currently, staff is conducting a comparability study of available replacement housing in Iowa City. The purpose of this study is to determine the additional cost, if any, to relocate individual home owners and tenants to comparable housing. Housing referrals will also be provided to residents displaced by the project. Both comparable housing cost figures and housing referrals will be available at the time affected residents receive their displacement notices. CITIZEN INFORMATION AND INPUT STAFF ASSIGNMENTS Adjustments in assignments of staff members of the Department of Planning and Program Development for the Small Cities Project are being made. Project Coodinator, Michael Flaherty, is leaving Iowa City. His responsibilities, at least initially, will be divided among current staff members. Program administration will be handled by Marianne Milkman. Bruce Knight will coordiante acquisition activities and relocation activities will be handled by Marianne Milkman and Sue Sandro. If you have any questions concerning the project, feel free to contact these staff members at 354-1800, ext. 312 or 317. CITY OF IOWA CITY 354-1800 39f� FILML,, _ JORM MICR6LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DCS '40111LS SECOND YEAR APPLICATION The December edition of this newsletter reported that a public hearing on the Small Cities 2nd year application would be held on February 26, 1980. This public hearing has been rescheduled for March 18, 1980 before the Iowa City Council. Notices of this hearing will be mailed to recipients of our newsletter prior to the hearing. CITY OF IOWA CITY r aara nn DEPT. OF PLANNING &u.S.FOVAGE PROGR"I;1 DEVELOPMENT t"dID CIVIC CENTER OWA CRY, IOWA ftmftNo. 155 IOWA CITY, IA 52240 MIcROrILMED RY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES 1401NES DORM MICROI_AB i REPORTS ON SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM - FACILITY PLAN i_ IOWA CITY, IOWA 1979 C PART 2 - SEWER SYSTEM EVALUATION SURVEY Section 3 - Analysis Report PART 3 - COMPLETE WASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM PLAN Section 2 - Trunk and Interceptor Sewers i Gal Addendum to Section 1 - Water Pollution Control Plant L.1 I hereby certify that these engineering reports were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Registered Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. I Signed: Date: L! October 12, 1979 V . K mm, P.E. Iowa Reg. No. 2989 W. K7� 0%STjr Prepared by ° VEENSTRA & KIMM2989 w Engineers & Planners West Des Moines, �+ W Iowa MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 I CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES .. VEENSTRA & KIMM ii October 12, 1979 w I 11 Honorable Mayor and Council City of Iowa City Civic Center 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 39b' MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAe1 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i IOWA CITY, IOWA i SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM FACILITY PLAN FINAL REPORTS I We submit, herewith, under one cover, the final reports on the Sanitary Sewerage System Facility Plan for the City of Iowa City. The reports have completedaccordance I orts, togetherwith previous reports,Itconstitute ecompletion uof the Iowa City Facility Plan, subject to any changes required by the agencies. regulatory _i These reports are enclosed in this volume, as follows: PART 2 - SEWER SYSTEM EVALUATION SURVEY i— Section 3 - Analysis Report PART 3 - COMPLETE WASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM PLAN y Section 2 - Trunk al InpPollution tor sControl Addendum to Section Water Plant This volume contains three distinct reports. The first report is the Sewer System Evaluation Survey Analysis Report, which summarizes the findings of the Sewer System Evaluation Survey. It sets forth the quantities and sources Of infiltration/inflow in the sewer system. These sources are analyzed as to cost-effectiveness of transporting and treating the i 3 I,, extraneous flows compared to the removal of each source. The report includes recommendations for rehabilitation measures where removal of a source is cost-effective. �r 39b' MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAe1 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i Honorable Mayor and Council October 12, 1979 Page 2 The Analysis Report was preceeded by two reports which were provided to you under separate cover. One of these reports established the feasibility and cost-effectiveness of construction of the River Corridor Sewers project, for .., which the contract has now been awarded. That report was written and submitted to the Iowa Department of Environmental Quality (IDEQ) and the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to meet their facility planning requirements for the River Corridor Sewers to enable construction of that project before the final facility plan was completed. The second report I: covered footing drain tile testing and civic survey and other related phases of the Sewer System Evaluation Survey. That report established that it is w not cost-effective to remove footing drain tile flow, the largest single It source of infiltration/inflow in the sewer system. That report was completed and submitted as required under our contract with you. Data from that report s was used in the Sewer System Evaluation Survey Analysis Report contained in this volume. The second report in this volume is a part of the Complete Waste Treatment �$ System Plan which sets forth recommended improvements to the major trunk and g interceptor sewer systems in Iowa City. The recommendations are based on present hydraulic loadings and physical condition of the sewers and anticipated populations and waste loadings. This report was also preceeded I# by the previous report, under separate cover, which established design requirements for the River Corridor Sewers and the New Water Pollution Control Plant. This report covers sewer needs in addition to the River 1® Corridor Sewers. The third report in this volume is the Addendum to the Complete Waste 4 Treatment System Plan. Since completion of the Complete Waste Treatment 1 System Plan Report in June, 1978, IDEQ has changed waste load allocations and effluent standards for Iowa City. These changes in the waste load Is i's allocations and effluent standards necessitated preparation of this Addendum. The Addendum updates the Complete Waste Treatment System Plan with regard to flows and loading data, cost-effectiveness, treatment components, financing and implementation of the plan. In addition, the Addendum includes information regarding the costs for proposed trunk and interceptor sewers as outlined in the second report of this volume. The Addendum also includes rehabilitation costs from the Sewer System Evaluation Survey Analysis Report. The June, 1978, Complete Waste Treatment System Plan included estimated costs for trunk and interceptor sewers for which planning had not been completed. The Addendum, therefore, includes updated costs for the now planned trunk and interceptor sewers and sewer system rehabilitation. JWK:jgt 11639-PlO 11647 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 39500 INTRODUCTION TO FINAL REPORTS The Facility Plan for the City of Iowa City is being prepared in accordance with Title II of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 (Public Law 92-500), as amended, and as further amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977 (Public Law 95-217). The Facility Plan is divided into three parts, as follows: Part 1 - Infiltration/Inflow Analysis Part 2 - Sewer System Evaluation Survey Part 3 - Complete Waste Treatment System Plan The report on Part 1 - Infiltration/Inflow Analysis was submitted to the City Council and state and federal regulatory agencies in November, 1976. That report determined that "possible excessive infiltration/inflow," as defined by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), exists in the Iowa•City sewer system. The report included a recommendation that a sewer system evaluation survey be undertaken to identify all extraneous water sources. Part 2 - A Sewer System Evaluation Survey (SSES) was undertaken in May, 1977. Work phases of the SSES included the following: Phase 1 - Preparatory Map Work Phase 2 - Footing Drain Tile Testing and Civic Survey Phase 3 - System Flow Monitoring Phase 4 - Physical Survey Phase 5 - Smoke Testing Phase 6 - Dye Water Flooding Phase 7 - Interim Report Phase 8 - Preparatory Cleaning Phase 9 - Television Inspection Phase 10 - Analysis Report Part 2 - Section 3 - The Analysis Report is included in this volume and summarizes the findings of the SSES. The Analysis Report includes discussions relative to the following elements: 1. Results of field investigations of each of the field work phases. 2. Determination of infiltration/inflow from extraneous sources located during the survey. 3. Cost-effectiveness analysis of transporting and treating extraneous water versus rehabilitation of the identified sources. 4. Recommendations for cost-effective rehabilitation of sources of infiltration/inflow. MICROFILMED aY JORM MICR�/L AB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES �J I Part 3 - Section 2 - Trunk and Interceptor Sewers sets forth recommended imprpvements to the major trunk and interceptor sewer systems in the planning area. The report excludes the river corridor sewers. A construction contract has been awarded for this project and construction is scheduled to begin about November 1, 1979. The Trunk and Interceptor Sewers Report includes the following: 1. An overview of physical characteristics and environmental conditions of the planning area. This information was presented in detail in the June, 1978, report. 2. Forecasts of future waste loads and waste load distribution in the planning area based on land use and population projections. 3. Alternatives for wastewater collection systems in the planning area including major trunk and interceptor gravity sewers and/or lift stations. 4. Evaluation and ranking of the alternative plans taking into consideration impacts on the environment, cost-effectiveness and views of the public and concerned interest groups. 5. Recommended improvements to the major trunk and interceptor sewer system in the planning area. 6. Preliminary design and cost estimates for the recommended sewer system improvements. The Addendum to Section 1 of the Complete Waste Treatment System Plan is necessary because of reassessment of effluent limitations on Iowa streams by the Iowa Department of Environmental Quality (IDEQ) since the Section 1 report was submitted in June, 1978. The Addendum to Section 1 of Part 3 updates and revises Section 1 in the following areas: 1. Revisions of effluent limitations of Iowa River. 2. Update of flow and loading data and reevaluation of the disposal of lime sludge and backwash water from the University of Iowa Water Treatment Plant. 3. Update of cost-effectiveness analysis of alternative wastewater treatment systems. 4. Revision of treatment plant components to reflect new effluent limitations. 5. Update of financial plan for the recommended improvements. 6. Update of implementation schedule of improvements recommended in the Facility Plan. 1-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAEI CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES L 9 i i "1 ,•1 1 1 i i J 9 The Addendum is not intended to repeat, except where necessary for continuity, any parts of the Section 1 report dated June 19, 1978. The Section 1 report should be used for reference in reviewing the Addendum. The various parts of the Addendum are referenced to the specific pages of the Section 1 report to which they apply. There are three appendices to the final reports as follows: 1. Appendix A - Field Findings - Physical Survey, applicable to Section 3 - Analysis Report of Part 2 bound separately from this volume. 2. Appendix B - Field Findings - Smoke Testing, Dye Water Flooding, Television Inspection and Photographs, applicable to Section 3 - Analysis Report of Part 2 bound separately from this volume. 3. Appendix C - SSES results, survey report on historic and archaeological resources, documentation regarding public participation and the SSES interim report bound separately from this volume. Appendices A and B are available for inspection at the office of the City Engineer. Appendix C accompanies this volume. I-3 MICROFILMED 8Y JORM MICR;LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 35th , r Fa �n s }} 4� �1 L 1L The Addendum is not intended to repeat, except where necessary for continuity, any parts of the Section 1 report dated June 19, 1978. The Section 1 report should be used for reference in reviewing the Addendum. The various parts of the Addendum are referenced to the specific pages of the Section 1 report to which they apply. There are three appendices to the final reports as follows: 1. Appendix A - Field Findings - Physical Survey, applicable to Section 3 - Analysis Report of Part 2 bound separately from this volume. 2. Appendix B - Field Findings - Smoke Testing, Dye Water Flooding, Television Inspection and Photographs, applicable to Section 3 - Analysis Report of Part 2 bound separately from this volume. 3. Appendix C - SSES results, survey report on historic and archaeological resources, documentation regarding public participation and the SSES interim report bound separately from this volume. Appendices A and B are available for inspection at the office of the City Engineer. Appendix C accompanies this volume. I-3 MICROFILMED 8Y JORM MICR;LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 35th , "I[! '! 11Cfp iii JORM MICROLA9 � I i 1 1 CONTENTS ANALYSIS REPORT Page j ^ SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS j.� GENERAL AR -1 FIELD INVESTIGATIONS AR -1 r- Physical Survey AR -1 Smoke Testing AR -2 Dye Water Flooding AR -2 Television Inspection AR -3 r AR -3 INFILTRATION/INFLOW DETERMINATION Methodology AR -3 I Infiltration/Inflow Analysis Findings AR -3 Sewer System Evaluation Survey Findings AR -5 Inflow Sources AR -5 1 Footing Drain Tile Flow AR -8 J Sewer Infiltration AR -9 Summary of Infiltration/Inflow Findings AR -11 AR -12 j COST-EFFECTIVENESS ANALYSIS J REHABILITATION PROGRAM AR -14 AR -16 TABLES TABLE 1 - INFILTRATION/INFLOW SOURCES SUMMARYAR-6 TABLE 2 - INFILTRATION/INFLOW I FINDINGS SUMMARY IN GPM TABLE 3 - ESTIMATED BASEMENT LEAKAGE AND FOOTING TILE FLOWS TABLE 4 - ESTIMATED AR -7 AR -10 r' iv SEWER JOINT INFILTRATION TABLE 5 - INFILTRATION/INFLOW SUMMARY IN MGD AR -12 I TABLE 6 - COMPARISON OF INFILTRATION/INFLOW FLOW ESTIMATES AR -13 IN MGD LJ AR -18 jl FIGURES I Follows Pam FIGURE 1 - SEWER SYSTEM EVALUATION SURVEY - AREA 1, 3, 5 FIGURE 2 - SEWER SYSTEM EVALUATION SURVEY - AREA 2, 4, 6 AR -18 J FIGURE 3 - SEWER SYSTEM EVALUATION SURVEY - AREA 7, 8 FIGURE AR -18 AR 4 -.SEWER SYSTEM EVALUATION SURVEY - AREA 14, 15 -18 AR -18 ,I i J C-1 I I � MICROFILMED B JORM MICR�LAO �i - I CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The findings presented in this report are summarized as follows: I. The Sewer System Evaluation Survey (SSES) field work on the existing ry sanitary sewer system of Iowa City was completed in June, 1978. The survey was undertaken following concurrence by the City and regulatory agencies that possible excessive infiltration/inflow exists in the Iowa City sewer system. I r, 2. Based on the results of the Sewer System Evaluation Survey, infiltration/inflow sources are estimated to contribute a total peak flow of 109 million gallons per day (mgd) in the sanitary sewer system. Of this total, about 36 mgd of flow is cost-effective to remove by - rehabilitation of the system. 3. Principal sources of infiltration/inflow that are cost-effective to rehabilitate include removal of downspouts and catch basins and replacement of manhole covers. Footing drain tile are not cost-effective to remove from the system. J 4. The cost of rehabilitation is estimated at $578,036, including cost-effective improvements on private property. �Jl It is recommended that the City Council authorize submission of this report to the regulatory agencies for review and approval and to proceed with applications for Step 2 federal grants to fund the preparation of plans and specifications for the rehabilitation projects. GENERAL As a part of the sanitary sewer system study, an infiltration/inflow analysis was conducted in the planning area (Iowa City and University Heights). The infiltration/inflow analysis concluded that the existing sewer system received i possible infiltration/inflow. After thatexcessiveinfiltration/ireview nflowexiQnpconcurred stedinthesewersystem of the planning area. Following concurrence by IDEQ and EPA, the SSES study was conducted. The evaluation survey was designed to locate sources of infiltration/inflow, and to determine whether each source located should be removed by rehabilitation. __ This report sets forth the findings of the evaluation survey and recommendations for rehabilitation of the existing sewer system. This report, in conjunction with Section 2 - Footing Drain Tile Testing and Civic Survey and Related Phases Report, constitute the Phase 10 - Analysis Report of the SSES. FIELD INVESTIGATIONS The SSES field investigations were undertaken in June, 1977, and completed in June, 1978. The field work involved seven phases: physical survey, smoke testing, dye water flooding, footing drain tile testing and civic survey, flow monitoring, preparatory cleaning and television inspection. AR -1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3750 -, This part discusses the work conducted during each phase except the footing drain tile testing and civic survey, flow monitoring and correlation television inspection. The field work conducted under those phases was — discussed in Section 2 - Footing Drain Tile Testing and Civic Survey and Related Phases Report. Physical Survey The physical survey was conducted during June and July, 1977. The survey served the dual function of locating infiltration/inflow sources and assessing the physical condition of the sewer system. Selected, accessible manholes were inspected during the survey. Approximately 500 manholes were physically surveyed in 10 service areas. The manholes selected for physical survey were — in areas where probable extraneous flow sources were anticipated to exist as a result of the infiltration/inflow analysis. During the manhole inspection, each incoming and outgoing sewer was viewed with i the aid of a high-intensity lamp. Included in the observation of the sewer lines was the noting and recording of any significant characteristics of the pipes such as offset joints, cracked or broken pipe, depth of flow, depth and type of deposition in the pipe and location of protruding taps. The surface area surrounding each manhole was visually surveyed to determine if the I manhole cover would be subject to surface water inflow. If it was determined ithat inflow could enter the manhole, the approximate drainage area to the I manhole was determined. The physical inspection of the manholes revealed many sources of infiltration/inflow. Most of the manholes on the system that were inspected J are constructed of brick and show the deterioration which is normal for older brick manholes. In some areas of the system, tree roots, sand, grease, soap and grit have accumulated in the manholes and pipes. Field findings of the physical survey are included in Appendix A. Smoke Testing During July and August, 1977, most of the sanitary sewers in the planning area were smoke tested to locate sources of inflow. The smoke testing of the system covered about 103 miles of the estimated 144 miles of sewers in the system. During the smoke testing, a non-toxic smoke was forced into the sewer test sections by a gasoline -engine driven air blower located at a manhole. The field crews observed where smoke escaped above ground. The sources of i infiltration or inflow where smoke was observed were located and, if possible, photographed. The smoke testing revealed many sources of inflow within the system including cross -connections between storm and sanitary sewers, yard and area drains and open cleanouts, roof leaders and catch basins. Field findings of smoke testing are summarized in Appendix B. AR -2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES Dye Water Flooding During the fall of 1977, the dye water flooding program was undertaken. The program covered 21,100 feet of storm sewers and catch basin lead lines. An additional 46,200 feet of storm sewers were dye water tested in April and May, 1978, subsequent to approval of recommendations included in the Interim Report. Sections of the storm sewer were isolated with the use of inflatable plugs, and filled with dyed water. The downstream manholes on the sanitary _ sewers were checked for the presence of dye. The presence of dye indicated that water from the storm sewer had infiltrated the sanitary sewers. The sections of sanitary sewers where dye was observed were selected for i television inspection. Dye water findings are summarized in Appendix B. i Television Inspection Those sections of sewer selected during the dye water flooding were televised —I to pinpoint the sources of the transference of water from the storm sewer. Prior to the television inspection, those sections where the physical survey indicated obstructions in the pipe were cleaned to facilitate viewing. The television inspection covered about 15,600 feet of sanitary sewers. �1 U Some of the sewer sections selected could not be completely televised because of obstructions blocking the passage of the camera. i The storm sewers were flooded for the inflow television to duplicate the conditions during a runoff event. A closed circuit television camera was then pulled through the sanitary sewer r{ section. A technician viewed the television video during the work and noted the location and quantity of flow from any observed leaks. The technician also assessed the physical condition of the sewer and noted any defects. The video recordings made during the �t '-7 televising were reviewed by another technician to insure the accuracy of the results observed during the work. Correlation television was conducted in conjunction with the footing drain tile testing study. Results of the correlation television were included in Section 2 - Footing Drain Tile Testing and Civic Survey and Related Phases -i Report. Field findings of the television inspection are included in,Appendix B. INFILTRATION/INFLOW DETERMINATION The quantity of infiltration and/or inflow from each source of extraneous flow located during the field investigation J has been estimated for use in the cost-effectiveness analysis. This section sets forth some of the methods used in determining the rates of infiltration/inflow. The section also briefly reviews the findings of the Infiltration/Inflow Analysis. i \ Methodology i The amount of extraneous water which enters the sewer system from an infiltration/inflow ! source was estimated as a rate of flow in gallons per minute (gpm). The rates of flow determined from the infiltration/inflow ;- sources are used in the analysis and sizing of trunk and interceptor sewers. AR -3 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES The present worth cost to transport and treat the clear water was based on the annual volume of flow from each source. To determine the annual volume of flow from the infiltration/inflow sources, annual duration times for the flows have been estimated. All of the extraneous water sources were assigned a duration time. Te following four categories of flow, with different duration times, were used in the cost-effectiveness analysis volume determination, based on a being 526,000 minutes: year'hs time 1. Footing drain inflow - 720 minutes/year (Based on maximum flow) 2. Footing drain infiltration - 154,000 minutes/year (Based on average flow) 3. Inflow - 1,000 minutes/year (Based on maximum flow) 4. Sewer joint infiltration - 330,000 minutes/year (Based on average flow) The derivation of the duration times for footing drain inflow and footing drain infiltration are discussed in a subsequent section Of this report. All sources of infiltration/inflow have been classified as either inflow or infiltration. The sources of extraneous water which are of short duration and related to surface runoff from rainfall or snow melt have been classified as inflow. The 1,000 minutes per year duration time for inflow is based on a review of severalyears on time covers the ears of rainfall data. The durati inflow which enters the system during the actual On at a maximum rate. Inflow has been further divided into those flows which enter the sewer system directly from the source, and those which enter the sewer system in from the original source. Roof leaders and catch basins connected to sanitary " jI sewers are examples of "direct" inflow sources. An example Of "indirect" inflow is water which has escaped the storm sewer system, percolated through the ground, and entered the sanitary sewer system. The clear water sources where flows extend over a longer time than inflow have been classified as infiltration. Examples of infiltration sources are manhole wall leaks and pipe joint leaks. In general, the duration time and flow rate from infiltration sources are related to the groundwater level. The flow rate from infiltration sources and duration time will vary over the year, with the ^ willmdiminishrasethecgroundwaterdurinlevelhdecreases. Therestimatedeflowwrateefor each infiltration source in this report is the average flow rate which will take place during the year. To arrive at the annual volume, the average flow rate is estimated to take place for 330,000 minutes per year. The duration time was based on analyses of plant flow records, meter flow records levels and rainfall data. Because of varying conditions, infiltration/inflow sources may sometimes flow longer than the duration times estimated,' groundwater The rates of infiltration/inflow from the various extraneous flow sources have been estimated by using several methods. Where possible, the inflow from surface runoff was derived by applying the rational method of storm water design to the field data on drainage area and surface characteristics. AR -4 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPI0S • DES MOINES MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Estimates of inflow through manhole covers were based on the physical survey data and on a study to determine inflow under varying conditions.* The survey data on manhole location, type of cover, and drainage area of those manholes judged to be subject to runoff inflow was combined with the results of the above study to establish peak rates of inflow for general locations and conditions. The manholes which did not fit into the general categories had inflow rates quantified separately based on their unique situation. — In determining the rate of inflow from the various sources, a 5 -year recurrence interval storm was used. A 5 -year storm in the Iowa City area has an intensity of about 2 inches per hour for a duration of 60 minutes. EPA requirements are that the storm frequency used for storm sewer design also be used in determining quantities of infiltration/inflow. The City of Iowa City uses a 5 -year storm recurrence interval storm for storm sewer design. The rates of infiltration from the various sources were estimated by the technicians at the time of survey. The estimates were based on prior training and experience in judging the flow from such extraneous Becausewater sources. summer of 1977, ced nbeen eflowing some of the tobserved einfiltration �sources ons emay nnot have at their maximum rate. !j 1.1 The accuracy of the flow estimates is influenced by the empirical nature of the study. Because study conditions cannot be totally controlled, judgment is required in estimating flow rates. Infiltration/Inflow Analysis Findings The infiltration/inflow finw theAnalysisort nsystem cluded tpossibly the eexcessive. waCityosewer was That report estimated the peak infiltration rate, including footing drains, to be rl 42.2 mgd and the peak inflow rate to be 61.1 mgd for a total of 103.3 mgd during a 5 -year storm event. The flow estimates in the Infiltration/Inflow Analysis Report were based on the results of a limited J flow metering program of key manholes and physical survey conducted in 1975, and analyses of flow I plant and rainfall records. Sewer System Evaluation Survey Findings — The major sources of infiltration/inflow in the Iowa City sewer system Identified during the SSES include footing drain tile, manhole covers subject to surface runoff, downspouts and catch basins. Table 1 summarizes the number of each type of infiltration/inflow sources identified during the survey. *This study showed that a 24 -inch cover with a non -machined bearing surface and two 1 -inch vent holes will take over 15 gpm of inflow under a 1/8 -inch head. A 1 -inch head will produce over 24 gpm of inflow. The full results of the study are available from either PSG/American Consulting Services, McMennamin & Associates, Neenah 1 or Foundry Co. i I AR -5 i 3F,5 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES TABLE 1 - INFILTRATION/INFLOW SOURCES SUMMARY j Leaking Leaking Leaking Catch Roof Manhole Manhole Basin, Leader/ Mlscellanous Lid/Frame/ Wali/Apron/ Area Open Cleanout/ Ring Trough Drain Vent Pipe Service Infil. Inflow Infil. Inflow Infil. Inflow Inflow Area Inflow Infil. Inflow Inflow Inflow i1 23 - - 3 18 - - 2 8 - - - 2 757 3 105 1 3 5 5 .902 4 53 - -. - - 342 5 31 1 1 I 2 6 2 - - - 65 65 y 7 It- 67 132 - - - 5 276 276 - 276 292 568 - 14 �- 8 56 - 4 10 27 1,782 1 - - 10 212 212 3 213 1381 9 - 111 - 1 27 17 +.I 10 151 - - - 2 11 69 - - 4 4 a 12 126 - - 1 - 13 - _ - - - 116 116 232 260 260 TOTALS 755 2- 8 51 77 j Leaking Leaking Footing Joint/Pipe Service Drain Mlscellanous Total Infil. Infil. Inflow Infil. Inflow Infil. Inflow Inflow Infil. Inflow Inflow - 3 - 27 439 439 1 439 514 953 - - - 3 368 368 -8 368 369 757 - 6 - 13 764 764 1 765 .902 1,667 - - 4 2 338 338 - 342 394 736 2 - 7 4 1,147 1,147 2 1,157 1,166 2,343 - - - 65 65 - 65 67 132 - - - 5 276 276 - 276 292 568 - 14 - 42 813 813 3 813 969 1,782 1 - - 10 212 212 3 213 1381 594 - - - - 282 282 1 - 282 436 718 - 1 - 2 75 75 1 75 156 231 - 2 - 1 300 300 I 3D0 431 731 - - - - 116 116 - 116 116 232 260 260 260 269 529 3 26 11 109 5,455 5,455 21 5,471 6,502 11,973 141CROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA43 ,i CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES The field investigations positively identified an estimated 13.6 gpm of miscellaneous infiltration and 25,262 gpm of inflow in the Iowa City sewer system. Table 2 summarizes estimated flows of infiltration/inflow for each major category of sources identified in the field. It is believed that field investigation did not locate all of the infiltration/inflow sources present in the sewer system. It is estimated that about 10% of the inflow and most of the infiltration have not been identified in the sewer system. TABLE 2 - INFILTRATION/INFLOW FINDINGS SUMMARY IN GPM Service Inflow Infiltration Total atc Area Downspouts Basins an o e Covers Other Miscellaneous Infiltration/ Inflow 1 2 1,224.0 197.0 133.0 54.0 1,608.0 3 37.0 91.0 156.0 15.0 593.0 118.0 - 64.0 5.0 170.0 4 5 10.0 50.0 94.0 2.0 0.8 909.0 106.8 6 10.0 341.0 6.0 2.8 409.8 7 - - 14.0 14.0 8 3,612.0 401.0 81.0 314.0 21.0 - 271.4 102.0 9 10 5,618.0 8,478.0 397.0 - 62.5 5.0 4,598.4 14,560.5 11 334.0 106.0 1,336.0 312.0 168.0 15.0 - 4.2 661.0 12 13 - 100.0 _ _ 391.0 15.0 - 1,614.2 506.0 14 - - 16.0 - _ 16.0 TOTALS 11,082.0 10,678.0 2,869.0 633.1 13.6 25,275.7 The amount minimal. of infiltration identified during the field investigations Identification was investigations of infiltration sources during the field was minimal because weather conditions were dry there and was a low groundwater table which precluded infiltration from taking place. Should the field investigations and high groundwater tables, the be duplicated under wet weather conditions greatly increased. amount of infiltration identified would be AR -7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3pr I Inflow Sources The peak flow contribution from inflow sources is based on a 5 -year storm event. As noted previously, principal sources of inflow in the sanitary sewer system include footing drains, downspout connections, catch basins and manhole covers subject to surface runoff. Other miscellaneous inflow sources include leaky manhole walls and frames and area drains. For cost-effectiveness analysis, the annual inflow volume and annual duration time estimates were based on the analyses of rainfall events in the Des Moines area for an 8 -year period (1968-1975). This data appears applicable to the Iowa City area due to the similarity of the rainfall intensity -duration curves of the Iowa City and Des Moines areas. An average of 113 rainfall events per year occurred during the 8 -year period. The annual rainfall in the Des Moines area is about 36 inches. In Iowa City, the average annual rainfall is about 33.6 inches. The rainfall events varied "- from less than 0.25 inches to 2.0 inches. About 75% of the events were 0.25 - inches of rainfall or less. Some inflow can be anticipated to occur during these low rainfall events. The 33.6 inches of annual rainfall in Iowa City is equivalent to about 16.8 hours or about 1,000 minutes of 2 inches per hour rainfall intensity. The following table summarizes rainfall events during the 8 -year period and estimates of duration times for an equivalent rainfall of 2 inches per hour. Average Annual Average Des Moines Area Iowa City Duration for Rainfall Rainfall Equivalent Equivalent Equivalent FI R�an�e Events Per Event Rainfall Rainfall 2"/hour RainfallI e (inc ) inc es inches -(inches) -minutes 0 • -0.25 74.5 0.10 7.45 6,9!`I 205 I 0.25-0.5 17.5 0.375 6.56 6.0 179 0.5 -1.0 14.0 0.75 10.50 9.7 288 1.0 -2.0 5.2 1.50 7.80 7.3 217 r I 2.0 2.0 2.00 4.00 3.7 111 TOTALS T-11-.2 _36737 T37 TTD07 Inflow into the sanitary sewer system from sources such as downspouts and storm catch basins will occur within a slight lag time period after the ` rainfall begins and will end shortly after the rainfall event has stopped. For other inflow sources, lag time may be considerably greater. For purposes of cost-effectiveness analysis, a duration time from inflow sources is estimated at 1,000 minutes. This duration time is based on an annual equivalent rainfall of 2 inches per hour intensity. The actual duration times and rates of flow from each inflow source will vary depending on the rainfall events and conditions. _ i I i AR -8 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 11 r I Footing Drain Tile Flow — The results of the rainfall simulation tests in Iowa City and other cities in t Iowa where rainfall simulation was conducted show that the time versus flow rate relationship for footing drain tile flow consists of two, though not _ clearly identifiable, portions as follows: Inflow - Shortly after the start of a rain event, the flow rises quickly to pea 71 ow. The peak flow is maintained only briefly after the rain stops. f The flow rate then steadily decreases until the level of steady-state flow is reached. Infiltration - The footing drains flow at relatively low rates over long r per�s-6TTtime as a result of high groundwater levels. The flow is almost steady-state and varies over most of the year as the groundwater level t fluctuates. The primary source of information on which the time versus flow rate relationship was developed for the inflow portion of the curve was the rainfall simulation. A typical house with footing drain tile connected to a sewer system has been estimated to contribute a peak hourly flow of about 7 gpm. During the rainfall simulation tests, the footing drain flows decreased rapidly from the peak flow rate until only small flows remained after the tests were terminated. Analyses of the flow records from the meters on the sewer system and at the Iowa City treatment plant, indicate that following !� rainfall events during periods of saturated ground conditions, normally occurring in spring and fall, the flows from footing drains will continue for several weeks and months after the rainfall. This condition is discussed and Ix� graphically shown on Figures 13 and 14 in Section 2 - Footing Drain Tile Testing and Civic Survey and Related Phases Report. 6� The flow of clear water from footing drain tile, including leaky basement walls, is the principal source of infiltration/inflow into the existing sewer system. The estimated total peak flow from footing drains and leaky basement walls during a 5 -year frequency storm event is approximately 62.8 mgd. This flow constitutes about 57% of the estimated total extraneous peak flow in the sewer system. The contribution of footing drain tile flow from the individual I service areas is summarized in Table 3. 11 r I f � t 7 AR -9 MICROFIL7DESiO JORM MCEDAR RAPIDS 14ICRDFILMEO BY JORM MICR/f/LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES TABLE 3 - ESTIMATED BASEMENT LEAKAGE AND FOOTING TILE FLOWS Number of Footing Tile Flow Per Total Number of Flow* Total Service To Sanitary Footing Footing Area Sewer Leaking Tile Leaking Total �Tile Flow Basements Basement Basement - m� ----- Flow Area gam}--- I 439 9Pm �--gd - Flow mT g-)-- 7 4.39 2 368 7 2 3 764 3.68 0.68 7 238 2 5.07 4 338 7.64 545 0.68 7 2 4.36 5 1 147 3.38 207 1.56 7 2 9.20 6 65 11.47 293 0.59 3.97 7 276 7 0.65 14 2 0.84 12.31 8 813 7 2.76 131 2 0.04 0.69 212 7 8.13 542 2 0.37 3.13 10 2.12 1.55 7 2 2859.68 11 2.82 222 0.27 7 2 2.39 L I 12 300 0.75 54 0.63 7 2 3.45 13 116 3.00 216 0.15 7 2 0.90 ! 14 260 1.16 27 0.62 _ 7 2 i 3.62 s 15 0 2.60 52 2 0.08 7 1.24 i TOTALS Um 0 0.15 2 2.75 0.00 0.00 n „I *Estimated from observed flows. $�fl A Source: Sanitary Sewerage System, Facility Plan, Iowa Cit Part 2 - Sewer System Evaluation y, Iowa; , i Surve Testing and Civic Survey and Related Phases; VeenstraFgoting Drain Tile 9 Iis estimated that inflow from 1 first 2 to 4 hourthe footing drain tile occursthe s following a rainfall event until reached. during Sustained a steady state flow flows after that period may be A clear distinction between inflow and infiltration a considered as infiltration. determined. ,I cannot Correlation television in Iowa City empirically in Iowa indicate jJ and studiesis in other cities that the maximum rate of infiltration for s about 0.3 gpm. This rate a footing drain will decrease as the groundwater level decreases. Based "1 :J on the annual flow records Of the Iowa City water pollution control plant for the 1977-1978 period, higher than I days average flows Occurred about 107 of the year. The 1977-1978 period was selected because represented a normal f it most nearly year when rainfall amounts were near normal and also because other data was available from the Sewer f for this System Evaluation Survey period. During the 107 days, sustained flows as a infiltration from footing drain result of tiles and leaky sewer joints, can be anticipated. Therefore, infiltration minutes may be expected to occur about 154,000 annually. During this duration period, infiltration drain tile is estimated to ~ 1 from a footing average about 0.13 gpm. This and duration time will _ average rate of flow vary subject to actual groundwater conditions. Maximum rate Of infiltration Of 0.3 groundwater conditions. 9Pm may be anticipated during high I AR -10 ,J I 1 14ICRDFILMEO BY JORM MICR/f/LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES AR -11 �9s MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Inflow from footing drain tile and leaky basement walls will occur from storm _ events of 5 -year and lesser magnitude as documented in Section 2 - Footing Drain Tile Testing and Civic Survey Report. The analyses of storm events for an 8 -year period of the Des Moines area, ^ previously discussed, indicate that during an average year, 40 of the 113 rainfall events will result in some inflow into the sanitary sewer system from footing drain tile. Storm events greater than 0.25 inches of rainfall will result in some inflow with maximum hourly flow of 7 gpm occurring from an event of 2.0 inches of rainfall or more. The 40 rainfall events are equivalent to about 12 rainfall events that would result in maximum footing drain tile flow of 7 gpm. When flow from leaky basement walls is included, j the peak flow per footing drain tile is about 8 gpm in Iowa City. As noted previously, the inflow from footing drain tile may extend for a period of 2 to 4 hours after a rainfall during periods of saturated ground - conditions. In terms of peak hourly flow of 7 gpm, the duration time is estimated to be about 60 minutes. Based on the above, the total duration time during an average year for peak equivalent inflow from footing drain tile is g estimated at 720 minutes (12 equivalent events x 60 minutes = 720 minutes). The actual duration time from footing drain tile inflow may be longer subject to various rates of flow as a result of various storm events during a typical year. Sewer Infiltration r� During the field investigation phases of the survey, very little groundwater infiltration was identified in the sewer system, resulting from sewer joint _., leaks, because of generally dry weather conditions. Other studies in the Des Moines area, where night flow data was available, indicate that where most of the sewer system is of 8 to 10 -inch diameter pipe, l the maximum rate of non -footing drain infiltration is about 6 gpm per 1,000 _ feet of sewer. This is about 5,000 gallons per day per inch -diameter per mile of sewer. This also includes an allowance from service lines. This maximum rate of infiltration also appears applicable to the Iowa City sewer system. In the Infiltration/Inflow Analysis Report, sewer infiltration was estimated to vary from 1,000 to 2,000 gallons per day per inch -diameter per mile of =� sewer. `! Total length of the sewer system in Iowa City is about 144 miles. This results in maximum sewer infiltration of about 4,562 gpm or 6.5 mgd (144 x li 5.280 x 6 gpm = 4,562 gpm = 6.5 mgd). Based on plant records, the average infiltration rate from sewer joints has been estimated at 625 gallons per day 4 per inch -diameter per mile of sewer and an annual duration time of 330,000 w� minutes. The actual infiltration into the sewer system from sewer joints and duration times will vary subject to groundwater conditions. During saturated ground conditions, the peak rate of 5,000 gallons per day per inch -diameter per mile of sewer may be expected. J t u AR -11 �9s MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I Generally, infiltration as a result of leaky sewer joints is not n _ to, suchasrogr ionly mworst ove hsources eofbidentified infiltration wilt-effectve removeithe collapsed or broken pipes. the estimated maximum infiltration from sewer joints in the - Table 4 shows existing sewer system for each service area. TABLE 4 - ESTIMATED SEWER JOINT INFILTRATION - Maximum Service Sanitary Flow Per Mile of Sewer* Total Flow Area Sewers mI es �gpmf- 444 0. 14.0 31.68 444 0.64 1 394 0.57 - 12.4 31.68 2 31.68 393 0.57 _I 12.4 3 10.8 342 0.49 31.68 4 0.94 653 �. i 5 22.9 31.68 92 0.13 6 31.68 7.8 31.68 248 0.36 � 77 i 7 485 0.70 8 15.3 31.68 355 0.51 9 11.7 31.68 31.68 377 0.54 11.9 10 31.68 150 0.22 4.7 a! , 11 12 6.8 31.68 216 0.31 127 0.18 it 13 4. 31.6A 31.68 210 0.30 wl 14 6.66 0.08 15 1.7 31.68 22 0.03 16 0.7 31.68 TTU TOTALS Toa 6 i I *6 gpm/1,000 feet x 5.28 = 31.68 gpm/mile of sewer. f i Infiltration/Inflow Findings Summary of infiltration/inflow findings for each service area as Table 5 summarizes discussed in previous sections of this report. om ra The also 1an tcoulde of fnotsberidentifiedlduringtthe course of includsystem sewerow whiches is estimated to be 10% of the identified u the SSES. The residual flow inflow in the system. in the n Total peak flow summarizes peak infiltration/inflow that will occur clude rinion mns xafter J This flow"Total inflow sromefootingwithout is anticipatedctouoccur cipated drain tile. the system has subsided. Sewer infiltrationefrode ofksaturatedJoints iground to occur simultaneously with inflow during p conditions. AR -12 i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 �� CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES n z w R Service Area 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 TOTALS * Includes downspouts, catch basins, manhole covers, leaky manhole walls and miscellaneous inflow sources. ** Includes inflow from leaky basement walls. *** Includes an estimate of residual flows from unidentified sources of infiltration/inflow (10% of identified inflow). **** Includes total peak infiltration/inflow except infiltration from footing drain tile. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Residual TABLE 5 - INFILTRATION/INFLOW SUMMARY IN MGD Peak Flow**** Inflow 8.262 Infiltration 5.200 Other Sources* Footing Tile" Sewer FoHinLjile 2-ther 2.320 5.07 0.64 0.19 - 0.245 4.36 0.57 0.16 - 1.302 9.20 0.57 0.33 0.007 0.153 3.97 0.49 0.15 0.001 0.586 12.31 0.94 0.50 0.004 0.020 0.69 0.13 0.03 - 0.147 3.13 0.36 0.11 - 6.622 9.68 0.70 0.34 - 20.960 2.69 0.51 0.12 0.007 0.952 3.45 0.54 0.12 - 2.324 0.60 0.22 0.01 - 0,729 3,62 0.31 0.13 - - 1.24 0.18 0.05 - 0.023 2.75 0.30 0.11 - _ - 0.08 - - 0.03 36.383 62.76 6.57 2.35 0.019 * Includes downspouts, catch basins, manhole covers, leaky manhole walls and miscellaneous inflow sources. ** Includes inflow from leaky basement walls. *** Includes an estimate of residual flows from unidentified sources of infiltration/inflow (10% of identified inflow). **** Includes total peak infiltration/inflow except infiltration from footing drain tile. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Residual Total Inflow *** Peak Flow**** 0.232 8.262 0.025 5.200 0.130 11.210 0.015 4.629 0.059 13.899 0.002 0.842 0.015 3.652 0.662 17.664 2.096 26.263 0.095 5.037 0.232 3.376 0.073 4.732 _ 1.420 0.002 3.075 _ 0.080 0.030 3.639 109.371 1 COST-EFFECTIVENESS ANALYSIS The cost-effectiveness analysis determines which sources of infiltration/inflow in the sanitary sewer system are cost-effective to remove. Infiltration/inflow is excessive if the total costs for rehabilitation of infiltration/inflow sources in the existing sanitary sewer system are less than the total costs of transportation and treatment of these flows. The cost to transport and treat infiltration/inflow includes additional capital costs plus the costs for operation and maintenance over 20 years. The operation and maintenance costs and part of the capital costs are based on computed annual volumes of extraneous flows at annual duration times for various sources as previously established in this report. The duration times are multiplied by the flow rate from each identified infiltration/inflow ct to Ther estimatedaannualavolume aofvidentified olume eextraneous sflows port atreatnd is as follows'. Inflow'° Footing Drain Tile Inflow* Footing Drain Tile Infiltration** Sewer Infiltration** TOTAL * Based on maximum rate of flow. ** Based on average rate of flow. The total extraneous flows account for about 15% of the total volume of wastewater treated at the existing water pollution control plant. Inflow, in terms of annual volume, accounts for about 8% of the total extraneous flow treated. Footing drain tile and leaky sewer joints account for about 92% of the total extraneous water treated. The capital cost estimates are based on present day price levels and represent complete project costs. Estimates assume construction by contract let by competitive bidding and include a 10% allowance for contingencies and an 18% areo obased andative ofsts 2891.5hestimates enineerin(1913=100) May, 1979. The present worth calculations to transport and treat costs are based on an interest rate of 6-7/8%. AR -14 MICROFILMED Dr JORM MICR( LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES 14DIMES el ul Estimated Estimated Annual Extraneous Annual Duration minutes Flow 9Pm Volume gal ons 1,000 27,800 27,800,000 720 43,583 31,400,000 154,000 700 107,800,000 330,000 564 186 100 000 3,1 0,000 The total extraneous flows account for about 15% of the total volume of wastewater treated at the existing water pollution control plant. Inflow, in terms of annual volume, accounts for about 8% of the total extraneous flow treated. Footing drain tile and leaky sewer joints account for about 92% of the total extraneous water treated. The capital cost estimates are based on present day price levels and represent complete project costs. Estimates assume construction by contract let by competitive bidding and include a 10% allowance for contingencies and an 18% areo obased andative ofsts 2891.5hestimates enineerin(1913=100) May, 1979. The present worth calculations to transport and treat costs are based on an interest rate of 6-7/8%. AR -14 MICROFILMED Dr JORM MICR( LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES 14DIMES el ul 0 1 � � Transport and treat costs are based on a 20 -year life of the proposed water pollution control plant and a 50 -year life of the sewers. The infiltration/inflow contributions are based on proportional costs of the total transport and treat costs. The present worth computations for the water pollution control plant are included in the Addendum to Section 1 - Water Pollution Control Plant. For each source of infiltration/inflow, the best method of rehabilitation and the cost of rehabilitation has been determined. The cost and present worth value for removal of footing drain tile is included in Part 2 - Section 2 - Footing Drain Tile Testing and Civic Survey and Related Phases Report. Removal of 1 gpm of footing drain tile flow has been estimated at $515 or about $4,000 per footing drain tile. The results of grouting programs indicate that spot grouting of only the leaking sewer joints does not result in significant long term reductions in flow. When one joint is grouted to remove the leak, the hydrostatic head builds up and tends to force another joint to leak. Even if all the joints are grouted, the service line joints will be subjected to increased leaking. It is estimated that spot grouting of leaking joints will result in only a 30% average reduction in flow over the 20 -year planning period. Grouting of several joints on each side of the leaking joint may increase the average removal rate to 605. Spot grouting is estimated to cost about $300 per setup. To make the cost comparison between transportation and treatment versus rehabilitation, the annual cost is converted to present worth. Because of the different characteristics of inflow and infiltration, separate unit costs were derived for infiltration and inflow. The unit costs are based on peak rate of flow. The unit transport and treat costs have been computed as follows: Inflow Infiltration AR -15 141CROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE1 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Annual Cost Present Worth Cost (37F6DT`gaT. ) gpm 11.82 16.45 126 176 ,9S i I The cost-effectiveness ratio method has been used in this report in the cost-effectiveness analysis as follows: Present Worth Cost to Transport Cost -Effectiveness Ratio: and Treat for 20 Years Cost of Reha i station — All defects for which the cost-effectiveness ratio is equal to or greater than unity are cost-effective to correct through rehabilitation. Table 1 in Appendix C is a summary of all infiltration/inflow identified in the planning area including service areas served by the corridor sewer system. The flow rates in the table are in gpm. -4 Table 2 in Appendix C is a Rehabilitation Recommendation Priority List for the !I identified sources of infiltration/inflow. The defects are listed in descending order of the cost-effectiveness ratios. The cost-effectiveness break point is shown on Page 5 of Table 2. The break point indicates that rl I estimated cost-effectiveness rehabilitation is $578,036 as compared to ,. present worth costs to transport and treat of $3,173,162. I ' � I j Table 3 in Appendix C is a rehabilitation program summary for each service area. The table also identifies those sources which are not cost-effective to rehabilitate. Table 4 in Appendix C is a rehabilitation program summary including transport -. and treat costs, rehabilitation costs and cost-effectiveness ratio. L REHABILITATION PROGRAM The identified sources of infiltration/inflow which are cost-effective to rehabilitate are primarily those associated with inflow. The removal of - footing drain tile from the system is not cost-effective. In accordance with EPA guidelines, cost-effective rehabilitation work will u proceed upon concurrence and approval by the City and regulatory agencies of findings included in this part of the report and the approval of a Step 2 grant i i for preparation of plans and specifications for the rehabilitation program. The implementation schedule, shown graphically on Figure 16 in the Addendum to Section 1, includes the rehabilitation project schedule relative to the ~ i total sanitary sewerage system improvements. The University of Iowa, which is not eligible for federal funding of rehabilitation projects to remove identified inflow sources, including removal of downspouts and catch basins from the sanitary sewer system, has developed a rehabilitation program to remove identified sources of inflow from the system. J The program is scheduled for implementation over a 2 to 5 -year period. The program will be completed prior to operation of the new water pollution J control plant. AR -16 MICROFILTDCSHES JORM M1CEDAR RAPIDS The rehabilitation program of the City is anticipated to remove most of the identified sources of inflow. Footing drain tile and joint leaks in the sewer system are not cost-effective to rehabilitate. Table 6 shows the estimated infiltratestimatesialsonarewin the comparedstotem before andestimates made inetheftr ehabilitation. The $$E$ Infiltration/Inflow Analysis Report. The comparison in.'icates that total peak infiltration/inflow in the system estimated during the infiltration/inflow analysis is similar to the final estimate made as a result of the SSES. However, flow contribution from footing drain tile was considerably underestimated in the I/I analysis. Flow from footing drains was estimated to contribute 37.45 mgd compared to the final estimate of 62.76 mgd. After rehabilitation of the system, total peak flow is estimated at 84.99 mgd. Figures 1 through 4 show findings of the SSES for Areas 1 through 8 and 14 and 15. Survey results for Areas 9 through 12 are included in Part 2 - Section 1 of the Facility Plan completed in June, 1978. Except for the Civic Survey, additional SSES work was not conducted in Area 13. AR -17 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 39�' � � I L r 1! I I: I AR -17 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 39�' ■ MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES TABLE 6 - COMPARISON OF INFILTRATION/INFLOW FLOW ESTIMATES IN MGD Existing Inflow Infiltration Total Peak Theoretical Other Footing Drain Footing Drain Peak Flow Sources Tile Tile Sewers Flow Infiltration/ Inflow Analysis I Estimate 10.259 61.107 - 37.451 4.716 113.53 SSES Estimate 11.664 40.04 62.76 2.354* 6.57 121.03 SSES Estimate** 11.664 4.0 62.76 2.354* 6.57 84.99 ` " * Not included in the total. A ** After rehabilitation of the sewer system. .. 00 i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ULD CAPITOL CAMPUS _ LEANING SERVICE I IN HARRI Pq � t ]a PREN7 IH Ity f! NI r �.E K PLANT \� � 7 I.r H' S' H r-1 tI I (CHI f I II I� .R CIA. _,' I. • PERFORATED MANHOLE COVERS li 'Nj 0 FRAME/SPACER RMG/CATCH OAST -I 4 ■ ROOF DRAIII/CLEANDDT/VENT PIPE ! '(111 • SERVICE LIME � ' 1_111 IF IIII e a1 1ee N I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAS CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MDINES MM CT. MARK TWAIN SCHOOL II 0 REGINA H. S. CITY H S u AREA 3 II171, Ppm W* Ij III(%HOOVER C/ /,�;'� SCHOOL 1 MEANING MH CT REGINA 11. S. 7 0500. Gs :T a PO" o s Cp• - lu ru •• COLUMBIA ORS• loos CFr ESTER AVE t �= ¢ me z + 111 113 m u ur lr+ mo IooC19 1°°0 10 r,';; Iu RI m In w J D ire n1 of v CHESTER CT a u1 ;,i nsl fie" HASTINGS AVE. I a i ` °1 as U PENN + � PA Ofl. ¢ n• u' _ lm me � e x Iu� • ��+'ll it 11' F z I p qV nu F m m m z •' z c c 1 nl riFAN lto Fr 111 CM C'. WE 11 III F�Cy LEMME SCHOOL • LEAKING MN WE ql F ` a LENOA R m m ]. I In Is nr nt "C11, P4 q• WASHINGTON ST ¢ LEAKING SEWER 111 • roe "• ue Isi o WASHINGTON ST. Ik It, n+ 1' WEE RAR AVE. u1 1s 11 I 1 AN I NGS I BE OR < W �' z v .�. a<i� 'i n m m f 1° mm lee m c v o 0 nl o nl me LEAKI MH r lip W , p� y? o i iu H. Iff W b1 V' m PAD L F AYE ¢ CITY N 5 I Q P' W AI o > lir HILl51 DE OR, W H Z Z `N1 3 ENA R. STANFORD AVE !R� la EAKit 11t � !ir ru ]•lo ]f1 ]4 ]p 1fe � Hs N IIL rul u lolw l o G, FC ll• ]ei M: ER n• In LI n5GG W Q1 N14p ryryrynl n N] q u1 ]ymil lu]l'.fi. II gflj+Jll/Y/ 11 r HOOVER SCHOOL...Iv ru n1 II o1 w T IELDI AO. nv " m is EN AU. lnx Nr lfl s rn ,'^„ i LI MI Z !a s lli lvl rN 10 flAYFN CIA m COANE LL AYE. n•... 111 rp 1N m ¢ tau I uCOU�i ST. :n :n wen 1.) .d..,. .. ... MARX TWAIN SCHOOL SB � 110 SC " m r+' PAVEN ST IURT 8IL�• m m P RX rl ' nr i0. ENOSHIP ' �uu T HI L PARR CRACKED STREET " AREA 5 : 11p00ERT IEMORT GARDENS LUCAS SCHOOL '� H[ HNp u i CPQ Yr vl. 4��1\Cs 1„cllG SOUTHEAST �UNIOR H.S, J�ARKVIEW MERCER PARR n AREA I, 3, 5 SEWER SYSTEM EVALUATION SURVEY IOWA CITY, IOWA FIGURE I I4ICRDFILMED DY JORM MICRI�LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES A GU NI L tJ • u U V 1 V PAC ST. f1 1 v W I' PLANT11 2_, m w VW R S, III e ! 1 IMO Clfl.O1 2N0 nl III nl p 1 IT lu III ' I Ip BY,P+SS ml NIGdLAVE... _J ( RPgpN/ CRACKED SGRFADE- 11 pR ILL I'll II 1 ql I ¢ 2 1 I1 STEVENS OR II SANG u ROAD I ISI Nu u u n a , , 11 ,1 OLYMPIC�CIA Li / N 1 1, 11 1 DO H 1 VE \\� AREA 2 \� Q i� V4 \\ Q �-I I ' I I J II �I 90 I - SOUTH RIVERSIDE I I I ,J II II • PEA GRATED MANHOLE COVERS J.K. ROOT DRAIN/CLEANOVi/VEIIT PIPE ,9 O FRAME/SPACER RING/CATCH BASIN ._� IIII • SERVICE LINE I oI � 1 ill III IF DI m MICROFILMED DY JCRM MI CR�LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 1!r I� Vii' NONE MARK MAIN SCHOOL AREA 4 PK ORANTM000 SCH01 ' FAIRMEADDIIS n r-rY R R EE LIM11S VMS 1 I MEMOAYI SOUIHEASTI LAAES14 MI 11 U L.- RfY MFF.AIN SCHOOL OR,AOOFF000 OR. U i W AREA 4 SAND S E n 118 GLEASDM Avc. — n 1 n n m 1 t1N "y 1 u CALIf. AY L n ' ' Allf. AVE. C v m v a le 1" Ir v 1 11 OR vILE 31n GgAN1M00D a M 11 n 11 11 tl `1 It 11 11 j W DRANTFDOD SCHOI d FAIRMEADOFS s EASTWOOD OR. lqz=e' a 0 i BOTH ROBERT ROBERT a MEMORY GARDENS LUCAS - SCHOOL: LPIN PIN z n MUSCATINE AVE yy —JA vre ` N W yl 11 Q yl iAYNE w Aa J IL'G 11 `m IIBRA Di0A0 II OA. y� n I ♦i n � rl � SOUTHEAST 'IUNIOR I H.S. 11 1 Q p 1 AA.VIEH MERCER PARA f1 c yy a it n p u , 1 Fu u 1 AREA 6" 6 LAKES I 11 11 O HEINZ E \\ AREA 2, 4, 6 SEWER SYSTEM EVALUATION SURVEY IOWA CITY, IOWA FIOUflE 2� 3 , i MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�L AB CEDAR RAPIDS • 0F.S MOINES u e —. ANOLLK00 U0. 9i � Cf i POSIER RO f SAMUEL 9 c IAFI SPEEOMAY N C N n � IERRILL MILL PARK W1 a %Y p AN II INC W N J EST PARK CITY PARK III o IA AVE NORTH OUBUOUE Fxae'`,AM / rIP j aeua IST J PARK SO. / _ ROVE SI. BRO N ST ,11 11 ID tr III N EZ UFST F71 F X R Iv el 11 1 D C r- t I I LEAxINO BEWEfl H{ L.. fy � a / vl r ae rt C — LEN — ll LEAKING SEWER I— 'rr H. N sI a: s LEAKING _ SEWER.� I 1 `■ u z o,y I E IIOSPIe ;°° _ /� n� r, I 11, • � 0 � J LEANING LEANING EW •, RI r EENy/F 9ERYICE • • ■ fill +I _I Iy OLO CAPITOL I B•¢I� F, J CAMPUS EANIN EIK, IC I r / I j 1 li.q� 0 0 L_J S o❑ • PEAFOflATEO MANHOLE COVERS ,B, ■ ROOF DRAIN/CLEANOUT/VENT PIPE II O FRAME/SPACER RING/CATCH BASIN j A SERVICE LINE TIC I r 1 111 rle I MICROFILMED OY JORM MICR�LA19 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES IA OR) E CI. OLINE CT. ~JOSEPH CEMETERY AREA 8 OAKLAND CEMETERY LEAKING UH HICKORY HILL I I / J S m VIAL IN IA OA. d0 " " ♦� , u m P a SAMUEL c a - r m CAROLINE C1, r CAROLIN �•\ o' n , ' - - VE, u ?, AR OL INE ORS — 1I, WHITING AVE." u , „ nr u, n 1 i 6 A A 1 00 CE 51. Ci. nl m n a , Ip a111 I1, Ilf N a' 2 AA AA , Y OOV Q u !I /.. ANINGtn lIA 'S1 JOSEPH CEMETERY - IIP SEWER li 11 ill 11 ' 111 111 N, ■ ± AREA 8 „ o Iu 11 OAKLAND CEMETERY ' NO RALSTON CAFE LEAKING I ' UN HICKORY HILL PA AKI N A A S Si. n , NA 111, AREA 7 1111 LEANING N Q W '� ■ r IA NI � j�� RUNNING' i, a `�• W O z ill •, u III � REGINA Ily�, q' ,• o ��-/ - u x • p 1 o I i u u 1 n 1 w u' N m ` w ` f DDAID V uu Qr � c w N WINOS p II `p4SE N, - f0 +CF+ u■ z NI u z a u LEAKING N n A 1 , a N1 ,r ES1ER re. � � ' ,� A•/ a' SSW eA' u b•' t n ' u1 ' I„ ' A OPa ,,,,a Y-2 F i z ■ p5 BY-PASS/ I` 1 �•u 6-:f1 a BA N nq `o W�u`, X A I u aY CITY H S 0 AREA 7, 8 BUN14 �' HBO ITT SEWER SYSTEM EVALUATION SURVEY j IOWA CITY, IOWA I I C RI S1 I c 7 y SCHODL i 5E FIOU/�S/ it l MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB 'I CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i i I I� i, 1 COUNTY, ROAD__ I / 1 I i u J J In • PERFORATED MANHOLE COVERS +N f ,TT � t 111 111 MICROFILMED DY JORM MI CRI�LAB U !i CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES AREA 14 A NL CTR. ST. AREA 14 AJHL ,1 m J JIIIRIVEASIDE CT UA II, JI 1 +mac PP .. \ UY I S7 L c W y�+000 o< o 0R' ROOSEVELT : 27 [ SCHOOL _m u -REST BEHION Si ST. 1 AN D , a \� PLAHT [ AREA 15 MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R+LA E3 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES f. OLD LAND FI IVERSIDE AREA 14,15 SEWER -SYSTEM EVALUATION SURVEY IOWA CITY, IOWA FID UNE4 50 JORM MICROLAS CONTENTS TRUNK AND INTERCEPTOR SEWERS SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS CURRENT AND FUTURE SITUATION _ General �! �I Sanitary Sewer Design Standards CONTENTS TRUNK AND INTERCEPTOR SEWERS I FIGURE 5 _I FIGURE 6 J �l L L L 1 FIGURES DESIGN WASTEWATER FLOWS TRUNK AND INTERCEPTOR SEWER PLAN C-1 MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR LIPIDS - DES MOINES Pace TI -1 TI -2 TI -2 TI -2 TI -2 TI -3 TI -5 TI -5 TI -5 TI -6 TI -6 TI -10 TI -11 TI -12 TI -12 TI -12 TI -13 TI -13 TI -14 TI -14 TI -14 TI -14 TI -15 TI -15 TI -15 Follows Page TI -3 TI -7 d SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS CURRENT AND FUTURE SITUATION _ General �! Land Use and Population Projections Sanitary Sewer Design Standards .. Forecast of Wastewater Flow II ALTERNATIVE SEWER SYSTEMS General Regional Approach Alternative 1 - No Action Plan Alternative 2 - Interceptor Sewer Plan Alternative 3 - Relief Sewer Plan 1 Selection of Trunk and Interceptor Sewer Plan ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF SELECTED PLAN Primary Environmental Impacts Secondary Environmental Impacts Irreversible and Irretrievable Committments of Resources rj Short and Long Term Environmental Productivity DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS General Q Outfall Relief System Southeast Interceptor System University Heights System Outfall System IMPLEMENTATION I FIGURE 5 _I FIGURE 6 J �l L L L 1 FIGURES DESIGN WASTEWATER FLOWS TRUNK AND INTERCEPTOR SEWER PLAN C-1 MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR LIPIDS - DES MOINES Pace TI -1 TI -2 TI -2 TI -2 TI -2 TI -3 TI -5 TI -5 TI -5 TI -6 TI -6 TI -10 TI -11 TI -12 TI -12 TI -12 TI -13 TI -13 TI -14 TI -14 TI -14 TI -14 TI -15 TI -15 TI -15 Follows Page TI -3 TI -7 d SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The findings presented in this report are summarized as follows: 1. The year 2030 population estimate and the guidelines established by IDEQ for design of sanitary sewers have been used as a basis for estimating future waste loads and design of trunk and interceptor sewers. 2. The year 2030 population has been estimated at 70,900 and the ultimate population at 168,600. The year 2030 growth limits boundary, as established in this report, and anticipated population densities in each tributary area have been used to estimate ultimate population. 3. Three alternatives to provide sewerage service in the planning area have been considered in this report, as follows: Alternative 1 - No Action Plan Alternative 2 - Interceptor Sewer Plan Alternative 3 - Relief Sewer Plan Alternative 1 is a do-nothing plan. Alternative 2, similar in concept to Alternative 3, primarily recommends new interceptor sewers, in undeveloped areas, to serve the planning area and relieve overloads. Alternative 3 considers relief sewers along existing trunk sewers in developed areas of the City. 4. Evaluation of alternatives was based on fiscal and environmental considerations. Alternative 2 is recommended for implementation. Alternative 2 recommends construction of the Southeast Interceptor Sewer to serve the southeast part of Iowa City and the south part of the planning area. The plan recommends abandonment of Fairmeadows, Village Green, Heinz and Pine Street Lift Stations. Other improvements include relief sewers for the downstream reaches of the Southeast Trunk and University Heights Trunk Sewers. 5. The cost of immediate improvements recommended in Alternative 2, including the River Corridor Sewers project, which is now under construction, is estimated at $25,753,000. The cost of the Corridor Sewer has been estimated at $7,000,000 and the remaining sewer improvements at $18,753,000. TI -1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3W L CURRENT AND FUTURE SITUATION General Background data relative to climatic, geological, hydrological, botonical and tsensitiverareaslinithe environmentallypgical lanninguareaewerenints and j Part clair udedgiality 3 - Section 1 of the Facility Plan Report and That are not duplicated herein. report also included a detailed discussion of existing and future Population, land use and economy of the planning area. This part of the report includes a summary of land use and population projections and distribution and estimates of future wastewater flows. Land Use and Population Projections I The City Council has adopted a Comprehensive Land Use Plan for growth and development of Iowa City and its planning area. Except for minor revisions, the adopted plan is as shown on Figure 11, Generalized Land Use, Part 3 - Section 1, of the Facility Plan Report. For more detailed interpretation of land use, the Comprehensive Plan of Iowa City should be consulted. Figure 11 also shows existing and future land use distribution and development limits anticipated by the years 2000 and 2030. The year 2030 boundaries are tentative and have not been adopted by the City Council. For purposes of this study, the population projections include the following: _ Year Population L 1976 49,400 2000 60,100 2030 I 10,900 The year 2030 growth limits as delineated in this report, will acco Ultimate population of about 168,600. mmodate an u, ) Sanitary Sewer Design Standards II i 1 Design standards adopted by IDEQ require the following minimum standards for the design of sanitary j sewers: I 1. Sewer system design shall consider the estimated ultimate tributary Population except in considering parts of the system that can be readily increased in capacity. Similarly, considerations shall be. given to the maximum anticipated capacity of institutions industrial and parks, etc. Laterals and submains shall be designed for estimated ultimate development. 2. The design of trunks (mains) and interceptors shall take into consideration a cost-effectiveness.reasonable e hentheaprojectedoes t noeriod provideand the ultimate I capacity, a report detailing a plan for providing the ultimate capacity i shall be developed. _ TI-2 - MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES L u 3. One hundred gallons per capita per day (gpcd) shall be used in design calculations as the minimum average dry weather flow. This 100 gpcd value may, with adequate justification, include maximum allowable infiltration for proposed sewer lines. The minimum design standard for single family residential land use is 10 persons per acre. 4. The peak hourly wet weather (PHWW) flow to the existing sewer system should include the maximum hourly domestic flow, maximum hourly industrial flow and infiltration/inflow from non -rehabilitation sources. If infiltration data is not available, a minimum infiltration design allowance of 200 gallons per inch -diameter per mile of pipe should be used including an allowance for service lines. 5. The maximum capacity of pumping stations should be used to design sanitary sewers served by the pumping stations. 6. Minimum design flow from future commercial and industrial uses should be based on 5,000 and 10,000 gallons per acre per day, respectively. 7. Future domestic minimum design flow should include the ratio of peak to average daily sewage flow times the average dry weather (ADW) flow. The ratio, peak to average factor, is based on the following formula: 18 + 'V_P_ where P = Population in thousands. 4+ Vr Peak to average factors for various connected populations are as follows: Population Peaking Factor 1,000 3.80 2,000 3.59 5,000 3.25 10,000 2.95 20,000 2.65 8. Pipe sizes eight to 15 inches in diameter should have capacity to carry design flows at 67% flow depth. Pipe sizes larger than 15 inches in diameter should have capacity to carry the design flows at 75% depth. These minimum design standards have been used to establish design flows and pipe sizes for the future trunk and interceptor sewer system. The pipe sizes are subject to revision in the actual design of the sewers when pipe slopes and invert elevations are finally established. Forecast of Wastewater Flow Forecast of wastewater flows has been based on land use distribution shown on the Iowa City Comprehensive Plan and IDEQ guidelines for design of sanitary sewers. A planning period of 50 years (to the year 2030) has been used. TI -3 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 39S i I Figure 5 shows a summary of estimated area in acres, ultimate population and 2030 boundary limits have design flows for each service area. The year growth been slightly adjusted from those shown on the Land Use Plan (Figure 11, to of Parcantreasonablynbe portionsioftary areasrthat9cannotsbehat served)and toclude excluderts served by gravity sewers. _ For purposes of computing flows, the following population density classifications for future residential land use have been used: — Population Density Persons Per Gross Acre Low 10 - Medium 15 High 30 The low density classification includes those residential areas where there is acre. This expected to be less than one dwelling unit (three persons) per to comply with IDEQ I classification also includes agricultural areas. However, to a density of 10 persons per acre for guidelines, it has been necessary use the low density areas. The medium density classification of 15 persons per "2-8" acre has been assigned to those areas designated as having dwelling The high density classification includes units per acre in the Land Use Plan. in the Land Use Plan with "8-24" and "25 and over" dwelling units those areas per acre. The overall population density for future residential land use is density is reasonable . about 15 persons per acre. In most cases, this average future wastewater flows from future residential areas. ; for estimating Design flows for areas proposed in various commercial and industrial 5,000 and 10,000 gallons per gross acre classifications have been based on respectively per IDEQ standards. No flows were assigned for large tracts schools _ of land proposed for parks and open space. Smaller parks and proposed areas. Future flows from existing —. have been included as part of residential industries have been assigned a 10% increase over existing flows and principal the University of Iowa buildings a 25% increase over existing flows. A summary of design flows for each service area is shown on Figure 5. The flow (PHWW) with the following summaries include peak hourly wet weather flows removed: -, Design Flows - 1 - All infiltration/inflow. 2 - Identified inflow sources and footing drain tile. f r 3 - Identified inflow sources. 4 - Nothing removed.Peak r ows and indeachmservicenafuture rea. populationyandeoretical commerciallow andiilndustrialcludes landeuse Item 1 includes peak hourly theoretical flow remaining with all _ infiltration/inflow sources removed. TI -4 1•IICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r,� 1g x Y. Ir,u>,6.1 r, 'lT � t �, �.� � rP/ 1 �• r I ' h ���1.Jf i � .J✓J `i.. l i �,- � � � � 11 I )� � �"I� t ` / �s��,�.,,�. r pfd '� � ;;II ^�)� I' i i 33 - - I - - r i.. � � ` , . /(\�I... I /� rte_ r• .:�h � ,.. {j CO RIDOR SEWER SERVICE' AREAS 9"10-' 16 19!& Part t I I, 1'liljl li� 1r`C !I-'6 '�,}� 7-'.yvl r...: �F•1 v (li�.'�2 x. Y�� � �� SCI v 1 � ,, �j �,lil�l�ll I�I I t ��• _��� .1 i�� � sS •!i4%� ! '' r �, i I, �'^� �1 � � P � �' � eFf4 .r ° 1 •� _ / e7 � �1 y (- l xi �'�1 7Jtv.�� J 1 "�'L• � �...faA r��}I, �_ I �1 °:1� i � I �.S�I 'cam' �{.-'/� Jy ��." �J _�IIYI I ` ?" 'r�l)�`�4I i�fY^!'f` I 1. 1,-... \�/�'✓ t/�� w'._ ,.y -+11'! ��lR I ��� •rte )-...._� I I� 1� �r i` I rn r �j i ., f 1 r `. rr I r' I( .� ♦[ + a s'�j l.r, 7X. Y � kli�r ` � ' �,� � 1.1_S� '� , �' ����� �� I �. .r� V]tl5-� I 1 ` �.. 7 �l (�' n1 r 1 � I��r � � .ice• SII I{� i'/' 'MYn\_ ' J v IZ .: e ♦ p ` A I o AREAS ? Z✓//7S`R��� \ `:�� ii \/I i•r• 9�.��7 ^I .ii (� Id. �F ('f { -j )�/ Z �/- / V �--• > 1.� �f CY i \I I �/ ,�.�1 f r II }� fr i, �%. �.1, . r /r'} � 4 ,-•`O'i � �L(%'�� �r 'rte ./{ d .a r � � � AAAf / �i? G,11 liil .Lr nl>.l LI✓ M�x� ?� � J 'irl �.J r All Y 1 ti �V •V "1� 'V "'V i �;. t (,^? 1w r (, r� -;C c i/t I v. r "'C/ h L i Yo •' arpREA,I I � " � � � �`° � 7 ��ii�J 'cr � it r � �`� i REA C• c� r r 4 1 I r2. � a�l t. r 1- "�>� � 1 .�. � l 7 r- n �. ��Ur x -�_ . � �=� � ♦/� 1 [� i`T: i v � ��i � � { 1 � ( I x. , 4 �r� , 3l �/ t.� t� �.{ %o'�""'�5-' r `� �✓ �y t (b� . 1 .. 1 l r 1� „ �. �� � �� _'� N 7 , I L � � !e"i l I!✓L� y / I I o.. it I , I I i , 14 r i, i v rI AREA 2� rn i i C\ ti 1' Y �3w / 4�AREA I4�, ✓1� r. � �n I -VWI, �% t. 1. i � I� % ��• I� (�/ (`'I�,�" � f'� � J�''I� r(s 11 - Hurncu x. s � I ;1 `. 1 1 A i v1�1 c ,�] f�q1 ill �A�w✓P'/„-" I 4 21 ..=,'�� -A• 1-ql C' �' n k I rr L .� r /�'� ,..1. � 1 V F� �1T f 7. U_ G r A S �)' � •�r � 5 ADJU3TED/20�30� ISS v 7F �GROWTHsLNIT&_{� �7' •�/t%J ( AREA 15�---- \�`'r/j75 f71. �r "wr•s l l� r� ji� f�/�. (���•. lA��'.� �� �;1 V' a�. �%f - f fn 1 ✓7 - , ..• - i j Ri ', *f / \ trLiLY_ 761 F. . ,-. A ✓1C ' (1 /� (r �� 1! ! x j`r�� d �r r .,d\��. �7 > Cx -.'W 8 �._ I I f �f y AIS TV' Dl <U� 1 1.�=y' r.. v,;,. ✓ rrll 21 AREA 22, 2� 266' ��21„,+ v l } SERVICE AREA ACRES POPULATIOt! OESIrn FLOWS IN MoD C/f` /, .. �: `,{ rel%, %J„ (� .• I [/ / • ��... l 1 1 370 4,060 1.31 2.19 7.26 9.58 I 4�1 z 560 6,170 2.13 2.72 7.na 7.33 5v C _S'r' 3 300 3,470 0.83 1.54 10.74 12.04 4 1,050 13650 A, Ofl 4.59 0.56 8.71 5 1,850 22.,620 6.09 7.09 19.40 19.99 6 740 4,950 4.67 4.66 5.49 5.51 7 1,610 21,130 6.44 6.82 9.95 10.10 ) r J•. �`S Y `�l •x� '! l 8 610 8,610 3.11 4.48 14.16 20.78 Corridor Sewer'- 4,500 25,950 17.37 20.76 27.20 49.11 �'� til' '.'i _✓'"ys{' 11••` 160 3,060 1.02 1.36 1.66 3.99 f '� W r• 12 300 2,970 0.87 1.25 4.87 5.60 13 1,240 12,610 3.22 3.40 4.64 4.64H, 34 14 1,290 15, 15n 4.80 5.10 7.85 7. RR s 15 1.780 1.450 9.53 9.61 9.61 9.61 •'IG1 20 500 3,500 1.23 1.23 1.23 1.23 21 1,000 7,200 2.39 2.39 2.39 2.39 I 40 2 5 A.72 d.72 4.72 A,72 , 1 1 1 10 1 - 22TOTALS T4`M 4 W T 7r T4 T47 �f TA3 7 i� •Oes19n Plows - Peak Ilnur Wet Weathrr Flows (PNWW) _ _ ��Ill-iri(f tion/TniT6w rennvg s5 I 2 - Identified Inflow sources and footing drain Me removed. --' 3 - Identified inflow sources removed. 4 - Nothing removed. A1 1 i . Includes Service Areas 10, 16, 19 north part of ll. - `. Se Includes sonlh part of Service Arca IL1. -� Veenstra 8 Klmm [aaman a pi... s - 1 _ I /�(1��}' j+l j��i�/�2 l./ LAI; tt SEWER SERVICE 16 119'8 Part I 1 /'��I / _ _,kms t � .- •""� PJI'/=•s`^ t / � i�, � y �rf� �-- 0. s Iy i� � I - `• ��_ ( i r (I pp.. � �- AREA 17%�� I ''�2".7" ifs'/-� ;. ,� ', i off^• � )/ / i v °.% } ! t r r r�, �1J �. C ���{' -�� �� I i r��� �7� � // e � I � ti" ✓9 ) r j l '�ld� ..� / i �.l /C�f � ;j;f�,,� IJ'� `f � � � � `�'ry ��`tir' � I. � � _� � ii J N5 R wl If ! y,J [,) <.--. 1 �R¢[ C9n ,�_ �_ _ 1_• � . �ty+,s /�F F.I l ri - 1 . Ti" (' a 1 +�.�� -•„ 1,�.� ,. f J )AI& ��� 7 �' l~`�'.•5 � ' :l�f^1+-� � > IlfuFayw��\ � i � r ��, � � ,l . \ ,\��/ \ / T •. u i l �� �A♦�EA I I �1 r s r C / t a 1. / d� I._ I '� 1 I. r" � /�'�� AREA a�S/ ,••- r—�'.- IF',t,�1 } to I fY - 1 ( Lt- p �I `1 J f i 1 'f f 4, J .R. / 'll / ) 1 v,/ , ; i :� a ` N , I )'. �r+f �J J� d)�11 'V��(V' . • ( S' 7 � L ��i Ila" /- I %i!� L 1 M7. t f P)i. / I / : /,f�('/, 1 ,i• I� �(i��, �� l JJ1 1 f t n S , af3rYYrf:. I � '1 [" r � �: n I I V f 1 .Y ls,f' ' / J1 �✓ �,'1 J - i;I v�.I. ,, firl A 1 �RR�AS 0 �. •. I.. k,l '�•� I i !�� t a A'� • � �Ep� If S� - .� I f+,- ;' I „Ill l � , ' � 'a �, _ �s i IOWA CITY i . AREA 3�/_/ ��.� C '^ ��F 1�lll I { �r�� .E (x�.. ..�.{r r � t ;� iJ I I. �' % •�� � ) � ��\ t 4 � j -.. 1��� �� ��� �� r`I •n �. 7�'. "' 'J�i�� r ¢ I a � � i,{ II ..1 I �wo d� �1 1 t . rM� I 3 Y `� � �S f / ��I�` �/}I � �)�`��i�«It V � �I ������ I` I v' k� � � i) �� , : I , ) ! r ---�_ It r � -� � " �✓ 19 t l / 1 i } f f\: ����_f � I - ( fir✓ (��(jj vJ: {I t -.J J � •� �' � AREA 2 j^ � ; 5 •.� ,PLEA 6 r ,.. I, .N.,. � ��k. r #. ,If :• 'w��I- y ) 1 - �-� I--i—'>�.�f. iIJ j._ "1 �. �� IJ a� i -A ' / k� i e ) ti I; °V 1 T-,. a((, //I �I� °✓� i•�(�N .- f l � � IOWA01 !t�r I ('�: ) IT �F:�.� A� a It i �.. f Aye• I F. A -�� v - . /:.: fC.Q1 M Lift ICI PAL 'A O { ` I,y ` I j l fLw . i •' .l �c t''+/ \j\11\\l 19 -! 24, _ `I 2A \ 2 \ \ - a� ' 1 i i 11 y h���1�t5 �( �w✓+� I �� ) - �( �'AREA4 �/ r ` gREA 5� ( �< r \ n 1 I& 161 ` .II,• I\ _'\ I l -.. \Jl,�." /✓'II� �i l.i� II (((�� I I _d t k, ti(T IP5_30 I �--' _ 1 �M L• r1 c; REA 22 C -N- A / J' ,hY'� I // �• ...i •'� t 77 :t \,26.'I i 2`� 25 \�/� �. 3CN FEET ���n�. ���� � :I � �... ( �. � _�• I � � �L � -� � 2000 h I .J J l pT� r-� �'1 �� \\ - 1' •V' I i ���• ��ip ' lk v :.�• 1 1r'- I ^ ;I 'I. WI�II'III�I LEGEND f' :Il� Service Area Boundaries 1 / y +1�)a�Ll� l' a v, X36, 3�� t a , r i ` I DESIGN WASTEWATER FLOWS a__..:. IOWA CITY, IOWA FIGURE 5 TI -5 J9s MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R(�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS DES MOINES Item 2 includes flows remaining when identified inflow sources and footing drain tile are removed from the system. Flows remaining include the peak hourly theoretical flow plus sewer infiltration and residual flow from unidentified inflow sources. — Item 3 includes flows remaining when only the identified inflow sources are removed. Item 4 includes all the flows when none of the infiltration/inflow is removed from the system. The design flows are flows that are tributary to each service area. These flows marginally decrease as they are routed along the sewer system to the water pollution control plant. The various computed design flows shown on Figure 5 have been used in sizing major trunk and interceptor sewer systems — of various alternative plans and in estimating transportation costs in the cost-effectiveness analysis of transportation and treatment of extraneous flow. As established previously, it is cost-effective to remove most of the inflow sources. The sizing of sewers in the alternative sewer system plans have been based on using flows as indicated under Item 3 - with identified inflow sources removed. The alternative sewer system plans are discussed in ALTERNATIVE SEWER SYSTEMS. ALTERNATIVE SEWER SYSTEMS. LJ General i I"I Alternative sewer system plans analyzed in this report include the following: Alternative 1 - No Action Plan Ln! Alternative 2 - Interceptor Sewer Plan Alternative 3 - Relief Sewer Plan Both Alternatives 2 and 3 are generally based on provision of gravity sewers _ and elimination of existing pumping stations where feasible. Both plans are similar except for alternative routes considered for serving new areas and providing relief for existing systems. Alternative 2 primarily considers new routes for removing excess flows from existing systems and providing service to undeveloped areas. Alternative 3 primarily considers providing relief sewers along the existing trunk and interceptor sewer routes. Both alternatives consider a regional approach to serving undeveloped areas. Regional Approach As explained in the previous Facility Plan reports for Iowa City, a regional — approach has been used to assess the needs for wastewater collection and treatment. The planning area includes the City of Iowa City, the City of University Heights, the University of Iowa and contiguous areas included in _ the Comprehensive Plan. TI -5 J9s MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R(�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS DES MOINES I The City of Coralville, which adjoins Iowa City at the north and west City limits, is not included in the scope of this study. Coralville owns and operates its own sanitary sewage collection and disposal systems. The decision not to include Coralville in a regional wastewater treatment system with Iowa City was made by IDEQ in 1974, prior to the submission of a Step 1 grant application and Plan of Study by Iowa City. _ Alternative 1 - No Action Plan The effect of the "no -action plan" on the environment, population, economy and land use of the planning area has been discussed in Part 3, Section 1, report of the Facility Plan. As noted in that report, the "no action plan" would result in probable use of septic tanks and leaching fields for wastewater collection and disposal. This could increase the potential for degradation of ground water quality. It also would have a serious effect on the future pattern of population density and land use distribution and probable secondary effects on growth and economy. The "no action plan" is not considered a feasible alternative for future wastewater collection and disposal. Alternative 2 - Interceptor Sewer Plan For purposes of analyzing existing and future extensions of major trunk and interceptor sewers, of both Alternatives 2 and 3, the service areas have been combined into major drainage systems as follows: Major Tributary i Drainage System Service Areas ^ River Corridor System 9, 10, 16 and Part of 11 Outfall Relief System 1, 7, 8 and Part of 3 Southeast Interceptor System 4, 5, 6 and Part of 3 and 22 Southwest Interceptor System 13, 14, 15, 20 and 21 University Heights System 12 and Part of 11 Outfall System* 2 and Part of 22 *Also includes tributary drainage systems and service areas considered in each alternative plan. The River Corridor System has been analyzed and developed in Part 3, Section 1 of the Facility Plan report and included herein for completeness. New sewers are now under construction to serve the River Corridor System. The Outfall Relief System includes the drainage area tributary to the existing Outfall Relief Sewer. The Southeast Interceptor System includes tributary areas that can be served by the proposed Southeast Interceptor Sewer. The developed areas of this system are presently tributary to the Relief Outfall System and are also served by several lift stations. TI -6 MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r TI -7 3W MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES The Southwest Interceptor System includes the drainage area located west of the Iowa River which is presently tributary to the existing Southwest Interceptor Sewer. The University Heights System includes Service Area 12 and the remaining part of Service Area 11 not served by the Corridor Sewer System. The major drainage systems are shown on Figure 6. Principal recommendations included in this alternative for each of the systems are as follows: The River Corridor System is now under construction. In the long range future, the system can be extended to serve the tributary area north of — Interstate 80. In the Iowa City Comprehensive Plan, the area located north of Interstate 80 is proposed for low density residential development and without provision of municipal sewerage service during the 20 -year planning period. However, the area south of Interstate 80 and north of Dodge Street, which is also tributary to the Corridor Sewer, is proposed for sewerage service during the 20 -year planning period. This area may be served by one of the following approaches: 1. By gravity sewers when the Corridor Sewer System is extended north of Interstate 80 in the long range future, or; 2. By a lift station which would intercept the flows from the extreme east part of the system and pump the flows to a gravity sewer. The gravity J sewer would discharge to the Corridor Sewer System near its present termination point at the intersection of Taft Speedway and Dubuque Street. Several crossings of Interstate 80 by gravity sewers would be required. The second approach is shown and designated as an �j "Alternate" on Figure 6. - The "peninsula area", which also is anticipated to be developed in urban uses by the year 2000, can be served by the extension of the Corridor Sewer westerly along Taft Speedway and the Iowa River. The cost of the Corridor Sewer System has been estimated at $7,000,000. The Outfall Relief System includes the North Market Run and East Branch WaraMn run ewers which serve Area 8; the Northeast and Porter Avenue Trunk Sewers which serve Area 7; the Jefferson Street Relief and Outfall Relief Sewers which serve parts of Areas 8 and 1 respectively and the upstream tributary areas. — In Alternative 2, the existing tributary Service Areas 4, 5 and 6 and part of Service Area 3, which are now served by the Outfall Relief System, are proposed to be included within the Southeast Interceptor System. This approach would remove existing and future flows from this system. Thus, existing trunk and relief sewers would have adequate capacity without improvements in the Outfall Relief System; rehabilitation work notwithstanding. TI -7 3W MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Sewer improvements recommended in this alternative include replacement and/or gunite lining of certain segments of the North Market Run and East Branch Market Run Sewers. These sewers require improvements primarily because of potentially hazardous structural conditions. These sewers vary in size from 48 -inch diamater pipe to 38 x 24 -inch brick oval pipe. The sewers were built during the 1890 to 1900 period as combined sewers. The -- storm water was separated in a storm water separation program in 1971. The sewers have the capacity to convey design flows as considered in this alternative. Most of the manholes, also of brick construction, are in fair to poor condition. The recommended improvements are intended to both improve the structural condition of the sewers and remove infiltration/inflow from the system. While not specifically revealed in the physical survey, the brick sewers appear to have the potential for structural failure. Certain segments of these sewers are located beneath buildings. In the past, several cave-ins have been repaired or replaced. Critical segments include the North Market Run Sewer between Washington and Bloomington Streets and between Church and Ronalds Streets. These sections are recommended for replacement. The old brick sewers would be filled with aggregate and abandoned. Remaining segments, as indicated on Figure 6, are recommended for lining with gunite. Gunite includes application of mortar reinforced with wire mesh. Undeveloped areas in the east part of the system are proposed to be served by a trunk sewer varying from 12 to 21 -inch diameter pipe. This sewer would extend easterly along Ralston Creek from the Northeast Trunk Sewer. Cost of the improvements in the system are estimated at $952,000. The Southeast Interce for System includes Service Areas 4, 5, 6 and parts o Sery ce Areas 3 an 22. Recommendations include a new Southeast Interceptor Sewer extending from Rundell Street southeasterly along the Rock Island and Pacific Railroad tracks, then south along Scott Boulevard, then westerly to the new water pollution control plant. The new interceptor varies from 54 to 60 inches in diameter. The intent of this concept is to remove as much flow as possible from the existing Outfall Relief System and convey the flows by gravity to the new plant. This concept also would remove the need for existing lift stations including Fairmeadows, Heinz and the recently constructed Village Green. The Pine Street Lift Station, which now is used infrequently, also would be abandoned. Other improvements recommended in the system include relief sewers for the downstream reach of the Southeast Trunk Sewer and for a minor trunk sewer located in Mt. Vernon Drive. This reach of sewer has surcharged in the past resulting in basement backups. - TI -8 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICRI LAEI CEDAR RAPIDS . DES 1401NES r �C,`" I ? ., - iz5 � , ..� ( 1 Y S' ' 1` Ya. y` y, � .a wear . 1-•._ .. q // N . :If1 1 rl ii ..Li'yl/I _,I v u Ir J v / ��yll} LIFT STATION X' ��l.�l � AMEERNATE J ,- �� �� it 1, 1 1oRIVER COR(iIDOR SYSTEM I' / Ja/� WESTINGHOUSE Ll rI p.V.. /.. l ,• 4 �, N h G L LI L.< `..4iTRU ....', �a'a S EA9T.910E TRUNK'SEWER �I 1 / N / \ • �0`THCAB NK r I .I. C4� ,r NOR TN MARKET KUN lurl1.11 �il I fi , 1d I ,r =3, 6 u ,I Lrl{ 1a�' / A y .i �o� 3 .r , rte H 2 re b' •-ti I i I'I )li 11 �/ r / m '.•J• ,_-+ ,� } SY r }, t;`(^t%% }e„� WORTH DUBUQUE STATION , • ,r" •/%� < t 5�a 1�/(`1-�/i �J } � � � � >A I U � � I ' 1 � �� ,I' �� I e q�"• � �,I�'%1l +M N' h `F, iA / Il 1 WEST PANK LiT BTA�ON .Jl7 ) r.l.':/� /�.+�.a LE7 BPANCI♦,�I'� MARKET RUN L .1 ,F5is-�'F��I / I �,. p 7 yJ Z/•-� -I �- , �� ") �j��/ %�I '! a7 E by 1-T �'w'Nl t° ` 1 NilQ qr� �. I r r^ �I N'�,:-) i . ♦n. cti 1 I -J)7pr ;ht9 /24 A11;. 1� Yi / n6wlfEv(LIQ 6TAigM'1 ' I N" J ! ' ✓'':I /'12'= \tTJ� II O" WEST&DE TKUNK '.4 , `] ! 3 'BEEflC a 0 e CREEK REPLACE E>41$• IN¢LS r- / PORTER W I �'.i 'C(��-1rf . 1\FJ/0 1/ ) ... '`ol \ �, t( {,.4.w yt IT/'kG`/` ,/ •4 'bb 11/1 .I 2;I �jd -f I �_�� I� �; T JEFFERSON STgEET G o - �� ✓ It >�� I� ], , I I I r a� e S rY AELIEF SEWER'S n 1Ie, RS —ND RE i��7 �I{U I _ `+ )�����I T .��"r�` r :UNIVER8ITY ` c UNDERv TU (J, JONNS COUNTX NSE LAG / I � - i ti SOUTHWEST CEPTORiSYSTEM t; '.. xK - �� PIFTxwnaB �, •< qi (1 °��{�J �I ." a1 I'. uxrvER61TY SYSTEM I 1�•: �t EIGHTS S� .) iRQNK BE t JH 7.r T OUTFALL RELIEF -SEWER i {lIr PINE SW"✓' - l 1rI 1)/ / I ,I ,w� >♦�/ C SOUTNWE6i`INlERCEPTOfl A ��G J11w _ I �,U./J ,7(i r�l/r)1 '•,l(l y n � / T / l�-,.ill 1 Z . - � ��� 20% l 1. FFF C 'l: `V D 10_� . •'. I� "V dv� - I�SIPN .I OLD LANDFILL LIFT ST.S'�i nIG LANG AVE —'V A EI III •A L I ` ATIO�-N- �p TRUHK SEWER _ �i f•' � � �_� � � � � I ;OUTFALL SYST � 6M HWY. 218 TRUNK -..I 3 }L, )a.l�l 4 a%/ `9 A�...t t 20:�_�.�. r �6•'` P1 .W F S 11 1 L U Ol \1 N I� (l a ` / O 0 \ 1� l \ PEPPEpOFP�rP�/ I f ADJUSTED�2I,. S �• ] ,I. juFT 9TATI�j� �I p, GROWTFYLIMIt6 '\j Cni 40611/ TH G r. �lIVERSIA7T;;. I i 1 J I LiT/STATgII 6 3_•.;• I •' >c� I , �� �n �. ( �� �__.yLi..—l- ', . { 21 IL 1 L.J,..t P SITE SON--�:; C t I J WPC , 11" i �. '•+• Ni f- 27 ,g 8411 r. EFFLVENT\OUTFA R F 06-'1` (II.i!'Il ht$� 1� I- r ,.,W.J;�, It`\�t9'1 1•iLl i. t w 1 a. " i; 5s 1� `J Veenstra 8 Klmm tRpms A Planm, 1r� i 1. .L l•. X .;� vfwor 1. .�,; y r �,_. t. Ir' I I i e '' I. -� � ,,t .'', ,i .� -30'I \ I. fl•, A a:��.41P". l: 1'1J��.+ I � I 1 ` LIFT STATIONJII .A'TERNATEHIGHLANDER EA000N /iritI R SYSTEM 9; HOUSE LAGOON is .1 �pRIVER`COR�IDO, J�,, L / weanx0 �rt yty r I 7._; (� N y' I N09TXFA6i TRUNK `„ Y / 7� 'j,j) i J �� � v / '� + NORTH HIRNET pUN � IG P / �.`�-�•'��'' '� �'+ �� \l/I )� • �`5i, .'•'`R7 �—( 1. ... 3 n ,c ,+�.r. •1 '. i•I /v`�{\ i�S, :-t� IJIJ��•`��%,/�-ti %•�/�.. r '. I� r -y0 , 'a, ( I + �1 `}iL-+? Uk l� r�p, SJ I I ri r! ri l: ^ NORTx DUBUQUE LBTATION ' F / L r a/ J 1/ (•L, T Tf. � �7• o.O� _WESt PP K L 7A I H - I -:. / : E BR N m F 1 J5 r \7 �1 \0 �t. 7 —•i �. i-� � v a��r - } L q/./4�1P/ :, " t1 1 I iJaRKErRB�x 'v Ji'D L_ l tie ,"r'n OUTFALL `REEF $YIS�TEA�'��%v �Z f' S �� , t r rj �� � � � �' I ' ' ��' � A! UN 'E,n , `+'� ry 7 b � ' '2'I' •. 0 4� � ��' I •}111 � nl' 91DE TRUNK _ U I SEEq( �,-, � .CREEK •REPLACE E%13 INC>FSEWER. {I 1 �' LLw B y7 m - :• flUN1( i 3DIr PORTER AVE.' TRUNK ((�``1�� '�n� � � !2� � ��S'. �c � � I ^ � ''•�1 'li �I ����t�� %y,4;-,1, .(IyyC 3 �t. Iaafab Zrl --------------------- 8 11 ;ti SOUTHEAST I r _�•1, a'�/'• •V �� -1 Y JEFFERSON 6TPEEi C" .n �.n INTUgCEPTOR d nnr i .•, AELIE�9EWER'i n RUNOE LL F , }.I • r'•J�� l -. STREEi I I llllll � )1 r'� �;. .. --�� r -UNIVERSITY, •UND�flv. }7i2J�1 .,l .rlRuxKx\.IS I -.ITI.AJ ,. IL aHTS�r1•. CONST 3 _J Z s ���fff I" SOUTHEa6T TPUrIK �i UNIVERSITY I'SY6TEM'ry y.7. e! FIFTH E'IONT6 V I + TRJNK SEWER w • I� ,�( ^�'I IOWA fITY y/ / ,�" I i��,1 l\� 901, r OUTFAlL1RE4EF SEWER � �� .. � -s'iY �yJV " /ti-�1 c.. �� i � � ..r / 11 j� )�I'-i• �I I �' .II r r tl l 1 Vy �• fD'� i I7• y7. , ,�I � i.- •'• PINE STpEET IFT'STPTION t •; + J . _ C I ,_ � i � * F- iNWE871N1EPOEP10p LOWERMOSCATINE ROAD TRUNK I 'll u i i `�� I�. �: 1+ `�f�0 10• 1 t� �'J 11� 1�_ �I I a r'f.� ly � � � ..., .:: �. JI +� � !�: V� �y l)�V � �J �+� �t,., ✓.2h -L"kv 16 /J �� 10 I�+�' w� �_. r �iC 11.E HIPN a iXq LANG AVE �' 1 �"r o e�••�e 1l l —J j CiI E.. OLO LANDFILL LIFT SiA IDH TRUNK SEWER 'I \ F ( 9 1 h t 1 - 0 t nl r 1 � ('>•j' � r p 1 I �IrJ m , 90UTH SIDS iRUNN f��'i �'•`V' /C.� P4jgM 1�.•\� / ly.. -II/)I\ '-� DUTFAy \ j f4O YVJLLA .GREEN LfT-STATION LL SYSTEM il' �� t oNs ij ����° w% �( '+ �� Hun¢IPu' i, �o ' Y.� s/ . B SSU RISE MOBILE HOME PARK LAGOON 4� �' -/ ,...� \ HWY.21a TRUNK } (}. A •�_A�. III..' .(� :�. R4W�A I 1 _ IJ A ,ti/ I '< �o`�e. u ,! r. ,.. 1 J� �f •. 124e� .o 2'0 FAIR I _i / f Moovlrfn rstanorl n 'I I �-.I� HEwE LIFT BTATHi 7q Ii PEPVERIDO6/�IVP�+ 11 I 1 �:T ��• ���. /SII' `LIFT STATq..i+'( �1/�� r�� •4�Su�� � I I�. I�3 _r i ,- �: � it .w J.� .�. I •\ �� ..l�p ;, J� U. IVERISrbE�a_t Pa /J) J _\- r L��PSTATgN L ' : / 26 '. to r ;IIT I- u u A s — —- 1C z7 _ T� �� i r sB I w /•ti.1._. ;�'•� WPCP SITE � •• �,i. 60" 76 27 25 SA 1 EFFLyENT OUTFALL- T III III FEET 6 2060 l S C llti�l A .. ': 7 1 1 4'f 1 I 1 AB MAJOR SERVICE AREA BOUNDARY I •_�T� ),Tyl MAJOR SANITARY SEWER E'tr F 1 f FORCE MAIN r' `� I` / / • ril -- IMMEDIATE IMPROVEMENTS ,3i \. I� +'+ 1 " 36 34 N _FUTURE IMPROVEMENTS TRUNK AND INTERCEPTOR ``.. PN P SEWER PLAN IOWA CITY, IOWA FIGURE 6 39s I J ,I The undeveloped areas in the City are proposed to be served by extensions to the Southeast Trunk Sewer in the northeast part and by the new southeast interceptor in the south part of the system. Cost of the immediate improvements is estimated at $11,377,000. The Southwest Interceptor System is served by the Southwest Interceptor Sewer (including the Hawkeye Lift Station) and the Highway 218 Trunk Sewer (including the Old Landfill, Pepperidge and South Riverside Lift Stations). The upstream reach of the Southwest Interceptor has deteriorated as a result of low flows and septic sewage. No immediate improvements are recommended in this system except for continued efforts to minimize and impede the deterioration process of the pipe. These efforts have included treating the sewage with hydrogen peroxide at the lift station. In the future, as the areas develop tributary to the Hawkeye Lift Station and the upper reach of the interceptor, a new interceptor is proposed to extend southeasterly across the Iowa River to the new water pollution control plant. The new interceptor also would eliminate the Pepperidge and South Riverside Lift Stations. This new interceptor is cost-effective in comparison to providing a relief sewer along the downstream reach of the existing interceptor. Replacement of the upper reach of the interceptor is not recommended. The University Heights System includes Service Area 12 and a part of Service Area . The system is served by the downstream reach of the West Side Trunk and University Heights Trunk Sewers. Recommendations in this system include the provision of a relief sewer along the lower reach of the University Heights Trunk Sewer. The existing 12 -inch diameter sewer does not have adequate capacity to convey existing flows. The existing flows (after rehabilitation) in the system are estimated at 6.5 mgd. Capacity of the existing 12 -inch diameter pipe is 0.9 to 2.3 mgd. A 21 -inch diameter pipe is required in the downstream reach of the system and an 18 -inch pipe in the upper reach to provide design capacity. The estimated cost of the relief sewer is $424,000. rel The Outfall System includes tributary drainage systems discussed ` prev ous y and Service Area 2 and part of Service Area 22. iAn 84 -inch diameter outfall sewer is recommended. Flows from the f Southwest Interceptor System have not been included in sizing the 84 -inch u pipe except for those that are tributary to the downstream reach of the Southwest Interceptor and the Highway 218 Trunk Sewers. The new Outfall Sewer will have the capacity to continue to convey flows from the existing Southwest Interceptor Sewer until future development requires construction 1 i W of the new Southwest Interceptor Sewer. The cost of the Outfall Sewer is estimated at $6,000,000. TI -9 ,395 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAS CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES a The following is a summary of costs and present worth of recommended in Alternative 2: improvements Alternative 2 Improvements ----- Estimated River Corridor System $ 7,000,000 Outfall Relief System ,000 Southeast Interceptor System 11 952 952 000 Southwest Interceptor System 11,377,000 I University Heights System _ Ij Outfall System 424,000 TOTAL 25'00000000 Present Worth $21,666,000 Alternative 3 - Relief Sewer Plan I Alternative Southeast Interceptor lSystem Awould abevincluded incthe Outfalt that loRelief System. In this concept, Service Areas 4, 5 and 6 would continue to be served by the areas existing trunk and outfall sewer system. Flows generated from these servi outfalloseweuld retoothedwatergthe pollutioncontrolplant.ing The remaining sewer system tece l/3wof the Southeast Interceptor System would be served by the Southeast Interceptor Sewer. In this alternative, the following improvements would be required in each system: The River Corridor System would be the same as described in Alternative 2. In the Outfall Relie gresult f S stem the total flows would increase from about 37 mg to mas a resu t of inclusion of most of the Southeast Interceptor System in the Outfall Relief System. The additional flows would almost double the capacity required in the existing trunk and outfall sewers. A relief sewer varying from 24 to 48 -inch diameter pipe would be required extending along the lower Muscatine Road Trunk, the Rundell Street Trunk, the Jefferson Street Relief Sewer and the Outfall Relief Sewers.In addition, the relief sewer along the existing Southeast Trunk Sewe Service Area 5 would be required as in Alternative 2. r in The cost of the relief sewers in this alternative is estimated at $10,657,000. This includes $10,000,000 to construct the relief sewers and about $657,000 to provide improvements to the Market Run Trunk Sewers. The Southeast Interce tog System would include primarily the undeveloped areas of reqs 4, 6 and 22. The drainage system would be served by the Southeast Interceptor Sewer varying from 18 to 36 -inch diameter pipe. As in Alternative 1, the three lift stations tr be abandoned. ibutary to this sewer would TI -10 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 0 a I Cost of the improvements is estimated at $3,069,000. The Southwest Interce for System would be the same as described in ternative 2. The University Heights System would be the same as described in Alternative The Outfall System, because of the inclusion of flows from the Southeast Interceptor System, would require a 96 -inch diameter pipe in lieu of 84 -inch diameter pipe. The cost of this sewer is estimated at $7,800,000. The following is a summary of costs and present worth of improvements recommended in Alternative 3: Alternative 3 i- I Improvements Estimated Cost River Corridor System Li Outfall Relief System 10,657,000 i I.I \ !I Y.. I I — i Cost of the improvements is estimated at $3,069,000. The Southwest Interce for System would be the same as described in ternative 2. The University Heights System would be the same as described in Alternative The Outfall System, because of the inclusion of flows from the Southeast Interceptor System, would require a 96 -inch diameter pipe in lieu of 84 -inch diameter pipe. The cost of this sewer is estimated at $7,800,000. The following is a summary of costs and present worth of improvements recommended in Alternative 3: Alternative 3 Improvements Estimated Cost River Corridor System $ 7,000,000 Outfall Relief System 10,657,000 Southeast Interceptor System 3,069,000 Southwest Interceptor System University Heights System 424,000 Outfall System 7 800 000 TOTAL 000 Present Worth $ 24,349,000 Selection of Trunk and Interceptor Sewer Plan Selection of the recommended trunk and interceptor sewer plan from the three alternatives considered included evaluation of project costs and present worth and environmental and social impacts. Based on considerations mentioned previously, the alternatives are ranked as follows: 1. Alternative 2 - Interceptor Sewer System Plan 2. Alternative 3 - Relief Sewer System Plan 3. Alternative 1 - No Action Plan Comparison of Alternatives 2 and 3 indicates that costs and present worth of Alternative 2 would be 12.4% less than Alternative 3. Alternative 2 would also have considerably less social and environmental impacts. Implementation of Alternative 3, primarily in reference to the construction of a relief sewer along the existing trunk and interceptor sewer routes through developed areas of the City is not considered practical. Alternative 1 - No Action Plan is considered not feasible as discussed previously. Alternative 2, shown on Figure 6, has been selected as the trunk and interceptor sewer plan for implementation. TI -11 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF SELECTED PLAN Implementation of the selected plan will have both primary and secondary impacts on the environment. Primary impacts are related directly to the construction of the sewers whereas secondary effects are related to land use development and population growth as a result of improvements. Primary Environmental Impacts Construction of the sewers will result in alteration of the existing land form and vegetation. Vegetation along the proposed sewer routes will be removed and replaced. Soils and geology of the areas proposed for sewer construction will not be significantly altered. The sewers will be constructed in compliance with existing Iowa City ordinances relating to erosion control. The disturbed areas will be restored to conform to the surrounding areas. " Implementation of the proposed improvements will have a beneficial effect on groundwater quality. Provision of a sewer system will minimize the use of septic tanks and leaching fields in the future. Air quality in the planning area will not be significantly affected. Any burning, if required, will comply with state and local air quality -- regulations. Noise levels in the area will increase during construction. The higher noise levels will be of temporary nature. - Sewer construction will have no significant impact on the floodplain and floodway of the Iowa River. The discharge structure and downstream reach of the effluent outfall sewer will be constructed within the floodplain of the Iowa River. The relief sewer along the existing Southeast Interceptor System also will be located within the 100 -year flood limits of the south branch of Ralston Creek. Manholes subject to possible inundation will be equipped with watertight covers. The sewers and discharge structure will not restrict flood flows in the floodway. t� There are no known historic, archaeological and cultural resources in the,; areas proposed for sewer construction. Known resources have been discussed previously. A cultural resource survey will be conducted along the proposed route of the Southeast Interceptor Sewer. The Outfall Sewer route has been found by the State Historic Preservation Officer to have no historic or archaeological impacts. Environmentally sensitive areas in Iowa City, as identified in Part 2, Section a+ 1 of the Facility Plan Report, will not be affected by the proposed improvements. }} Secondary Environmental Impacts Easements will be acquired for construction and operation of those reaches of proposed sewers not located in public rights-of-way. These include the Southeast Interceptor and Outfall Sewers. Proposed construction within these easements and in public rights-of-way will temporarily disrupt agricultural activities and traffic patterns on existing streets. TI -12 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES The proposed improvements will have a positive impact on the density and pattern of future land use in accordance with the City's Comprehensive Plan. The proposed construction will encourage development in the south part of Iowa City. This is in accordance with the development sequence of Phases 1, 2 and 3, recommended in the Comprehensive Plan. Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitments of Resources The expenditure of manpower, fuel, chemicals and energy during construction and operation and maintenance throughout the life of the project, are irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources. The improvements will enhance the quality and future use of water resources. Short and Long Term Environmental Productivity The proposed improvements will provide adequate sewer facilities to meet both short and long term goals to improve water quality and effect orderly growth of the planning area. Temporary disruption of the environment will occur during construction of the improvements including short-term removal of agricultural land from production in the proposed easements and disruption of traffic in street rights-of-way. In the long-range future, the improvements will encourage urban development of land in the planning area that now is mostly in agricultural use. TI -13 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES N Southeast Interceptor System �y Improvements recommended in the Southeast Interceptor System include relief sewers varying from 18 to 21 inches in diameter, along the downstream reach of the existing Southeast Trunk Sewer; a minor trunk sewer located in Upland Av15-inch diameter relief sewer along a L enue and Mt. Vernon Drive; a new I -inch diameter pipe; and an Southeast Interceptor Sewer varying from 54 to 60 — interceptor sewer for the Fairmeadows Branch Trunk Sewer. I i TI -14 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES w DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS General The immediate and long range development plan shown on Figure 6 is the most feasible alternative for improving the sewer system in the planning area. The sewers have been sized to convey both existing and future flows to the water Pollution control plant. Because of the high contribution from non-cost-effective infiltration/inflow sources, staging of the construction is not recommended. For example, the Southeast Interceptor and Outfall Sewers to convey only the existing flows in the downstream reaches, would require 54-inch and 72-inch diameter pipes in lieu of 60-inch and 84-inch pipes. The difference in I cost of providing capacity to convey design flows versus only the existing flows is the cost of one additional pipe size. Provision of larger pipe sizes now is more cost-effective than providing additional sewers 10 to 20 years in the future. relief This part of the report discusses design considerations for the immediate - improvements shown on Figure 6. As stated previously, the sewers are subject to final considerations during preparation of construction plans and specifications. Final design may result in changes in pipe sizes and sewer locations from those shown in this report. Outfall Relief System Recommended improvements to this system are shown on Figure 6 and include replacement and repair to certain sections of North Market Run, as follows: 1. Several segments are structurally deficient and are expected to collapse in the future. Portions of the sewer between Washington and Bloomington are tor30ts inchesbineath diameterdings. the lowercement reaches. Thers rstonefrom 42 inhe box � sewercfrom Church to Ronalds Street will be replaced with 24-inch I pipe. 2. Certain reaches of sewer, including the brick oval sections, should be lined with li gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Southeast Interceptor System �y Improvements recommended in the Southeast Interceptor System include relief sewers varying from 18 to 21 inches in diameter, along the downstream reach of the existing Southeast Trunk Sewer; a minor trunk sewer located in Upland Av15-inch diameter relief sewer along a L enue and Mt. Vernon Drive; a new I -inch diameter pipe; and an Southeast Interceptor Sewer varying from 54 to 60 — interceptor sewer for the Fairmeadows Branch Trunk Sewer. I i TI -14 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES The new Southeast Interceptor Sewer will extend from Rundell Street along the _ south side of the railroad track to Scott Boulevard, thence, south and southwesterly to the water pollution control plant. Depth may be 25 feet or more. The existing Lower Muscatine Road Trunk Sewer is similarity deep in this area. The Southeast Interceptor Sewer also will require deep cuts in the segment between Scott Boulevard and the water pollution control plant. Additional easements will be required. The sewer intercepting the Fairmeadows Branch Trunk Sewer will intercept flows at Fairmeadows Boulevard and convey the flows to the new Southeast Interceptor Sewer near Scott Boulevard. The proposed interceptor sewer will extend along U.S. Highway 6, then along a drainage course to the Southeast Interceptor Sewer. As noted earlier in the report, the four lift stations serving this area will be abandoned. University Heights System U A relief sewer varying from 18 to 21 inches in diameter will parallel the lower reach of the existing University Heights Trunk Sewer. The relief sewer will extend from Blane Roc Road to Orchard Street, then south to the existing j Southwest Interceptor Sewer. Flows in the University Heights Trunk Sewer and proposed relief sewer will be diverted to the siphon of the Southwest Interceptor Sewer beneath the Iowa River. The siphon and the existing lower reaches of the Southwest Interceptor Sewer are underutilized. Abandonment of the existing water pollution control plant, and provision of the relief sewers, will eliminate surcharging and backup of flows in this area. Outfall System The new Outfall Sewer will extend from the inlet structure of the existing water pollution control plant southeasterly along Sand Road to the new water pollution control plant. An effluent Outfall Sewer will extend from the new plant, southerly along Sand Road, then westerly to the Iowa River. The Outfall Sewer is 84 inches in diameter. A discharge structure for the effluent Outfall Sewer will be required. The structure will be located within the floodplain of Iowa River. IMPLEMENTATION y Implementation of the trunk and interceptor sewer plan is discussed in the "j addendum to the Complete Waste Treatment System Plan. 1.i Public participation in facility planning is required by Public Law 92-500 and I...i applicable federal regulations. A public hearing on this section of the facility plan and the addendum will be conducted by the City Council of Iowa City. The notice of the hearing is included in Appendix C. The transcript of the hearing and comments and reviews received from regulatory agencies, public interest groups and citizens will be included in Appendix C by addendum. u TI -15 3967 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Parts of the existing sewer system are not adequate to convey existing and future wastewater flows. Parts of the existing system have surcharged in the past resulting in basement backups. Infiltration/inflow from extraneous sources is contributing considerable flow to the system requiring bypassing of flows at the plant. periodic V i Parts of the existing sewer system are not adequate to convey existing and future wastewater flows. Parts of the existing system have surcharged in the past resulting in basement backups. Infiltration/inflow from extraneous sources is contributing considerable flow to the system requiring bypassing of flows at the plant. periodic Without the project, it can be anticipated that negative environmental conditions resulting from the inadequate sewer system will continue to occur. Negative effects onthe community's economic and population growth and land use distribution can be expected. Without the project, there would be no significant effect on climate, geology and air quality of the area. `j Three alternatives were considered for providing wastewater collection in the planning area. These alternatives include the following: — Alternative 1 - No Action Plan Alternative 2 - Interceptor Sewer System Plan Alternative 3 - Relief Sewer System Plan Alternative 2 has been selected for implementation since it is most cost-effective and has the least impact on the environment. _ Implementation of the selected plan will facilitate the orderly growth and development of the planning in 4 area accordance with the Comprehensive Plan of Iowa City. The plan will not have an adverse ^ effect on the floodplains and floodways of rivers and streams and known historical and archaeological sites. The plan will improve water quality in the planning area. There will be temporary environmental impacts on vegetation and agricultural land resulting from sewer construction within the easements and disruption of normal traffic flow in street rights-of-way. r ,I TI -16 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES L"f is a JORM MICROLAO .i Jd• I•.�p:'li �J LJ 0 I 5 CONTENTS SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Summary of Costs SUMMARY OF COSTS OF PLANNED TREATMENT WORKS (EPA Form 5700-32) SCOPE EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS General Effluent Limitations - Iowa River HYDROLOGICAL ELEMENTS Water Quality Water Use. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY Water Pollution Control Plant FUTURE SITUATION Water Pollution Control Plant - Future Loadings FUTURE ENVIRONMENT WITHOUT THE PROJECT Hydrological Elements ALTERNATIVE WASTEWATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS General Cost -Effectiveness Alternatives II and III - Treatment and Discharge Public Participation PRELIMINARY DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS General Treatment Plant Components Plant Design Criteria and Loadings Plant Operation and Maintenance IMPLEMENTATION General Implementation Schedule Financing of Sewerage System Improvements IOWA CITY FINANCIAL DATA TABLES TABLE 4 - DESIGN WASTE LOADINGS TABLE 5 - PAST TRANSACTIONS - SEWER REVENUE FUND FIGURES FIGURE 14 - NEW WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLANT FIGURE 16 - PROJECT COMPLETION SCHEDULE C-1 MICROFILMED DY JORM MIC R�LA3 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Page A-1 A-1 A-2 A-4 A-5 A-5 A-5 A-7 A-7 A-7 A-7 A-7 A-8 A-8 A-14 A-14 A-14 A-14 A-15 A-15 A-18 A-18 A-18 A-18 A-21 A-22 A-23 A-23 A-24 A-28 A-38 A-13 A-31 Follows Page A-21 A-25 i I . 1 i V CONTENTS SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Summary of Costs SUMMARY OF COSTS OF PLANNED TREATMENT WORKS (EPA Form 5700-32) SCOPE EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS General Effluent Limitations - Iowa River HYDROLOGICAL ELEMENTS Water Quality Water Use. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY Water Pollution Control Plant FUTURE SITUATION Water Pollution Control Plant - Future Loadings FUTURE ENVIRONMENT WITHOUT THE PROJECT Hydrological Elements ALTERNATIVE WASTEWATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS General Cost -Effectiveness Alternatives II and III - Treatment and Discharge Public Participation PRELIMINARY DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS General Treatment Plant Components Plant Design Criteria and Loadings Plant Operation and Maintenance IMPLEMENTATION General Implementation Schedule Financing of Sewerage System Improvements IOWA CITY FINANCIAL DATA TABLES TABLE 4 - DESIGN WASTE LOADINGS TABLE 5 - PAST TRANSACTIONS - SEWER REVENUE FUND FIGURES FIGURE 14 - NEW WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLANT FIGURE 16 - PROJECT COMPLETION SCHEDULE C-1 MICROFILMED DY JORM MIC R�LA3 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Page A-1 A-1 A-2 A-4 A-5 A-5 A-5 A-7 A-7 A-7 A-7 A-7 A-8 A-8 A-14 A-14 A-14 A-14 A-15 A-15 A-18 A-18 A-18 A-18 A-21 A-22 A-23 A-23 A-24 A-28 A-38 A-13 A-31 Follows Page A-21 A-25 i ■ - - I SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The findings presented in this addendum are summarized as follows: I. Due to changes in waste load allocations in the Iowa -Cedar River Basin Plan, effluent limitations at Iowa City are less stringent than Previously planned by IDEQ. 2. Even with less stringent requirements, the existing water pollution control plant cannot meet the effluent limitations. 3. Alternative III - Treatment and Discharge - Abandonment of all existing treatment recommended. A�new splant, sized and cfor nof a w loads inthecyearr2000aincluding solids from the University of Iowa water plant, is estimated to cost $30 million. 4. Total project costs, including the construction of the new water Pollution control plant, corridor sewer system, cost-effective rehabilitation of the existing system and the construction of major relief sewers are estimated at $57,200,000. The local share of the project cost is estimated at $12,240,000, or 21% of the total project cost. Federal grants of 75% and state grants of 5% are anticipated for financing eligible costs. 5. It is tentatively recommended that the project be financed by a combination of general obligation bonds and revenue bonds to be retired from an increase in sewer revenue rates. It is estimated that user charges will increase from $0.27 per 100 cubic feet to about $1.05 per 100 cubic feet. This constitutes an increase of about 3.89 times the existing rate. A surcharge to the University for its water plant solids loading may reduce the user charge rates. 6. It is recommended that the City Council of Iowa City authorize submission of this report to IDEQ and EPA for their review and concurrence tofund ethe preparation eof plans aand�specificationsecatins for for theenew waters Pollution control plant, additional trunk and interceptor sewers and sewer rehabilitation. Summary of Costs accordanceIn Guidance MemorandumNo.w55h-rSubject: FormatEfor' ReportingeCostsas outlind inEof Plannedm PA nedmTreatment Works in Step 1 Facilities Plans," dated July 25, 1975, a schedule showing a summary of costs of planned treatment works is included herewith. A-1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES 300 P LJ t I SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The findings presented in this addendum are summarized as follows: I. Due to changes in waste load allocations in the Iowa -Cedar River Basin Plan, effluent limitations at Iowa City are less stringent than Previously planned by IDEQ. 2. Even with less stringent requirements, the existing water pollution control plant cannot meet the effluent limitations. 3. Alternative III - Treatment and Discharge - Abandonment of all existing treatment recommended. A�new splant, sized and cfor nof a w loads inthecyearr2000aincluding solids from the University of Iowa water plant, is estimated to cost $30 million. 4. Total project costs, including the construction of the new water Pollution control plant, corridor sewer system, cost-effective rehabilitation of the existing system and the construction of major relief sewers are estimated at $57,200,000. The local share of the project cost is estimated at $12,240,000, or 21% of the total project cost. Federal grants of 75% and state grants of 5% are anticipated for financing eligible costs. 5. It is tentatively recommended that the project be financed by a combination of general obligation bonds and revenue bonds to be retired from an increase in sewer revenue rates. It is estimated that user charges will increase from $0.27 per 100 cubic feet to about $1.05 per 100 cubic feet. This constitutes an increase of about 3.89 times the existing rate. A surcharge to the University for its water plant solids loading may reduce the user charge rates. 6. It is recommended that the City Council of Iowa City authorize submission of this report to IDEQ and EPA for their review and concurrence tofund ethe preparation eof plans aand�specificationsecatins for for theenew waters Pollution control plant, additional trunk and interceptor sewers and sewer rehabilitation. Summary of Costs accordanceIn Guidance MemorandumNo.w55h-rSubject: FormatEfor' ReportingeCostsas outlind inEof Plannedm PA nedmTreatment Works in Step 1 Facilities Plans," dated July 25, 1975, a schedule showing a summary of costs of planned treatment works is included herewith. A-1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES 300 P L Form A....—, A-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES PAUL Is Oa 16 OM1lR No. ISR•RO/l! SUMMARY OF COSTS OF PLANNED TREATMENT WORKS MUNICIPALITY/App(imnr/: APPLICANT'S SCHEDULED BY PROJECT AND CATEGORY APPLICATION NO. (Read Instructions an reverse before romplet(ng/orot/ City of Iowa City, Iowa c- 91 0830-o PROJECT 'S PROJECT PROJECT d. PROJECT TOTALALL ✓,�-i a.i,$'� SEQUENCE SEQUENCE SEQUENCE SEQUENCE PROJECTS 3. PROJECTSTEP STEP * 2_ STEP 2** STEP *** 3 STEP 3* ESTIMATED CALENDAR QUARTER/ 3. EATOEAICATFORT FUNDING WILL BE SUBMIT. TED 4/79 1/80 'xT' ''"r'g'� 1/82 2/82 - $ $ S S $ a. CATEGORY I Secondary Treatment and Bl'WTT 2,200,000 27,800,000 30,000 000 b. CATEGORY II More Stringent Treatment G CATEGORY IIIA Infiltration/In0owCarection 90,000 357,000 447,000 d. CATEGORY HIS Mayor Sewer System Rehabilitation e. CATEGORY IVA New Collector, all, 4. f. CATEGORY IVB New Interceptors. etc, 910,000 17,843,000 18,753,000 g. CATEGORY V Corecllon ofCombinedSewerOvernows R CATEGORY VI Treatment and/or Control of Stormwaters TOTALCOST a. PR EVIOUSLY OF STEP FUNDED, j _0_ j -0_ s .. -0— S —0— j -0- S. AND STEP PROJECTS b. PLANNED $2,200,000 $1,000,000 $27 800 00 $18,200 sx „ 6. a00 w`y TO BENINCLUDEONIN THE ENTIOflE C�2'2J��.rn.F7irp1 V#K .`aSy Mai' �"ti!"h`,y9ln'�;QQ4!'{ $ GRANT -4012-0 +r'3 ., w.x is vh4 yr '�.T,v+ 'Y&s :nwRl4x,: 49,200,000 7. STEP IPROJECT COST ':-1gt++i� `rssw�+,.k•'s +yis•t•y,�•n•••p' /1 PROJECTNO.0 190830 -D 30 439,20 COSTESTIMATES OF PLANNED PROJECTSWERE COMPUTED AS OF IO/79 AND REFLECT THE LATEST S CONSTRUCTION COST INDEX OF 3125 (MONTH AND YEAR) AS REPORTED BV THE ENGINEERING NEWS RECORD. 9a. ESTIMATES PREPARED/VERIFIED BY 9b. REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY STATE AGENCY NAME (Pleaseprint/ DATE J. W. Kimco NAME (PleampH r/ DATE Nov. 1, 1979 R A ORGANIZATION Veenstra & Kim TELEPHONE ( AREq CODE I NUMBER SIGNATURE NUMBER I I 225-8000 SIGN Ay , 9l, REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY EPA REGIONAL OFFICE NAME (Please print) DATE ' d Y,(,, .��.�+ ✓ r t•'ry TYw+t�". SIGNATURE d rey44�,(({{:n9+4:il,p n3Ma" 4^: ' The Step l project,)fany, will be repotted on line 7. *, **, ***, **** and ***** •• If no Step I project was funded by EPA, insert N/A. See attached sheet FPA Fens S)db.n) ra._. son A-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES PAUL Is Oa 16 *Engineering design and soil borings - water pollution control plant. **Engineering design - sewer rehabilitation, outfall sewer and additional trunk and interceptor sewers. ***Construction - water pollution control plant. ****Construction - outfall sewer and additional trunk and interceptor sewers. *****Total project cost - does not include land, easements and rights-of-way acquisition costs estimated at $1,000,000. A-3 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I^ i n I J I _l I JI ii J a '..I Li I I. *Engineering design and soil borings - water pollution control plant. **Engineering design - sewer rehabilitation, outfall sewer and additional trunk and interceptor sewers. ***Construction - water pollution control plant. ****Construction - outfall sewer and additional trunk and interceptor sewers. *****Total project cost - does not include land, easements and rights-of-way acquisition costs estimated at $1,000,000. A-3 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES SCOPE The following portions of Section 1, of the Facility Plan report have been reviewed and revised in Addendum to Section 1 to reflect the current requirements of IDEQ and EPA: 1. The summary, conclusions and recommendations were rewritten to include new cost estimates based on 1979 conditions including inflation since the Section 1 report was prepared in 1978. 2. General and effluent limitations for the Iowa River were rewritten to describe the revised effluent limitations and to reestablish past and current requirements. 3. The comparison of effluent limitations with water pollution control plant performance was revised. Data concerning rivers and streams, water quality and water quality management was edited and updated. 4. Future loadings on the water pollution control facilities and sanitary sewer design loading standards were revised and rewritten to update the 1978 loadings and flow data used in the Section 1 report. 5. Disposal aoaertreatment fdplantdwasckwash water reevaluated,from the University of 6. Minimum flows to be discharged from the Coralville Reservoir were reviewed and discussed. 7. Cost-effectiveness studies were revised to include current costs and rate of interest. 8. New treatment plant components, design criteria and loadings were revised to delete tertiary treatment requirements. Loadings on the plant were recomputed and descriptions rewritten. 9. The implementation schedule was updated and revised to meet the current situation. 10. Design loadings were revised and updated to reflect current IDEQ and EPA requirements and to reflect loads anticipated from the University of Iowa water plant. 11. Past transactions of the sewer rental fund were updated to include FY 1978 and FY 1979 data. 12. Figure 14 was revised to show the new secondary treatment facility with the 1979 waste load allocation. 13. The mateccompletion schedule the shown on Figure 16 was revised based on estidti A-4 MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS DES MOINES LI E n L r r EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS General The material under this sideheading is to modify pages 2-1, 2-2 and 2-3 of the original report. ^ As discussed in the original report, IDEQ is charged with protecting and maintaining surface and groundwater quality in the State of Iowa. In accordance with Public Law 92-500, IDEt te six major river basins in the state. Theseaplanter suincludedclity netermination ofrexisting water quality, applicable standards and significant point and non-point sources Of pollution in the basins. The basin plans also established waste load allocations. These allocations are to be re-evaluated and changed, if necessary, Facility�Plans basedTons aachangehiddenduminswaste loadtallocat onsoforto flecdificatinstIowa City. iEffluent Limitations - Iowa River Effluent standards for the Iowa River were set forth in the basin plan and in -� the discharge permits issued by EPA and IDEQ for operation of the Iowa City water pollution control plant. EPA originally administered the National j� Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit program. This program is LJ now administered by IDEQ and replaces the state operating permit program. The permit program establishes effluent limitations and compliance schedules for all J wastewater treatment systems discharging, or planning to discharge, effluent to rivers and streams. _ The original effluent limitations were established by IDEQ in October, 1975, and by EPA on January 30, 1976. The effluent limitations were identical for the period through July 1, 1979. They authorized the discharge of an effluent within the following limitations through that date: Effluent Limitations Wastewater Parameter Daily Daily Average_ Maximum Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BODS) 30 45 Suspended Solids 50 75 In addition to the requirements set forth in the preceding tabulation, the permits required that the pH shall not be less than 6.5 nor greater than 9.0. Both the NPDES permit and the state operation permit included schedules of compliance. A-5 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES 39� Effluent limitations were set forth in both permits for compliance after July 1, 1979. These limitations were as follows: Wastewater Parameter Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BODS) Suspended Solids Ammonia Nitrogen as N Fecal Coliform Organisms Effluent Limitations mg Daily Daily Average Maximum 18 P7 25 40 7 12 Disinfection Facilities Required The permits further required that the facilities remove 85% of the applied BODS and suspended solids at all times. The permits also included compliance schedules which established cutoff dates for completion of Steps 1, 2 and 3 of the Facility Plan. The compliance schedules _ required that the Facility Plan be completed by September 1, 1976, and that all construction be completed by July 1, 1979. It was impossible for the City to comply with the established schedules. — IDEQ has established new (1979) effluent limitations for the Iowa City water Pollution control plant as part of the required periodic re-evaluation of — waste load allocations set forth in the basin plans. The effluent limitations are generally less stringent than those which were to become effective July 1, — 1979. They are more stringent than those which were set forth in the original r permits. IDEQ intends to use the following effluent limitations in a new permit I to be issued to the City of Iowa City: Wastewater Parameter Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BODS) Suspended Solids Ammonia Nitrogen as N Summer Winter Fecal Coliform Organisms Effluent Limitations m9 Daily Daily Average Maximum I 30 45 30 45 10 15 L, 15 22.5 Disinfection Facilities Required BODS, suspended solids and ammonia nitrogen limitations, in mg/1, are less stringent than in the previous permits. However, BODS and suspended solids removals will remain 85% as set forth in the previous permits. Ammonia nitrogen requirements are less stringent. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES A new compliance schedule for the City is set forth in a subsequent portion of this addendum. HYDROLOGICAL ELEMENTS Water Quality Reference is made to page 3-5 of the original report. Under the original basin plan, the Iowa River was classified as a water quality limited stream. Even though the waste load allocation is being changed for Iowa City, there is no change in stream classification. Water Use The change set forth under this sideheading is relative to the University of Iowa water treatment plant. The original discussion as to disposal of wastes was on page 3-7 of the June, 1978, report. The University of Iowa water treatment plant discharges alum sludge and filter backwash water to the Iowa River. The University's NPDES permit includes the same effluent limitations on suspended solids (30 mg/1) as does the City's permit. Lime sludge from the University softening process is discharged to the Iowa City sewer system. University officials originally advised the City, at the time of the original report, that the University intended to build its awn facilities for handling water plant sludges and backwash waters. However, University officials have recently advised the City that it is intended to continue discharging lime sludge to the City sewer system. It is contemplated that alum sludge and filter backwash water will also be discharged to the sewer system in the future. The University is now conducting additional studies of disposal of its water plant sludges. Should it be decided not to dispose of all or any part of the water plant sludges to the City sewers, the University will so notify the City before design of the new water pollution control plant, relative to solids handling, is undertaken. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY Water Pollution Control Plant The major change in this sideheading is relative to the comparison of effluent limitations and plant performance which occurred at the bottom of page 3-27 in the original report. A-7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 9 A comparison of effluent limitations set forth by IDEQ in 1979, and to be _ incorporated in the next permit for compliance in the future, to actual plant performance for the first nine months of 1979, is as follows: Effluent Limitations Plant Effluent -1979 m9/1 m9/1 Wastewater Parameter Daily Daily Daily Daily Average Maximum Average Maximum — Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BODS)* 30 Suspended Solids* 30 45 37.3 72 Ammonia Nitrogen as N 45 47.8 96 _ Summer** 10 Winter*** 15 6.3 20 Fecal Coliform Organisms 15 22.5 14 P8 Disinfection Facilities — Required *Includes first nine months of 1979. **Includes months of June, July and August, 1979. — ***Includes months of December, 1978, and January and February, 1979. — FUTURE SITUATION Water Pollution Control Plant - Future Loadings Due to the findings in the sewer system evaluation survey, flows from footin drain tile have been increased over that shown in the original report. g Therefore, certain portions of pages 4-6 through 4-12 are modified by the following paragraphs. — The Analysis Report established that most inflow can be cost-effective�. from the existing sanitary sewer system. With inflow ly removed existing flows are estimated as follows:removed, the remaining ' Existing Wastewater Flow Sourcemgd I9 ADW AWW MWW PHWW w Theoretical* 6.081 6.081 Sewer Infiltration _ _ 6.081 10.259 Footing Drain Tile _ 2.354 4.716 4.716 TOTALS63 1�M 13.203 0 54-025I� *Based on water use in April, 1976. The IDEQ standards recommend that existing average daily industrial flow be based on maximum daily water usage rather than average annual daily water use. The standards also recommend that in estimating the future contribution from residential and commercial uses, that a minimum of 100 gallons per capita per day (gpcd) be used. The 100 gpcd includes an allowance for normal infiltration during AWW flows. The PHWW flow for future use is peak hourly industrial flow plus 2.5 times the sum of the average wet weather design fl ow from residential -commercial areas. Wastewater contribution from out-of-town students is estimated at 20 gpcd. — A-8 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAO CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES EPA requires that the waste load allowance, eligible for grant funding from future unforeseen industries, be limited to 5% of the total treatment works design capacity or 25% of the total industrial load (existing plus documented future), whichever is greater. Based on the IDEQ and EPA design standards, wastewater flows for the year 2000 are estimated as follows, using flow data first established in the Infiltration/Inflow Analysis Report, and modified by additional data obtained from the sewer system evaluation survey: Source Existing Theoretical (1) Sewer Infiltration Footing Drain Tile Inflow (2) Sub -total Increase - 1979 to 2000 Population Increase (10,750 @ 100 gpcd) Iowa City Water Treatment Plant Sludge (4) University Water Treatment Plant Sludge (5) Planned University Increase (6) Planned Industrial Increase (7) Unforeseen Industrial and Governmental Increase (8) Sub -total TOTAL - YEAR 2000 Estimated in Part 1 - Infiltration/ Inflow Analysis Report Wastewater Flow ADW AWW mgdMWW PHWW 6.681 6.681 6.681 11.664 --- 2.534 6.570 6.570 --- 1.565 15.203 62.760 --- 0.040 0.510 4.000 6.681 10.820 2� 84 1.075 1.075 1.290(3) 2.688 0.066 0.066 0.294 0.294 0.047 0.047 0.102 0.102 0.605 0.605 0.605 1.512 0.286 0.286 0.286 0.715 0.200 0.200 0.200 0.500 2.279 2.279 2� 5.811 8.960 13.099 31.741 90.805 8.414 10.974 33.000 59.000 (1) These figures have been adjusted to reflect maximum daily water use from industry and the University. Water used by University buildings is for the month of September, 1976, as reported by Shoemaker Consulting Engineers in a 1976 report entitled "Sanitary Sewer Study and Evaluation." Water use by industry was obtained for the peak months in 1977. Out-of-town students are included in water used at University buildings. Resident students are included in the study area population estimates. (2) It is estimated that at least 10% of the inflow volume into the sanitary sewer system will not be found and rehabilitated. Therefore, an inflow allowance has been incorporated into the design flows. A-9 MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES 3950 0 (3) This flow is based on 120 gpcd to account for an infiltration rate that is greater for maximum wet weather conditions as compared to average wet weather conditions. (4) An allowance is made for discharging the water treatment plant sludge from the municipal water plant into the sanitary sewer system. (5) An allowance is made for discharging the water treatment plant sludge from the University water plant into the sanitary sewer system. (6) These flow increases are related to planned expansion of the University Hospital and Carver Pavilion set out in the 1977 report by Shive-Hattery & Associates, entitled "Water Treatment Facility Sludge Disposal Report." (7) These flows include those now discharged to the Highlander and Westinghouse lagoons and those expected from a planned Oscar Mayer sausage plant. (8) These flows reflect 10% of the peak monthly water use of the largest water users in the study area exclusive of the University. These users are listed in a table in this section of the report. The new water pollution control plant will be designed for an AWW flow of 13.099 mgd and a maximum design flow of 33 mgd as shown in the tabulation on Page 4-7. The maximum design flow is about 2.5 times the AWW flow. The maximum design flow estimated in the Infiltration/Inflow Analysis Report was also about 33 mgd. Most of the treatment plant units will be sized based on the maximum design flow. The waste loads (excluding flow) from large contributors to the sewerage system have been determined separately. These large contributors have been classified as either industrial or governmental. The term industrial contributor includes several users which are not true industries but which contribute large flows or waste loads to the sewerage system. The estimated flows and waste loads from industrial and governmental users are shown in the following table: A-10 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Industry American College Testing Program Moore Business Forms Owens Brush Company Procter & Gamble Manufacturing Company Thomas & Betts Corporation Westinghouse Learning Corporation Culligan Water Conditioning, Inc. Sheller -Globe Corporation Home Town Dairies Highlander Inn & Supper Club Howard Johnson Complex Mercy Hospital Procter & Gamble (Planned Increase) y Oscar Mayer and Company (Planned Contribution) Sub -total Future - (10% of Existing) TOTALS Governmental Veterans Hospital University Hospital Iowa City Water Treatment Plant University Water Treatment Plant Sub -total Future Increase*** TOTALS *) ****; See, following page. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB �? CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES a Maximum Daily Employees Flow BOD SS TKN mgd) lbs.) lbs.) lbs. 450 0.004 23 27 16 245 0.002 12 15 10 450 0.010 23 27 16 350 0.550* 1,509* 2,239* 12 (7,755)* 100 0.003 5 6 4 525 0.009 26 32 20 12 0.019 1 1 1 832 0.104 36 43 26 90 0.052 434 108 6 90 0.022 108 121 37 60 0.040 197 211 71 710 0.112 140 187 50 300 --- 500 750 10 100 0.255 800 600 75 4,314 1.182 3� T,_367 T51 0.118 381 437 35 1.00 �iSF X04TU 1,000 0.147 184 245 66 4,200 0.402 503 671 182 22 0.265 --- 6,000** --- 15 0.047 --- 11 540 5,237 0.861 687 181 248 0.086 775 5 444 280 0.94-7 1, 62 L'�, 9�0 sm MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB �? CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES a i *These values were taken from the City monitoring reports for the period January through October, 1977, and represent peak daily waste loads. This industry used ammonia to neutralize waste before discharge to the sanitary sewer. The industry has since substituted sodium hydroxide for the ammonia as a neutralizing agent. Therefore, the discharge of large quantities of ammonia has been discontinued. The average present daily loadings from Procter & Gamble Manufacturing Company are as follows: Flow, mgd - 0.108 BOD, lbs. - 508 SS, lbs. - 514 **Average daily loading. ***The future increase in waste loads includes provisions for planned expansion of these facilities plus an allowance of 10% of existing and planned loadings. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES m 1 i A Table 4 summarizes the design waste loadings for the new water pollution control plant based upon criteria set forth in the previous table. The major change from the original report is inclusion of the University water plant sludges. TABLE 4 - DESIGN WASTE LOADINGS Population - Year 2000 Residents 60,100 Out -of -Town Students 2,500 Flows - mgd ADW - Average Dry Weather 8.960 AWW - Average Wet Weather 13.099 MWW - Maximum Wet Weather 31.741 PHWW - Peak Hourly Wet Weather 90.805 Organic Loadings - lbs./day BODS Residents - 60,100 @ 0.17 10,217 Out -of -Town Students - 2,500 @ 0.05 125 Industrial 4,195 Governmental 1,462 TOTAL PEAK 15,999 Suspended Solids - lbs./dav* Residents - 60,100 @ 0.20 12,020 Out -of -Town Students - 2,500 @ 0.06 150 Industrial 4,804 Governmental 23 900 TOTAL AVERAGE 0 Iowa City Water Plant** 30,000 University Water Plant*** 12 050 TOTAL PEAK 82,924 Orqanic and Ammonia Nitrogen (TKN) - lbs./da Residents - 60,100 @ 0.036 2,164 Out -of -Town Students - 2,500 @ 0.018 45 Industrial 389 Governmental 528 TOTAL PEAK *Used for sizing solids handling facilities. **The volume of solids discharged from the Iowa City water treatment plant is dependent upon conditions in the Iowa River. Future daily volume which can be discharged by the plant is 37,500 pounds of which 7,500 is estimated as the average load and is included in the average total for governmental. ***The volume of solids discharged from the University water treatment plant is dependent upon conditions in the Iowa River. Future daily volume which can be discharged by the plant is 26,500 pounds of which 14,450 is estimated as the average load and is included in the average total for governmental. A-13 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 396" D FUTURE ENVIRONMENT WITHOUT THE PROJECT Hydrological Elements This addition discusses the impact of flows from the Coralville Reservoir being regulated to below 150 cfs. IDEQ has assigned and reassigned waste loads to the effluent discharged to the Iowa River from the existing water pollution control plant. The waste load allocations are based on meeting water quality standards established for the Iowa River at the 7 -day - once in 10 years low flow condition. The quality of the water in the Iowa River during low flows, reported by the State Hygienic Laboratory in 1971 (Iowa River Quality Survey No. 72-9) presents a borderline case for a formal pollution declaration, as follows: "If a situation were to arise in which the regulated flow from the Coralville Reservoir could not be maintained at a flow of 150 cfs, the present levels of treatment, given to municipal wastes of the area, would not be sufficient to maintain the required quality of water in the stream." Early in 1977, the minimum flow from the reservoir was reduced to 100 cfs, and later, to 75 cfs. These reductions were made to insure continuous flow out of the reservoir at volumes sufficient for the downstream water supplies. However, the 7 -day -10 -year low flow is considered to be 150 cfs by IDEQ and the Corps of Engineers regardless of the the fact that flows may be regulated to less than 150 cfs from time to time. Facilities are therefore designed for the 7 -day -10 -year low flow (150 cfs) and must meet effluent standards at that flow. j ALTERNATIVE WASTEWATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS General It has been previously established in the original report that only two of the five alternatives considered are feasible for consideration. This statement is i applicable regardless of the effluent limitations to be met. The alternatives are: Alternative II - Treatment and Discharge - Continued use of existing plant with new secondary facilities. Alternative III - Treatment and Discharge - Abandonment of all existing treatment facilities and construction of a new secondary plant. A-14 MICROFILMED aY JORM MICRLAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES t101NES fl 0 Cost Effectiveness The cost-effectiveness of each alternative considered must be determined based on the revised effluent limitations and inflation since the original report. Also, costs for handling solids from the University water plant must be included. Cost-effectiveness is determined by calculating the present worth of the alternative. Present worth is the sum, if invested now, at a given interest -� rate, which would provide exactly the funds required to make all necessary expenditures during the life of the project. 4J i Present worth is determined in accordance with EPA guidelines based on a rl planning period of 20 years and the current annual interest rate of 6-7/8%. The :..1 EPA guidelines are set out in Appendix A of the regulations published in the Federal Register on September 27, 1978. The effective interest rate is -i published annually in the Federal Register by the U.S. Water Resources Council. I The interest rate may change from time to time. The original cost-effectiveness computations were based on an interest rate of 6-5/8%. Alternatives II and III - Treatment and Discharge Treatment and discharge is the method of wastewater disposal currently utilized in the study area. Continuation of this alternative was considered and J recommended in the original report. This method was determined to be the most cost-effective of the alternatives considered. Two options or plans were considered, as follows: Alternative II - Continued use of existing. treatment facilities and construction of secondary facilities at a downstream site. Alternative III - Abandonment of all existing facilities and construction - of a new secondary plant at a downstream site. Alternative III was recommended in the original report. Cost estimates for Alternatives II and III are set out in the following section, along with present worth computations for the two plans. The site ._ for the location of a new secondary treatment facility under Alternative II, or the location of a new complete water pollution control plant under Alternative III, is the same for both alternatives. This site is designated as the North Site on Figure 12. I i.r { Ir� 4 � i A-15 I7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r The estimated project cost for Alternative II, revised to October, 1979, and to reflect changed conditions, is as follows: Item Cost — Filter Distributors $ 590,000 Unit Covers for Temperature Conservation 2,627,000 — Grit Chambers and Screening 673,000 Standby Power 343,000 Solids Handling Facilities - Existing Plant 4,345,000 Miscellaneous Improvements - Existing Plant 290,000 Secondary Treatment Plant 16,000,000 11,900 Feet of 84 -Inch Outfall Sewer 6,000,000 Land - Secondary Treatment Plant 720 000 Estimated Project Cost - Alternative 1I 31,588,000 Primary Treatment and Solids Handling - 1990 18 000 000 Total Estimated Project Cost - Alternative II $49,588,000 — The present worth calculation for Alternative II is as follows: Present Estimated Worth Present Worth - Item Cost Factor* Add Deduct Project Cost $31,588,000 1.0000 $31,588,000 Annual Operation & Maintenance 940,000 10.6977 10,056,000 r Equipment Replacement At End of 10 Years 2,500,000 0.5143 1,286,000 At End of 20 Years 5,000,000 0.2645 1,322,000 New Construction ._ At End of 10 Years 18,000,000 0.5143 9,257,000 Salvage Values Plant Structures 13,000,000 0.2645 $ 3,439,000 ' Outfall Sewer 3,800,000 0.2645 1,005,000 Land 720,000 0.2645 190 000 53,509,000 00 ,63 , Present Worth - Alternative II $48,875,000 *Interest Rate - 6-7/8% The above project costs and present worth calculations are based on improvements to the existing plant to maintain operation during the next _ 10 years, followed by replacement of the plant at the site of the new secondary treatment plant. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAO CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i The estimated project cost for Alternative III is as follows: Item Cost Complete New Treatment Plant $30,000,000 11,900 Feet of 84 -Inch Outfall Sewer Land 6,000,000 720 000 Total Estimated Project Cost - Alternative III 36,720,000 The present worth calculation for Alternative III is as follows: r Present .� Estimated Worth Item Present Worth Cost Factor* Add Deduct Project Cost $36,720,000 1.0000 $36,720000 Annual Operation &' Maintenance 820,000 10.6977 8,772,000 Equipment Replacement At End of 10 Years 4,000,000 0.5143 2,057,000 At End of 20 Years 4,000,000 0.2645 1,058,000 Salvage Values G Plant Structures 12,000,000 0.2645 $ 3,176,000 Outfall Sewer 3800,000 0.2645 , Land 1005,000 ,190 720,000 0.2645 000 J 48,607,000 4,369,000 Present Worth - Alternative III $44,238,000 *Interest Rate - 6-7/8% Two other sites, designated as the intermediate site and south site, are shown on Figure 12. The project cost and present worth of utilizing either of these sites as a future treatment plant location is greater than the use of the north site for either alternative. The increased costs are due primarily to the J longer outfall sewer required to serve the two sites. Project costs and present worths have not been included in this analysis for sites. plan options using these two The estimated project costs for Alternatives II and III are based on EPA cost curves and recent cost data available from similar facilities for each are projects. The treatment plan sized on the basis of of 13.099 mgd. Identified inflow sources an average wet weather flow which are from the sanitary sewer will be removed. cost-effective to remove The treatment facilities for both alternatives include a moderately sized storm water equalization basin of about 10 acres. The Analysis Report includes a determination that removal of infiltration from the sanitary sewer system and removal of footing drain tile inflow would not be cost-effective. A-17 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES 395 - I The estimated project cost and present worth for the two treatment and i 1� Alternative II $49,588,000 $48,875,000 Alternative III 36,720,000 44,238,000 The estimated project cost and present worth for the two treatment and discharge alternatives are as follows: Project Cost Present Worth Alternative II $49,588,000 $48,875,000 Alternative III 36,720,000 44,238,000 - The present worth for Alternative II is 110.5% of Alternative III. The major difference in the alternatives is the higher project costs of Alternative II of $12,868,000. The difference in project costs is attributable to the remedial work and improvements required at the existing plant which would _ be abandoned in 10 years under Alternative II. Alternative III is most cost-effective and therefore still recommended. Public Participation A public hearing on the Facility Plan and its environmental effects was conducted by the Iowa City City Council on August 8, 1978. The notice and transcript were included in the original report. This addendum makes major changes to the Facility Plan; therefore, another public hearing is required. The hearing can also include provision for public participation in the Trunk and Interceptor Sewers report included in this I volume. CONSIDERATIONS PRELIMINARY DESIGN General The following discussion is to replace pages 6-3 through 6-9 of the original report. Some paragraphs are repeated herein for continuity. Treatment Plant Components The new water pollution control plant, designed to provide primary and secondary treatment, and located at the North Site, will include the following major components in the order of flow through the plant: 1. Bar Screen Chamber _ 2. Aerated Grit Removal Chamber ! 3. Raw Wastewater Pumping Station 4. Storm Water Equalization Basin 5. Primary Clarifiers 6. Fixed Film Reactor and Pumps 7. Aeration Tanks A-18 l MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Ir . . 0 04 S. Final Clarifiers 9. Disinfection Facilities Solids handling facilities will include the following major components: 1. Sludge Thickener 2. Lime Contact Tanks 3. Treated Sludge Storage Tanks 4. Filter Press A site plan incuding major treatment components and piping is shown on Figure 14. Coarse screening is required to remove large objects and rags from the raw wastewater. These materials will be removed for disposal at the sanitary landfill. Screenings will clog pumps and piping if not removed from the wastewater. The aerated grit chamber will remove sand and other heavy particles. The grit must be removed to prevent excess wear on pumps and clogging of pipes. The raw wastewater pumps will elevate the wastewater to provide gravity flow to the primary clarifiers and the storm water equalization basin. The primary clarifiers provide for removal of material from the raw wastewater which will settle under quiescent conditions. The settled material is called sludge. Rectangular clarifiers are proposed to utilize commonwall construction which is more cost-effective than construction of circular clarifiers. The storm water equalization basin will receive flows in excess of the hydraulic capacity of the plant. These flows will occur during periods of heavy rainfall or snow melt and will extend for only short periods of time. After the rainfall or snow melt flows recede, the contents of the storm voter equalization basin will be drained back to the raw wastewater pumping facilities for treatment through the plant with the incoming flow. The fixed film reactor pumps will elevate the settled wastewater from the primary clarifiers to the top of the fixed film reactor units. The tops of these units will be approximately 10 feet above the top level of the primary clarifiers. The fixed film reactor is filled with a specially designed redwood media. The wastewater flows down through the media and biological organisms in the media feed on impurities in the wastewater. Oxygen, absorbed by the wastewater as it flows through the media, supports the growth of aerobic biological organisms. The impurities are changed into biological solids which can be settled or filtered in the final clarifiers. A-19 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOIIIES M The aeration tanks provide continuation of the biological treatment process started in the fixed film reactor. The biological organisms are held in suspension by agitation of the liquid. Air is bubbled into the aeration _ tanks to maintain a supply of dissolved oxygen in the aeration tank contents. The final clarifiers provide quiescent conditions to allow biological organisms from the aeration tanks to settle. A portion of the settled organisms are pumped back to the fixed film reactor and through the aeration tanks to maintain an organism population that will provide the treatment desired. Organisms which are in excess of those needed for treatment are wasted to — disposal with the sludge from the primary clarifiers. The fixed film reactor and pumps, the aeration tanks and the final clarifiers constitute a process known as the Activated Bio -Filter (ABF) treatment process. Other processes were considered in addition to ABF. These include the Rotating Biological Disc, Pure Oxygen Activated Sludge and Single and Two -Stage Activated Slugde. The ABF process was selected because it is cost-effective and reliable. Figure 13 shows cost-effectiveness of the various processes considered. The curves show that the ABF process has the lowest present worth and is the most cost-effective. At Iowa City, it has the lowest energy requirement; it requires the least personnel and its detrimental effects upon the environment are nominal. The ammonia nitrogen concentration in the raw wastewater must be reduced to meet the limits in the effluent requirements set forth by IDEQ. The ABF process will be designed to convert the ammonia nitrogen to nitrate nitrogen. The ammonia conversion process is commonly referred to as nitrification. - Mixed media filters have been deleted from the plant design due to the change in effluent limitations. Tertiary treatment is not required for the revised effluent limitations. The chlorine contact tanks provide retention of the wastewater for a time period adequate for the chlorine to kill fecal coliform bacteria. The chlorine is added to the wastewater after final clarification. Fecal coliform L bacteria are used as indicator organisms. A small number of these organisms in i the wastewater, within the established limits, is an indication that pathogenic organisms are probably not present. Chlorination is required to prevent bacterial contamination of the Iowa River. u Solids handling units stabilize and reduce the volume of sludge. The biological organisms wasted from the ABF process require thickening to increase the solids content of the liquid sludge to facilitate handling. The thickened sludge and the sludge from the primary clarifiers will be _ stabilized with lime. Sufficient lime is added to maintain the pH of the sludge at 12.0. The high pH destroys unwanted bilogical organisms in the sludge and provides stabilization prior to ultimate disposal. This process I occurs in the lime contact tanks. A-20 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICRI�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I In addition to lime stabilization, other sludge handling processes were considered, including anaerobic digestion, wet burning and incineration. Lime _ stabilization was determined to be the most cost-effective. Anaerobic digestion, wet burning and incineration are incompatible methods of sludge stabilization when the sludge contains a large amount of non-volatile material. The alum and lime sludges discharged from the municipal and University water treatment plants will be high in non-volatile solids. The lime-stabilized sludge will be discharged to treated sludge storage tanks. The treated sludge storage tanks help reduce peaks in the sludge handling process, provide emergency storage when ultimate disposal is temporarily impossible because of weather or equipment breakdown, and provide flexibility in overall operation. The treated sludge from the storage tanks will be filter pressed to remove additional moisture. The sludge cake produced will contain about 50% solids and 50% moisture by weight. Filter pressing is the most reliable and cost-effective method for dewatering alum and lime sludges from water treatment plants. Final disposal of the sludge cake produced in the filter pressing operation will be to both agricultural land and to sanitary landfill. The City Council has directed that sludge disposal on agricultural land be utilized to the extent possible. Any sludge cake which cannot be disposed of on agricultural land will be hauled to the sanitary landfill. The design of all treatment units and all sludge handling units will be subject to a value engineering analysis to insure that the most economically feasible design is used. Plant Design Criteria and Loadings A summary of the revised design criteria for the new water pollution control u� plant is shown in the following table: DESIGN CRITERIA Criteria Unit Quantity -_ Average Dry Weather Flow mgd 8.960 Average Wet Weather Flow mgd 13.099 — Maximum Wet Weather Flow mgd 31.741 Peak Hourly Wet Weather Flow mgd 90.805 Maximum Hydraulic Flow mgd 33.000 BODS ppd** 15,999 Suspended Solids ppd 40,874 I TKN* ppd 3,126 *TKN = Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen = the sum of ammonia and organic nitrogen. **ppd = pounds per day. J Information relative to plant unit dimensions, loadings and other criteria is shown on Figure 14. Ii A-21 i aw MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I The primary portion of the plant is sized to remove about 35% of the applied BODS and about 80% of the suspended solids. The secondary units, including the fixed film reactor, aeration tanks and final clarifiers are expected to remove about 85% of the BODS and 75% of the suspended solids applied to them. The final effluent is expected to contain about 20 mg/1 of BODS and 25 mg/l of suspended solids. The ammonia nitrogen content of the final effluent is expected to be less than 1 mg/1. Overall BODS removal is expected to be about 90% and suspended solids removal is expected to be about 95%. These removals are based on design strength and may vary depending upon the actual concentrations of BODS and suspended solids. Plant Operation and Maintenance It is estimated that the operation and maintenance of the plant will require a staff of 23 persons, as follows: Personnel Number Superintendent 1 Assistant Superintendent 1 Clerk -Typist 1 Shift Foreman q Operator II 4 Operator I 4 Mechanical Maintenance Foreman 1 Maintenance Mechanic II 1 Electrician II 1 Maintenance Helper 1 Laborer 2 C I hemist 1 Laboratory Technician 1 Total Staff Complement 2T Job descriptions for the above personnel are included in Appendix E. The proposed titles and job descriptions vary considerably in content and format from existing classifications. Staffing at the existing water pollution control plant includes authorization for 17 employees. An organization chart for the staffing of the new water pollution control plant is shown on Figure 15. The plant is going to be automated to a reasonable extent to insure expected performance and to minimize labor costs. However, the new plant will be much more complex than the existing plant and a larger work force will be required to operate and maintain it. The complexity of the new plant mandates more thorough education and training of employees compared to the relatively simple needs at the existing plant. Recommended staffing for sewer system and lift station operation and maintenance includes an additional seven employees. Titles and job descriptions for these employees are not shown. The Water Pollution Control Division will have a total of 30 employees under the recommended staffing. I ' A-22 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 4 Wits, Each 33' . 155' . 10' SWl Surface Area: 22,23D SF �9,�ar.�- -- - .J Volume: 1,663,000 GsA. _- SSR - gsfd: 0 13.039 Wd:590IF M vial: I,Qffi Detention Tine - H,,-- 0 rse0 13.094 n9d: 3.04 P 3J mpd: 1,21 — W� 71 a =' FLOW EQUALIZATION BASIN'— r- ERS 4 Units, EschII m9d• W m,d [m'Y• - �- '+=== '` 2 Wit., Each p' A' • OD' SIN HEAONORNS 1111 . 4 rf Volume:121,009 33h -- kreene =1p- E�tRH J Delco Llan The 137 5.2 Win. Peroral Int A Fla• ERuallmlion Pearse Plant Pmroe•. O - 33 pd - FIs• Equalization Puy.: 0 - 57 red Tmel Ferriage: 0 - 90 rod .� n 1 1 gh OY ERFLOW 1 R r' r /'•Ij �eN LR FLOW DIAGRAM IFI L; OSI MSL O ENCLOSED STRUCTURES a ` kale In feet FUTURE EXPANSION q I 1 r 4 I I i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES -n Oany Flc. FINAL LARIFIERS 1 FUTURE HED REDIA FILTERS 5 Units, Each &' R' . 14- 94 Surface Area: 3,540 SF Velure: 53,760 CF We Etinn Rale, pf" 0 13.039 11 4199 0 3T red: 5.47 ED,, Loading. Aw.0 Pod: 10,900 L6s.1W-F/day: 193 Effluanl Pecirculetiov, . e 13.009 pd: W Relurn Activatd Sludge, t P 13,079 Nil 50 4 Units, Each 115' ' Surface Area: 41.52 Volure: 4,355,000 C SSR - g,fd; 113.093pd: 315 P 33 red: 7% Data,Oon TUr-H 0 13.039 rya: 7.47 0 33 ryd: 3.17 Sal ids Leading - 113.071 rqd: 15.77 133 Nd: 39.n Parkin, / V ,nits, Eau, 31' 159' a M. SIN Surface kea: 15,000 SF V.I.: 2,095,000 fele. 1350.900 CFI Detrnliae Tiro - Hr,.: P 13.099 md: 4,94 0 33 red: 1.90 ®h loading. Average Pi 3,640, L56/W-l' Y: 10,11 acomia, n N. Lodine, Arerpe . M2,30 A01i 5.51 Open Regulyd, Faroe. Pod: loco! Yoh, arerpe: EST Pok, Peak: 1,000 flied Liguar Dale ILSSrg'I; Y,4p KVSS, p/I: 3,000 B)05 t. KSS Retial 0.0405 NEW WATER POIJ I gaily Flo. FINAL LA RI FI ERS See mt. ION r----- 1 ROWERS 1__--_-- S&LM Pews ----� III7URE MEDIA fes., -1 FILTERS KRI FIERS 5 Units' Each 21' SW M. . 14` Surfam Area: 3,840 Sle Vol"; 53.760 CF Writing Rate, got.: 0 13.099 nod: 4.Yg 0 33 mod: 5.97 Loading, A,mmge Ppd: 10.4119 L6s.Nalday; 10 Effluent Recirculation, S 0 13.01 mod: 0 Return Activated Sludge, S 0 13.09 No: 60 4 Units, Earn 115' Dia.. 1111 Seo Surface Arw: 41.52! SF Yo lu-e: 4,355,000 Wls. W - gold: F r?D77rgd: 315 R 33 not: TO Wtent;., Tisa -N,1.: P 13.099 No: 7.07 0 33 yd: 3.17 Sal ids Loading - Paid: 0 13.003 mo: 15.77 a 33 rod: 39.77 =L v O x�;� LABORATORTTIOX 6 1;3;:. �'. BUILDING f Parking RENTAL DWELLINGS TO BE — VACATED OR ROVED —7 11 i IUTF `VL// Fs 9 4 unit., too 30' r IW' r ID' S1D hr 0 SF lata Arw 18,0 V. um: 2,6%,000 Colo. 134,000 CFI Detenllon Tim - Nra.: 113.009 rod: 4.94 4 A rqd: 1.06 RODS Lo_din9 Pad: 3,610 Lb,./KF/d.,: 10.11 A-m.i., es N, Loading, Average N: 2.343 . MCF/day: 6,51 O."m Recuired, Pound. Ppd: 16,01 Pph, average: 667 PDh, peak: 1,000 Hied Lig.or W4. Miss ry71: 4,000 rLvii. M 1: 3.0110 IT7[5 tg piss Raflu: 0.0106 BOD and Suspended Solids ll oval Ew" ®A Suafr—S9Il91 Ra. W.w.ater 15,039 110,874 Priner)) Effluent 10,400 IO.WD Final Ellluent I,F40 2,00 O,erall Rmoval 0.0 S 95.0 S TNN Re,,,g Pdnda Ra. Wall natar 3,125 FI, Ellluenl 165 Overall Rrmvtl 911 EXISTING DWELLING Note: SOLIDS HANDLING DATA Sludge Thickaes 2 Unite, EAN 250 SF in .,.A Lodi ng - LO., of sol i de per day: 6,000 Loading - PsSFh: 0.5 Lire Trealmnt Contact Tanks 3 Unit:, E.0 10' . 10' a 10' SWO Velum: 22.500 Gals. Solidslading, pod, ...rage: 33,9(0 Solid. loading, pod, peak: W,Goo Sludge volume. god, ...rape: 100,000 Sludge volume, god, peek: 210100 Wlem0en Tim - Wurs Artnya Wily It.o u6tsl: 3.6 Peek Wily Ito. units): 1.7 Treated Sludge Holding TAnks 7 Wit., Each 0' . NO a A' so Vo=; 11600,00 WI.. Wtenli.n Lm, days, avenge: 16 Wlentian Tim, day$, peak: 7.6 Filter Pres. Teo .It, - FAch 3.00 Ig.. solld. per 8 Four Shift Total c.yclty - 70,00 Its. solids or 8 hour shift Produce SOX coke 0 4 - IOL ao l ids in treated Sludge NEW WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLANT ! IOWA CITY. IOWA FIGURE 14 an i MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS a DES MOINES ■ 4 Unit:, Each 25' 160' r B` 510 Surface Area: 6,000 SF Volum: 399,000 Gula. Wtenlion Time - Hi.m 0 13.030rqd: 39.57 0 33 md: 15.71 4 unit., too 30' r IW' r ID' S1D hr 0 SF lata Arw 18,0 V. um: 2,6%,000 Colo. 134,000 CFI Detenllon Tim - Nra.: 113.009 rod: 4.94 4 A rqd: 1.06 RODS Lo_din9 Pad: 3,610 Lb,./KF/d.,: 10.11 A-m.i., es N, Loading, Average N: 2.343 . MCF/day: 6,51 O."m Recuired, Pound. Ppd: 16,01 Pph, average: 667 PDh, peak: 1,000 Hied Lig.or W4. Miss ry71: 4,000 rLvii. M 1: 3.0110 IT7[5 tg piss Raflu: 0.0106 BOD and Suspended Solids ll oval Ew" ®A Suafr—S9Il91 Ra. W.w.ater 15,039 110,874 Priner)) Effluent 10,400 IO.WD Final Ellluent I,F40 2,00 O,erall Rmoval 0.0 S 95.0 S TNN Re,,,g Pdnda Ra. Wall natar 3,125 FI, Ellluenl 165 Overall Rrmvtl 911 EXISTING DWELLING Note: SOLIDS HANDLING DATA Sludge Thickaes 2 Unite, EAN 250 SF in .,.A Lodi ng - LO., of sol i de per day: 6,000 Loading - PsSFh: 0.5 Lire Trealmnt Contact Tanks 3 Unit:, E.0 10' . 10' a 10' SWO Velum: 22.500 Gals. Solidslading, pod, ...rage: 33,9(0 Solid. loading, pod, peak: W,Goo Sludge volume. god, ...rape: 100,000 Sludge volume, god, peek: 210100 Wlem0en Tim - Wurs Artnya Wily It.o u6tsl: 3.6 Peek Wily Ito. units): 1.7 Treated Sludge Holding TAnks 7 Wit., Each 0' . NO a A' so Vo=; 11600,00 WI.. Wtenli.n Lm, days, avenge: 16 Wlentian Tim, day$, peak: 7.6 Filter Pres. Teo .It, - FAch 3.00 Ig.. solld. per 8 Four Shift Total c.yclty - 70,00 Its. solids or 8 hour shift Produce SOX coke 0 4 - IOL ao l ids in treated Sludge NEW WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLANT ! IOWA CITY. IOWA FIGURE 14 an i MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS a DES MOINES ■ ■ Completion of a Plan of Operation is required under regulatory guidelines. The Plan of Operation must be completed in detail by the time the proposed facilities are 50% constructed. A preliminary Plan of Operation must be completed at the time plans and specifications are completed. The Plan will include details of plant operation, programs for operator training and scheduling of training and emergency operation procedures. Prior to construction of the new plant, Iowa City should adopt personnel management practices that will result in upgrading existing personnel and hiring of new and replacement personnel with the objective of obtaining and maintaining a staff that meets the qualifications outlined by the new job descriptions. The City may also want to review its salary structure. Competition for qualified sewerage system operation and maintenance personnel is rapidly increasing and, with this increase, salaries are increasing at an equal pace. Operation and maintenance costs for the treatment facilities have been estimated using the EPA publication "Guide to Cost -Effective Wastewater Treatment Systems." The operation and maintenance costs were determined on the basis of cents per thousand gallons of wastewater treated and represent total plant costs. The following is a breakdown of the estimated operation and maintenance costs by unit for the treatment works: Unit Operation and Maintenance Cost (Cents/1,000 gallons) Preliminary Treatment Raw Wastewater Pumping Primary Sedimentation Fixed Film Reactor Pumping Fixed Film Reactor Aeration Tanks (Nitrification) Final Clarification Disinfection Sludge Stabilization and Dewatering Sludge Disposal 1.6 2.4 1.8 2.2 1.7 7.0 2.1 2.5 8.0 2.7 TOTAL 32.0 Assuming operation of the treatment works at an average daily flow of about 7 mgd, 365 days per year, the annual operation and maintenance costs are about $820,000. These are present-day costs. Operation and maintenance costs can be anticipated to increase by the time the new treatment facilities are operational. i IMPLEMENTATION General JThis discussion on implementation is to adjust the implementation schedule and 1 to modify financing requirements as necessary. A-23 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES N Implementation Schedule The revised schedule for implementing the Facility Plan is presented in the following tabulation: Item Completion Date Contract Award - River Corridor Sewer System October 01, 1979 Completion of Final Reports of Facility Plan December 15, 1979 Public Hearing on Final Reports of the Facility Plan February 01, 1980 Regulatory Review of Final Reports of Facility Plan; Step 2 Grant for Water Pollution Control Plant and Outfall Sewer February 15, 1980 Step 2 Grant for Recommended Additional Trunk Sewers and Sewer Rehabilitation March 01, 1980 Construction of River Corridor Sewer System August 01, 1981 Plans and Specifications for Water Pollution Control Plant and Value Engineering; Plans and Specifications for Additional Sewers and Rehabilitation October 01, 1981 Regulatory Review of Plans and Specifications, Water Pollution Control Plant and Step 3 Grant January 01, 1982 User Charge System Approval January 01, 1982 Industrial Cost Recovery System Approval January 01, 1982 Sewer Use Ordinance January 01, 1982 Pretreatment Program Approval January 01, 1982 Regulatory Review of Plans and Specifications for Additional Sewers and Sewer Rehabilitation and Step 3 Grant April 01, 1982 Contract Awards for Water Pollution Control Plant and Outfall Sewer April 01, 1982 Contract Awards for Additional Sewers and Sewer Rehabilitation July 01, 1982 A-24 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES .j 0 Item Completion Date Final Plan of Operation Approval April 01, 1983 Construction of Additional Sewers and January 01, 1984 Rehabilitation Construction of Water Pollution Control April 01, 1984 Plant and Outfall Sewer Start -Up and Fine Tuning of Water November 01, 1984 Pollution Control Plant The project completion schedule is shown graphically on Figure 16. Several items in the Implementation Schedule need explanation and are discussed in the following paragraphs: User Charge System Approval - The EPA construction grant regulations requ re IaL a user clan, system be adopted by the City for projects involving Step 2 or Step 3 grants. The City must Comply, or show that they will comply with the requirements for the user charge system as follows: a. Grants awarded before July 1, 1979. The City must submit a schedule o mp emen a on o s ow a eir user charge system will be approved in accordance with the requirements of the grant regulations. b. Grants awarded after June 30, 1979. The City's user charge system must a approve a ore t e awar of Step 3 grant assistance. The City has been awarded a Step 3 grant for construction of the River Corridor Sewers and, therefore, they must submit an approvable user charge system that is applicable to the existing sewerage system facilities and includes the cost for construction of the River Corridor Sewers. The City is presently contemplating submission of a grant application for Step 2 grant funds to finance the preparation of plans and specifications for the proposed New Water Pollution Control Plant and the Main Outfall Sewer. The user charge system, now under development by the City, will have to be updated and approved upon completion of the plans and specifications to allow EPA to award a Step 3 grant for construction of the New Water Pollution Control Plant and Main Outfall Sewer. y The user charge system is contained in an ordinance specifically drawn for that J user chargeesystem requiredstaff forsconstructionrofathe9ordinance for RiverCorridorSewers. I"I A-25 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Industrial Cost Recovery System Approval - The EPA construction grant regu ations ave t e same tim ng requ rements regarding industrial cost recovery systems as for user charge systems. The regulations require that equal to each industrial user of the treatment works shall pay an annual amount any grantits share amendmentsfthe awardedtadividedtbyftheeStep numberlof years3andathe and recovery period. The industrial cost recovermust - years or to the useful life of the treatment works, whichever ibe s less 30 years industrial user is defined as any non-governmental, non-residential user of a publicly owned treatment works which discharges more than the equivalent of 25,000 gallons per day of sanitary waste, and which n 1 identified in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual, 1972, Office i of Management and Budget as amended and supplemented. _ A percentage of the funds repaid by the industrial users is retained by the City and may be used for eligible sewerage system costs. Letters of intent are required from significant industrial users (those that contribute more than 10% of the design wasteload) indicating wasteload i contributions and intended participation in the cost recovery program. In Iowa City, Procter & Gamble appears to be the only significant industrial user. The University of Iowa is classified as a governmental agency and is not subject to participation in the industrial cost recovery program. Veterans Hospital is also classified as a governmental agency. There is currently a moratorium on industrial cost recovery moratorium is in effect to allow the U.S. Congress time to decide whethere I they wish to continue the industrial cost recovery requirements. An industrial cost recovery system is not required for the corridor sewer grant because there are no industrial wastes involved. Sewer Use Ordinance A proval - The EPA construction grant regulations ^ requ re c t es app y ng or Step 2 or Step 3 grants to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the EPA Regional Administrator that a sewer use ordinance, I or other legally binding requirement will be enacted or enforced in each Jurisdiction served by the treatment works project before completion of construction. The City must, therefore, adopt a sewer use ordinance because of the Step 3 grant for construction of the River Corridor Sewers. The City is in the process of adopting an ordinance at this time, The ordinance may require updating before completion of construction of M the proposed New Water Pollution Control Plant. The sewer use ordinance must address the discharge from downspouts and footing drain tile and, in general, what can and cannot be discharged to the sewer system. The restriction contained in the sewer use ordinance _ may affect the future sizing of sewers and possibly sewer construction I materials, which would require changes in the present specifications used by the City for sewer construction and City design standards for i sewers. A-26 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i- J F =4�1 PUBLIC HEARING r C. U.1 REPORT COMPLETION 0 1 9 8 2 PLAN REVIEW 6 STEP 2 GRANT FOR THE OUTFALL SEWER A. WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLANT FINAL REPORTS OF FACILITYI PLAN PLAN REVIEW 6 STEP 2 GRANT FOR RECOMMENDED ADDITIONAL TRUNK A INTERCEPTOR SEWERS A SEWER REH PLANS A SPECIFICATIONS NEW WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLANT i I ,moi N GRANT PLANS A SPECIFICATIONS RECOMMENDED ADDITIONAL TRUNK A INTERCEPTOR SEWERS ri REVIEW d STEP 3 CRA E r lo� PLAN REVIEW Q STEP 3 GRAN 1� N USER CHARGE SYSTEM APPROVAL D_ w INDUSTRIAL COST RECOVERY SYSTEM APPROVAL I� SEWER USE ORDINANCE APPROVAL PRETREATMENT PROGRAM APPROVAL M IL Lu I— DD VL --r EF f7 [I YeL � hK �i 0 1 9 8 2 PLAN REVIEW 6 STEP 2 GRANT FOR THE OUTFALL SEWER A. WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLANT FINAL REPORTS OF FACILITYI PLAN PLAN REVIEW 6 STEP 2 GRANT FOR RECOMMENDED ADDITIONAL TRUNK A INTERCEPTOR SEWERS A SEWER REH PLANS A SPECIFICATIONS NEW WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLANT i A OUTFALL SEWER a. VALUE ENGINEERING PLAN REVIEW A STEP 3 GRANT PLANS A SPECIFICATIONS RECOMMENDED ADDITIONAL TRUNK A INTERCEPTOR SEWERS PLAN REVIEW d STEP 3 CRA PLAN REVIEW Q STEP 3 GRAN PLANS 6 SPECIFICATIONS SEWER REHABILITATION USER CHARGE SYSTEM APPROVAL INDUSTRIAL COST RECOVERY SYSTEM APPROVAL SEWER USE ORDINANCE APPROVAL PRETREATMENT PROGRAM APPROVAL CONTRACT AWARD WE f Veenstra & KIMM Engineers & Planners CONSTRUCTION RIVER CORRIDOR SEWER SYSTEM PRELIMINARY PLAN OF OPERATION 1 9 8 0 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR�L413 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES CONTRACT AWARD CONSTRUCTION NEW WATER POLL I FINAL PLAN OF OPERATION APPROVAL ■ 1 9 8 1 CONTRACT AWARD —i— 1CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDA CONTRACT AWARD —I—• I CONSTRUCTION SE4 Zm ■ i CONSTRUCTION RIVER CORRIDOR SEWER SYSTEM PRELIMINARY PLAN OF OPERATION 1 9 8 0 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR�L413 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES CONTRACT AWARD CONSTRUCTION NEW WATER POLL I FINAL PLAN OF OPERATION APPROVAL ■ 1 9 8 1 CONTRACT AWARD —i— 1CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDA CONTRACT AWARD —I—• I CONSTRUCTION SE4 Zm ■ 1 9 8 1 1 9 8 2 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 4 N IDIJ F A M J A S O N D M J I J IF I M I A I M I J I JI AS O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D 2 GRANT FOR THE OUTFALL SEWER 6 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLANT I I AGILITY PLAN 2 GRANT FOR RECOMMENDED ADDITIONAL TRUNK A INTERCEPTOR SEWERS d SEWER REHABILITATION ATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLANT CINEERING PLAN REVIEW A STEP 3 GRANT NAL TRUNK 6 INTERCEPTOR SEWERS PLAN REVIEW d STEP 3 GRANT 111145 SEWER REHABILITATION PLAN REVIEW d STEP 3 GRANT USER CHARGE SYSTEM APPROVAL T RECOVERY SYSTEM APPROVAL USE ORDINANCE APPROVAL TMENTPROGRAM APPROVAL OR SEWER SYSTEM CONTRACT AWARDCONSTRUCTION NEW WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLANT 6 OUTFALL SEWER START UP d FINE TUNING WATER PLAN OF OPERATION FINAL PLAN OF OPERATION APPROVAL POLLUTION CONTROL PLANT CONTRACT AWARDCONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDED ADDITIONAL TRUNKA INTERCEPTOR SEWERS CONTRACT AWARD CONSTRUCTION SEWER REHABILITATION O N D J IF IMIAIM J JJ JAIS JOIN I D J IF IMIAIMIJ IJ JA IS JOIN IDIJ IF M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D 1 9 8 1 1 9 8 2 1 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 4 T OL w 1— rn u. d w F fA PROJECT COMPLETION SCHEDULE PROPOSED WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLANT IOWA CITY, IOWA. FIGURE 16 air A-27 39C' MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Pretreatment Program Ap roval - The EPA construction grant regulations also perta n to genera pretreatment requirements for existing and new Of regulationsrequire treatment worksPollution.sources with a totaldesignflowgreater nthab n5,000,000licly egallons per day and receiving from industrial users pollutants which pass through untreated or interfere with the operation of a publicly owned treatment works or otherwise subject to pretreatment standards, will be required to establish a publicly owned pretreatment program. The regulations allow the EPA Regional Administrator to provide grant assistance for the development of an approvable municipal pretreatment the j program as required by pretreatment regulations. The regulations set forth items required relative to a pretreatment program. The regulations require that before award of a grant for a Step 2 project, the City must furnish, after June 30, 1980, the items required by the regulations relative to pretreatment requirements. Prior to the award of a grant or grant amendment for a Step 3 project, the City must, after December 31, 1980, furnish _ all items required by the pretreatment requirements in the regulations. The City will, therefore, "^ be required to submit the items contained in the regulations relative to pretreatment before they can obtain a Step 3 grant for construction of the proposed New Water Pollution Control Plant and the jjjj trunk and interceptor sewers. The LJ construction grant regulations list the following items that shall be included in the development of an approvable municipal pretreatment program. a. Industrial !i survey is required by the law, including identification of system users, the character r-1 and volume Of pollutant discharge, type of industry and location. Y b. An evaluation of legal authority, including adequacy of enabling legislation and selection of a mechanism to be used for enforcement. J c. An evaluation of financial programs and other resources to ensure adequate funding to carry out the pretreatment program. d. A determination of technical information necessary to support development of an Industrial Waste Ordinance or other means of enforcing pretreatment standards. J e. Design of a monitoring enforcement program. rj u f. A determination of pollutant removals in existing treatment works. g. A determination of the treatment works cost to pollutants which interfere with operation or sludge use or disposal. h. A determination of required monitoring equipment for the municipal treatment works. i. A determination of municipal facilities to be constructed for monitoring analyses of industrial wastes. A-27 39C' MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES The need for a pretreatment program at Iowa City was discussed with both IDEQ and EPA. IDEQ is in the process of taking over the pretreatment program from EPA and submitted their program to EPA for approval. EPA has not yet approved the state plan for administering the program. Development of a pretreatment program may not require action on all the items listed in the construction grant regulations. The extent to which the pretreatment program must be developed will not be known until such time as a portion of the required pretreatment program items are undertaken. Final Plan of Operation Approval - The EPA construction grant regulations requ re t at the City must make provisions satisfactory to the EPA Regional Administrator for ensuring economic and effective operation and maintenance of the treatment works in accordance with the Plan of Operation approved by the State Water Pollution Control Agency. The Plan of Operation must be prepared in accordance with guidelines issued by the EPA Regional Administrator. A preliminary Plan of Operation must be completed and submitted with the plans and specifications for the proposed New Water Pollution Control Plant. The final Plan of Operation must be completed, submitted and approved not later than the date by which 50% payment of the Step 3 grant is made. The Step 3 grant, in this case, would be the grant for the costs of constructing the proposed New Water Pollution Control Plant. i Financing of Sewerage System Improvements r This part updates and modifies the material which was presented on pages 7-3 through 7-12 of the original report. General obligation bonds supported by tax levy may be used to finance sewerage sys em mprovements. General obligation bonds issued for sewerage system improvements do not require voter approval. Municipalities are limited by state law as to the amount of general obligation bonds outstanding. This amount cannot exceed 5% of the total property valuation. Based upon current estimates, the total valuation of the City of Iowa City is approximately $543,937,000 plus monies and credits. This results in a general obligation bonding limit of about $27,196,000. General obligation bonds can be issued for a period not to exceed 20 years. Revenues sometimes may be used for retiring general obligation bonds. Iowa City has used this method in the past. Grants from EPA and the State of Iowa can be expected to provide funding off% of the eligible project costs. Grants from EPA will be for 75% of 1 the costs and grants from the State of Iowa will be for an additional 5%. Most of the improvements recommended in this report are eligible for EPA and state grant funding. EPA and state grant funds are administered through IDEQ. The portion of the projects costs eligible for grant funding is determined by IDEQ and EPA after planning is complete. A-28 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES In planning the financing of future improvements, present indebtedness must be considered. General obligation bonds outstanding in Iowa City, as of June 30, 1979, total approximately $12,707,000. This amount is the composite debt outstanding on bonds issued for a variety of public improvements including sewers, street and bridge construction, park improvements, public — library and water treatment plant improvements. The total includes principal amounts outstanding on 12 separate bond issues dating back to 1959. All of the outstanding general obligation bonds are scheduled for retirement by FY _. 1992. With $12,707,000 general obligation bonds outstanding, the City has an existing additional bonding limit of about $14,491,000. The bonding limit will increase in the future as existing general obligation bonds are retired , and total property valuation increases with new developments. I Sewer revenue bonds outstanding total about $1,245,000. This amount is the composite debt outstanding on two separate sewer revenue bond issues of 1965 and 1966. Both of these bond issues are scheduled for retirement in FY 1995. A summary of sewer revenue bonds outstanding was included in Appendix J. �J Sewer service charges in Iowa City are based on water use in accordance with the rate structure established in the Municipal Code. The Municipal Code !I provides that all customers within the corporate limits of the City shall pay ( a uniform rate of $0.27 per 100 cubic feet (CCF) of water consumed. The Code also provides that customers located outside the City limits shall rate of $0.54/CCF of water consumed. pay a sewer The present user charges are in compliance with the EPA guidelines which require that where treatment and collection facilities are primarily flow dependent (if BODS, suspended solids and other pollutants discharged by all i users are approximately equal) then user charges should be based on a uniform rate per volume of water used and/or discharged to the sewerage system. J The existing sewer rental rates for Iowa City and customers outside the City of $0.27 and $0.54/CCF, respectively, will be subject to adjustment in the i future to reflect project costs and alternate methods of financing. If revenue bonds are used to finance the project, University Heights user r charges would be the same as for other customers. If, in addition, general obligation bonds are used, the user charges in University Heights should be U adjusted to account for project costs financed by general obligation bonds of Iowa City. Also, rates for the University of Iowa should be similarly adjusted. If revenues are used to retire the general obligation bonds, no Ii adjustments need be made. i!". If solids from the University water plant are discharged to the Iowa City sewer L; system, an appropriate surcharge will be necessary to cover increased capital cost and operation and maintenance expense. ' Past revenues and expenses of the Sewer Revenue Fund for the last five years — are shown in Table 5. Sewer revenue includes the amounts received from users in Iowa City and University Heights, and from the University of Iowa. In FY 1979, Iowa City accounted for about 61%, University Heights about 4%, and - the University of Iowa about 35% of the sewer rental revenue. Sewer revenues shown in the table are from annual financial reports of the City. A-29 3950 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 0 Operating expenses includes costs related to operation and maintenance of the wastewater treatment facilities, pumping stations and sewer system. Also included are direct supervisory costs for the sewerage system facilities plus administrative costs for accounting and billing charged to the Sewer Revenue j Fund. Table 5 shows that operating expenses increased by about 44% over the four-year period from FY 1976 through FY 1979. Debt service costs include the principal and interest payments on the $850,000 revenue bond issue of 1965, the $900,000 revenue bond issue of 1966 and the $1,000,000 general obligation bond issue of 1970. Bond reserve funds are transfers from the Sewer Revenue Fund to maintain reserve funds required by the revenue bond ordinances. Capital outlay expenses are for recurring improvements and extensions to the sewerage system financed from revenues. - Table 5 shows a negative revenue balance for the period 1974 through June, 1975. Revenues exceeded expenses in FY 1976, FY 1977, FY 1978 and FY 1979 following an increase in sewer rates. i_ r L. Ell 1 I.r) W E1-1 LI A-30 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I REVENUE Sewer Rentals:* Iowa City University Heights University of Iowa Sub -total Other: Interest on Securities Miscellaneous TABLE 5 - PAST TRANSACTIONS - SEWER REVENUE FUND a 1974-75** FY 1976 FY 1977 FY 1978 FY 1979 Debt Service (Estimate) $525,593 $479,775 $511,560 $450,997.53 $530,664.02 29,660 25,251 23,329 29,212.00 34,373.08 636,013 6 143 976 649,002 231 169 766,058 370 245.84 850,455.37 462.90 860,500.00 ($ 58,874) $ 25,360 $123,903 *Allocations to Iowa City and University Heights are estimated. $ 34,316 $ 17,543 $ 15,240 15 651 94,014 6 0 23,391 30,891 EXPENSES 78 ,096 672,893 796,9 9 a Operating Expense: $548,514 $349,188 $374,970 Capital Related Costs: Debt Service $175,545*** $199,749*** $250,520 Bond Reserve Funds 42,000 89,987 36,000 Capital Outlay Sub -total 77 911 295, 56 8 609 298, 5 11 526 298,0 TOTAL EXPENSES T9 "'M _,5 T6U_,5M T67FTlTT REVENUE BALANCE ($ 58,874) $ 25,360 $123,903 *Allocations to Iowa City and University Heights are estimated. **Includes an 18 -month period for changeover to fiscal year operation. ***Includes generaloblication bond issue and transfer for revenue bonds. ( )Indicates negative number. MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES $ 28,830.22 $ 26,750.00 5 478.21 2 600.00 3 , 0 2 0.0 8 6 .80 ,8 TO.00 $491,854.43 $502,246.74 $217,903.75 $248,823.09 36,000.00 36,000.00 16 351.10 15 384.17 270,2_W.85 3 00,20 , 2,10 ,2 9X015 $122,654.52 $ 92,396.00 m V A summary of the estimated costs for improvements set forth in the Facility Plan is as follows: Estimated Project Project Cost Summary - Facility Plan, Section 1 Water Pollution Control Plant $30,000,000 Outfall Sewer 6,000,000 Corridor Sewer System 7,000,000 Sub -total - Section 1 T43,000,000 Facility Plan, Section 2 $ 441 000 Sewer Rehabilitation* , Additional Trunk and Interceptor Sewers 12,753,000 Sub -total - Section 2 13,200,000 Estimated Project Cost - Construction, $56,200,000 _ Administration & Professional Services Land Easements and Rights -of -Way $ 720,000 Plant Site 280,000 Easements, Rights -of -Way & Other Costs 1 000 000 til Sub -total - Land, Easements & Rights -of -Way 57,200,00 TOTAL ESTIMATED PROJECT COST *Excludes rehabilitation costs on private property. jl With minor exceptions, all components of a water pollution control project are w ' eligible for funding by the state and federal governments with the following exceptions: 1. Sewer rehabilitiation costs for work done on private property such as disconnection of roof leaders and footing drain tile. 2. Costs for land, easements and rights-of-way including professional services which may be involved. 3. Other miscellaneous costs such as interest during construction. 4. Certain portions of sewer construction intended to serve future — development. The costs listed in the previous tabulation includes allowances for all ! project costs except rehabilitation work done on private property. r A-32 I MICROFILMED DY JORM MICRfLA6 q CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES ■ a V Project costs set forth in a previous paragraph are allocated as follows, based on the usual allocation of 20% local, 75% federal and 5% state funding: EstimatedPreliminary Allocation Project Project Cost Local Federal State 20% _F7 5_% 5% Facility Plan - Section 1 Water Pollution Control Plant $30,000,000 $ 6,000,000 $22,500,000 $1,500,000 Outfall Sewer 6,000,000 1,200,000 4,500,000 300,000 Corridor Sewer System 7 000 000 1 400 000 5 250 000 350 000 Sub -total - Section 1 ,000,000 8,600,000 2,250,000 2,15 00 Facility Plan -Section 2 Sewer Rehabilitation* $ 447,000 $ 89,000 $ 335,000 $ 22,000 Additional Trunk & Interceptor Sewers 12 753 000 2 551 000 9 565 000 638 000 Sub -total - Section 2 13,200,000 2,6 0,000 9,900,000 660,000 Land Easements & Rights -of -Way Plant Site 720,000 $ 720,000 -0- -0- Other Costs 280 000 280 000 -0- -0- 5ub-total 1,00 0 1, 00,000 �— TOTAL ESTIMATED PROJECT COST $57,200,000 $12,240,000 $42,150,000 $2,810,000 *Excludes rehabilitation costs on private property. The preceding tabulation shows the ideal financing situation whereby all components, except land, easements and rights-of-way, are funded on a 20-75-5 basis. All of the cost of the River Corridor Sewer System is not eligible for government funding. Some of the trunk and interceptor sewer construction may not be eligible for funding. An exact determination of the allocation of costs will not be available until the regulatory agencies have reviewed the basis of design for the additional trunk and interceptor sewers. A-33 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 39�s' 0 The City's immediate needs for funding will be for construction of the River Corridor Sewer System, acquisition of the plant site and rights-of-way and for engineering services to (1) prepare plans and specifications for the new water pollution control plant, (2) prepare a plan of operation (3) arrange for a value engineering analysis of the design of the new plant and (4) plans and specifications for additional trunk and interceptor sewers and sewer -, rehabilitiation. The following funding will be necessary, probably in calendar years 1979-1981: Estimated Allocation of Cost Item Cost Local Federal State Corridor Sewer System $ 7,000,000 $1,720,000 $4,950,000 $3300,000 Plant Site and Rights -of -Way 850,000 850,000 -0- Plans and Specifications, Plan of Operation and Value Engineering 3.200.000 640,000 2,410,000 160.000 ESTIMATED COST- 1979-1981 $10,200,000 $2,360,000 $7,350,000 $490,000 The calculated local funding share of $12.24 million may be low. It is believed that the City should base its funding arrangements on a local expenditure, for all components of the Facility Plan, of $15 million. This total amount can be adjusted from time to time as construction bids are received and as the state and federal eligibility is determined for the various components of the Facility _ Plan. i if sewer revenues,rthenue annualds are revenuessued y the Citrequirement will bed as follows: net sewer Annual I Requirement nterestionsewer averagerevenue paymentbforsprinccipalr6% and $1,307,800 interest: 653 900 ~ Plus 50% margin: Annual Debt Service Requirement 1,961,700 The 50% margin can be used for capital improvements and to pay other expenses after the requirements of the revenue bond ordinance are net. Revenue bond ordinances normally require that a sinking fund be established in the magnitude of the maximum principal and interest payment in any year. 'u If general obligation bonds are issued in the amount of $15 million for 20 years, the annual principal and interest payment would be as follows: $15 million general obligation bonds - 20 years @ 5.50% interest - average annual payment for principal $1,255,000 and interest: A-34 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES In addition to debt service payments, the City will have to finance other annual costs, as follows: Operation and Maintenance - Water Pollution Control Plant Operation and Maintenance - Sewer System Collection Costs Existing Debt Service (approximate) Total Annual Cost r i h I 0 U $ 820,000 200,000 25,000 200 000 $1,245,000 If revenue bonds are issued, the 50% margin will automatically provide for plant replacement costs. If general obligation bonds are issued, the City should provide about $500,000 in replacement costs per year. Thus, total annual costs, depending upon whether revenue bonds or general obligation bonds are used for financing, are as follows: New Debt Service 50% Margin Operation and Maintenance and Existing Obligations Replacement Costs Annual Cost The City has a general obligation debt limit of about $27.2 million. Outstanding general obligation bonds total about $12.7 million, leaving general obligation bonding power at about $14.5 million. It will be necessary to fund some of the improvements with sewer revenue bonds. Sewer revenues in FY 1979 totaled $865,000. This yield was on the basis of a sewer rental rate of $0.27/CCF. To yield $3.1 million annually will require a _ flat rate of about $1.05/CCF. This constitutes an increase to about 3.89 times the existing rate. i The rate computation does not reflect any allocation of costs among users. Some allocations will be necessary such as that required to reflect the costs for disposing of water treatment plant wastes. The cost allocations will result in J some rate changes but the average citizen should not expect any great reduction in costs. Cost allocations and rate structures will require considerable study. These L studies should be made when improvement costs and amounts to be financed are more accurately determined by letting construction contracts and at the time =� of bond sales. E f L 1 A-35 MICROFILMED RY JORM MICR�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I General Sewer Revenue Obligation Bonds Bonds $1,307,800 $1,255,000 653,900 1,125,000 1,125,000 3,086,700 500 000 2,880,000 The City has a general obligation debt limit of about $27.2 million. Outstanding general obligation bonds total about $12.7 million, leaving general obligation bonding power at about $14.5 million. It will be necessary to fund some of the improvements with sewer revenue bonds. Sewer revenues in FY 1979 totaled $865,000. This yield was on the basis of a sewer rental rate of $0.27/CCF. To yield $3.1 million annually will require a _ flat rate of about $1.05/CCF. This constitutes an increase to about 3.89 times the existing rate. i The rate computation does not reflect any allocation of costs among users. Some allocations will be necessary such as that required to reflect the costs for disposing of water treatment plant wastes. The cost allocations will result in J some rate changes but the average citizen should not expect any great reduction in costs. Cost allocations and rate structures will require considerable study. These L studies should be made when improvement costs and amounts to be financed are more accurately determined by letting construction contracts and at the time =� of bond sales. E f L 1 A-35 MICROFILMED RY JORM MICR�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I Water usage at Iowa City was estimated to be about 70 gallons per capita per day in the infiltration/inflow analysis report. Using this per capita usage and the previously calculated rate of $1.05 per 100 cubic feet, the following monthly costs would result: Family of Four $11.60 per month Family of Three 8.70 per month Family of Two 5.80 per month The monthly costs are in the range for other cities which are undertaking similar improvements. Some small Iowa cities are constructing complete sewerage systems which will require monthly costs approximately double those shown in the tabulation. As discussed previously, EPA regulations require that the City have a user rate ordinance that insures that each contributor to the sewerage system pays in proportion to its actual discharge to the system. The existing user rate structure may require some adjustment to meet EPA guidelines. If water plant sludges from the University of Iowa are discharged to the sewer system, a user charge and surcharge system will have to be developed. Based on information available, such a system will result in annual costs to the University set forth in the following paragraphs. To evaluate the impact of the discharge of the University water plant waste to the new plant, the following solids loadings have been established: Average Daily Suspended Solids, Pounds City University Domestic Water Water Waste Plant Plant Total Alum Sludge ---- 7,200 2,500 9,700 Filter Backwash ---- 300 450 750 Lime Sludge ---- 0 11,500 11,500 Raw Sewage Sludge 10,200 ---- ---- 10,200 Waste Activated Sludge 5,200 -------- 5,200 TOTALS 15,400 7,500 14,450 37,350 As discussed previously in the report, the operation and maintenance costs have been estimated at $820,000 during the initial operation of the plant. These costs will be subject to change in the future as a result of inflation and an increase in volume of wastes processed. The initial loadings to the plant and respective treatment costs have been estimated as follows: Parameter Flow Suspended Solids BODS Initial Loadings 2,555,000,000 gallons/year 10,950,000 pounds/year 4,745,000 pounds/year A-36 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES % of Total 0&M Cost 33.3 33.3 33.4 100.0 Estimated 0&M Cost $ 273,000 273,000 274,000 820,000 i r I� y i- I The unit costs of the initial plant loadings have been estimated as follows: Parameter Flow $ 273,000 = $0.107 per 1,000 gallons T,335W, gallons Suspended Solids E 273,000 = $0.025 per pound r07gb6,006 pounds ;j BOD E 274,000 = $0.058 per pound —4,745,006 pounds r The capital costs of the new water pollution control plant, relative to the solids handling have been estimated at $5,400,000 or 18% of the total capital cost of the new plant. The new water pollution control plant is r1 estimated at $30,000,000, excluding the outfall sewer and cost of the land. The City's share of the cost of solids handling is 20% of the total cost or $5,400,000 x 0.20 = $1,080,000. This amount, if invested over a period of 20 ^i years at an interest rate of 7% will yield $102,000 per year (1,080,000 x 0.0943929 = $101,944 or $102,000). This figure represents the local share of the annual solids handling capital cost. The University's share of this annual cost is estimated at 35% or $35,700 of the total cost ($102,000 x 0.35 = $35,700). I �J The University's share of the operation and maintenance costs, relative to the solids handling, have been computed as follows: Total University Design SS: 14,450 lbs. x 365 days = 5,274,000 lbs./year University Domestic SS (Estimated)*: = 204,000 lbs./year University SS Subject to Surcharge: = 3-,07l1,O06 lbs./year University SS Surcharge Cost: 5,070,000 x $0.025 = $ 126,750 /year *Includes 150 lbs./day from out-of-town students and solids from the University power plant. The total annual cost for University's solids handling is estimated at $162,450, including both the annual capital cost and operation and maintenance cost. ($35,700 + $126,750 = $162,450). If the existing solids load of 11,540 pounds in lieu of 14,450 pounds is used, the initial surcharge rate is $135,900. The University's surcharge may be adjusted downward by about $6,000 to reflect the lesser requirements for lime to condition the sludge at the plant. The amount of lime needed to condition the sludge at the new water pollution control plant has been estimated at 6,600 pounds per day at a cost of about $40,000 annually. The University is estimated to require about 1,370 pounds of lime to condition alum and lime sludge from its water treatment plant. This is about 21% of the total lime needed at the new water pollution control plant. As noted previously, University's share of the operation and maintenance costs is about 35%. A-37 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES X395 1\ i u I I I, I C v. The University's share of the operation and maintenance costs, relative to the solids handling, have been computed as follows: Total University Design SS: 14,450 lbs. x 365 days = 5,274,000 lbs./year University Domestic SS (Estimated)*: = 204,000 lbs./year University SS Subject to Surcharge: = 3-,07l1,O06 lbs./year University SS Surcharge Cost: 5,070,000 x $0.025 = $ 126,750 /year *Includes 150 lbs./day from out-of-town students and solids from the University power plant. The total annual cost for University's solids handling is estimated at $162,450, including both the annual capital cost and operation and maintenance cost. ($35,700 + $126,750 = $162,450). If the existing solids load of 11,540 pounds in lieu of 14,450 pounds is used, the initial surcharge rate is $135,900. The University's surcharge may be adjusted downward by about $6,000 to reflect the lesser requirements for lime to condition the sludge at the plant. The amount of lime needed to condition the sludge at the new water pollution control plant has been estimated at 6,600 pounds per day at a cost of about $40,000 annually. The University is estimated to require about 1,370 pounds of lime to condition alum and lime sludge from its water treatment plant. This is about 21% of the total lime needed at the new water pollution control plant. As noted previously, University's share of the operation and maintenance costs is about 35%. A-37 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES X395 Based on the above information, the University's annual surcharge rate may be adjusted downward as follows: Lime Tbs./day Annual Cost - i Total Annual Requirement 6,600 $ 40,000 University's Share (35% of Total) 2,310 14,000 Required for University Sludge 1,370 8,400 Adjustment to University W ?; 5;60 Use $ 6,000 _ IOWA CITY FINANCIAL DATA The following material updates financial data of the City included in Appendix J of the original report. i i hl I Lr' I is L CI i� CITY OF IOWA CITY COMPUTATION OF LEGAL DEBT MARGIN As of June 30, 1979 ASSESSED VALUATION 100% of Actual Valuation Real Estate Personal Property Utilities TOTAL ASSESSED VALUATION Add: Monies 8 Credits at 100% TOTAL ACTUAL VALUATION DEBT LIMIT - 5% OF ACTUAL VALUATION G.O. BONDS OUTSTANDING LEGAL DEBT MARGIN A-38 MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES $483,948,173 31,127,990 28,861,094 TPTI ins% $ 29,080 T343?369-1 T $27,198,317 $12,707,000 $14,491,317 I Use $ 6,000 _ IOWA CITY FINANCIAL DATA The following material updates financial data of the City included in Appendix J of the original report. i i hl I Lr' I is L CI i� CITY OF IOWA CITY COMPUTATION OF LEGAL DEBT MARGIN As of June 30, 1979 ASSESSED VALUATION 100% of Actual Valuation Real Estate Personal Property Utilities TOTAL ASSESSED VALUATION Add: Monies 8 Credits at 100% TOTAL ACTUAL VALUATION DEBT LIMIT - 5% OF ACTUAL VALUATION G.O. BONDS OUTSTANDING LEGAL DEBT MARGIN A-38 MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES $483,948,173 31,127,990 28,861,094 TPTI ins% $ 29,080 T343?369-1 T $27,198,317 $12,707,000 $14,491,317 0 SEWER BOND RETIREMENT SCHEDULE 1965 ISSUE YEAR PRIN INT TOTAL 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 25,000,00 20,362.50 450352.50 25,000.00 19,550.00 44,550.00 25,000.00 18,737.50 43,737.50 30,000.00 17,925.00 47,925.00 30,000.00 16,950.00 46,950.00 35,000.00 15,975.00 50,975.00 35,000.00 14,837.50 49,837.50 40,000.00 13,700.00 53,700.00 40,000.00 12,400.00 52,400.00 100.00 51100.00 40, 1 000.00 9,800,00 49,800.00 50,000.00 81500.00 58,500.00 50,000.00 6,800.00 56,800.00 50,000.00 5,100.00 55,100.00 50,000.00 3,400.00 53,400.00 50 000.00 1 700.00 51 700.00 _1500 0� 196, 3 ,50 11,8 7.5 1966 ISSUE PRIN INT TOTAL 30,000.00 23,385.00 53,385.00 35,000.00 22,275.00 57,275.00 35,000.00 20,980.00 55,980.00 35,000.00 19,685.00 54,685.00 35,000.00 18,390,00 53,390.00 35,000.00 17,095.00 52,095.00 35,000.00 15,800.00 50,800.00 35,000.00 14,505.00 49,505.00 35000.00 13210-00 48 210.00 35,000.00 11,915.00 46,915.00 35,000.00 10,620.00 45,620.00 50,000.00 9,325.00 59,325.00 50,000.00 7,475.00 57,475,00 50,000.00 5,625,00 55,625.00 50,000.00 3,750,00 53,750.00 50,000.00 1 875.00 51 875,00 630,000.00 215, 10.00 91p,Op GENERAL OBLIGATION BOND RETIREMENT YEAR I I TOTAL SEWER REVENUE Pte_ INT TOTAL n FY199881 145,100.00 78,036,00 232 078.00 L1 330,825.50 1982 1983 n 70,818,00 223978-00 ,136.00 279,468.00 Li 324,961.00 1984 I 62,398.00 55,739.00 193,598.00 _J 379,185.50 296.208.00 1985 1986 176,300.00 49,327.00 186,939.00 225,627.00 1985 .1 176,300.00 176,300.00 40,795,00 32,304.00 217,095.00 1986 328 699.00 7.00 311,732.50 1988 176,300.00 SEWER BOND RETIREMENT SCHEDULE 1965 ISSUE YEAR PRIN INT TOTAL 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 25,000,00 20,362.50 450352.50 25,000.00 19,550.00 44,550.00 25,000.00 18,737.50 43,737.50 30,000.00 17,925.00 47,925.00 30,000.00 16,950.00 46,950.00 35,000.00 15,975.00 50,975.00 35,000.00 14,837.50 49,837.50 40,000.00 13,700.00 53,700.00 40,000.00 12,400.00 52,400.00 100.00 51100.00 40, 1 000.00 9,800,00 49,800.00 50,000.00 81500.00 58,500.00 50,000.00 6,800.00 56,800.00 50,000.00 5,100.00 55,100.00 50,000.00 3,400.00 53,400.00 50 000.00 1 700.00 51 700.00 _1500 0� 196, 3 ,50 11,8 7.5 1966 ISSUE PRIN INT TOTAL 30,000.00 23,385.00 53,385.00 35,000.00 22,275.00 57,275.00 35,000.00 20,980.00 55,980.00 35,000.00 19,685.00 54,685.00 35,000.00 18,390,00 53,390.00 35,000.00 17,095.00 52,095.00 35,000.00 15,800.00 50,800.00 35,000.00 14,505.00 49,505.00 35000.00 13210-00 48 210.00 35,000.00 11,915.00 46,915.00 35,000.00 10,620.00 45,620.00 50,000.00 9,325.00 59,325.00 50,000.00 7,475.00 57,475,00 50,000.00 5,625,00 55,625.00 50,000.00 3,750,00 53,750.00 50,000.00 1 875.00 51 875,00 630,000.00 215, 10.00 91p,Op A-39 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 395 - GENERAL OBLIGATION BOND RETIREMENT YEAR TOTAL SEWER REVENUE Pte_ INT TOTAL FY199881 145,100.00 78,036,00 232 078.00 1980 330,825.50 1982 1983 208,650.00 70,818,00 223978-00 ,136.00 279,468.00 1981 1982 324,961.00 1984 131,200.00 131,200.00 62,398.00 55,739.00 193,598.00 1983 379,185.50 296.208.00 1985 1986 176,300.00 49,327.00 186,939.00 225,627.00 1985 1987 176,300.00 176,300.00 40,795,00 32,304.00 217,095.00 1986 328 699.00 7.00 311,732.50 1988 176,300.00 23,813.00 208,604.00 200,113.00 1987 311 809.00 ,723.00 1989 1990 176,300.00 41,000.00 15,186.00 6,519.00 191,486.00 1988 1989 289,501.00 1991 41,000.00 41 4,346.00 47,519.00 45,346.00 0 199 1992 , ODD Do 1, 2 2.0 3 73 2 29 1 ,00 171.00 1631992 157,448.00 ---- 1993 110,725.00 1994 107,150.00 1995 103 575.00 ,951,92 0 A-39 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 395 - 1 CITY OF IOWA CITY PROPERTY TAX LEVIES AND COLLECTION MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES DELINQUENT TOTAL AS A LEVY COLLECTION TOTAL TAX CURRENT TAX % OF LEVY TAX TOTAL TAX % OF YEAR YEAR LEVY COLLECTIONS COLLECTED COLLECTIONS COLLECTIONS CURRENT LEVY 1966 1967 $1,785,158 $1,772,478 99.3 $ 6,577 $1,779,055 99.7 1967 1968 1,923,890 1,893,586 98.4 15,260 1,908,846 99.2 1968 1969 2,098,717 2,056,797 98.0 26,466 2,083,263 99.3 1969 1970 2,440,655 2,376,617 97.4 28,526 2,405,143 98.5 1970 1971 2,567,028 2,553,624 99.5 26,725 2,580,349 100.5 1971 1972 2,902,628 2,866,145 98.7 44,473 2,910,618 100.3 1972 1973 3,134,947 3,114,393 99.3 51,743 3,166,136 101.0 1973 1975* 5,427,059 5,378,747 99.1 15,576 5,394,323 99.4 1974 1976 4,148,714 4,153,463 101.1 40,380 4,193,843 101.8 1975 1977 4,712,465 4,710,074 99.9 32,080 4,742,154 100.6 1976 1978 4,976,831 4,969,800 99.9 44,823 5,014,623 100.75 1977 1979 5,676,460 5,602,354 98.7 6,263 5,608,617 98.8 a o ASSESSED AND ACTUAL VALUE OF TAXABLE PROPERTY TOTAL LEVY COLLECTION REAL PERSONAL R.R. UTILITY ASSESSED MONIES $ TOTAL ACTUAL YEAR YEAR PROPERTY PROPERTY PROPERTY VALUATION CREDITS VALUE 1967 1968 45,159,712 5,394,323 3,894,318 54,450,353 29,243,120 230,911,094 1968 1969 51,893,371 5,959,156 3,187,546 61,040,073 36,079,632 262,153,976 1969 1970 54,369,594 6,282,563 3,741,988 64,394,145 39,717,553 278,214,386 1970 1971 57,186,907 7,379,237 4,098,711 68,664,855 478,125 254,792,402 1971 1972 64,803,191 7,287,805 4,448,287 76,539,283 197,766 272,565,480 1972 1973 68,386,048 7,773,730 4,546,295 80,706,073 124,640 299,036,021 1973 1975* 71,264,091 8,394,046 4,855,441 84,513,578 53,144 313,066,396 1975 FY76 82,244,844 8,390,355 5,062,620 95,697,819 95,802 354,532,169 1976 FY77** 379,504,175 30,946,885 20,680,850 431,131,910 29,080 431,160,990 1977 FY78 393,667,654 31,123,659 22,369,601 447,160,914 29,080 447,189,994 1978 FY79 409,890,264 31,668,916 24,907,900 466,467,080 29,080 466,496,160 1979 FY80 483,948,173 31,127,990 28,861,094 543,937,257 29,080 543,966,337 Note: In 1971, the state government began taxing banks and supplying the taxing agencies with a replacement of the monies and credits tax. The value of the monies and credits for those institutions was excluded from the actual value total. *Eighteen month period ended June 30, 1975 **Assessed value changed from 27% to 100% of actual value. MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES M CITY OF IOWA CITY PROPERTY TAX RATES PER $1,000 ASSESSED VALUATION 10\ -- MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB 1 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES RATIO OF LEVY COLLECTION I.C. SCHOOL BASIC CO. CITY OF AREA IOWA CITY YEAR YEAR DISTRICT SCHOOL LEVY IOWA CITY JOHNSON CO. SCHOOL TOTAL TO TOTAL 1967 1968 42.208 20.997 34.644 16.492 1.500 115.661 29.8 1968 1969 47.503 22.566 33.604 15.790 1.500 120.963 27.8 1969 1970 56.956 26.735 37.377 18.379 1.500 140.947 26.5 1970 1971 57.219 28.107 37.012 21.244 1.500 145.082 25.5 1971 1972 51.839 20.248 37.590 15.789 1.508 130.847** 28.7 1972 1973 74.931* --- 38.073 17.732 1.508 136.116** 28.0 a 1973*** 1974 68.318 --- 42.304 18.259 1.507 134.221** 31.5 1974 1975/76 57.253 --- 42.751 22.515 1.938 124.647** 34.3 FY76**** 1976/77 14.927 --- 10.951 4.381 .483 30.742 25.6 FY77 1977/78 15.140 --- 11.096 4.500 .406 31.142 35.6 FY78 1978/79 14.850 --- 12.079 4.997 .416 32.342 37.3 FY79 1979/80 13.456 --- 11.432 5.194 .416 30.498 37.5 - *Basic School Levy combined by law in 1972 with School District Levy. **Includes mill levy for Joint County School Board not included elsewhere. ***Tax Levy of 12 months ****Changed from mills to dollar/actual valuation amounts. 1976 is on a fiscal year basis. 10\ -- MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB 1 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ORDINANCE NO. AN ORDINANCE ESTABLISHING A USER CHARGE SYSTEM IN THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, COUNTY OF JOHNSON, STATE OF IOWA, TO PROVIDE FUNDS NEEDED TO { PAY FOR ALL EXPENSES ASSOCIATED WITH THE CITY'S WASTEWATER TREATMENT WORKS. k F WHEREAS, the City of Iowa City, Iowa, has constructed wastewater p t treatment works; and I WHEREAS, the City must pay all expenses associated with said treatment works and charge the users of said treatment works accordingly; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, that the following user charge system be established: ARTICLE I It is determined and declared to be necessary and conducive to the protection of the public health, safety, welfare and convenience of the City to collect charges from all users who contribute wastewater to the City's treatment works. The p proceeds of such charges so derived will be used for the purpose of operating, maintaining and retiring the debt for such public wastewater treatment works. ARTICLE II 4 i Unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, the meaning of terms used in this ordinance shall be as follows: 1 Section 1: "BOD" (denoting Biochemical Oxygen Demand) shall mean the .quantity of oxygen utilized in the biochemical oxidation of " organic matter under standard laboratory procedure in five (5) days at 20°C, expressed in milligrams per liter (mg/1). & Section 2: "Normal Domestic Wastewater" shall mean wastewater that has a BOD concentration of not more than 300 mg/l; a suspended solids concentration of not more than 500 mg/1; Ph in the a range of 6 to 10.5; not more than 25 mg/1 of petroleum oil, non -biodegradable cutting oils or products of mineral oil; and not exceeding 300 mg/l 1 k of oil or grease of animal or vegetable origin. 3 Section 3: "Operation and Maintenance" shall mean all expenditures during the useful life of the treatment works for materials, labor, utilities, and other items which are necessary for managing and i maintaining the treatment works to achieve the capacity and F performance for which such works were designed and constructed. i 39.r MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ORDINANCE NO. PAGE 2 ARTICLE III i i Section 1: The user charge system shall generate adequate annual revenues to pay costs of annual operation and maintenance including replacement and payment of principal and interest and the bond and interest reserve fund. The portion of the total user charge which is designated for operation and maintenance including replacement of the treatment works shall be established by ordinance. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Section 4: "Replacement" shall mean expenditures for obtaining and installing equipment, accessories, or appurtenances which are necessary during the useful life of the treatment works to maintain the capacity and performance for which such works were designed and constructed. The term "operation and maintenance" includes replacement. Section 5: "Residential Contributor" shall mean any contributor to the City s treatment works whose lot, parcel of real estate, or t building is used for domestic dwelling purposes only. Section 6: "Shall" is mandatory; "May" is permissive. Section 7: "SS" (denoting Suspended Solids) shall mean solids that either float on the surface of or are in suspension in water, " s sewage, or other liquids and which are removable by laboratory , filtering. 4 c Section 8: "Treatment Works" shall mean any devices and systems for t the storage, treatment, recycling, and reclamation of municipal sewage, domestic sewage, or liquid industrial wastes. These include intercepting sewers, outfall sewers, sewage collection systems, individual systems, pumping, power, and other equipment and their appurtenances; extension improvements, remodeling, additions and alterations thereof; elements essential to provide a reliable supply such as standby treatment units and clear well facilities; and any works, including site acquisition of the land that will be an integral part of the treatment process or is used for ultimate disposal of residues resulting from such treatment (including land for composting sludge, temporary storage of such compost, and land used for the storage of treated wastewater in land treatment systems before land application); or any other method or system •far preventing, abating, reducing, storing, treating, separating, or disposing of municipal waste or industrial waste, including waste in combined storm water and sanitary sewer systems. Section 9: "Useful Life" shall mean the estimated period during Wh ch a treatment works will be operated. ^' Section 10: "User Charge" shall mean that portion of the total 5 wastewater service charge which is levied in a proportional and adequate manner for the cost of operation, maintenance, debt - service and replacement of the treatment works. k t Section 11: "Water Meter" shall mean a water volume measuring and recording device, furnished and installed by the City of Iowa City. ARTICLE III i i Section 1: The user charge system shall generate adequate annual revenues to pay costs of annual operation and maintenance including replacement and payment of principal and interest and the bond and interest reserve fund. The portion of the total user charge which is designated for operation and maintenance including replacement of the treatment works shall be established by ordinance. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ORDINANCE NO. PAGE 3 FQ MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Section 2; Revenues into Special Fund. The revenues of the Treatment Works are to be set aside as received into a separate special fund and paid each month into the various separate funds created by the bond ordinance. Such payments are to the first be made on day of each month in the amounts and in the order listed herein. Operation and Maintenance Fund. There shall be paid into this fund an amount which with any unexpended balance therein is sufficient to pay the expenses of operating and maintaining said works and facilities for the current month. After said first day of the month further payments may be made into said fund from the sewer revenue funds, but only if and to the extent necessary to pay such operation and maintenance expenses actually accrued and payable and to the extent that funds for such purpose are not then available. k. Sewer Revenue Bond Sinking Fund. Next, there shall be set aside from the net earnings ±± a sufficient portion to pay the interest on and principal of all of the v bonds outstanding as the same become due and for that purpose the ordinance provides that there shall be set aside into the Sinking Fund on the first day of each month a sum equal to 1/10 of the principal all bonds maturing of on the next succeeding January 1 and 1/5 of the interest due on the next succeeding interest payment date until the amounts so set aside are equal to such interest, " respective) principal and for the y' The Sinking Fund is to be f ur ose of used only P P Paying interest and principal on the bonds of this issue and any parity bonds, and if in any month the full amount is not paid, then the deficiency from the shall be made up net earnings next available. Bond and Interest Reserve Fund. After the month) into the Sinking Fund, there shall be next set aside inPtoyments fund from the net earnings the sum of $1 of each month as long ,000 on the first day as any of the bonds are Money credited outstanding. to the Reserve Fund shall be used only for the Payment of principal of and interest on the bonds and parity bonds whenever for any reason 1 the funds on deposit in the Sinking Fund are insufficient to pay such principal or interest when due. It is further provided that at any time there is an excess in the Reserve Fund over maximum and above the amount of principal and interest to become due in any fiscal year thereafter on the outstanding bonds and parity bonds such excess may be used to purchase or call any of the then outstanding bonds at not exceeding par and accrued interest, or may be transferred by the City Council Depreciation, i to the Extension and Improvement Fund. Depreciation, Extension and Improvement Fund. After making the foregoing Payments, from the balance of the net earnings there shall be paid into this fund t the sum of $2,000 each 3 9S MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ORDINANCE NO. PAGE 4 !"� month, or such higher amounts as the City Council may fix from time to time. Monies in this fund shall be used only to pay any extraordinary costs of maintaining sewage works and facilities and to pay the cost of constructing improvements and extensions. In any event, the monies on deposit in the Depreciation Fund must be transferred to the Sinking Fund whenever necessary to prevent or remedy any default in the payment of interest on or principal of these bonds or parity bonds, and must be transferred to the Reserve Fund whenever there is any deficiency in that fund. General Obligation Bond Issue Fund. For each general obligation bond issue that shall be initiated for retirement with operating revenue, a separate fund shall be established. Transfers shall be made from sewer revenue funds in a sufficient amount to pay the principal and interest on outstanding general obligation bonds. The source of these transfers shall not be from the Operation and Maintenance Fund. Surplus Funds. Any excess after foregoing payments in any year may be used within the system or for any purpose lawfully directed by the City Council. Operation and maintenance funds may not be used for capital improvement projects. ARTICLE IV Section 1: Each user shall pay for the services provided by the C ty based on his/her use of the treatment works as determined by water meter(s) acceptable to the City. Section 2: User charges shall be based on actual water used during The billing period. If actual water use is not available, the user charge will be based on prior monthly water usage. New customers shall have a first billing based on an estimate determined by the Finance Department. If a commercial or industrial contributor has a consumptive use of water, or in some other manner uses water which is not returned to the wastewater collection system, the user charge for that contributor may be based on a wastewater meter(s) or separate water meter(s) installed and maintained at the contributor's expense, and in a manner acceptable to the City. Section 3: The minimum charge per billing period shall be 0.93 In addition, each contributor shall pay a user charge rate for operation and maintenance including replacement of $0.17 per 100 cubic feet of water (or wastewater) as determined in the preceding section and an additional $0.08 per 100 cubic feet of water (or wastewater) for debt retirement. Section 4: For those contributors who contribute wastewater, the strength of which is greater than normal domestic sewage, a surcharge in addition to the normal user charge will be collected. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR�/LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES M 3 ORDINANCE NO. PAGE 5 The surcharge for operation and maintenance including replacement is: $0.03 per pound BOD $0.02 per pound SS Section 5: Any user which discharges any toxic pollutants which cause an increase in the cost of managing the effluent or the sludge from the City's treatment works, or any user which discharges any substance which singly or by interaction with other substances causes identifiable increases in the cost of operation, maintenance, or replacement of the treatment works, shall pay for such increased costs. The charge to each such user shall be as determined by the Director of Public Works and approved by the City Council by resolution. Section 6: The user charge rates established in this article apply to all users, regardless of their location, of the City's treatment i works. Section 7: Water not discharged into system. If any user of water consumes water for any purpose which does not cause discharge into the sanitary sewer system, and if approved by the City and as .established by a separate water meter installed and maintained by R such user, the consumption of such water can be determined, no 3 charge shall be made on the basis of water so supplied. Residential contributors shall not be allowed this option, unless approved by the Finance Department. Section 8: Water discharged into system from private source. If any person shall discharge water into the city sanitary sewer system from private wells or other sources other than the city water system, the city shall have the right to install a meter at the owner's expense to measure such flow or to use whatever means are satisfactory to the owner and the city to measure such flow for the purpose of determining sewage treatment charges. ARTICLE V Section 1: All users shall be billed bi-monthly. Billings for any particular period shall be made within thirty days after the end of that period. Payments are due when the billings are made. Any payment not received within fifteen days after the billing is made shall be delinquent. Section 2: In the event that a user fails to pay his bill for sewage treatment system service after thirty days, service may be discontinued or such charges may be certified by the City Council { and assessed against the property connected with the sewage disposal system and forwarded to the County Auditor for collection ( in the same manner as a property tax. i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 395 1 MICROFILMED BY JO RM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ORDINANCE NO.' PAGE 6 ARTICLE VI Section 1: The City shall review the user charge system every two years and revise user charge rates as necessary to ensure that the system generates adequate revenues to pay the costs ilnterestnce and the bond includingof operation and nreserveyment of l and 4 drinterest fund, and that the systemcontinues to provide for the proportional distribution of operation and maintenance including replacement costs among users and user is classi underes. thisBefore division ted to rates to be ardinance public hearing on thefix proposed changehshall be held by the City Council. -, - t Section 2: The City will notify each user at least annually, in con unction with a' a regular bill, of the rate being charged for operation, maintenance including replacement E1 works. of the treatment ARTICLE VII Section 33-42 of the Code of Ordinances of Iowa City and all other Ordinances or parts of Ordinances in conflict with this Ordinance, are hereby repealed. ARTICLE VIII If any section, provision or part of the Ordinance shall be adjudged ! to be invalid or unconstitutional, such adjudication shall not affect the validity of Ordinance ,the as a whole or any section, provision or part thereof not adjudged invalid or unconstitutional. ARTICLE IX This Ordinance shall be in effect after its final passage, a roval and publication as required by law. Fp It was moved by seconded b that t e Ord nance as read be fand adopted d and Upon roll call there were: - a AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: i BALMER r LYNCH -- ERDAHL NEUHAUSER -- PERRET ROBERTS t 4 -- _ VEVERA 5 i MICROFILMED BY JO RM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r ORDINANCE NO.' PAGE 7 First consideration Vote for passage: Second consideration Vote for passage: Date of Publication _ Passed and approved this _ day of MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES n 1980. 37 i r >. i ,I 1 ti 4 '1 � 1 i APPENDIX "A" TO USER CHARGE ORDINANCE This appendix presents the methodology to be used in calculating user charge rates and surcharges followed - in and illustrates the calculations at the first surcharges, Therunitgcosts established inathis ape charges and on estimates of expenses and loadings. The act alndexpeare ioccur differ f n esaand they wrom these estimates and ll ch nge astime passes.Therefore, the unit costsemustnbe reestablished whenever necessary to reflect actual expenses and loadings. Once the system is in use, the expenses and loadings can be determined from operating records and the unit adjusted based on these figures. costs can be '' P, 1• Ex enses '• The total annual expenses associated with the treatment works, as defined in Article II, Section 8, are estimated as follows: c? Item F! Annua�De_ ase Billing and Collection $ 30,000 Administrative Power 54,000 50 000 Labor (including fringe benefits) 280,000 Commodities „ Services and Charges 65,000 Replacement Costs 120,000 Debt Service 55,000 260.000 TOTAL $914.000 i 2. Allocation o_ f E�enses: A. Annual ; to Treat Annual Flow = 1/3 (0&M Expenses -Debt I Service -billing& collection) ' ! 1/3 0914,0001260,00o - $914,000 -260,000 $30,00o) $30,000) _ $208,000 B. Annual $ to Treat Annual BOD = 1/3 (0&M Expenses -Debt - Service -billing & collection) - $208,000 C. Annual $ to Treat Annual SS = 1/3 (O&M Expenses -Debt R Service -billing & collection) = $208,000 3. Loadings: cubic The initial hydraulic loading is estimated to be 406,781,000 (Estimated feet/yearjet/year. I/I = 77,912,000 cubic A -I i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB 1, a CEDAR RAPIDS DES MOINES ,','j M r4~1 The initial BOD loading is estimated to be 7,615,000 pounds/year. The initial SS loading is estimated to be 12,700,000 pounds/year. 4. Unit costs: A. I 1 unit cost for flow i I , _ 08 000 067, 1 00 hundreds of cubic feet _ $0.0511 per 100 c.f. (use $0.051/1b.) B. I{ unit cost for BOD t M r4~1 The initial BOD loading is estimated to be 7,615,000 pounds/year. The initial SS loading is estimated to be 12,700,000 pounds/year. 4. Unit costs: A. Initial unit cost for flow = annual $ to treat annual flow estimated annus hydraulic loading _ 08 000 067, 1 00 hundreds of cubic feet _ $0.0511 per 100 c.f. (use $0.051/1b.) B. Initial unit cost for BOD = annual $ to treat annual BOD estimated annual OD oading _ $208.000 7,615,000 pounds _ $0.0273 per pound of BOD (use $.03/lb) C. Initial unit cost for SS = annual $ to treat annual SS estimated annual SS loading _ $2082000 IZ,700,000 pounds _ $0.0164 per pound of SS (use $0.02/lb) 5. Minimum Charge: Billing and Collection = $30,000 Annual cost to treat I/I = unit cost to treat flow x annual I/I = $0.048 x 77,912,000 c.f. = 37,400 FO—OC. F. Total Annual Minimum Cost = $67,400 Minimum charge/user/billing period = $67,400/12,100 users/6 = $0.93 6. Residential User Unit Charge: Residential user unit charge = unit flow charge + (Unit BOD charge) (BOOND)(.00624) + (unit SS charge)(SSND)(.00624) where: Residential unit charge is in $/100 c.f. Unit flow charge is in $/100 c.f. (from section 4) _ $0.05 MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR(�LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES Unit BOD charge is in $/lb. 800 (from section 4) _ $0.03 Unit SS charge is in $/lb. SS (from section 4) _ $0.02 BODND is normal domestic BOD in mg/1 = 300 (+ SSNois normal domestic SS in mg/l = 500 Factor to convert mg/l to pounds per 100 c.f. = 00624 L.. Residential user unit charge per 100 c.f.: _ $.05 + (0.03)(300)(.00624) + (0.02)(500)(.00624) _ $0.168 (use $0.17) a 7. Residential User Unit Char a for Debt Service i = Annual Debt Service 260.000 Annual flow - Annual I I (406,781,000-77 912 000 /100 c.P,$0 079/100 c.f. se $0.08) (u 8. Exameln rnlr�n�.a__ _r .._ .. Assume that a residential user discharges 2,400 cubic feet of wastewater per two months (based on water use): Minimum charge per two months (from section 3) _ $0.93 O&M charge per two months (from section 6) Debt serv0ice .17 cer 0 hargeper ftwo months (from 4.08 section 7) _ $0.08 per 100 c.f. x 2400 c.f. _ 1.92 $6-93 9. Extra Stren_ eth Users For users who contribute wastewater that has greater strength than normal domestic wastewater, the user charge will be calculated as follows: Total bi-monthly charge to extra strength user = charge to residential user + surcharge for BOD (if appropriate) + surcharge for SS (if appropriate) Total bi-monthly charge to extra strength user = A-3 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES minimum charge +v(residential unit charge) +v(unit BOD charge)BODES - BODND)(0.00624) +v(unit SS charge)(SSES - SSND)(.00624) where: Minimum charge is in dollars as calculated in section 5 v is the volume of wastewater in 100 cubic feet discharged by the extra strength user during the billing period Residential unit charge is in $/100 C.F. as calculated in section 6 Unit BOD charge is in $/lb BOD from section 4 Unit SS charge is in $/lb SS from section 4 BOD is the average BOD concentration in milligrams per litR (mg/1) contributed by the extra strength user during the billing period SSE is the average SS concentration in mg/1 contributed by the extra strength user during the billing period SSE is the average SS concentration in mg/1 contributed by �he extra strength user during the billing period BOD is the normal domestic BOD strength in mg/1 as def ed in Article II, Section 2, of the ordinance SS is the normal domestic SS strength in mg/1 as deked in Article II, Section 2, of the ordinance and .00624 is a unit conversion factor. 10. Sample Calculation of Sewer User Charge for an Extra Strength User Assume that a user discharges 25,000 cubic feet per two months with a 800 of 600 mg/l and an SS of 1,000 mg/1 Minimum charge = $ 0.93 Residential 06M charge =$0.17 per 100 c.f. x 25,000 = 42.50 Residential Debt Service Charge _ $0.08 per 100 c.f. x 25,000 c.f. = 20.00 Residential User Charge = $63.43 Surchage for BOD = 250 hundred c.f. ($0.03)(600-300) l A-4 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR(�/LAB CEDAR RAPIDS •DFS MDIMES i n (.00624) = 14.04 Surcharge for SS = 250 hundred c.f. (;0.02)(1000-500) (.00624) = 15.60 Total Sewer Charge 193.07 A 5 3V MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES S' (A b'R YZ "1 4 j tf c� 1. t I' r\ aa� M M __._......... GGA _ f. n (.00624) = 14.04 Surcharge for SS = 250 hundred c.f. (;0.02)(1000-500) (.00624) = 15.60 Total Sewer Charge 193.07 A 5 3V MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES APPENDIX B TO USER CHARGE ORDINANCE This appendix contains a replacement schedule that was developed to determine the amount of revenue needed to fund the Depreciation, Extension and Improvement Fund. The replacement schedule lists the equipment in the treatment works, the estimated dates when the equipment will have to be replaced, and the estimated cost of replacement works. Also listed is the estimated cash flow that will occur in the shown are estimates; Replacement estheactualneplacement. The tldatesn dates costs couldcosts significantly different from those shown. If the actual replacement expenses differ significantly from those listed in the replacement schedule, the funding of the Depreciation, Extension and Improvement Fund Account shall be adjusted accordingly. REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE Years From Treatment Works In Operation Replacement Item Re lacement Account xpen ure ncome a ance N.A..- replacement is not on a scheduled basis, since a new plant is expected In the near future. The estimated annual replacement cost is $54,547 based on past experience and is a minimum to keep the plant functional B-1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i i i 1 r. i f 'f APPENDIX B TO USER CHARGE ORDINANCE This appendix contains a replacement schedule that was developed to determine the amount of revenue needed to fund the Depreciation, Extension and Improvement Fund. The replacement schedule lists the equipment in the treatment works, the estimated dates when the equipment will have to be replaced, and the estimated cost of replacement works. Also listed is the estimated cash flow that will occur in the shown are estimates; Replacement estheactualneplacement. The tldatesn dates costs couldcosts significantly different from those shown. If the actual replacement expenses differ significantly from those listed in the replacement schedule, the funding of the Depreciation, Extension and Improvement Fund Account shall be adjusted accordingly. REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE Years From Treatment Works In Operation Replacement Item Re lacement Account xpen ure ncome a ance N.A..- replacement is not on a scheduled basis, since a new plant is expected In the near future. The estimated annual replacement cost is $54,547 based on past experience and is a minimum to keep the plant functional B-1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i r i City of Iowa Cit") MEMORANDUM Date: February 8, 1980 To: Neal Berlin and City Council i From: Eugene A. Dietz, City Engineer Re: Iowa City Sanitary Sewerage System Plan,Attached79; bjh A proposedgdraftmof documents: User Charge ordinance; Wge System and c) Facility Amendment to the Engineering Agreement with Veenstra and Kimm for design of the new Treatment Plant. The purpose of this memorandum is to explain the documents and to provide recommendations regarding a construction schedule for our sewerage system. By way of a brief background, the EPA requirements regarding funding for sewerage systems establish a three step process. Step one is a planning phase which includes the infiltration/inflow analysis, the sewer system evaluation survey, and a complete waste treatment plan. This combination of information results in a facility plan which ends the step one phase of the project. Step two is the engineering design of the proposed improvements, while step three is the actual construction phase. SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM FACILITY PLAN The Facility Plan report is divided into three segments. The first segment completes the sewer system evaluation survey, which quantifies the amount of extraneous water and capacity restrictions in the sewer system. This information is a supplement to the report previously completed for the corridor sewer project. There is a summary at the beginning of the section which will provide an overview. Also, figures 1 through 4 pictorially summarize the sources for extraneous water in the system. In addition to this section, three appendices of data were generated. These appendices have not been transmitted, but are available to anyone who wishes to review the information in more detail. The second section of the report, dealing with trunk and interceptor sewers, has significant implications for the entire City. In essence, the scope of a facility plan is to strike a cost-effective balance among new sewer construction, rehabilitating the existing sewers and construction of a new plant. This portion of the report shows the recommended sewer improvements that should be accomplished in conjunction with the construction of the new treatment facility. Figure 6 shows a total trunk and intercepter sewer plan for the potential year 2030 growth limits. The work has been prioritized in only two categories -- immediate and future improvements, Sewers shown in dotted lines on Figure 6 are for future consideration. They would generally provide service to the expected growth limits within contiguous drainage areas to existing city limits. The sizing was necessary to determine proposed design sizing for the trunk and interceptor sewers scheduled for immediate improvements. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 2 The final section of the report deals with the design of the proposed waste water treatment plant and also summarizes the financial implications of the entire plan. This section of the report is actually an addendum to an earlier report Veenstra and Kimm prepared which enabled more rapid progress on the corridor sewer project. Once again, all the information is important to the design of the plant. However, a good portion of this segment is devoted to technical design considerations. By way of highlighting the third section of this report, the following pages and figures are brought to your attention: 1. Page A-22 shows the anticipated staffing requirements for the new treatment facility. Automation of the new plant is being proposed wherever possible to reduce labor requirements. However, the new facilities will be more technically complex as well as significantly larger than our existing plant. Ultimately, staffing requirements will increase from our existing authorization of 13 employees to approximately 23 employees at the plant and an increase from 4 to 7 for sewer maintenance. 2. Figure 14 shows a generalized layout of the proposed plant. Some minor changes were made to this design as a result of the Iowa Department of Environmental Quality applying less stringent standards for the discharge from the plant. 3. On page A-24, an implementation schedule is shown for the completion of the entire project. This information is graphically shown on Figure 16. 4. Pages A-32 through A-35 summarize the project costs as a result of this plan of action. The figures shown on A-33 indicate the total project costs to be $57,200,000. The City's share would then be $12,240,000. However, in subsequent paragraphs, the report indicates that City should plan on an expenditure of approximately $15,000,000. It is important to understand that the figures shown in the third segment of the report are in 1980 dollars. It is an EPA requirement that this be done, but unfortunately, due to inflation, it does not show a true picture of what could be expected during the course of the construction of these facilities. Therefore, Figure 1 has been developed by Veenstra and Kimm, Finance Department, and myself to provide a more detailed analysis for consideration in the budgetary process. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I . r. t ;URE 1 I :ITY, I04JA .EM IMPROVEMENTS tEMENTS, 1980-1984 SHARE 1 1981 1982 1983 1984 TOTAL t Last First Last First Last First Last CITY COST Half Half Half Half Half Half Half 51,613,On0r. $140,000 1,00o,onn " 134,000 400,000 5 650,000 5 650,n00 1,300,000 1,320,000 1,320,000 51,320,000 $1,320,000 51,320,000 6,600,000 67,000 1 1341,000 200,000 600,000 600,n00 600,000 600,000 600,000 3,OnO,000 $2,570,000 57.,570,000 51,920,000 51,920,000 $1,920,000 0 5, ,n 3,840, 00$1,920,0 14, 3,000 MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i f. . r. t ;URE 1 I :ITY, I04JA .EM IMPROVEMENTS tEMENTS, 1980-1984 SHARE 1 1981 1982 1983 1984 TOTAL t Last First Last First Last First Last CITY COST Half Half Half Half Half Half Half 51,613,On0r. $140,000 1,00o,onn " 134,000 400,000 5 650,000 5 650,n00 1,300,000 1,320,000 1,320,000 51,320,000 $1,320,000 51,320,000 6,600,000 67,000 1 1341,000 200,000 600,000 600,n00 600,000 600,000 600,000 3,OnO,000 $2,570,000 57.,570,000 51,920,000 51,920,000 $1,920,000 0 5, ,n 3,840, 00$1,920,0 14, 3,000 MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES RETAKE OF PRECEDING DOCUMENT 0 u 141CROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE] CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES JORM MICROLAB TARGET SERIES J GC i O 6 C Cl O O i U O C. O O O O O N n O O O C JG C C C O O O C p O H U lOO CO O C O O O r n CO M, O O V, F F - M O O O p p M H N O C C O -, 0 C V M D N O U N vu 3 U V a +' 4 L 0 V 3I a1 L ti r n 3 ++ i I O LO m m J 2 v In v O V c O C c c ut (G • coO ZI C L O t-1 O O O C •r- O al I• al C- O m m O O ^ I - r L +l i� C a G n G` O n' C F. O O to 4- C W O rC0 O > L r� --.. .. .... •. _ -.. Mt4nur ILFlCY ul M O t0 N On JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS •DES MO1NE5 LL 2 N � O p p O O O O O O �4_1 O O O 0, O N ro ro J 2 CN7 C O O O MI VI O N O Ol O O O 00 00 O N4 O O CM, L r O O O ? N O N M lC Ql Vr � O O 4J 4-I O C O O n G N r C O J 2 O O C O N O n NI l0 M lL lf! W r rn � v C 04- L r I O O O O LL 2 O OCD O O O O V co O O O O m kc N f O t\ F- r w t0 to N `wrn O 4-I p p o 0 OM N CD M V) W J m O O O O w_ o a rz W > w x 00 v `O M C F-c^F�N rn N ,M -I CD W v. 1--, O O O O O sr O n O O N C'U m O O G W O r.. W C O M t\ L Q J c C ^ M cx V W d V. Q O O O O O O O O O O �r J Z U N ^ UD N U W1 V rn O O p V 4 O Lrl O O O LL Z al N O N ^ r V r V GC i O 6 C Cl O O i U O C. O O O O O N n O O O C 4 O 00 O c lOO CO G F- tO r N tG C,:r M, V, L H N CO O a) L 3 N vu 3 U V a L 0 V 3I a1 L n 3 ++ i tal LO 4- v In v V c O C c c ut (G LO ZI C L I' V C 1 t-1 C •r- 4 C C •r- al I• al C- U. m m 41 m m 0 3 I - O L +l i� C a G n G` V, al n' C F. W � C C W rC0 ro > > a --.. .. .... •. _ -.. Mt4nur ILFlCY ul • JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS •DES MO1NE5 I I i I I � i i. I i I tj 3 USER CHARGE ORDINANCE The proposed ordinance attached for your review was developed from a model ordinance as provided us by the EPA. One of the grant conditions for the corridor sewer project is that a user charge ordinance be developed in a draft form prior to monies being released for the construction of the project. It is not necessary that Council take formal action on this ordinance at this time. However, prior to 80% of the project being completed, it will be necessary for Council to adopt an ordinance in a form similar to the one enclosed. fIn developing this ordinance, there are three changes from the general intent of our existing user charge ordinance, which are: a 1. All users will be charged on the same basis. This means that University Heights residents as well as other users outside the city limits will now pay the same rate as residents of Iowa City. This is a regulation applied by EPA and is not a negotiable item. However, should any projects or phases of our operation be financed with property taxes, it is possible to add a surcharge to users outside the City limits. 2. Rather than one flat rate per 100 cubic feet of water used, this ordinance proposes that a minimum charge be paid by all users in addition to a charge based on usage. The implications of this in change were shown in the previous paragraphs of this memorandum 3. Thisordinance hiinance def nesscussion of eafresidentialinancial tcustomer. Those customers that have a waste water strength higher than a residential user will be subjected to a surcharge. The University of Iowa water I plant will be the customer most impacted by this regulation due to the discharge of their sludge. Again, this is an EPA requirement. In developing the ordinance an attempt was made to keep the rates similar to those currently in existence. Finance has prepared a financial analysis which indicates when a sewer rate increase will be needed. The projected ending balance in the sewer revenue operations fund at June 30, 1980 is $514,831. This fund balance was used as a basis and the first assumption was.made that no additional bonds would be sold for any sewer improvement projects (sufficient bonds have already been sold to fund the City's local share of the River Corridor Trunk Sewer project). If the new rate schedule of the 934 minimum charge plus 254 per 100 cubic feet was adopted, it would be necessary for a rate increase to occur in FY84. From FY80 on, annual revenue is expected to be less than annual expenditures and the existing fund balance of $514,831 would provide for sufficient funding through mid-FY84. MICROFIL7LA JORM MCEDAR RAPIDS 39S 4 If the waste water treatment plant project continues as scheduled, it will be necessary to sell approximately $13,500,000 in bonds between FY80 and FY85. These bonds can be either GO bonds or revenue bonds or a combination. In projecting the City's legal debt margin limits for that same period, it appears that it would be possible to sell GO bonds for the entire local share of the project cost and still remain within the 80% limitation of total debt margin as set by our fiscal policy. Using the projected CIP for FY81 through FY85 as a basis for all other GO bond issues to be sold in that period, at the end of FY84, total outstanding GO debt would amount to $25,520,000 of which $13,043,000 would be abated by water revenues and sewer revenues. This leaves $12,477,000 in outstanding bonds to be financed through the debt service tax levy as compared to the current oustanding amount of $10,541,250 being financed by taxes. Assuming bonds are sold in FY81 for the waste water treatment plan project, it will be necessary to have a rate increase in FY83. The amount of the increase necessary will be based upon the amount of bonds sold. If the decision is made to sell only GO bonds, several small issues can be sold. If revenue bonds are sold, it will be necessary to sell all bonds at one bond issue. Therefore, in addition to the change in the rate structure as required by EPA, it will be necessary to increase sewer rates in FY83 or FY84 due to the upcoming construction of the waste water treatment plant. The impact to property owners will be as shown in the following table. The table shows three situations --existing rate; current rate with the proposed user charge ordinance; and the estimated rate in FY85 after all GO bonds have been sold. A. Existing ordinance rate B. Proposed Ordinance rate (Fall '80) C. FY85 rate Avg. Customer (2400 cubic feet) 2 month billing $ 6.48 $ 6.93 $23.25 Min. Customer (400 cubic feet) 2 month billino $1.08 $1.93 $4.65 The primary difference between the existing ordinance rate and the proposed is that a minimum charge of $.93/2 months would be in effect. This tends to impact the minimum user the most. The average user (2400 cubic feet per 2 months) would see a slightly higher rate due to the effect of rounding numbers in the calculations of rates. Rounding up provides a slight increase in revenue, while rounding down provides a slight reduction in revenue. Since a rate increase will be forthcoming in the future, it is proposed that the increase in revenue be established to provide a safety factor for providing revenue for the operation and maintenance of the existing plant. Any fund balance at the time of construction of the plant would reduce the rate increase by a small amount at that time. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES N Although only two rate charges are shown above (proposed and FY85), depending on the actual construction schedule in the next 2 to 3 years, interim rate charges may be advisable. SIXTH AMENDMENT TO ENGINEERING AGREEMENT The amendment to the Engineering Agreement that is enclosed for your review will provide for eight tasks to be performed primarily in conjunction with the design of the new treatment facility. The total cost of the amendment is shown to not exceed $2,000,400. The majority of the cost is attributable towards the design of the plant and outfall sewer (sewer connecting old to new plant). In a tabular form, these costs are broken down as follows: ' 1a. Plant Design C lb. Design of outfall sewer $1,585,000 2. Plan of operation 206,500 3. Soils investigation of plant site 4. 3,360 19,900 Value Engineering 5. Update user 126,600 charge ordinance 6. Develop a user charge ordinance 3'870 72,770 . 8. Develop industrial cost recovery ordinance Develop 24,800 pre-treatment program 27,600 Most of the items are self explanatory. The following defines those items not previously discussed: The plan of operation is a manpower requirements in a preliminary form for plan that would develop the the Value engineering is a requirement by the EPA in operation of the plant. which firm is hired to review Veenstra & Kimms, design recovery a separate consulting work. The industrial ordinance, if required by Congress, requirements cost would develop the exact necessary to require reimbursement by private industry for their share of the cost of the treatment plant. Finally, the pre-treatment ordinance is a requirement by EPA that a method be developed whereby industries to provide pre-treatment of their sewage prior to sewer system. The would have it being permitted into our rules and regulations regarding this requirement are not firm at this time. However, they would require industry an to keep out of our system certain pollutants which would be either detrimental to cost effective to remove at the industry site rather our system and/or more than at the City Plant. RECOMMENDATION It is recommended that Council perform the following: 1. Set a public hearing for the final Facility Plan; 2. Provide input regarding the user charge ordinance so that staff may submit a final draft to EPA; 3. Authorize the Mayor to execute the 6th Amendment to the agreement with Veenstra and Kim; and 4. Provide staff direction regarding funding alternatives for the project (i.e. general obligation bond vs. revenue bond). MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 395 Jim Kimm and staff members will be present at the February 18, 1980 informal session to review the documents in detail and answer questions regarding the entire project. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES M rP �y is ` T7 jY F5 z{ y ` I I fi 'c I ki x+ 17 k5 f I d� t I Jim Kimm and staff members will be present at the February 18, 1980 informal session to review the documents in detail and answer questions regarding the entire project. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES M I i I I _Cin _CI/1 _CI _lY_n _IIY _c!1 r- n W - NNN MAM CP w� oo a rrr mm mmmm moo 0 _ ymI� 4 4 CD X IL a a z 0. a W a =Q ? a W 7 F 4 W O g ¢ a? 3 _? a 00 4 m W ° W1uu W d W Z qm4 rFr WW WW WWm Z J WrW 0 WFWm J 1w U arc w LL a� W as mm 0 ama wm Q mmF W it ct rr } rrr .3 } r r } r U r } mom H (Za F mm a mZm3 mom 3 m m� m�m > W 0t Q 0o Z row J� J oI3 w a Fz zz Q z z 3 > Q Q J z p Ou ao uu m uu W uu� z�s a 3 ups 3 u�m w u$ W w a m d t{yFF'] Gy Y 10 ;aWr 0 laze I I II I m ooSOOME 4 a a Z 0 a U 0 J Wma 'AJJD WAD •-OMl SWYi ......�. w•a.�•i ww�n • wr�r . ss�r�wsan . rro� =3POl1d 1N3 3A0MdN 3WV'J. QL33WJA OW t wr���•�rrr��n •�s�nfw�ww+• �wrsw+• �iwo � i � � f• j� ANWmWM 0 ONLL83LL r OIW DROP 7 GOW NV1d -IOW.LNOO A3/1WM r M OMOI'A.110 VMOI G -Q W-wd p a:as•aanana naavaiu awvawr anro_ •mewooe ar ma m. ¢� 1oaro id LN3N3AOLidW12119 1 3d 0933OBO [ aw�uw.aaama.wo�]+ • uoaa.o.n anoa..� • arar«n.on� • waa..o.n ` € � ! � .tom Awwlroo ON.LOMu IS a� UMMIM O 03WW NOIXV UVc=GUd MJM 5 i N 1.332.11 NQ1NI,0 I I 1 e F S; ,f c 4 y ' I III l u II i 1� o a I I � R all 0 1 z 1 i II i i I I 1 z o yySSe j W i II 1331115 NOIDN13U05 4 w u w� u¢ J} OW CO 6Y a uW of o? P, dONS U39"Ve VM l'Am*VMOI B-OA11 3BtlHd ` . ^�- zea.......�YN.W/1�OI��. YOiIMOY�Y�001��. M�aw��L WVI. M]NOM) 1owotid NLN3Ov4aAou iv% b(3ddv3o�91Id331LL�S �roa oni��t v onaanx�a s3v i33a NsOV�ISB.7 a a 9 ---- - ------------ - ---IL— 10 of�, b J I(55jjyjj e F Z �y9 S�Ji WyaU yq> �FG A 4F� we 0�d 374 1i�+1 O Ilil�l I ��= W J y ---- - ------------ - ---IL— of�, Vrrol -�o vvpi 61-0n 38vM ni•�w•Ln •anww+a,u wxpvan. >.nn. •oiwwoow aim ioa vo�o.-LCGMAd LN3V43AO6dN1 3c1VO9133LLL9 OBO JNVVW"00 ONUORL v C"M33WON3 93WW NO1XVd d 33a1sc 0M IS 133U15 NO1DNIlUnO i YZ 8 ¢ WOJ �aW U ¢6 �yW y4 S q(q(��1••¢¢QW po 7 I O�S OWF 9F9 O SOZFv FF 9 �� F LL OO IIIIII � m0� 1000®00�� I O O W I I I W 0 _ J F Q j F r I t.1•\f\.I.•1 y,ON(.1f1 • O,OI'.T, ' �,11I., MOIIIYOO OII Y • 10. LLO. O� �YY�1D\'.IR4L,I�OA�'YOlYb1/1AO.O1,1. bI/�1, 01/l. �llY/W) /WrrN00 ONI1e7 L • ON1IMNION3 63VVV 9 3 F g ryr[� �U ttff` g t W 1 U rtW 0 ,, F W W z8 4 dWa� 1 y 1.3 Z A _ f� 1 / p Z a� .13 9 Y 1 I I yy® F Q m W y � 1 / 4 • �i . y.1 n n 3 F g ryr[� �U ttff` g t W 1 U rtW 0 ,, F W W z8 4 dWa� y 1.3 Z A _ f� 1 / p Z r 9-imLao Nouonu.LeNOo y $ 1 8 n c: M g t W 1 U rtW 0 ,, F W t dWa� y 1.3 Z • . W _ W N �° a Z a� .13 9 Y 1 I I yy® F Q m W r 9-imLao Nouonu.LeNOo y $ 1 8 n c: M W W 1 U rtW 0 ,, F W dWa� y 1.3 Z _ W N �° a a� .13 9 Y 1 I I W W rtW 0 ,, F W dWa� y 1.3 Z ni _ W N �° PW g®I .13 yy® F Q m W R . F �g b IIIIIII, ¢ y¢ > W V F yyBa du W ¢y Qjj$ ty it� y r 4 ddd�yrtgR i m 01 'sII + N n izJJ Np 0 f b¢ b TW ZQ� 3 eZ� w� a Q� Ll 1 m W� . tlM01 'Allo +IAOI B-OMl 30VNd riP1 Lood I I W0 �¢g .. ...�. sat •]e]•ua•i awwa+u w•a •�arw arinu+ •o�nwoon r io] xo] o. 1'J3('OLid 1N3W3A0t9d W1 3dVoS133U1S dB'J aw aW3 W /y FI Fw 4 ¢ W b ¢ zi y 6- u ¢ a bb W m ¢�4 6 W a N go0a w 00 J1Nd�100 ONllfil'� OPMl177NION3 93W'r W S"11'V'13a N0110f1Z11SN00 o W Eui i R . F �g b IIIIIII, ¢ y¢ > W V F yyBa du W ¢y Qjj$ ty it� y r 4 ddd�yrtgR i m 01 'sII + N n izJJ Np 0 f b¢ b TW ZQ� 3 eZ� w� a Q� Ll 1 m W� ���10F:S0�lJIO riP1 Lood I I W0 �¢g i ¢ aw aW3 W i FI Fw 4 ¢ W b ¢ zi y 6- u ¢ a bb W m ¢�4 6 W a N go0a w 00 W 3 R W F g I¢ �F IIIII� R . F �g b IIIIIII, ¢ y¢ > W V F yyBa du W ¢y Qjj$ ty it� y r 4 ddd�yrtgR i m 01 'sII + N n izJJ Np 0 f b¢ b TW ZQ� 3 eZ� w� a Q� Ll 1 v a e x k ���10F:S0�lJIO riP1 Lood I I v a e x k OMOI -All, VNOI •-Oml Mllw d P sY •)a•w)•� saw)m ..a•)sa mN)et aem)oo on w lo) m) o� 1o3rowd LN3V43AOiidWl 3d 09133H194BO I � ! . )I�IW �rG)•WyY1M rNttYOYwOYt I/tObitlWyWtV 6ltl•W))Npl1 ! r $� iu�+wwoa oNiio3i • ONW33 CN3 o3wv Nb'1d LNior JNVAb�d u �p 133UL9 NO LNI10 a F 02 � 0 0 I IP I 2 I � _.t.. a U 1 I w N II NOIONnunn 3 VMOI 'A.LIO VM l Y -OMI 3GVNd <u•�o•a�e a.o..wnn mavan. awae. xmnwoo on a ,o� xa� ow-Lo3roiid 1N3W3AOMdNI 3d 06133W.L9 O9O 4 ruvwwOO ONiio3.L O C W33NION3 93KW N`d-Id-LnoAv—I 133hUS N01NI•10 6 a Z 0 q� Y4g r �}4 uGj¢ o Wymm���e •r +-®®®1301 rl II I > 1, R v\ r� > �a -- ■ } `AM ■ss =® o11 ■■ I I PV'6 I i R _ INN rl II I > 1, > -- I I I PV'6 I i I L J 0 , y / I 1 W N I I 1 I I n 1 VMOI '1.110 VMOI B -OM1 38vH su•... .n •i tan..�u w•.oi'.av� >nnan. .oinwoon .w io. vo. or 1oarobd LN3v43AoudWI 3dvos.L33Ll18 OBJ eww*o. • ruanr� oe� . ueu.o.. a..o.w.� ...s..n. ung . waaraorn ANVrw00 ON.Le3.L v G"WZMMQN3 93wv, NV16 lnoAvi .L338 -LS NOlEJNIHSVAA a m� M S W -gig a e W ' F z� m W o W ¢ � y Q 5, M d Ins 1 •]l•]C]•]I]•1 Y.OW]l]L ' RNq �T] ' TH].�] mo,"p. 0. Y1 • 10� %OI r]y]LtWY•�YG1r.YM O!/1 40LpY]L]Op11'1 YIINN�V 01]l ti]1. ANVWNOO ONI1631 v ONN33NWN3 630 tl E i I n.. 133N14 NO1DNIltlf10 �J VM l.' o VMOI 0-0M1 38VHd 103foaci 1N3Vf-qAO c&Nl 3dVOS133tl19 080 NV-ld inoAd-i 133L11S '1Q11dV0 ;S i� o� W Q Jj Z�Z ;a 3 a R Y q y� 0�6033m§Y ��Kaa'u 1; � �� `®III°[ •*•®®I IDi l(Idp l M YAe My a�{•Yfa•M••1 )NO„•)lL <II�OIY}'1• YVII.• MOInY000n l4 10• NO. OY �Yd 10)�Y�AY.�I)Wl r 40)1MOY<)Y.Op1.l Y)IW.I.61•l M))NOMf JWvwio0 ONI1o9.L'Y CNI1i77NION3 03M _ S FP r 31 _ I J Q UUC IF �. I O i tP 6�i OZZ ay i U • I i 11 �w + w< ' h y 11 mfv:.,y'I.r YMOI'A110 VMOI O'OM.L 36vY 103f'OMd 1N3V43AOWdK 3d 09133!!19 090 NVId JNIOVU0 Lill L33bLLS N01NI'10 y FP r 31 J Q {ia O i tP nw ay i U 00 11 + w< P l _ i r < p) I `u i II 3 r 0 a 6 • _ 7 �— Q • L J F 1 I I o < m0aYy I � F W r01 IT_ _ I I I I I YMOI'A110 VMOI O'OM.L 36vY 103f'OMd 1N3V43AOWdK 3d 09133!!19 090 NVId JNIOVU0 Lill L33bLLS N01NI'10 y 31 la {ia W< H gf On p f) r t p [L 2 O L l I iN, 0�a iJ J W y 1 � N dOHS tl30UY0 I K YM l - llo VMOI B -Q l 36vM 0 ...., sea•ee�.w�.� a1ara,u ww'�a z sww •oiwwo ow •s log m� o� 103f07dd LN3W3Aou.=iNi 3dV09.L3mJ.L9 O60 � t � "_ N AMW400 Oral*a.i 10 VMW3r3 4HDN9 BMW NV ONI VUE) � 66 pp ap 1.33M -LS NOIJNIWQWAA 6 E a • m 1. VN l 1 10 vmol 9 -OAU 39VH 1N3VaAOi:id"I 3dVC)9133td.L9 aso iibo C#) ANWcWlOO QN1183J. 19 C"W33NION3 83WW Nb' -Id E)NIC3VHE) ° op -L:B:gu-Ls -lCLLIC:Ivc> 5 b 6 Y u MR a? 1 10 0 u 11 on so Elm 191m min on 'm '7 20 Di d, m A n 5 b 6 Y u MR a? 1 10 0 u 11 on so Elm 191m min on 'm 1Mp 'Allo MW�I m-pMl 7FIW lO3 OhW LN3N3A0Uc"l 3dVOS133W.LS 4380 d y NV-ld JNICWHO 1.33kd.L$ NOLO Nlbine 9 ! b s a .a.�•w.� •w•I mwra+°r: a USAF S ONW22 WM Warw E 1Mp 'Allo MW�I m-pMl 7FIW lO3 OhW LN3N3A0Uc"l 3dVOS133W.LS 4380 d y NV-ld JNICWHO 1.33kd.L$ NOLO Nlbine 9 ! b s a bM01 'Allo VMOI Y-OMl 38vH eaa•ao nnl auoWYa�u v.olva.�. awae..mewo on w loa roa a.-Loarouci 1N3W3Aoudm 3d 09.L33LI19 aeo .Iypl10Y•.YpAaI.,MOI.I µ0a1MY. L.OgI.� ML•I•.'MM.. "22.. ANWWMCD ONI19319 OMMMM 1ON3 93WV N`d-ld-IVC)I?J1C)3-13 qq p> 133kLL.8 N01NI10 b a W f l_ I NNN -J J pp 1 aw F F •^ Q — r� " F� N _._-.S•�-� Q Q 0 d°u ral m I y 1 Wo I r Gz <0 1 WN G LL � jjj 1 z C ¢ ¢ wY Y � a u � g II I I� i .- �� III -1= I � III Y t 15 1 o q a > m i" z 6 I Z l TT Q I 1 I N O Q I •' , 2 I I I I I I —� 137U19 NU1f)NI'llina 3 -- Ft _� _� ____ _ _ _ �=o� �,_�_ �vos.L��a aeo AN,ow400■NIe3.LeVM133"QN3 83"v N«-ld 'WCA103-13 13M ±s No1SNHSVM 04 ■ .e. o. aa•ren.r•i snw>ttu wva'satr nrnnr soinaoo on .0 ia. •w a awsutia.. �w.aa,nsnm . uouwrranoswrt , rs++rvornt. rnawon NION3 93W1 ANVWV400 ONUG3119 C W33 VM l'Awo nmol B-OMl 3itrhld 103M' dd LN3VT AOLIdWI 3dV091331:119 O90 Co NV-ld 133a1s 101 �p 4 F d pu y UWU . cwt no..n p G G r`i I h !I Y .dG LLm W2 h h M1 I� h = � �I ��I�� �♦ 122 I Si QW U ■ �I -err U W QYU LLIYM \ n❑tl I 3 � I I x•'44.• R s u Ili �D°VIII \ \ \ N ~I .a W 1 w o 111 C O ---------------- I , d : ( , 331s ��1+IusvM 3 I l • i _ I - I<<'� t- l as m OS _ I t 6 5 W t 'n I I l I 133tl15 e101@IIINOB � '•••• . • • ••^ Omq 'A 17 oma 9-OMl 39owf dd .... sea.ea+i+ ar.owo+v ,.nor\m, a+nvn, aonroo on ou • .o\ vo. o. 103f`OLld 1N3W31b2ldM 3dV09133!!1$ 460 E � i r �AN'rdN00 ONI1931'9�ONILi33NION3 63WV S11V130 N0110f1IJ19N00 O a l `� 4r ` + r,.; try ` � �� — \YH •—`Y '---- i: d 4 •� = I I � u� � o ti /� I • • �. ..N (': J Z , i° q Y V O y• i -- tu .0-.v .o -.r r_J 3 o � o:r III -- q nod i I i *r v Irs'pp � u L 3 S O H i .%2 a om n FF a i o 6 Z o ' I • 4 I V i• EE AA .3 2 I i€ < o Icc 6-a I�" �J it W y�i e I i y�jW � W g@iY �na y o. o` hhj o Cp Y ii� � Yi � •� w1. jo A. cc - N W ry to i c i o s Ilit L3 a aY i 's •I�` iY �}`k � Z �+ � Y �; E 33t � - is .� 11'n}6a� � � s L' O � � \ a,Y ° � Y t i Y Y Y i Y I Y W ,\ •b o :4 YSF, of ,ia i Q g k g f p i, P IA Z i€ .. a ° 1 nnM d •4 Q i.rn .t vA PA `� 4r ` + r,.; try ` � �� — \YH •—`Y '---- i: d 4 •� = I I � u� � o ti /� I • • �. ..N (': J Z , i° q Y V O y• i -- tu .0-.v .o -.r r_J 3 o � o:r III -- q nod i I i *r v Irs'pp � u L 3 S O H i .%2 a om n FF a i o 6 Z o ' I • 4 I V i• EE AA .3 2 I i€ < o Icc 6-a I�" �J it W y�i e I i y�jW � W g@iY �na y o. o` hhj o Cp Y ii� � Yi � •� w1. jo A. cc - N W ry to i c i o s Ilit L3 a aY i 's •I�` iY �}`k � Z �+ � Y �; E 33t � - is .� 11'n}6a� � � s L' O � � \ a,Y ° � Y t i Y Y Y i Y I Y W ,\ •b o :4 YSF, of ,ia i Q g k g f p i, P IA Z i€ .. a ° 1 nnM d •4 Q i.rn .t vA PA a � A.L1 & ���c_ G- � k 38� AN,WV400 ■¥.Le3.L 10 CMa MNMN3 93WW slV ISQ N01one1eNoo N § / _ ] @p, 9 \ | - 111,11 TT IS� } / §) ((# §j |/ 2. _| @p, 9 | \ § I \ | - TT } / §) ((# §j |/ 2. | \ § I VMDI'A1D V l 6-M l 36VHd •••�• Ru•.u•np•i raow.�u \we vsw . >n..u. xoiwxoo ow .m ..o. xw ox 1 aroO zd 1N3W3Ao8dW13dV091338 ,:%c3so ouoax. • ro..aw+ern • uouw.n anoayi . rsw..vo�� . waar.o.n J1PIVdN00 ONI1091 Y 01VIli'JiWON3 93WI S-IIV-L30 NOi-LonH-LSNOO 4 R Q it e \ yX b np 3 Y ' � • �"0 � i tiV pR �N i ; V\ y � ��� l 'r• • f \0 icy C � 0 v y\.gyp p lrie o �� \\�3 y\ Fi �qy i° a gra' gg M Rt" a daa�.t b E X ==5 '14 o �19 •i� ,• Y� ji 4- 4 8 r NY �c� Qi y J p �Vi Y - Y l G??J \ 3y� iiFF � :[ •io3x k i�n n • y �` R Q it C \ yX g i,� Cv� np 3 Y ' � • �"0 i tiV pR Y.• i ; V\ y � y . Yy�Y F 3yi; 2v nbN y p )V)� \`$O Oi u � °a P'ki �� \\�3 y\ Fi �qy •E � y Ni V� Y " gg M Rt" a daa�.t b E X ==5 '14 o �19 •i� ,• Y� ji 4- f $ � ` Y - Y l 0� �1• a y; k C C G C Y 9 �f3t� M 4 O 0 Y 9 Z t \ l y F V }yp yyY yry 4 dr, J ! �19 •i� '1 ,V �f3t� M 4 O 0 OMOI 'A11� OMOI 6�ONp1 340Md au lrL n) allo,.Ya]v .mo�•uNr rwae. aaiNroa an au lo\ •o\ o. 1.O3fOHd LN3N3AOUm" 3dV091338.LS 090 p1N\ll'W\ � \YDA).W\ V1.1 • \la]1MaY. l..a\u.al WINM]]. wll W]]Npf) ]� (� ANVdNOO ONUS3.LI OIWM33NION3 83WV S-1IV13a NOI.Lc)n -LSNOO 3' �4 O N yY Vy ` �C ` , `' SCC • Ea LU >a p Q • f Z j � n ; O y ;� •a� lam\ 6n °. ) .0•• it '' F 4 � {� ¢ >3�5 3 m O F,t er �__ L ILL, m Y n � !} p �f Ma Hn 0 n333334 4� ^i( 0 ) r ,4 r at �2 iao `ri iv dt b r �?u�3 �i {y �n 1 rii i' x I v�p r�i g � •' fl ur � ; • �a \$r3° ,t ¢b ;,� `5g r., X3'43 0 2 0 � . p° "u u• '•• a ;,. ^ � ;d :>• ,s r,;� I.la W ^ hg! ZW Q ; 3 W Q W W o ` 6 a o! \ 6 ° ¢ i •' F 'to°° a 3J CL uc LU all G�� •! •1� O.I/19 .9f1 MNA•L 'NM'9:L J� ° 4 ° : 3 V •�4� gip NQ VU ..�•;�� VII .'1r4r p is `a ` ``r� b •I d9° yet °4 i •' LU O < u a a N 4 d �56 Y Q ;_ r•Nwdr `� a Qr r� y[, u � a Co �\ US UU��� ; � Y VY •: �•I. pafy 3j.X66j ,. lift Y, WSw It � QCI� B .I o N Q •. l,5 e 0 u W '. Ww �j� f_' p 304•', 6 n Q �0 i Fe gay_• rEer"i:o _ 30 h mer max•"` = I \ _ �� 1� � ` °5�3�•j;' y 6 a Cl �._ rom enrwera ruoavr-- a 3' �4 O N yY Vy ` �C ` , `' SCC • Ea LU >a p Q • f Z j � n ; O y ;� •a� lam\ 6n °. ) .0•• it '' F 4 � {� ¢ >3�5 3 m O F,t er �__ L ILL, m Y n � !} p �f Ma Hn 0 n333334 4� ^i( 0 ) r ,4 r at �2 iao `ri iv dt b r �?u�3 �i {y �n 1 rii i' x I v�p r�i g � •' fl ur � ; • �a \$r3° ,t ¢b ;,� `5g r., X3'43 0 2 0 � . p° "u u• '•• a ;,. ^ � ;d :>• ,s r,;� I.la W ^ hg! ZW Q ; 3 W Q W W o ` 6 a o! \ 6 ° ¢ i •' F 'to°° a 3J CL uc LU all G�� •! •1� O.I/19 .9f1 MNA•L 'NM'9:L J� ° 4 ° : 3 V •�4� gip NQ VU ..�•;�� VII .'1r4r p is `a ` ``r� b •I d9° yet °4 i •' LU O < u a a N 4 d �56 Y Q ;_ r•Nwdr `� a Qr r� y[, u � a Co �\ US UU��� ; � Y VY •: �•I. pafy 3j.X66j ,. lift Y, WSw It � QCI� B .I o N Q •. l,5 e 0 u W '. Ww �j� f_' p 304•', 6 n Q �0 i Fe gay_• rEer"i:o _ 30 h mer max•"` = I \ _ �� 1� � ` °5�3�•j;' y 6 a Cl �._ rom enrwera ruoavr-- ••••,.••,•• 'err fwan°noinwoonr a�.r o� r CtSW3r ►�M DM WNW E:: 1LO3Mil L �-W.L 7CY 103P0lId 1N3N3/�OlIdW 3dKiB133li19 �4'i.LOILL S -IML Q NOIR on ueNw ff Q l y6�7�ud_ �«m�� AN,dV400 ■¥.LQ 3.Le f"nW4WN3 63HW s *i2c NDlona±SNoo u � \\ \� � 4 VMOfA110 VM01 S-OMl 36VNd eu•]n•nnl nowr]i]a wwavxm rwan�]omwo ow eo w].o]o� 103P0 d 1N3W3AoH j 3dV09133ii1S 090 N{OL�IO•rrYLUx�RN1 r 40L W1N LxOR.xl • �NNY�L WrI. �(]]NNq ( ANVOW400 ONUS3110 OMM33NION3 63VW S11<f130 U3113HS 1.ISNVU-L 'x 4� --------- I 1 ice. _ j ri rl t I 1 L f - 1 ! 1 1 II 11 I I I � II I I b I 1 I •} J J x 1 r I I � 3 _=a 1 VMGI 'J.110 oM01 9.OM.1 38"d d J. su•�e�.n�., 11gWf�LL Yv.a vs... rnv.� YoinY»on m YY Yw o+ 1.'73fOaN� 3dvos I3M IR CMO pNV•L1pY•�,pyyy�II1. LLO'YMY�1N00.�'1 MWP401.1 • M]MVA ANVc&*00 ONi.1G31• 10 OMM33NION3 63M SNO L03S SSO�JO 2 {{ 133U—LS NO—LM-10 d a I ..... .. .......... III r—. ::1.' '� � :. U. ..3 ......•.. I. t-LJf 71 CC•.., .. , I' II. ,. L. it ..l,li ..t I! _,� ! ':I�t 0 :! 0 O - I� < FII - fi. 0 r, :1 �", '.. , iim...-I1' :.: , I 1 ;. 1 I Q '�1 '0 .. ; _r i O 'i l t I I L{ 1 t I� r I ' I ... ., _. N �I F• 7 1, 1 L.1 *. , q 1 1 I' II 1 ,! II it I _ f It 1 iIt.-.:� 1 1t i r I 1 1 7 I, ' ' BC �1 ....... OEM , itr.-i:ii r 0 _,: ;I: r. 1. li' :.. a ..! I t �'- �' a. i....._. 1 !�, I:11..I,I :.Illi, : L.,. 11. J..!I•.I. !�: L_f., �l All- � �J 'I�. .. .. ..II „ .0 1..1 ,., ..!0 . , L:•!....,'. ...�!.. :a ..: :. Qj.:.a .,0-•�! � .a -:•I1 ii - ii� :.i ;{il j, il: i, t I I I iii }I: .;1. . :i �' : 0• i, �U 1!iL, ''•1�•ie �:: 1.. 11 I II _iI .1 •:.:' ' t :{,i:: :,0: :r'ai� 1. .I: 1 u. li :�:ni ll!II: il. .I' 1. .II. .I, .i! i ! •I' i:':'�I :1'J �' I I IRyyyR r i i � (I 1 1: It }.'I I i .I 0 a.. ... �• '� � -:;: . ..I, _... .� F .'"'':I' :. 'O!, .�. :I .1( I 1 .M I1..:. I I: I' � I:: 6 :..f I �' 111mmm it I I ' 0 Eno mm!11mm ,,.. 0. .... ..II�I: so EM1001,10ME so 0 NONE Emommmommom so MEN IMMMEMEMMIMMFAM I ..... .. .......... III r—. ::1.' '� � :. U. ..3 ......•.. I. t-LJf 71 CC•.., .. , I' II. ,. L. it ..l,li ..t I! _,� ! ':I�t 0 :! 0 O - I� < FII - fi. 0 r, :1 �", '.. , iim...-I1' :.: , I 1 ;. 1 I Q '�1 '0 .. ; _r i O 'i l t I I L{ 1 t I� r I ' I ... ., _. N �I F• 7 1, 1 L.1 *. , q 1 1 I' II 1 ,! II it I _ f It 1 iIt.-.:� 1 1t i r I 1 1 7 I, ' ' BC �1 ....... I', , itr.-i:ii r .,• _,: ;I: r. 1. li' :.. a ..! I t �'- �' a. I ..... .. .......... .. _r 'i l t I I L{ 1 t I� r I ' I ... ., _. N �I F• 7 1, 1 L.1 *. , q 1 1 I' II 1 ,! II it I _ 1 iIt.-.:� 1 1t i r 1 1 7 BC �1 1 I', :.. a ..! I t �'- �' a. i....._. 1 !�, I:11..I,I :.Illi, : L.,. 11. J..!I•.I. !�: L_f., �l All- � �J 'I�. .. .. ..II „ .0 1..1 ,., ..!0 . , L:•!....,'. ...�!.. :a ..: :. Qj.:.a .,0-•�! � .a -:•I1 ii - ii� :.i ;{il j, il: i, t I I I iii }I: .;1. . :i �' : 0• i, �U 1!iL, ''•1�•ie �:: 1.. 11 I II _iI .1 •:.:' ' t :{,i:: :,0: :r'ai� 1. .I: 1 u. li :�:ni ll!II: il. .I' 1. .II. .I, .i! i ! •I' i:':'�I :1'J �' I I IRyyyR r i i � (I 1 1: It }.'I I i .I a.. ... �• '� � -:;: . ..I, _... .� F .'"'':I' :. 'O!, .�. :I .1( I 1 .M I1..:. I I: I' � I:: 6 :..f I �' it I I ' 1 ,,.. 0. .... ..II�I: I VMOI'A O VMOI B•OML 3BVHd 3 p ..,.e...s. •u•]nua•� awwa�ai wwa•aam• swan. aomYoo on m wa voa or 1.03f'Olid .L1V3V'f3/ha LidVW 3dV'�c I Ta.l Ic �•7 Ey Sf N MlYlaO� atl/.1WfV1 WI'1 • LLOa1W V V LtOglt•1 • MewVl.Onl . M]N!H] ANW0400 QNI19319 owa33NION3 93WV SNOI103S SSOUC) ° aa pp r 1331:11S N0INIYJ 9 S RA VMOI'Axo VM l SOMI. 36VHd en•.......•' a.wur'u . -.s • a..an..omwoonm . w.. -i.,. 1J3rcA:w 1N3VV3Ki1:16" 3avo � r% .o.s• wa>.+w•�p.vri.o . uouw.. y. ' • w...+. on.. w... � ANVW 'IOC ONIl931'Y ON W33NION3 93M SNOLL 33a1s 3 1 11 NS08 ' a *' t t {-t {Ir {{r TI �ii tir I l. to 1 , t I . t nt ,: .. .: 1, I {... 1 {, t .: {{ Eh' r,l T: .. t-. ......I. ' 1...! � .:..'..:l..._....' t�.t ... .......E1.1. F': .. .. ......... .. .... .: I .i .. I »1 .. .. .... ... -. .. ....... I.... .... .. .. .. ... :. . L' .... •... .. .. .. . .. .... .... .. ... -I I 1 F .. .. I 17 „ I 1 ........ .. ." .... ... .. :... . . .: .. - - - . . I I . . 1 I . . . — 6 a m ... ... r .. _. I :. .•:.:... :. :::;7::;:. t.. ... ::: :f - ,.. .... .:::.:.: I:::: I:; i :. .. .% I...... ::....: .�... ...:....:...............-...._. .. . ........... .. . ....:.. ._........ '. .... .' .... ...._... C t. . ... .... !' ::.... ... .. .. ..... .I..... 1:'- L tF-1 1 f , C t t t i I ' ......_, , I `11-1 i ' I t', �' - a, ,, _,- 1 r !K t ' , ji-rjI -tL.. {,.I,- 1. l I . I T1 it .....' .. d.al. r },1. r • . ill, ' ' ' t' : _' t i 1� t'..II .... .... ....... .. .. .. ' [ ' , I�tt 111 I 1' T I _1. . t. I lint I t 1 LtJ },Il. I'. ,'It r111, 1 '. r I� ' rl I }' T i 1 [:: 'i ,- r �`� t' ;-1 Lf }..' it L1«..' } I t L ' I � I IT 't 1 I 1t' tfl 11 ,a 1' [ 'r - tttl .1 'I lI tt I,.l I flit n. �' , T- ;'1a [ r L `- 1 , t'' 1 11 n L I 1 tit t t t } I T;ii I T —14 'I I II. `) trI�i Lam, I1�1} M li } t I[� Ii�1't } 1. t I1 , }.1 }_t r t EI tl t r' t}. , r I 1... t j L r , y E ["' ITT Lt I Cril '' r 1 '1 1EC}{ t' r1 lr 11 '�I t j F t 1 ' 1' i + t, ' h L'1t '�I f 3 ; ' r a;� ' ,{ , ; ,}. ,1 'T ' 1 '1{{t !1'T i(7 t ,. I ' ; ,t I ` r (11 [ , it l '� y. II , , r I '7 " r."[ A I';i tt` }fir ,; i 1 tLltr, ,' 41 h a r 1711 !lr'1 t} '14 . I I } .14{}j r ' I{ 1 I Mt. ! .' 11 t...:.. L Ij r{ � ,ri 1 [. t, t 7t1. , i it L ' " [ f r I 1 1 t rr , r1'-1 ,. �It` 'It 1 t 1 I i� Ir4j 1' ::t 1 - 1. ,.t� 1' { _ - 1..I t.. T` rir1-iiili }' ESI. I I...... II n,. 1L. " ,a }-.t��{ 7iT"x� I _ ♦. l' rfft Iil r - t t 1, I il.i x 1I ni ,l' '..l I I I r Itt 1 1 L- r t '}` l ht ]y:, t I } 4 a 1 n t , i ,.I .q �I t I , Ir Tu ' . l it ` I I r -, 1 ___lll 1 1 r "I {{i 11I14 it. I 1 � tl Ir 1TI t tlr rt} (9 ri { t 'ln i{ ;}1 ; t t,.11 2�1T1 It t 't t ' W { ti•t µ}y}.. 1 i I II, I. 111 II+ -.{I 1 Iii ,.L. rg{! 1tI:.I ���j 'T* tt t.l i - j Y{,rt ; t . }' i -F 1 - IIk. t }t i i � t 4 �p i i' tl n 1� I ;7 �' i.{Ir•{ { » t jt' r L.}. I r t, Ti IAC II } ;l ? i r? I,.,. t I. R I.r ' i {} I.1 t tt� ?-}' = m, i i .t 1. It `F.I,:t .}r..t: I i, t,t', ? t ttrl..; ' {..lt t't I ",tt l tl' ' . III . '-1 { rWill IT. 1� }L,;, -x 1 ; t ` 1 , I 'IItE r I, t - 't-' } 7 }n'F tl� ,. t,� ;., Ir^1 ' ;I II t,} 1rl'II' It '� I r i ,t 1 E t, t I '1 .:1 r♦ :I z" t L 1 ( ILI ;tr, I '- .tii'r'i 11 1. " it ,,fr r�rt4 T t.'t I. T'1} L , l ` . ;t l' t , 7t I r,.,, t7} I �� iII I} y , ntX-.}'lr,l t. ti1_I1 �I, I t i I 3inM� I'�j1 IxtIq � {T ,t ` i , .41Er { �'3tY II. i , aTa it x t T1 rt �t ..1 I ;, ' }1' ,1 I T tall ��.: ` I t 1 tf It r11i GI ur tlrt r11!{ tiI r. i- II ' ' 'l 111 11q i.' , (.Ini (.}t !' 11.7 ,tr -i tl11 rt�'ff- Tli� "Nall I.EC ' }I 1� t p rt r ! 1st' I. ' I.t I.i I it TE�'I T. fi w ; f �� t t'E i i} i »x{t i�f rrl 'I ; r,{ lq; ;I ' 1 I ii �' #n {1 r1`tt !I ` tl !It ry It f f ! ' I, i ij ti { li I't' ...I 1 a '!'t cE1 t 1 ii' a1 ;1 I .....� a j=;;;:::' .:.:. }' :..: I I I I' to+l �j 7 I 1 111;44 r{I it IIIIr11,I 1 I" tE{lr �I IT II it " ,'� :Itl 1 I t 1 t 1t ti l fill II tl rl r )It 1' ::I IT ' } #I it T ifh ?{fil {; IF r i 1 Ill.it It11 Iji' il,',•; y 14 , { '...n '1 .: .... I iiii i L 1r t, t„1'llI - I I�.. 1•... I I I ......:: .......:.:: ....I ..i::::; ::: r t f, Ill: 1 II 7 Ij ' :iil!ii;11(ni,' , , ii : n: 1 .., 1 !!r 11. '- i I I 7 i- t I`1 t{I It ':ll:;:: r,::i::�1 ;:” -t I ; ..t:: ,. 171 r I ' : rllll , I;''. IL 1 a 1 1l. III v t t ..' t I , t It �I , ' 'I t ' ,' II Ti"'EIII tIk }� 1{.. 1. II I.' ; llt . I l , I ::II 1 Ir' fi" .,T Iiii •- . ..:.:I.,* . ': IT q :::*i1 ill *I (, 11 Ii F .' t 1 :i 1 :I ... ' I.; .:' .I.. :1 lIH III I tfll::L;Itf:I1;;:;:.I:I. '' I -..Il' I ::-ir I. Ii' I. tl r IT::::;;:ill.: Ij l I 1` ;I �j I ,l L It t ,l`` I. }} i'Il li i1 j I ili i I1. f Ij] Iil ' 1 t ::i::::! �' ii' 1; I I' Illi �. j i; 1 11..: I, III i �.;li� t I I :ISI II I I I l 7. :i� 1 If I : I II ' .Ii , ..�..: I I I , ._1 11 ll ... I} ,','t I i L . I 1. � I I I IL1 l I I 1 II: II' . .'I '.I - ....... ..i' .1, ,'�, 1. I II 1 :,. ;1 1. ' IN Il ., 1'I I1I1':: '_., )' -'"t- ..'1 , I`I i{i m OL. , I ,.41 i:. 1.''j 11...1:1 ti 1}r4I��h'1 '1 I iii I.I ilIIiII lttiI II' .i I,tl II II ;.' 1 i' 1 . i J1.,: I ..,:_I Ili I! II }u a'r '. iii .,.III .....1-, .,_i : d\©« �` ,,yi ®�� � ` ; Z » _. 2��� : � : \ \� w\ �� / /\ � d \y � � � z - � / Qom® ) ;=` ( � \ � ;i �� �� � / d \ .. \\\, . . § � . . \ ) . ` . � ...: . ... /: § /' . �� \ \~ .. . :/\ I G 1 IOWA CITY CBD CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT STREETSCAPE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PHASE a'B. IOWA CITY, IOWA AMES I � & TESTING COMPANY �r I� LAND SURVEYORS l AMES, IOWA - TELEPHONE 1 -SIS -232-7231 Is r G 1 IOWA CITY CBD CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT STREETSCAPE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PHASE a'B. IOWA CITY, IOWA AMES ENGINEERING & TESTING COMPANY ENGINEERS • LAND PLANNERS • LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS LAND SURVEYORS PO. BOX 801 --2730 FORD STREET • AMES, IOWA - TELEPHONE 1 -SIS -232-7231 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I fo SPECIFICATIONS FOR CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT STREETSCAPE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PHASE II -B IOWA CITY, IWA JACK F. ' LEA;?,AN ARCHITECT N0. 46 C I hereby certify that this document was prepared by me and under my direct super- vision and that I am a duly registered Professional En- gineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. By: N it A. Carpenp r, P.E. Iowa Registration No. 2520 Date X16' 8'Q 3__...,4. _. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR¢LA9 i k- CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES -9 i w _ i lei 1 rtl� f: r j Id AET PROJECT #789503 gFebruar.y. , 1980 I hereby certify that this I i document was prepared by me f and under my direct super- vision and that I am a duly a reitst a Landscape Archi- tetd r the laws of the Stat o Iowa I� Jack E. Leaman, x Iowa Registration No. 48 Date .Z S D I a SPECIFICATIONS FOR CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT STREETSCAPE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PHASE II -B IOWA CITY, IWA JACK F. ' LEA;?,AN ARCHITECT N0. 46 C I hereby certify that this document was prepared by me and under my direct super- vision and that I am a duly registered Professional En- gineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. By: N it A. Carpenp r, P.E. Iowa Registration No. 2520 Date X16' 8'Q 3__...,4. _. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR¢LA9 i k- CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES q I TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION I - BIDDING INFORMATION AND CONTRACT FORMS SECTION: A. NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING B. ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS C. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS D. FORM OF PROPOSAL E. FORM OF CONTRACT F. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND G. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DIVISION II - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION: A. SPECIAL CONDITIONS B. GENERAL CONDITIONS C. SPECIAL PROVISIONS i f I# DIVISION III - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS SECTION: A. STREET PAVEMENT, CURB AND GUTTER, SIDEWALK AND STRUCTURE REMOVAL III -A-1 f0 B. EXCAVATION, AND SUB -BASE PREPARATION III -B-1 C. SITE PREPARATION FOR SEWERS III -C-1 D• SITE PREPARATION FOR SEWERS, WATER MAINS, III -D-1 AND FORCE MAINS IVB �A MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB h CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I I r MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MINES I E. TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL F. SEWERS D G. SANITARY SEWER REQUIREMENTS H. STORM SEWERS I. PAVEMENT WITH INTEGRAL CURB AND I ASPHALT PATCHWORK J. GRANULAR MATERIAL BASE COURSE K. BRICK PAVING aL. CONCRETE SIDEWALK M. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE N. TIMBER CONSTRUCTION 0. WOOD SITE FURNITURE P. METAL SITE FURNITURE Q. TRANSIT SHELTERS R. ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING S. PLUMBING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MINES DIVISION I BIDDING INFORMATION AND CONTRACT FORMS i 1 a id I 4 f� t l c: y F I �c� I L DIVISION I BIDDING INFORMATION AND CONTRACT FORMS MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i 1 a MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i DIVISION I y SECTION C IM INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Ip is IB -01 BIDDER'S KNOWLEDGE IS Bidders are required to examine to their satisfaction, the plans and specifications and to make sure that the requirements are fully understood. They must satisfy themselves by actual examina- tion of the site as to the nature of the work and all conditions lti affecting the performance of the contract. If any person contemplating submitting a bid for the proposed r contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the plans, specifications, or other proposed contract documents, he may submit to the Landscape Architect/Engineer a written request li for the interpretation thereof. The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation of the proposed documents will be made only by addendum duly � issued and a copy of such addendum will be mailed or delivered to 1! each person receiving a set of such documents. 17 9 I� kv kr IB -02 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS Bidders must be capable of performing the work bid upon. They may be required to supply a detailed statement covering experience on similar work, list of machinery, plant and other equipment which will be used on the proposed work, and such statements of their financial resources as may be deemed necessary. Corporations organized under the laws of any other state shall file with the City Clerk a certificate from the Secretary of the State of Iowa, showing that they have complied with all the provisions of Chapter 494 of the Code of Iowa, governing foreign corporations. Individuals or co -partnerships of other states shall file with the City Clerk an agreement consenting to the jurisdiction of the courts of Johnson County, Iowa, as provided in Section 616.4 of the Code of Iowa, as to all matters arising out of or connected with any contract entered into. Such certificates or agreements shall be on file with the City Clerk before any contract awarded hereunder shall be effec- tive. IB -03 METHOD OF BIDDING ofdthesworkl be theftimesatdwith which thenworkdmustmbe9completed,ivinthe dandrththe e amount of the bid guarantee which must accompany the bid, all of which must be in accordance with the official publications relating I -C-1 396 MICROFllMEO BY JORM MIC R(�iL AB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES M01NES r~ Iv to the proposed improvement. To insure against accidental error, �. the Contractor should read carefully the official publication be- fore preparing his bid. For all work let on a unit price basis, the Landscape Architect/ Engineer's Estimate of Quantities shown in the Form of Proposal i are understood to be approximate only and will be used only for the purposes of comparing bids. For work let on a lump sum price basis, any estimate of quantities provided, is furnished for the 9 convenience of bidders and is not guaranteed. f� i IY b I° In preparing his bid, the bidder shall specify the price at which he proposes to do each item of work, written legibly to insure consideration. The price shall be stated in figures. In items where unit price is required, the total amount of each item shall be computed at the unit prices bid for the quantities given in the estimate. In case of errors in computing the total amount, the unit price will be assumed to be correct. IB -04 SUBMISSION OF BIDS Bids shall be placed in an envelope and the envelope sealed and marked to indicate its contents, and be accompanied by a bid security in a separate envelope, properly endorsed. If forward- ed mailedmail, thethe Citytwo Clerk. Allsbids shaall be llbefiled withthe adthird and City Clerk's Office prior to the time as designated in the Advertise- ment for Bids for opening bids. If the bid is made by an individual, his name and post office address must be shown. If made by a firm or partnership, the name and post office address of the firm or partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the bid must name the state under the:law of which the corporation is chartered, and the name, title, and business address of the executive head of the corporation. Anyone signing a bid as agent may be required to submit satisfactory evidence of his au- thority to do so. No bidder shall submit more than one bid. Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder is interested in more than one bid for the work may cause the rejection of all bids in which such bidder is interested, or may cause the disapproval of any contract award- ed such bidder. The attention of bidders is directed to Chapter 553., Code of Iowa, 1979, regarding unlawful combination in making Public contracts. An extra bid form is included (unattached) with the specifications for use in submitting a bid. In addition to the Bid Form of Proposal, the bidder shall also sub- mit the Bid Security. 1-C-2 MICROFILEDES JORM M CEDAR RAPIDS 1° M I -C-3 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 0 N IB -05 BID SECURITY Each bid shall be accompanied by a Cashier's Check or a Certified Check drawn on a known responsible bank in the State of Iowa or on a bank chartered under the laws of the United States, or a Bid p Bond for the amount specified in the Advertisement for Bids and 19 made payable to the Treasurer of the City of Iowa City, Iowa. Should the bidder receiving the award fail to execute a satis- P` factory contract and file an acceptable contract bond within ten ti (10) days after the acceptance of his bid, this check shall be cashed and the full amount retained by the City as fluid and rm liquidated damages. 19 A certified check to be acceptable shall bear on its face the endorsement of a solvent Iowa bank or a bank chartered under the laws of the United States, as to the amount certified, which Ott endorsement shall be signed by an official authorized to bind the bank by his acts. w j� Bid guarantee will promptly be returned to the unsuccessful bidders after the award has been made. In no case will the bid guarantee be held longer than thirty (30) days without written permission the bidder to whom of the bidder, except that the bid guarantee of the contract is awarded will be retained until he has entered into contract and filed an acceptable bond. Ie IB -06 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS w Bidders will be permitted to withdraw their bids after the same have been filed with the City Clerk if request is made in writing to the City Clerk before the time specified for closing of bids. No bid may be withdrawn after the time specified for opening. „ 1 I8-07 EVALUATION OF BIDS Bids will be publicly opened at the time and place announced in Ia t the official publication and will be immediately read and recorded. ' Award will be made as soon thereafter as practicable. I Fs Bids may be rejected by the City for the following reasons: (a) If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate bids or irregularities of any kind. �+ (b) If the bidder adds any provisions reserving the right I'P to accept or reject an award, or to enter into a con- tract pursuant to an award. Ia (c) If the prices set out in the schedule are obviously unbalanced. 1, 1° M I -C-3 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 0 N ■ lA In the award on contracts, consideration will be given not only to the prices bid but to the mechanical and other equipment, financial responsibility of a bidder, and his ability and experience in the performance of like or similar contracts. It is contemplated that the award will be made at the first or second Council meeting after the bid opening, but the right is reserved to postpone the A award to a later date, of which bidders will be notified after the j bids have been opened, read, and recorded. The City reserves the I right to reject any and all bids, to waive technicalities and to i {r accept that bid which is in the best interest of the City. f I8 V IB -OB TAXES All bidders shall include in their bid any sales or use taxes which they are required by law to pay. IB -09 PREFERENCE FOR LABOR AND MATERIAL The Contractor shall observe the laws of the State of Iowa with re- gard to preference for labor and materials. In so far as may be done under the law, the Contractor shall give preference to labor residing in the City of Iowa City and to local concerns in the purchase of materials, insurance and bonds. IB -10 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT The bidder to whom the contract has been awarded shall enter into contract with the City within ten (10) days after the award has been made. No bid shall be considered binding upon the City until the contract is properly executed by both parties and the contract bond filed with the City Clerk and approved by the Council. Failure to execute a contract and file an acceptable bond in the sum specified within ten (10) days, from date of contract award, shall be just and sufficient cause for the annulment of the award and the forfeiture of the bid guarantee, to the City for liquida- tion of damages sustained. IB -11 PAYMENT Payment to the Contractor for said improvements will be made in cash from such funds of said City as may be legally used for such purposes. Payments will be made monthly based on estimates of ninety percent (90%) of work completed in an acceptable manner. Ten percent (10%) of each project estimate will be retained and held as a suspended payment; however, if at any time after fifty percent (50%) of the contract work is completed, the City may authorize that any of such remaining payments be made in full. Final payment will be made not less than thirty-one (31) days after completion of the work and acceptance by the City Council. I -C-4 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAEJ CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �39� 'a DIVISION I SECTION D r r r I I r:. { T FORM OF PROPOSAL CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT STREETSCAPE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PHASE II-$ CITY OF IOWA CITY NOTE TO BIDDERS: PLEASE DO NOT USE THE FORM OF PROPOSAL INCLUDED IN THE BOUND VOLUME OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. SEPARATE COPIES OF THIS PROPOSAL WILL BE FURNISHED TO BIDDERS UPON APPLICATION TO AMES ENGINEERING AND TEST- ING COMPANY. Name of Bidder: Address of Bidder: To: 'City Council City of Iowa City Iowa City, Iowa 52240 The undersigned bidder submits herewith bid security in the amount of $ in accordance with the terms set forth in the Instructions to Bidders. The undersigned bidder, having examined and determined the scope of the Contract Documents, hereby proposes to provide the required labor, ser- vices, materials and equipment and to perform the work as described in the Contract Documents, including Addenda , and and do all work at the fo owing schedu a of prices Bids shall include sales tax and all other applicable taxes and fees. ITEM DESCRIPTION SITE PREPARATION (Removal) 1. Street Pavement, Curb and Gutter Removal 2. Concrete Sidewalk Removal 3. Brick Sidewalk Removal and Salvage ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED UNIT QUANTITY PRICE AMOUNT SY 7000 $_ $ SY 1615 $_ $ SY 160 $_ $ i I -D-1 3 96 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I I i 14 iel { T FORM OF PROPOSAL CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT STREETSCAPE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PHASE II-$ CITY OF IOWA CITY NOTE TO BIDDERS: PLEASE DO NOT USE THE FORM OF PROPOSAL INCLUDED IN THE BOUND VOLUME OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. SEPARATE COPIES OF THIS PROPOSAL WILL BE FURNISHED TO BIDDERS UPON APPLICATION TO AMES ENGINEERING AND TEST- ING COMPANY. Name of Bidder: Address of Bidder: To: 'City Council City of Iowa City Iowa City, Iowa 52240 The undersigned bidder submits herewith bid security in the amount of $ in accordance with the terms set forth in the Instructions to Bidders. The undersigned bidder, having examined and determined the scope of the Contract Documents, hereby proposes to provide the required labor, ser- vices, materials and equipment and to perform the work as described in the Contract Documents, including Addenda , and and do all work at the fo owing schedu a of prices Bids shall include sales tax and all other applicable taxes and fees. ITEM DESCRIPTION SITE PREPARATION (Removal) 1. Street Pavement, Curb and Gutter Removal 2. Concrete Sidewalk Removal 3. Brick Sidewalk Removal and Salvage ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED UNIT QUANTITY PRICE AMOUNT SY 7000 $_ $ SY 1615 $_ $ SY 160 $_ $ i I -D-1 3 96 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITQUANTITY PRICE AMOUNT la .4. Asphalt Sidewalk Removal Sy 14 $ 5. Storm Intake Removal EA 5 $ 6. Street Light Removal EA 3 9 7. Existing Manhole Removal EA 4 8. Existing Manhole Adjustment EA 13 9. Excavation is 10. Sub -base Preparation LS (Vault Construction) li 11. Iowa State Bank & Trust Vaults LS 1i I 12. Iowa -Illinois Transformer Vault LS 13. Brown Bottle Vault LS 14. Things, Things, Things Vault LS 15. First Federal Savings and Loan Vault LS 16. Enzler's/St. Clair Johnson Vault LS $ LS $ 17. Corral Vault SUB -SURFACE UTILITIES 18. 12 -inch Dia. RCP 2000D 293. Storm Sewer LF 19. 18 -inch Dia. RCP 2000D Storm Sewer LF 98 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I J ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED UNIT UANTITY PRICE AMOUNT EA 2 $__ $ EA 1 $—_ $ EA 1 $ $ LF 364 $_ $ LF 418 $_ $ EA 2 $_ $ LF 60 $ $ EA 36 $ $ EA 1 $—_ $ SY 4960 $__ $ SY 140. $_ $ LF 1850 $ $ SF 44,000 $ $ SF 2015 $ $ I JI I I i I SF 6430 $ $ I, SF 9875 $ $ I -D-3 WL MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES IO r ITEM DESCRIPTION I 20. RA -3 Inlet 21. RA -5 Inlet fh 22. RA -8 Inlet (15 ft. Opening) 23• 8 -inch Dia. ESVCP ( Sanitary Sewer Main ! 24• 10 -inch Dia. ESVCP Sanitary Sewer Main e 25• Standard Sanitary Sewer Manhole 26• 6 -inch Dia. Sanitary Sewer Service Line 27• 4 -inch Dia. Wye Connection l 28. 6 -inch Dia. Wye Connection PAVING 29. 8 -inch PCC Street Paving {� 30. 6 -inch PCC Driveway and j1 Fire Lane Paving 31. 6 -inch Integral Curb iD Paving 32• 4 -inch PCC Sidewalk Paving (Include Sidewalk Over Vaults) 9 33. 6 -inch PCC Sidewalk Paving (Burlington Street) �A 34. (New) Street Crosswalk Brick Paving (Installation Only: Includes Concrete e Base and Setting Bed; Brick Supplied by City) 35. (New) Sidewalk Brick Paving (Installation Only: Includes ` Granular Base and Setting Bed, Brick Supplied by City) ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED UNIT UANTITY PRICE AMOUNT EA 2 $__ $ EA 1 $—_ $ EA 1 $ $ LF 364 $_ $ LF 418 $_ $ EA 2 $_ $ LF 60 $ $ EA 36 $ $ EA 1 $—_ $ SY 4960 $__ $ SY 140. $_ $ LF 1850 $ $ SF 44,000 $ $ SF 2015 $ $ I JI I I i I SF 6430 $ $ I, SF 9875 $ $ I -D-3 WL MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ESTIMATE ITEM DESCRIPTIOND UNIT rUNIT QUANTITY PRICE i 11 $_ ia1 SITE 36.(Used) Sidewalk Brick Paving 47. l� 15 (Installation Only: In- $ with Guard 15 cludes Granular Base and 48 -inch Tree Grate 49. Setting Bed; Brick Supplied 50. 8 -ft. Contour Bench by City) SF �; L 37. (New) Planting Bed Edger Brick (Installation Only: Includes Concrete Footing; Brick Supplied by City. LF 38• Asphalt Paving and Patching TON CONCRETE AND TIMBER CONSTRUCTION 39. Concrete Retaining Wall 'A' r� (College Street) LF 40. Concrete Retaining Wall 'B' (College Street) LF {j 41. Concrete 'C' Retaining Wall — (Security Building) LF { 42. Concrete Retaining Wall 'D' (Engineering Building) LF j!� 43. Concrete Retaining Wall 'E' Id (Transit Shelter) LF jg 44. Sidewalk Curb le (Engineering Building) LF 45. Concrete Bollard EA 46. Timber Planter Construction LS i4 11 $_ ia1 SITE FURNITURE AND SHELTERS (, 47. 72 -inch Tree Grate 15 $_ $ with Guard 15 48. 48 -inch Tree Grate 49. 8 -ft. Contour Bench 50. 8 -ft. Contour Bench w/Armrests L EXTENDED AMOUNT 1250 $_ $ 825 $_ $ 38 $_ $ 50 $_ $ 38 $_ $ 30.5 $_ $ 210 $_ $ 120 $� $ 52 $T $- 24 $_ $ EA 11 $_ $ EA 35 $_ $ EA 15 $_ $ EA 15 $_ $ I -D-4 MICROFILMED BY JQRM MICR�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS DES MOINES �39F ITEM DESCRIPTION 51. 6 -ft. Contour.Bench $_ w/Armrests 52. 4 -ft. Contour Bench 53. 4 -ft. Contour Bench , w/Armrests 54. 4 -ft. Victorian Bench 55. Seat 56, Wood Trash Receptacle 57. Metal Trash Receptacle ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED UNIT UANTITY PRICE AMOUNT EA 4 $_ $ EA 5 $__ $ EA EA A 5 $_ $ EA 58. Bicycle Rack 'A' (10'-611) $ , 59. Bicycle Rack 'B' (13'-011) $ EA 60. Bicycle Rack 'C' (14'-6") $ EA 7 $_ $ EA 61. Bicycle Rack 'D' $ EA 2 $— $ EA 62. Bicycle Rack 'E' (19'-011) .. 63. Bicycle Rack 'F' (23'-6") E 64. Handrail E A 65. Sidewdlk Railing Location L 1 j� 66. Transit Shelter E S ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING {B (Fixtures) 2 61. Street Light, Single Lumin- aire (Fixture A) EA 68. Street Light, Double Lumin- aire (Fixture B) EA 69. 16 -inch 4 -Kube Light (Fixture C) EA 70. 10 -inch 4 -Kube Light (Fixture D) EA ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED UNIT UANTITY PRICE AMOUNT EA 4 $_ $ EA 5 $__ $ EA EA A 5 $_ $ EA 26 $_ $ EA 4 $_ $ EA 28 $_ $ EA 7 $_ $ EA 1 $_ $ EA 2 $— $ EA 1 EA 4 $_ $ 1 $_ $ A 2 $_ $ A S $ 2 16 $_ $ 2 $— $ 6 $_ $ 17 $_ $ MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 394 'J 1 'J �� ESTIMATED UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY PRICE r $_ $ 5 I;s 71, 10 -inch 2 -Kube Light S $ 4 (Fixture E) EA II 72, Traditional Light e 87. Curb Box and Street Washer (Fixture F) EA A 73.Traditional Light Street Washer Only (Complete) EA I11(Fixture F: Removal and Relocation of Ex- isting Lights) EA II< 74, Transit Shelter Light -I (Fixture G) EA 75. Traffic Signal Base EA (Distribution System) 7.6, 3 -inch Plastic Conduit LF 77 2 -inch Galvanized Steel Conduit LF 1 78, 1 1/2 -inch Galvanized Steel Conduit LF {# 79. 1 -inch Galvanized Steel 0 Conduit LF 80. 3/4 -inch Galvanized { Steel Conduit LF 81. No. 1 Aluminum Electrical �® Conductor (Installed) LF t 82. No. 4 Aluminum Series B Lighting Cable (Installed) LF 83. No. 8 Copper Electrical I Conductor (Installed) LF {� 84 No. 10 Copper Electrical EXTENDED AMOUNT 12 $_ $ 5 g $ 4 S $ 4 $ $ 4 $_ $ 1030 $_ $ 1300 2500 $ $ 240 $_ $ 400 2300 600 i8400 Conductor (Installed) LF 14,000 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i j �► 85. (City) Power Source j $_ Panelboard (Installed) LS 86. University) Power Source Installed) LS e 87. Curb Box and Street Washer (Complete) EA t0 88. Street Washer Only (Complete) EA I -D-6 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i j 2 $_ $ MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i j TOTAL PROJECT COST: $ The undersigned bidder certifies that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons bidding on the work. The undersigned bidder states that this proposal is made in conformity with the Contract Documents and agrees that, in the event of any dis- crepancies or differences between any conditions of his proposal and the Contract Documents prepared by the City of Iowa City, the provisions of the latter shall prevail. FIRM: BY: (Seal - if bid is by a corporation) PARTNERSHIPS: FURNISH FULL NAME OF ALL PARTNERS I -D-7 Business Address MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3'1G I 'A S` 1 .I VII W TOTAL PROJECT COST: $ The undersigned bidder certifies that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons bidding on the work. The undersigned bidder states that this proposal is made in conformity with the Contract Documents and agrees that, in the event of any dis- crepancies or differences between any conditions of his proposal and the Contract Documents prepared by the City of Iowa City, the provisions of the latter shall prevail. FIRM: BY: (Seal - if bid is by a corporation) PARTNERSHIPS: FURNISH FULL NAME OF ALL PARTNERS I -D-7 Business Address MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3'1G I I� DIVISION I SECTION E Fa 114 �e FORM OF CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of 19 , by and between the CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, byis ayt� or upon order by resolution of the City Council of said City, hereafter called the CITY and hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That whereas the CITY has heretofore caused to be prepared certain plans and specifications dated and entitled Central Business District Streetscape Improvement Project Phase II -B which plans and specifications are now on file with the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa and Whereas, the CONTRACTOR has submitted a bid to perform the work as de- scribed and set forth in said plans and specifications, and Whereas, said plans and specifications, and bid accurately and fully de- scribed the terms and conditions under which the CONTRACTOR is willing to perform said work; NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED: 1. That the CITY hereby accepts the bid of the CONTRACTOR for the work and for the sums listed therein - Total Amount 2. That this Contract consists of the following component parts which are made a part of this agreement and Contract as fully and absolutely as if they were set out in detail in this Contract: a. Addenda Numbers b. Detailed Specifications c. Plans d. Notice of Public Hearing e. Advertisement for Bids f. Instructions to Bidders g. Special Provisions I -E-1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �A h. Special Conditions i. General Conditions j. Contractor's Bid k. This Instrument Above components are complementary and what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called by all. 3. That payments are to be made to the Contractor in accordance with and subject to the provisions embodied in the documents made a part of this Contract. 4. That this Contract is executed in Triplicate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals the date first written above. CITY OF IOWA CONTRACTOR e.. By J.y (Title) Mayor (Title)_ ATTEST: ATTEST: (Title) (Title Ia Notary Public certify that personally came before me this day and acknowledged that he is of and that by authority duly given and as the act of the corporation of the foregoing instrument was signed in its name by its Witness my hand and seal this day of 19 -- My Commission Expires: Notary Pub11C I -E-2 L1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB ii �; CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES IA 1s L: h. Special Conditions i. General Conditions j. Contractor's Bid k. This Instrument Above components are complementary and what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called by all. 3. That payments are to be made to the Contractor in accordance with and subject to the provisions embodied in the documents made a part of this Contract. 4. That this Contract is executed in Triplicate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals the date first written above. CITY OF IOWA CONTRACTOR e.. By J.y (Title) Mayor (Title)_ ATTEST: ATTEST: (Title) (Title Ia Notary Public certify that personally came before me this day and acknowledged that he is of and that by authority duly given and as the act of the corporation of the foregoing instrument was signed in its name by its Witness my hand and seal this day of 19 -- My Commission Expires: Notary Pub11C I -E-2 L1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB ii �; CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES a r 1; DIVISION I q SECTION F IV I PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND Nm KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT JA Here insert the name and address of legal title of the Contractor U� a Principal, hereinafter called the Contract and f >! !� Here insert the legal title of the Surety as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, as obligee, hereinafter called the Owner, in the amount ofDollars " ym forte paent whereof Contract and Surety bin t emse ves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 18 WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated , �8 entered into a Contract with Owner for t e construct on o Centra Business District Streetscape Improvement Project Phase II -B in accordance with drawings and specifications prepared by Ames Engineering and Testing Company for the City of Iowa City, which Contract is by ref- erence made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. ig NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that, if Con - A tractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Contract, then the obligation of this bond shall be null and void; otherwise it shall re - it main in full force and effect. A. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. 4 B. Whenever Contractor shall be, and is declared by Owner to be, in de- fault under the Contract, the Owner having performed Owner's obliga- tions thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: !9 1. Complete the Contract in accordance with its terns and conditions, i or 2. Obtain a bid or bids for submission to Owner for completing the y Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by Owner and Surety of the lowest responsible „I bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, r I -F-1 39� MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAS CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r fL and make available as work progresses (even though there should be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the Con- tract Price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term"balance of the Contract Price", as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any amend- ments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contrac- tor. C. The Contractor and his Surety shall, be obligated to keep the storm sewer and street pavement improvements covered by this bond in good repair for a period of five (5) years and the sanitary sewer improvements cover- ed by this bond in good repair for a period of two (2) years, and all other improvements coverd by this bond in good repair for a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance of the improvements by the Owner. D. Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of five (5) years from the date on which final payment under the Contract falls due. E. No right of action shall accrue to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner. IT IS A FURTHER CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION that the principal and Surety shall, in accordance with provisions of Chapter 573 of the Cade of Iowa, pay to all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with the prinicpal or with subcontractors all just claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the contract on account of which this bond is given. The provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, are a part of this bond to the same extent as if they were ex- pressly set out herein. SIGNED AND SEALED THIS _ DAY OF IN THE PRESENCE OF: 414 tness Pr ncipa Title Surety Witness Title I -F-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES A.D., 1980 M q i fA ,l I and make available as work progresses (even though there should be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the Con- tract Price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term"balance of the Contract Price", as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any amend- ments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contrac- tor. C. The Contractor and his Surety shall, be obligated to keep the storm sewer and street pavement improvements covered by this bond in good repair for a period of five (5) years and the sanitary sewer improvements cover- ed by this bond in good repair for a period of two (2) years, and all other improvements coverd by this bond in good repair for a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance of the improvements by the Owner. D. Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of five (5) years from the date on which final payment under the Contract falls due. E. No right of action shall accrue to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner. IT IS A FURTHER CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION that the principal and Surety shall, in accordance with provisions of Chapter 573 of the Cade of Iowa, pay to all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with the prinicpal or with subcontractors all just claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the contract on account of which this bond is given. The provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, are a part of this bond to the same extent as if they were ex- pressly set out herein. SIGNED AND SEALED THIS _ DAY OF IN THE PRESENCE OF: 414 tness Pr ncipa Title Surety Witness Title I -F-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES A.D., 1980 M r:7 r<'? r--9 r -n r'1 '--I rs-s �! non m" own 000 am" ltpo --I --» --I CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE m � M 4 THIS IS TO CERTIFY, that policies in the name of o Name and Address of Insured z z are in force at the date hereof, as follows: 0. Kind of Policy Policy No. Policy Period Limits of Liability Bodily Injury ProperlyPropeEly Damage Workmen's Compensation Eff. Exp. Provided by Workmen's Compensation Law State of Iowa Nil Auto or Vehicular Liability Eff. Exp. Each person $ Each accident $ Each accident $ Builder's Risk Eff. Exp. Nil Aggregate $ Comprehensive General Liability with Contractural Edo I Exp. h 5 Each accident Each accident $ A re ate Other Certificate issued toat Name of Town or Association Address In the event of cancellation of said policies or a reduction in the limits of liability, the surety company will give ten (10) days written notice to the party to whom this certificate is issued. Surety Company By Date Authorized Representative 1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB � CEDAR RAPIDS •DES MOINES ' DIVISION II GENERAL REQUIREMENTS I I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES A 1 DIVISION II �i SECTION A SPECIAL CONDITIONS 'ra SC -01 GENERAL II These Special Conditions are modifications and/or additions to the General Conditions for Central Business District Streetscape Improve- ment Project Phase II -B for Iowa City, Iowa. 1 SC -02 DEFINITION OF TERMS I_ In the interpretation of these specifications and the Contract, or in any documents or instruments dealing with the construction opera- tions governed by these specifications, the following words, terms, and abbreviations or pronouns in place of them shall be construed Bf as defined below: 1. CITY. The City of Iowa City, Iowa, which is the Party of the First Part in the accompanying contract acting through its authorized representatives. J'9 ,-z 2. COUNCIL. The duly elected Council of the City of Iowa I City, Iowa. i 3. ENGINEER. The project Engineer or Landscape Architect representing Ames Engineering and Testing Company, Ames, Iowa. i 4. INSPECTOR. The authorized representative of the Engineer, assigned to the detailed inspection of the work on, or the - { material used in, the project mentioned in the contract, and to such other duties as may be delegated to him in these specifications. i 5. ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. The notice calling attention of bidders to the time and place for receiving bids, con- taining a brief description of the work quality, of materials required and estimated quantities of work as prepared for the information of bidders submitting bids. 6. INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS. The document setting forth, in I detail, the information relative to the proposed work j and requirements for the submission of bids. 7. CONTRACT PERIOD. The period from the specified date of commencing work to the date that the specified number of working.days has elapsed, both dates inclusive, or from II -SC -1 3� MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 1! the specified date of commencing work to the specified e date of completion, both dates inclusive, as specified in the contract. The contract period may be extended by the Owner as provided in these specifications in which event the contract period includes the new date of completion. !a 8. OFFICIAL PUBLICATION. The official publications are the formal resolutions and notices relative to the proposed improvement that are required by law to be published in rA a prescribed manner, and that have actually been Dub- l lished in accordance with the statutes relating there- to. Attention is directed to the fact that these official publications are by statute vested with all the force and j effect of contract obligations. 9. OWNER. The Owner is any public agency which, through its authorized representatives or governing body , has author- ized the project and can by their acts bind the City in �.i the accompanying contract. j 10. WORK OR PROJECT. That work as is described in general I n terms in the Notice to Bidders and as is set forth in detail in the plans and specifications. I 11. SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS. Those requirements of the lIJ4 work as may be provided to modify or otherwise change i the detailed specification requirements. M 12. LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S DECISIONS. The Landscape Architect/Engineer and the Owner shall decide any and !>I all; questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptablity of the materials furnished, work performed, interpretation of plans and specifications and all isas to hap�llment of the con- tract onthe partoftheContractor. M SC -03 FORM OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Omissions of words or phrases such as "the Contractor shall", "in conformance with shall be as noted on the plans", accord- ing to the plans", "a", "an", "the",, and "all" are intentional, and the Contractor must supply omitted words or phrases by infer- ence. SC -04 LOCATION L All work is located within the City of Iowa City, Iowa, in right- of-way or on adjacent property as indicated on the project drawings. 11 -SC -2 3% MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES FA )Y �r SC -O5 NOTICE TO PROCEED When a requirement as to the commencement of the work is not other- wise provided for in the specifications or contract documents, then d a written notice shall be given to the contractor authorizing him . to proceed with the project. SC -06 MINOR WORK ii Any minor work not specifically mentioned in the specifications or shown on the plans bi.It obviously necessary for the proper comple- tion of the work shall be considered as being a part of and included ' `■ in the contract and shall be executed in the proper manner and the Contractor shall not be entitled to extra or additional compensation for the same. I SC -07 WORK BY OTHERS 14 ' When the Plans or specifications show public, utilities and/or equip- ment to be removed, relocated, or adjusted, unless otherwise indi- cated,, such work shall be accomplished by the Contractor. Gas and Electric Facilities Iowa -Illinois Gas and Electric 1630 Lower Muscatine Iowa City, Iowa Telephone Facilities Northwestern. Bell Telephone Co. 302 S. Linn Iowa City, Iowa �•• Water` I•aci 14 ties City of Iowa City SC -08 WORKING DAYS �p Except for such work as may be required to properly maintain or pro - III I tett completed or partially completed construction or to maintain lights and barricades, no work will be permitted on Sundays or legal i holidays without specific permission of the Landscape Architect/ Engineer. Ia All work shall be done by daylight. No work shall be started during the day which cannot be finished that same day under daylight. No work shall be done under artificial light except by special permission of the Landscape Architect/Engineer. During stormy or inclement weather, all work shall be suspended ex- cept such as can be done in an acceptable manner. Permission to work ,e F I I -SC -3 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES during freezing, stormy, or inclement weather, shall in no way be J_1 construed as a release of the contractor's responsibility regarding the quality of the finished work at such times. SC -09 MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF ACCESS The project site or portions of the site may be partially closed to AN vehicle traffic by the Contractor who shall furnish all necessary �i barricades and flares or flashers. The placement of the barricades shall be in conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Devices. All barricades shall be well lighted during the night time hours, a< seven days a week by the Contractor. The Police and Fire Departments and ambulance services shall be notifed by the Contractor when the streets are closed. �L Pedestrian access must be maintained to all pedestrian entrances to i public and private buildings, to the existing sidewalk vault service doors at Enzler's/St. Clair Johnson, the Brown Bottle, Things, Things, (;8 Things, and the Corral and at existing pedestrian crosswalks in Capitol -- — and Washington Streets and the east side of the Washington/Clinton in- tersection during this project. .The Contractor shall be required to co- 1.# ordinate work areas and work items, and provide for temporary pedestrian access during normal business hours. The Contractor shall inform the private businesses and the Owner of his construction schedule so they may {{ know in advance when access.will be limited; suitable access shall be a well -marked minimum of four feet (4') in width, clean, dry and free of hazards. ,, SC -10 SOIL Existing subsoil conditions vary. However, recent excavation at Old Capitol Center and the City Parking Ramp indicate no rock or unworkable conditions. w II -SC -4 141CROFILFIED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES 1401RES Pedestrians shall be able to cross any street at pedestrian crosswalks on at least three sides of the intersection. The crosswalks shall be clean and free of any impediment to pedestrians. Any construction item that could cause injury to a person byfalling on or over or running into shall be well marked and barricaded. (, �..t Vehicular access must be maintained from both service alleys in the north F� and south blocks of Clinton Street. Paving shall be installed in such a manner to permit access to Clinton at all times during construction (see �A plans and Division III, Section I of these specifications). Vehicular in - 14 gress and egress to the parking ramp on Clinton must also be maintained at all times. Paving installation along the face of the parking ramp shall be staged in order to permit continuous access. Transit vehicle access must be maintained through the Washington/Clinton intersection to the staging area along Washington between Capitol and Clinton and private vehicle access through the Clinton/Washington inter- section to eastbound Washington must also be maintained at all times. (See Sheet 3.3 of the construction details for paving installation plans.) Pa The Contractor will also be required to maintain pedestrian access for bus loading along Washington Street. ,, SC -10 SOIL Existing subsoil conditions vary. However, recent excavation at Old Capitol Center and the City Parking Ramp indicate no rock or unworkable conditions. w II -SC -4 141CROFILFIED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES 1401RES I, SC -11 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The Engineer will provide the Contractor with four (4) sets of plans and specifications after the execution of the contract. If additional copies of the plans or specifications are required, the Contractor shall compensate the Engineer for same at reproduction cost. 11 SC -12 RIGHT-OF-WAY j The Contractor shall confine his operations to within the street. right-of-way or on adjacent property as shown on the plans. r SC -13 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES I_t The contractor's use of telephone, gas, or electrical facilities shall be at the contractor's expense and shall be obtained through the proper utility company. 11 The contractor will be allowed to use water from the City's water system but will be charged for same in accordance with the current existing rate schedule. Application for said water usage.shall be made to the Superintendent of the Water Department, who will pro- vide and install suitable meters and supply the contractor's rep f+ ,i resentative with proper hydrant wrenches. The contractor shall .designate one of his employees who will be responsible for operat ! Ing the hydrants used by the contractor. The employee so designated shall be under the direct supervision of the Superintendent of the J1 Water Department and no other employee may operate any hydrant or C` valve without the written permission of the Superintendent of the �• Water Department. The meters shall not be moved by the contractor, but will be moved by employees of the Water Department as directed by the contractor. Any damages to meters, piping, or hydrants, a caused by the contractor or his personnel, shall be repaired by the Water Department and the contractor shall reimburse the Water ' Department for the cost thereof. (� SC -14 SALVAGE All salvageable materials shall remain the property of the City and shall be hauled and deposited by the contractor at the City's service building site on south Riverside Drive, at no cost to the City. SC -15 WASTE SITES All waste material shall be hauled to a site of the contractor's choice (approved by the Engineer) or the City Sanitary Landfill. u, Cost of disposal of waste material at the City Sanitary Landfill will be $5.10 per ton; the contractor shall establish a charge account with the City which will be paid prior to job acceptance. Disposal cost will be included in the contract cost and not paid by the City as a separate item. II. • W 1., II -SC -5 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR( LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I SC -16 INSURANCE The contractor shall carry liability insurance which shall save harmless the City and its officers, employees and agents and protect the public and any person from injury sustained by the }r reason of the prosecution of the work or the handling or stor- ing of materials therefore. The liability insurance required (� of the contractor shall name the owner and its officers, em- ployees and agents, the Engineer as co-insured with the contractor. pp Prior to the commencement of any work under these specifications, the contractor shall furnish the City Clerk with proper affidavit .1; or affidavits executed by representatives of duly qualified insurance company or companies evidencing that said insurance company or -'.comp= anies have issued liability insurance policies effective during the life of the contract or for a period of at least ten (10).Aays,follow !.: ing the filing of written notice of cancellation; protecting the:publlc �! and,any.pperson from injuries or damages: sustained by, reason of carry Ing on the.work involved in .the contract.',The affidavitfh111 spec r cificallV evidence the following forms of insurance protktiod• , •� :.: tl 1 Workman's Compensation and occupational disNse lnsotpce covering all employees in statutory limits who pei'forta I{ any obligations assumed under,.the contract , 2 ,:Public Liab11ity'and Property:Dama'e, Insurance,coveriiv X411 operations'under:the contract including remoyel Of•i.`; v. exclusions.for.explosion, collapse 'And.underground sub sideneg-Men applicable., !� r 1The minimum protection limits shat] be`;as follows:;`+ l•. Bodily Injury or Death $250,000 per person.;? 71 $500,000 per accident y Property Damage $100,000 aggregate .: 11 a r 3 `Automobile liability insurance on all self propelled 'hicles used in connection with the contract, whether owned, or hired. ...not The minimum protection limits shall be es fottows; 1 Bodily Injury or.Death $250,000 per person -i; M $500,000 per accident;.:: , { Property Damage $100,000 per accident i �. 4. Insurance as described in the General Conditions (Section 6-01). �1 'II -SC -6 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r r5. The Contractor shall furnish certificates of insurance to the City in favor of the City showing compliance with the foregoing requirements 11 SC -17 CONTRACT TERMINATION �"+ The provisions of law contained in Chapter 573 A of the;Xode,of, Iowa ! providing for termination of contracts as a result of. action of. any, federal or state authority or any court because of a national timer= gency, shall apply to and be a part of this contract SC -18 CODES AND STANDARDS Work shall be in accordance with codes and standards of following organizations: MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB LCEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 1. American Water Works Association (AWWA). ): m 2. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI). +S + _ 3.- Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended (OSHA). 4. "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" by The Associated General Contractors of American, Inc. 5. Iowa Employment Safety Commission safety requirements. 6. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM). j 7. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). , I (q B. Iowa Department of Transportation. n Comply with all applicable laws, building and construction codes !"' and requirements of governmental agencies under whose jurisdiction work is being performed; fees for permits and licenses shall be i paid by Contractor. a fiy Unless specifically noted to contrary, conform with and test in accordance with applicable sections of latest revisions of codes { and standards listed in specifications. µ Conflicts: 1. Between referenced codes and standards: code or standard establishing more stringent requirements shall be followed. 2. Between referenced codes and standards and specifications and plans: one establishing more stringent requirements shall be followed. { II -SC -7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB LCEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES P I! SC -19 EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES Fa !a The provisions of law contained in Chapter 601 A of the Code of Iowa and Chapter 18 of the Code of Ordinances of the City of .. Iowa City, Iowa relative to discriminatory practices shall ap- ply to and be a part of this contract. Neither the Contractor nor his subcontractors, shall employ any 1". person whose physical or mental condition is such that his em- ployment will endanger the health and safety of himself or others employed on the project. 't, The Contractor shall not commit any of the following employment practices and agrees to include the following clauses in any w subcontracts: iI To discharge from employment or refuse to hire any individual because of his race, color, religion, national origin, dis- ri.__. ability, sex. age, marital status, or sexual orientation: To discriminate against any individual in terms, conditions, or privileges of employment because of his race, color, �., religion, national origin, disability, sex, age, marital f status, or sexual orientation. `Ilk The Contractor shall conduct his operations in conformance with recognized standards of good safety practices. In projects in- lashed s estab- byvalviethetIowaaEmployment SafetywComission shallrbeefollowed. �! SC -20 LINE AND GRADE The engineer will provide the required surveying for this project t, by establishing the line and grade elevations on an. offset line. it will be the contractor's responsibility to accurately transfer said line and grade to the improvement. SC -20 SURVEYS AND STAKING The Owner, or an agent of the Owner, shall furnish line and grade stakes as needed fo construction. This service !, shall be provided within 24 hours after notification by the Contractor. The Engineer will provide horizontal and vertical control points as necessary as may be required to facilitate setting line and grade stakes. is The.Contractor shall carefully preserve all control points and in case of willful or careless destruction, he shall be ! charged with the resulting extra expense and shall be respon- �, sible for any errors that may be caused by their loss or disturbance. I 349 II -SC -8 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r SC -21 MATERIAL TEST AND CERTIFICATES w Before a contract is awarded, the Contractor may be required to manufacture i furnish a statement of the origin, composition, and proposed for use in the performance of I of any or all materials the contract, together with samples of the material. These typical of the material to samples will be as representative and from that particular source. The City through its ' be obtained inspector will have the right to take samples at any time for testing purposes. )V SC -22 FIELD TESTS The engineer or inspectors shall have access to the operation at all times during construction for the purpose of taking i' material samples and making tests. r> SC -23 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES fi It is particularly specified that time is the essence of this held to such a - contract and the Contractor will be strictly that the work will be completed within the } IK rate of progress contract period. If the Contractor fails to complete the work { within the time specified, he shall pay to the Owner the sum ($200.00) per calendar day from the of Two Hundred Dollars specified completion date until the work is completed, to re - imburse for additional engineering, administrative and other n costs. The Contractor may apply to the Owner for an extension of the the of the engineer there were completion date and if in opinion for delay beyond the control of the Contractor, sufficient causes the engineer may recommend that the Owner grant the application. SC -24 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE u' The Contractor shall notify the engineer when work is considered to be complete and ready for final inspection. The engineer, after determining that the work is ready for final to the Contractor, will inspection and giving ten (10) days notice inspection and tests he deems necessary to determine make final that provisions of the specifications are satisfied. "'• The Owner will not accept work or make final payment to the Con- that the work of the tractor until the engineer has certified is and in conformance with the specifications. Contractor complete SC -25 PAYMENT Payment to the Contractor will be in accordance with the provisions Bids. and conditions set out in the Advertisement for ya II -SC -9 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES SC- 26 GUARANTEES �+ The successful bidder shall be required to furnish a bond in the amount equal to one hundred percent (100",) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible corporate surety approved by the City Council and shall guarantee the faithful performance of the contra. -t and all terms and conditions therein contained and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor and Protect and save harmless the Owner and its officers, employees and agents from claims and damaqes of any kind caused by operations 1 of the Contractor, and shall also guarantee the main(enence of the storm sewer and pavement improvements in good repair for a period of five (5) years and the sanitary sewer improvements in good repair for a period of two (2) years from, and after its comple- tion and acceptance by the Owner. i ld SC -27 CONTRACT PERIOD The work on the project shall be commenced and completed as set ((� forth in the Advertisement for Bids subject to any extension of time which may be granted by the City Council. SC -28 CLARIFICATION OF GENERAL CONDITIONS ((IQ Paragraph 2-04 of the General Conditions, Adequacy of Plans and E` Specifications, means that the responsibility for adequacy of the design and for sufficiency of the Plans and Specifications '! shall not be borne by the Contractor. The contract between the 1, Owner and the Engineer defines .this responsibility. Paragraph 2-06 of the General Conditions, Ownership of Plans and Specifications, means that all drawings and specifications and is x other data prepared by the Engineer shall not be reused by the f Contractor or any other party, and are the property of the Engin ,1 eer and the Owner. Paragraph 3-01 of the General Conditions, Engineer's Responsibility and Authority, means that the Engineer,will observe the work on be- half of the Owner and does not relieve or release the Engineer of Ia responsibility to the owner to perform in a competent and pro- fessional manner, the duties and obligations of the Engineer in accordance with the contract between the Owner and the Engineer, Paragraph 3-03 of the General Conditions, Suspension of Work by I :1 Owner, means that if suspension of all or part of the work causes additional expense not due to the fault or negligence of the Can - tractor or the Engineer, the owner shall reimburse the Contractor for the additional expense incurred due to suspension of the work. Paragraph 3-08 of the General Conditions, Contractor's Employees, means there shall be no discrimination against any employee or aopllcant for employment because of race, color, religion, national origin, disability, sex, age, marital status or sexual orientation. k Paragraph 7-10 of the General Conditions, Payment for Work Suspended by the Owner, means the Contractor will be entitled s to payment for work successfully completed. If work is sus- pended by the Owner due to workmanship or negligence by the Contractor then this paragraph does not apply. I I-Sf.=10 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES �Ao R IL n SC- 29 DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS This specification is incomplete without accompanying DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS. Modification of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS may be included in the DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS and/or the PLANS. Selection of specific materials and construction details may be specified in the DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF PROPOSAL or noted on the PLANS. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES DIVISION II GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION 6 Prepared By IES-ACC-APWA JOINT COMMITTEE FOR STANDARD IOWA PUBLIC WORKS SPECIFICATIONS E I L ( I ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL pAOCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PALES ARE AUT HORI7FD 6Y IES •ADC •APPA JOINT COMMITTEE ' r.l 1967 • Isl PRINIIHD I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES , IL SECTIONS { SECTION 1 - DEFINITIONS SECTION 2 - PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DATA I r SECTION 3 - ENGINEER -OWNER -CONTRACTOR RELATIONS I � " I SECTION 4 - SCOPE OF WORK f{ SECTION 5 - MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP kf RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC SECTION 6 - LEGAL SECTION 7 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT p��A 1 TABLE 0_ F C_ 00TEHT5 PAGE TITLE I SECTION 1 —DEFINITIONS `'V� I 1-01 GENERAL If 1-02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GC -7 GC -7 1-07 OWNER GC -7, 1-041-04 ENGINEER GC -7 I 1-05 WORK OR PROJECT Ia GC -7 1-06 'SPECIFICATIONS GC -7 L 1-07 SPECIAL CONDITIONS (GG 1-08 SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS -7 1 GC -7 1-09 PLANS GC -7 1-10 BIDDER I -Il- GC -1 E I L ( I ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL pAOCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PALES ARE AUT HORI7FD 6Y IES •ADC •APPA JOINT COMMITTEE ' r.l 1967 • Isl PRINIIHD I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES TABLE OF CONTENTS rr TITLE — 1-20 ACT OF GOD F F.:,� 1-11 PROPOSAL DAYS 1-12 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE WORKING DAYS k � 1-13 CONTRACT th(y}} 1-14 CONTRACTOR " SECTION 2 1-15 SUBCONTRACTOR 6 I� I 1-16 PERFORMANCE BOND INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 1-17 SURETY .., 1-18 WRITTEN NOTICE Y 2-07 a. 1-19 GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY I I- GC -2 PAGE GC -7 GC -7 GC -8 GC -8 GC -8 i GC -8 GC -8 GC -8 GC—B GC -8 GC -9 GC -9 GC -10 GC -10 GC -10 GC -10 GC -11 GC -11 GC -11 GC -11 ONLY PMOTO•mECNANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS DT THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IIt•ACC•APVA JOINT CONNITTEE 1967 • IRI PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 1-20 ACT OF GOD F `1-21 DAYS 1-22 WORKING DAYS (� 1T23 TIME OF COMPLETION - " SECTION 2 -'PLANS: SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DATA 2-01 INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS CONFLICT I2-02 Y 2-07 DISCREPANCIES I`.I PLANS " llllddde 2-04 ADEQUACY OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 2-05 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT.JOB SITE L 2-06 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 2-07 DIMENSIONS �a 2-08 MODELS I I- GC -2 PAGE GC -7 GC -7 GC -8 GC -8 GC -8 i GC -8 GC -8 GC -8 GC—B GC -8 GC -9 GC -9 GC -10 GC -10 GC -10 GC -10 GC -11 GC -11 GC -11 GC -11 ONLY PMOTO•mECNANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS DT THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IIt•ACC•APVA JOINT CONNITTEE 1967 • IRI PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 1 r, e TABLE OF CONTENTS y TITLE PAGE SECTION 3 - ENGINEER -OWNER -CONTRACTOR RELATIONS I � 1 i. 3-01 ENGINEER S RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY GC -12 3-02 SUSPENSION OF WORK BY ENGINEER GC -12 3-03 SUSPENSION OF WORK BY OWNER GC -13 r3-04 SUSPENSION OF WORK BY CONTRACTOR GC -13 I,. 3-05 ARBITRATION GC -14 ju 3-06 EXAMINATION OF COMPLETED WORK GC -15 Iu (� 3-07 CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENCE GC -15 3-08 CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEES GC -16 (# !! 3-09 INSPECTORS GC -16 3-10 LANDS BY OWNER GC -16 3-11 LANDS BY CONTRACTOR GC -16 �9 3-12 PRIVATE. PROPERTY. GC -16 3-13; REMOVAL OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES• GC -17 A 1 3-14 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CORRECT DEFICIENCIES GC -17 3-15 OWNER'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT AND COMPLETE THE WORK GC -17 3-16 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT 3-17 RIGHTS OF VARIOUS INTERESTS 3-18 SEPARATE CONTRACTS 3-19 SUBCONTRACTS 3-20 WORK DURING AN EMERGENCY I I - GC -3 ONLY PHOTO-HECHANICAL PROCESS Pl PRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES 4PE AUTHORIZED RY IES -AOC -APPA JOINT COMMITTEE 1967 - HI PRINTIN4 I M MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES h I! �.� TABLF. OF CONTENTS I TITLE PAGE i 1y 3-21 ORAL AGREEMENTS GC -19 ,r 3-22 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE GC -19 i,. 3-23 DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME GC -19 P SECTION 4 - SCOPE OF WORK 4-01 ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS GC -20 t 4-02 INCREASE OR DECREASE OF WORK GC -20 4-03 EXTRA WORK GC -21 4-04 CHANGED CONDITIONS GC -11 4-05 SALVAGE GC -21 g 4-06 CLEANUP GC-21 tl� SECTION 5 - MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 5-01 QUALITY OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS GC -22 5-02MATERIALS FURNISHED BY THE OWNER GC -22 5-03 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR GC -22 11� 5-04 :.STORAGE OF MATERIALS GC -22 4 5-05 RESECTED WORK AND MATERIALS GC -22 5-06 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS GC -23 5-07 CUTTING AND PATCHING GC -23 5-08 PATENTS GC -23 f. Ls 5-09 GUARANTEE GC -24 f a 5-10 BOND' GC -24 k� L �# I I II—cc—a { `If I I ONLY PHOTO-MECMANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PACES AAE AUTHOAISEO AY IES -UW JOINT COMMITTEE le 1967 • III PUNTING I 39� � MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES i r jI TABLE 0 -NTS TITLE PAGE SECTION 6 -LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC I 6-0 1 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY GC -25 6-02 USE OF PREMISES j GC -25 6-03 CONFINE OPERATION WITHIN RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND EASEMENTS GC -25 6-04 SAFETY GC -25 6-05 FAILURE TO PAY FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS CC -26 6-06 MOVING OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE UTILITIES GC -26 6-07 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE UTILITIES GC -26 6-08 DAMAGE TO EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS AND UTILITIES GC -27 6-09 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 'T GC -27 6-10 I I1.GC-5 ONLY PMOIO•MECNANIfAL TRIMS, 1EPR000CTIONS OP THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED by IES•AOC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 1967 ISI PAINflllf, MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES RAFFIC CONTROL WITHIN AND ABUTTING THE PROJECT GC -28 6-11 USE OF EXPLOSIVES CC -28 -, 6-12 RAILROAD CROSSINGS GC -29 6-13 SANITARY PROVISIONS CC -29' 6-14 USE AND OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF CONTRACT 1 GC -29 6-15 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICALS GC -29 ++� 6-16 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS GC -29 SECTION 7 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT i 7-01 MEASUREMENT GC -30 7-02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT CC -30 7-03 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA 14ORK j GC -30 7-04 PROGRESS PAYMENTS, RETAINED PERCENTAGE j GC -31 7-05 ENGINEER'S ACTION ON A REQUEST FOR PAYMENT GC -32 i I1.GC-5 ONLY PMOIO•MECNANIfAL TRIMS, 1EPR000CTIONS OP THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED by IES•AOC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 1967 ISI PAINflllf, MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES ■ C TABLE OF CONTENTS P PAGE I I� TITLE 7-06 OWNER'S ACTION ON AN APPROVED REQUEST FOR PAYMENT CC -32 7-07 INTEREST ON UNPAID REQUESTS FOR PAYMENT GC -32 7-08 PAYMENT FOR UNCORRECTED WORK GC -32 7-09 PAYMENT FOA REJECTED WORK AND MATERIALS GC -33 tj 111 CC -33 7-10 PAYMENT FOR WORK SUSPENDED BY OWNER 1a 7-11 PAYMENT FOR WORK BY THE OWNER GC -33 l 7_12 PAYMENT FOR WORK BY THE OWNER FOLLOWING HIS GC -33 TERMINATION OFAC THE CONTRACT k _ _ . 7-13 PAYMENT FOR WORK TERMINATED BY THE CONTRACTOR GC -33 I, GC -34 I. 7-14 RELEASE OF LIENS 1 Q$ 7-15 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT GC -34 TERMINATION OF CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY GC -34 7-16 7_17 CORRECTION OF FAULTY WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT GC -34 I 4 � ji`■� 11 -GC -6 CHl7 TNOTO •�[CM�nI C+t ro0CES5 4EP4000CTI:NS C c THESE nGCS ut wiNOkl![D CT ICS•AGC•�W� JOINT COMITY(( V 1467 • I,I CCInTInO MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 39f� MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOVIES IIn {h j I SECTIO`! 1 - DEFINITIONS 1-01 GENERAL: In the interpretation and construction of these Specifi- cations and the Contract, or in any documents or instruments dealing with the construction operations governed by these Specifications, the following words, terms and abbreviations, or pronouns in place of them shall each be (. construed as defined below. 1-02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Those documents listed in the Form of Contract, fi including all additions, deletions and modifications incorporated therein i before the execution of the Contract. { 1-03 OWNER: As defined in Special Conditions. 1-04 ENGINEER: As defined in Special Conditions. 1-05 WORK OR PROJECT: As defined in Special Conditions, 1-06 SPECIFICATIONS: The directions and requirements of the detailed �s technical specifications as contained herein, as supplemented by such detailed specification requirements as may be provided, pertaining to the manner of performing the work or the quantities and quality of materials E� to be furnished under the Contract. 1-07 SPECIAL CONDITIONS: The Special Conditions are contract require- ments peculiar to the project which are not otherwise thoroughly or satis- factorily detailed and set forth in the Specifications, [fr" 1-08 SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS: As defined in Special Conditions. s- 1-09 PLANS: The official drawings, .plans, profiles, typical cross sec- tions and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions and details of work to be performed. All such drawings, as listed elsewhere in,the Con- tract Documents, are to be considered as a part of the Plans whether attached to the Specifications or separate therefrom. t IA i. ld 1-10 BIDDER: An individual, firm, co -partnership or corporation, or com- bination thereof, submitting a Proposal for the work contemplated and acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. 1-11 PROPOSAL: The written offer or copy thereof of a Bidder to perform the work described by the Contract Documents when made out and submitted on jthe prescribed Proposal Form properly signed and guaranteed. 1-12 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE: Bid security accompanying the Proposal submitted by the Bidder, as a guarantee that he will enter into Contract with the Owner for performance of the work and furnish hl required bond or bonds if the Contract is awarded to him, in accordance with Instructions to Bidders. ' b II -GC -7 60 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPR000CTIONS 0E THESE PACES ARE AUTNORIIEO IIT IEf•AGC•APWA JOINT CONNITT(( 1967 • Ifl PAINTING N 39f� MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOVIES (" 1-13 CONTRACT: The written agreement covering the performance of the work described in the Contract Documents including all supplemental agree- ments thereto and all general and special provisions pertaining to the work or materials therefor. 1-14 CONTRACTOR: The individual, firm, cc -partnership or corporation, and his, their, or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, or the lawful agent of any such individual, firm, partnership, convenantor or corporation, or his, their or its surety under the contract bond, constituting one of the principals to the Contract and undertaking Iy to perform the work herein specified. Where any pronoun is used as refer- ring to the word "Contractor" it shall mean the Contractor as defined above. i 1-15 SUBCONTRACTOR: Any person, firm or corporation with a direct con- tract with the Contractor who acts for or in behalf of the Contractor in executing any part of the Contract, but does not include one who merely furnishes material. 1-16 PERFORMANCE BOND: The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his surety, as required in the Contract Documents. It shall Ij be conditioned that such person or persons who enter into Contract with' FF « the Owner shall faithfully perform. all the provisions of the Contract and complete the work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, Includ- ing making full payment for labor and materials used in the work. 7 i 1�r 1-11 SURETY: The person, firm or corporation who executes the Contrac- tor's'Performance Bond. (y 1-18 WRITTEN NOTICE: Written notice shall be considered as served when !8 delivered in person or sent by registered mail to the individual, firm ' or corporation or to the last business address of such known to him who �® serves the notice. It shall be the duty of each party to advise the other g parties to the Contract as to any change in his business address until completion of the Contract. 3 I �Y 1-19 GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY: Any governmental unit having jurisdiction. y 1-20 ACT OF GOD means an earthquake, flood, cyclone or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature. Rain, wind, flood or any other natural phenomenon �nr of normal intensity for the locality shall not be construed as an Act of God. (Ai 1-21 DAYS: Unless otherwise designated, days as used in the Specifications SEI will be understood to mean calendar days. Ii i A 11 -GC -8 I y , ONLY PHOTO•AECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES•AOC•EPtu JOINT COMMITTEE 1067 • IRt PAINTING 39G MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAO CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES C 1-22 WORKING DAYS: Any day, excluding Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holidays, weather conditions or the results of weather conditions will allow the r Contractor to pursue, for six hours between 8:00 AM and 4;30 PM, any major j item of work. f 1-23 TIME OF COMPLETION: Time of completion of the work may be deter- mined in either of the following ways, as set out elsewhere in the Contract Documents: 'r Date set out in Contract Documents for completion of the work; or Number of working or calendar days quoted by Contractor or set out I, in Contract Documents, after Notice to Proceed. i See also Paragraph 3-23. II -GC -9 p, 0NLT PHOTO- MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES -AOC -AIWA JOINT CONNITTEE I L 1967 - ISI PAWING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �9G �r r 41 I, d iL K ,T L I a, II -GC -9 p, 0NLT PHOTO- MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES -AOC -AIWA JOINT CONNITTEE I L 1967 - ISI PAWING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �9G SECTION 2 - PLANS SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DATA 2-01 INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The intent of the Plans and 8 'Specifications is that the Contractor furnish all labor and materials, equicessary for the proper exeution of the workpunless ment nSpecifically cnoted ion eOtherwise. The Contractoreshall do all the work shown on the Plans and described in the Specifications and all Incidental work considered necessary to complete the project in an accept- able manner, and to fully complete the work or improvement, ready for use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. It is further the intention of the Plans and Specifications to set forth i 9 requirements of performance, type of equipment and structures, and stan-dards Of materials and construction, to require new material and equip- ment unless otherwise indicated, and to require complete performance of the work without specific reference to any minor component part. It is rid not intended, however, that materials or work not coveted by or properly f inferable from any heading, branch, class or trade of the Specifications shall be supplied unless distinctly so noted. Materials or work described In words, which so applied have a well-known technical or trade meaning, shall be held to refer .to such recognized standards. 2-02 CONFLICT: If there be conflicting variance between the Plans and 4 the Specifications, or other Contract Documents, the provisions of the C�� Contract Documents in the order listed in the Form of Contract shall control 2-03 DISCREPANCIES IN PLANS: Any discrepancies found between the Plans and Specifications and site conditions, or any errors, omissions or ambi- guities la the Plans or Specifications shall be immediately reported to the Engineer. Questions as to meaning of Plans and Specifications shall be interpreted by the f I1J Engineer, whose be concerned. See alsoParagraph nshall 3-01ThefEngineer will iprovideltheaCan- tractor with such information as may be required to show revised or addi- tional details of construction. The Contractor will not be allowed to take advantage of any errors or omissions in the Plans and Specifications. IFA" The, Engineer will provide full information when errors or omissions are discovered. Any work done by the Contractor, after his discovery of such discrepancies, errors or Omissions and prior to a decision by the Engineer, shall be done at the Contractor's risk. 2-04 ADEQUACY OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: Responsibility for adequacy �e of the design and for sufficiency of the Planeand Specifications shall be borne by the Owner. The complete requiremen ti Formed under the Contract shall be set ts of the work to be per - forth in Plane and Specifications to be supplied by the Owner through the Engineer or by the Engineer an +c representative of the Owner. GC -10 u Lr ONLY /ROTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or TRUEPAGES ARE 1967 • IYI PRINTING NNAUTHORIZED eY I(S•AGC•A1VA JOINT COI iT(( 39G MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES W I tQ � 2-05 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT JOB SITE: One complete and Specifications set of all Plans shall be maintained b y the Contr and shall be available to at the Job I the Engineer at all timesactor site r 1- 2-06 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: All original or duplicated drawings and Specifications E- and other data prepared by the Engineer shall remain the property of the Engineer, Y and they shall not be re -used on other work. 1,.11 2-07 DIMENSIONS: Figured dimensions on the Plans will be used in ence to scaling the drawings. prefer- Where the work of the Contractor is affected by finish dimensions or manufacturer's equipment, these shall be determined by the Contractor at the site, and he shall I assume the responsibility therefor. 2-08 MODELS: All models prepared for this work, in accordance with re- quirements of Plans or Specifications, shall become the property of the Owner at the completion of the work, I I 1 ffr �i j L I t a I Ew 11_GC_ll '• {-' ONII pwnr ;. nFCnahI C.L POC CESS In{ VVI NiINr, CESS A pgODUCTIONS OF THESE o�tFS ARE AUTHORIZED !Y IES-1DC•.1pW1 1 JOINT COMM1110E �39G MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES W �E SECTION 3 - ENGINEER -OWNER -CONTRACTOR RELATIONS 3-01 ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY: The Engineer shall observe 4 the work on behalf of the Owner, and will provide general assistance during construction insofar as proper interpretation of the Contract requirements is affected. i 14 The Engineer shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Con- tractor's superintendent or other employees. All materials used and all completed work by the Contractor shall be sub- ject at all times to the observation, test, and approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish such samples of materials for examination and ►g tests as may be requested by the Engineer and shall furnish any information required concerning the nature or source of any materials or equipment is which he proposes to use. The construction, fabrication, and manufacture of any equipment or materi- als specified herein may be inspected by the Engineer at the plant or (`) factory and the Engineer shall have free access to make such inspection. Any materials, equipment, or work which do not satisfactorily most the �a Specifications may be condemned by the Engineer by giving a written notice to the Contractor. All condemned materials, equipment, or work shall be promptly taken out and replaced. Any defective material, equipment, or work may be rejected by the Engineer at any time prior to final acceptance by the Owner even though said defec- tive items may have been previously overlooked. The Engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the 0 quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, inter- pretation of Plans and Specification$ and all questions as to the acceptable lY fulfillment of the Contract on the part of the Contractor. See also Para- graph 2-03. All decisions of the Engineer shall be final except in cases where time and/or financial considerations are involved, which decisions f shall be subject to arbitration. See Paragraph 3-05 for arbitration pro- visions. 3-02 SUSPENSION OF WORK.BY ENGINEER: When, in judgment of the Engineer, 14 unfavorable weather or any other condition makes it impractical to secure s, first-class results or should the Contractor fail to j � carry out the pro- visions of the Contract or supply materials meeting the requirements,of La the Specifications, the Engineer may issue to the Contractor a written order to suspend work on all or any part of the Contract work. When con-ditions are again favorable for prosecution of the work, the Engineer will issue to the Contractor a written order to resume the suspended work. Orders to suspend work will not be written for intermittent shutdowns due to I V/ N I1 -GC -12 (a Ly ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES ARE AUTNO/ILEO Ey IES•AGC•UW JOINT COMMITTEE 1967 • lit PAINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR ¢LA8 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 314 M, Iwe ►y 9 II 14 IA td weather conditions unless the suspension of work is to be for an extended period of time. The Contractor shall take every precaution to prevent any damage or unreasonable deterioration of the work during the time it is closed down. Suspension of the work by the Engineer shall not furnish any grounds for claims by the Contractor for damages or extra compensation, but the period of such suspensions shall be allowed in determining the revised date for completion as hereinafter provided. The Contractor shall not suspend work under the Contract, except as permitted in Paragraph 3-04, without the written order of the Engineer as stated in the preceding paragraph. The Contractor will be required to work a sufficient number of hours per day in order to complete the project within the work days specified. The ques- tion as to the necessity of discontinuing any portion of the work by reason of unfavorable weather conditions shall be determined by the Engineer. See also Paragraph 3-09 for suspension of work by Inspectors. 3-03 SUSPENSION OF WORK BY OWNER: The Owner may at any time suspend the work, or any part thereof, by giving ten days' notice to the Contractor in writing. The work shall be resumed by the Contractor within ten days after the date fixed in the written notice from the Owner to Contractor to do so. If the work, or any part thereof, shall be stopped by the notice in writing aforesaid, and if the Owner does not give notice in writing to the Contrac- tor to resume work at a date within a year of the date fixed in the written notice to suspend, then the Contractor may abandon that portion of the work so suspended, and he will be entitled to the estimates and payments for all work done on the portions so abandoned, if any. See also Paragraph 7-10. If suspension of all or part of the work causes additional expense not due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for the additional expense incurred due to suspension of the work. Claims for such compensation, with complete substantiating rec- ords, shall be filed with the Engineer within ten days after the date of order to resume work in order to receive consideration. This paragraph shall not be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, failure to furnish additional surety or sureties specified herein, for suspension made at the request of the Con- tractor, or for any other delay provided for in the Contract Documents. 3-04 SUSPENSION OF WORK BY CONTRACTOR: The Contractor may suspend work upon ten (10) days' written notice to the Owner and the Engineer, for any of the following reasons: If an order of any court or other public authority caused the work to be stopped or suspended for a period of ninety (90) days through no act or fault of the Contractor or his employees. 11 -GC -13 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF TNESE PAGES ARE AI11M0R11E0 ay IES•AGCMPYA JOINT COMMITTEE _ 1967 • IRt PRINTING 3 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES MNI If the Engineer should fail to act upon any Request for Payment, in the manner set forth in Paragraph 7-05, within ten (10) days after it is presented in accordance with the General Conditions, W If the Owner should fail to act upon any Request for Payment, in y� the manner set forth in Paragraph 7-06, within thirty-one (31) days after its approval by the Engineer. If the Owner should fail to pay the Contractor any sum within thirty- one (31) days after its award by arbitrators. `M 3-05 ARBITRATION: Should there be any question of the decision of the Ia Engineer, which is subject to arbitration, it shall be promptly submitted to arbitration upon demand by either party to the Contract. See Paragraph 9 3-01 for Engineer's decisions subject to arbitration. The Contractor shall not delay the work because arbitration proceedings are pending unless he shall have written permission from the Engineer so to do and such delay shall not extend beyond the time when the arbitrators shall have oppor- tunity to determine whether the work shall continue or be suspended pend- ing decision by the arbitrators of such a dispute. Any demand for arbitra- tion shall be in writing and shall be delivered to the Engineer and any adverse party either by personal delivery or by registered mail addressed to the last known address of each within ten (10) days of receipt of the Engineer's decision, and in no event after final payment has been made and accepted, subject, however, to any express stipulation to the contrary in the Contract Documents. Should the Engineer fail within a reasonable p period to make a decision, a demand for arbitration may than be made as if the Engineer's decision had been rendered against the party demanding ;ta arbitration. No one shall be qualified to act as an arbitrator who has, directly or indirectly, any financial interest in the Contract or who has any business or family relationship with the Owner, the Contractor, or the Engineer. Each arbitrator selected shall be qualified by experience and knowledge e` of the work involved in the matter to be submitted to arbitration. p 4yUnless otherwise provided by controlling statutes, the parties may agree (1 upon one arbitrator; otherwise there shall be three; one named in writing jby each party to this Contract to the other party and to the Engineer, 8 and the third chosen by these two arbitrators; or if they fail to select a third within fifteen days, then he shall be chosen by the presiding - officer of the state or county bar association nearest to the location ,a of the work. Should the party demanding arbitration fail to name an IFI" arbitrator within ten days of his demand, his right to arbitration shall lapse. Should the other party fail to choose an arbitrator within the said ten days, then such presiding officer shall appoint such arbitrator. 1 Vd Should either party refuse or neglect to supply the arbitrators with any �y papars or information demanded in writing, the arbitrators are empowered Iy by both parties to proceed ex parte. I 11 -GC -14 ONLY PNOTO•MECHANICAC PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIEEC IF IES•ACC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE ` 1967 • lit PAINTING 4 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 394 ,IN Irl award to the party whose contention is sustained such sums as they shall deem proper for the time, expense and trouble incident to the arbitration and, if the arbitration was taken without reasonable cause, damages for delay. The arbitrators shall fix their own compensation, unless otherwise provided by agreement, and shall assess the costs of charges of the arbi- tration upon either or both parties. The award of the arbitrators shall be in writing and it shall not be open to objection on account of the form of the proceeding or the award, unless otherwise provided by the controlling statutes. In the event of such statutes providing on any matter covered by this article otherwise than as hereinbefore specified, the method of procedure throughout and the legal effect of the award shall be wholly in accordance with the said statutes, it being intended hereby to lay down a principle of action to be followed, leaving its local application to be adapted to the legal requirement of the jurisdiction having authority over the arbi- tration. The invalidity of any provision of this Paragraph 3-05 shall not invalidate the remaining provisions of this Paragraph. - 3-06 EXAMINATION OF COMPLETED WORK: If the Engineer requests it, the Contractor at any time before acceptance of the work shall remove or un- cover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After exa- mination, the Contractor shall restore said portiuns of the work to the standard required by the Specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed shall be paid for as Extra Work, in accordance with requirements of Paragraph 7-03; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, removing and replacing shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3-07 CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENCE: A qualified superintendent, who is acceptable to the Engineer, shall be maintained on the work and give effi- cient supervision to the work until its completion. The superintendent shall have full authority to act in behalf of the Contractor, and all directions given to the superintendent shall be considered given to the Contractor. In general, the Engineer's instructions shall be confirmed in writing and always upon written request from the Contractor. II -CC -15 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTMOAIEEO ET IES•AGC•APYA JOINT COMMITTEE 1961 • Ill PRINTING 3 _ 9 MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LAO CEDAR RATIOS - DES MOINES 3• PSI 3-08 CONTRACTOR'S LAO?LOYEES: Incompetent or incorrigible employees shall be dismissed from the project by the Contractor or his represents - i11 tive when requested by the Engineer, and such persons shall not again be permitted to return to the project without the written consent of the Engineer. No person whose age or physical condition 1s such as to poke his onploy- �� cent dangerous to his health or safety, or to the health or safety of q others, shall be employed in the development of the project. There shall be no discrimination against any employee or applicant for la employment because of race, creed, or color. This provision shall be included in all subcontracts. �${ 3-09 INSPECTORS: Inspectors may be appointed by the Engineer or Owner to see that the work is performed in accordance with the Plans and Speci- fications. Inspectors shall have authority to suspend all or a portion of the work which is not being properly performed and, subject to the final decision of the Engineer, to condemn and reject defective work and materials. Impactors shall have no authority to permit deviation from the Plans and !' Specifications and the Contractor shall be liable for any deviations made without a written order from the Engineer. If requested.by the Contractor, k the suspension order will be given in writing. Inspectors shall not act }r! as foreman or perform other duties for the Contractor. lr 3-10 LANDS 8Y OWNER: The Owner shall provide the lands, as specified, upon which the work under the Contract is to be performed including rights- of-way for construction and access. Any delay in furnishing these lands by the Owner shall be deemed proper cause for adjustment .in the Contract amount, and/or the time of completion - 3 -11 LANDS BY CONTRACTOR: Any additional land and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or for storage of materials shall be provided by the Contractor with no liability to the ttq Owner. The Contractor shall confine his apparatus and storage of materials l� and operation of his workman to those areas described in the•Plam and Specifications and such additional areas which he may provide as approved 4 � by the Engineer. 3-12 PRIVATE PROPERTY: The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose without obtaining permission, and he shall be IL responsible for the preservation of all property along and adjacent to the street and/or right-of-way, and shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage or injury thereto. He shall use suitable precautions to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, and other underground structures, (e i" I^ 1. I1- CC -16 t, V ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PAOCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES ARE AUTNOAl2EC IV IES-AGC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 3 1967 - I.t PAINTING 7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all monuments and property marks until an authorized agent has witnessed or otherwise refer- enced their location and shall not remove them until directed. 3-13 REMOVAL. OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES: At the termination of this Contract, before acceptance of the work by the Owner, the Contractor shall remove all of his equipment, tools and supplies from the property of the Owner. Should the Contractor fail to remove such equipment, tools, and supplies, the Owner shall have the right to remove them. See also Paragraph 7-11. 3-14 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CORRECT DEFICIENCIES: If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the work properly or fail to perform any provision of this Contract, the Owner after ten days' written notice to the Con- tractor may, without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good•such deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor. See also Paragraph 7-11 3-15 OWNER'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT AND COMPLETE THE WORK: If the Contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt; or if he should make.a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors; or if a receiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency; or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials; or if he should fail to make prompt payment to the subcontrac- tors or for materials or labor; or persistently disregard laws, ordinances, or the instructions of the Engineer; or otherwise be guilty of a substan- tial violation of any provision of the Contract, then the Owner, upon the .certificate of the Engineer that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the .Contractor seven days' written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the premises and of all materials, tools, and appliances thereon and finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. in such case; the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract price shall exceed the expense of finishing the work, including compensation for additional material', admin- istrative services, and engineering fees, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The expense incurred by the Owner as herein provided, and the damage incurred through the Contractor's default, shall be certified by the Engineer. See also Paragraph 7-12. IT -GC -17 OHL/ PHOTO• MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ANI AUTHOA17EO EY IES•AOC•APWA JOINT COMMITTEE �� 1967 Int PRI4fIN�. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 1D (a pe I .j f of 1:! terminate CO":TRAC70R'S RIGHT TO TEINATE CONTRACT: The Contractor may CRMontract upon can (10) days' written notice to the Owner and the Engineer, if an order of any court or other public authority caused the work to be stopped or suspended for a period of ninety (90) days through no act or fault of the Contractor or his employees. See also Paragraph 7-13. 3-17 RIGHTS OF VARIOUS INTERESTS: Wherever work being done by the Owner's forces or by other contractors is contiguous to work covered by this Contract, the respective rights of the various interests involved shall be established by the Engineer, to secure the c various portions of the work in general harmony. ompletion of the 3-18 SEPARATE CONTRACTS: The Owner may let ether contracts in connec- tion with the work of the Contractor. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contractors with regard to storage of materials and execution Of their work. The Contractor shall report to the Engineer any Irregu- larities which he may detect which will not permit him to complete his work in a satisfactory manner. The Contractor shall not be responsible for defects which develop due to the work of others after the'work is completed. The Contractor shall report to the Engineer immediately any difference between completed work by others and the Plans 3-19 SUBCONTRACTS: At the time specified by the Contract Documents or when requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Owner for approval the names of the Subcontractors work. Subcontractors may not be changed except at tproposed for the he propose of and with the approval of the Owner. The Contractor is responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his Subcontractors, and of their direct and indirect employees, to the same extent a for the acts and omissions of his s he is responsible shall not be construed employees. The Contract Documents as creating any contractual relation between any Subcontractor and the Owner. The Contractor agrees to bind every Subcontractor and every Subcontractor agrees thePlans,bbound t he theGeneralCondi iofthe Contract, nsofContract, thehSupplementarycGeneral Conditions, the Special Conditions and the Specifications as far as appli- cable to his work, including the following provisions of this Section, unless specifically noted to the contrary in a subcontract approved in writing as adequate by the Owner or Engineer. The Subcontractor agrees to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract, the Contract Documents, the Plans, the General Conditions Of Contract, the Supplementary General Conditions, the Special Conditions and the Specifications and to assume toward the Contractor all the obli- gations and at the Conractor, ose assumes towardsthesOwner. The hContractorCagrees toybehboundocumentto thksSubcon- tractor by all the obligations that the Owner assumes to the Contractor under the terms of said documents, and by all the provisions thereof affording remedies and redress to the Contractor from the Owner. Ii -GC -18 ONLY PN0T0-n(CNA/11CAC PPOCESS A[PPOOUC710N5 OI TN(S[ PAGES AA( AUTNO■R[0 0T I[S•ACC•wwA JOINT 1967 lit PAINTIN, tOMNITi[E MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES N I. The Contractor shall not assign, sublet, or transfer the whole or any �a part of the work herein specified without the written consent of the IS Owner. Any such assignment, subletting, or transfer shall not in any manner relieve the Contractor from any of the responsibilities assumed herein. (W tf For convenience of reference and to facilitate the letting of Contracts and subcontracts, the Specifications are separated into titled sections. Such separations shall not, however, operate to make the Engineer an arbiter to establish limits to the contracts between Contractor and Sub- contractors. tip jd 3-20 WO UC DURING AN EMERGENCY: The Contractor shall perform any work i, and shall furnish and install any materials and equipment necessary dur- ing an emergency endangering life or property. In all cases he shall i� notify the Engineer of the emergency as soon as practicable, but he shall not wait for instructions before proceeding to properly protect both life and property. In cases where the Contractor cannot or does not meet the 414 emergency, the Owner may take action as outlined above. See also Para- graph 4-03. 3-21 ORAL AGREEMENTS: No oral order, objection, claim or notice by any party to the others shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the Contract Documents, and none of the provisions of the Contract Documents shall be held to be waived or modified by rea- son of any act whatsoever,other than by a definitely agreed waiver or 1 modification thereof in writing, signed by the parties to be bound, and S; no evidence shall be introduced in any proceeding of any other waiver or modification. 3-22 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: After being awarded the Contract, and if. requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall immediately prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval a progress schedule which will insure the completion of the project within the time specified. Adequate equip- ment and forces. shall be made available by the Contractor to start work immediately upon order of the Engineer and to carry out the schedule to j� completion of the Contract within the time specified. 3-23 DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME: Delays caused by injunction �# or legal actions, "Acts of God," or other causes beyond the control of the y Contractor shall entitle the Contractor to an extension of time within which to complete the work. i4 F �y Application for such extension of time shall be made to the Owner by the Contractor within ten days after the occurrence of such delay and shall f 14 state reasons for the request for the extension of time. No extension of time shall be valid unless it is given in writing by the Owner. tr II -GC -19 A ONII P40T O•eCCNANICAI PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES•AGC •APMA JOINT COMMITTEE V 1367 • I,1 PRINTING 31 G MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES r (f fr �E 11 SECTION 4 - SCOPE OF WORK 4-01 ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS: If the instructions and Plans are not sufficiently clear Cc permit the Contractor to proceed with the work, the Engineer shall, either upon his own initiative or upon the request of the Contractor, furnish additional written instructions, together with addi- tional Contractor,liitsmustmbe in amplest me tohpermitay be necesary. Wen suchthegpreparation ofreuest is de bythe ein- structions and drawings by the Engineer before the construction of the work covered by them is undertaken. Such additional instructions and draw- ings shall be consistent with the Contract Documents and shall have the same force and effect as if contained in the Contract Docuaents. For the purpose of avoiding delays in the preparation of such additional instructions and drawings, the Engineer and the Contractor shall jointly prepare a schedule showing the time for the cormantement of the work to be included in them and the time the Contractor shall furnish the necessary shop drawings which may be necessary for their preparation. The Contractor shall do no work without proper drawings or instructions and shall, at his awn expense, replace any work wrongly executed. 4-02 INCREASE OR DECREASE OF WORK. The Owner reserves the right to make such alterations in the Plans or in the quantities of work to the extent authorized by law and as may be considered necessary. Such alterations shall be in writing by the Engineer and shall not be considered as a waiver of any conditions of the Contract nor to invalidate any of the provisions thereof; provided, however, that the execution of a supplemental agreement acceptable to both parties of the Contract will be necessary before any alteration is made which involves (1) an increase or decrease of more than 20% of the total cost of the work, calculated from the original proposal quantities and the unit Contract prices, or the original lump sum, as ap- plicable, or (2) an increase or decrease of more than 202 in the quantity of any one major Contract item. For condition (2) above, a major item is defined as any item, unless other- wise indicated on the Plans or designated in the Special Conditions, the Contract price for which amounts to 10% or more of the total Contract price as determined by either the original lump am bid or by the original quanti- ties and the unit Contract prices. When an alteration requires the execution of agreement shall be fully executed before any started. Alterations involving an increase any one minor Contract item may be the basis to require a supplemental agreement. See Paragraph 7-03 for method of payment. II -GC -20 a supplemental agreement, the work on the alteration to of more than 20% in the net of for either party to the Contract ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS 4EPA000LTIONS OF THESE PAGES ANE AUTNOAIEEO If IES•AGC•AFWA JOINT COMMITTEE 1967 • lit PAINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOVIES 394 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 4-03 EXTRA WORK: Any extra work made necessary by alteration of or addi-tions to the Plans or by other the reasons for which no price is provided In Contract, shall be performed by neer the Contractor as directed by the Engi- and he shall be compensated therefor }F4 f as provided under Paragraph 7-03. Extra work which by reason of its character or extent Is covered by a agreement between �P sup -elemental the Owner and the Contractor, must have the written consent of the surety on the bond, but extrawork and change orders not covered by a supplemental agreement will the surety. not requre the consent of See also Paragraph 4-02. i fA 4-04 CHANGED CONDITIONS: Should latent physical the encounter dsite conditions atthe differingrmaterially fromsubsurfaceor indicated in the Contract, or unknown physical nature, differing (► conditions of an unusual materially from those recognized I i ordinarily encountered and generally as inherent in work of the character which changed provided for in the Contract B or unusual conditions will be considered b the.Contractor as the basis for a claim Y ( I�+i for extra compensation, the Contractor shall promptly and before any such -- conditions are disturbed, notify the Engineer of the alleged conditions in writing, with copies to the Owner. L�j If the Owner is not given written notice prior to the conditions being disturbed, the Contractor will be deemed to have waived any claim or claims conditions. for extra compensation in any manner arising out of the changed or unusual rl The shall struct the Engir to on claim rwithin anreasonable andahallIssuecovercchange, i tlmeneeEngineerestdeciaionsigate Y, !n either or both time or money, If the Owner shall determine the conditions to be such as to juatlfy claim for additional compensation, Inj' a he shall provide for additional payment' for the particular phase of work in question by a negotiated agreement With the Contractor upon new unit Contract prices, by percentage., or by I�f " coat plus an agreed any other equitable arrangement mutually agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor and consented to in writing by the surety to the bond. In any event, the Contractor shall mitted r not be relieved, unless per- so by the Owner, from his obligation of resuming construction operations pending pending decision as to the validity of a claim, or pending the execution of a negotiated agreement to cover additional coats if a claim shall be recognized under the provisions of this Section of the specifications. 4-05 SALVAGE- F " Unless otherwise indicated on the Plana or !n the Special Conditions, all castings, any i d pipe and other material taken from the work ' shall be the property of the Contractor. V 4-06 CLEANUP: The Contractor shall at his own expense clean up and move all refuse and unused re- materials of any kind resulting from the work. Upon failure to du so within seventy-two (7 2) hours after request by the Engineer, the work may be done by the Owner and the cost thereof be charged to the Contractor and deducted from his final 7-11. estimate. See also Paragraph r 11 -CC -21 f� {y' I ONLY - 1%1 H(CNTING PPOC(SS P[P,000CiIONS OF THIS( Pa 1961 111 PAINT IHO O(5 4P( ,ViNOPIj(0 PT I[$•,CC •APV JOINT COeeITI(( w —v( MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES w a SECTION 5 - MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP tD 5-01 QUALITY OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS, order to establish of quality, the Engineer has, inhe dtailednSpecifications, referredtoN certain products by name and catalog number. This procedure is not to be �J construed as eliminating from competition other products of equal or better PA quality by other manufacturers where fully suitable in design. The Contractor shall cions, together with fusuchrnish a complete list of proposed desired substitu- engineering and catalog data as the Engineer may require. Litt and tmetign must Progress payment estimate. be submitted prior to submittal of first w The Contractor shall abide by the Engineer's judgement when proposed sub - p atitute materials or items Of equipment are judged to be unacceptable and shall furnish the specified material or Seem of equipment in such case. ! All proposals for substitutions shall be submitted in writing by the Can - tractor and not by individual trades or material suppliers. The Engineer (-fa will approve or disapprove proposed substitutions in writing within 4 rea-sonable time. writing, No substitute materials shall.be used unless approved in 5-02 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY THE OWNER; Materials specifically indicated wmaterial is ill be furnished by tlusivehe Owner. The fact that the Owner is to furnish the purpose in- tended, and the cContractor evidmay econtinue Of its atoeuse bitiurit`ilty rotherwise directed. If the Contractor discovers any defect in material furnished by the Owner, ( he shall notify the Engineer. not of Materials furnished by the Owner, which are 1 {A local occurrence, will be provided at locations listed on Plans or 411 in Specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for material loss or damage, including that caused by third parties, after his receipt of material. 18 5-03 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR: All materials used in the work shall meet the requirements of the respective Plans and Specifications. 1 All materials not otherwise specifically indicated shall be furnished by �a the Contractor. 5-04 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: Materials shall be so stored as to Insure W the Preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. When can- 's sidered necessary, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard, clean surfaces, and not on the ground, and/or they shall be placed under covet. 's Stored materials,shall be located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. Private, property shall not be used for storage purposes with- out the written permission of the owner or lessee. (9 5-05 REJECTED WORK AND MATERIALS: All materials which do not conform to 6i the requirements of the Contract Documents, are not equal to samples approved by the Engineer, or are in any way unsatisfactory or unsuited to the purpose hep for which they are intended, shall be rejected. i II -GC -22 M I ' -ONLY P-OTO"ECNANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF IMES( SAGES AMC AUTNONIE(O IF I(S•AOC.APWA JOINT COMITTEt 1967 lit PRINTING `394 MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R<IL A El CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 11 r II r Any defective work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defec- tive materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause shall be removed and the work shall be re -executed by the Contractor. Defective work or material may be condemned by the Engineer any time before the final acceptance of the work. Notice of such condemnation shall be given in writing by the Engineer. Such condemned work or material shall be removed or disposed of to the satisfaction of the Engineer within ten (10) days after written notice is given by the Engineer. Should the Con- tractor fail to remove rejected work or materials within ten (10) days after written notice to do so, the Owner may remove them and store the materials. Failure or neglect on the part of the Engineer to condemn un- satisfactory material or reject inferior workmanship will in no way release the Contractor, nor shall it be construed to mean the acceptance .of such work, nor shall the final acceptance bar the Owner from recovering damages in case fraud was practiced, or for defective work resulting from the Con- tractor's dishonesty. No compensation will be made for defective work or materials. Work done contrary to or regardless of the instructions of the Engineer, work done without lines, grade and/or cross section stakes and grades.-. shown on the Plans or as given by the Engineer, or any deviation made from the Plans and Specifications without written authoritywill be'con sidered unauthorized and at the.expense of the Contiactor,,and will not be measured or paid for by the Owner. Any and all work so, done may be, ordered removed and replaced immediately at the Contractor's expense. See also Paragraph 7-09. 5-06 R'S DIRECTIONS: Maufactured articles, eateriai and quipmenntt shall UbeRappli a,,Installed' connected, erected mused, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer unless herein specified to the contrary. 5-07 CUTTING AND PATCHING: The Contractor shall do all necessary cutting and patching of the work that may be required to properly receive the work of the various trades or as required by the Plans and Specifications to complete the work. He shall restore all such cut or patched work as directed by the Engineer. Cutting of existing structures that will en- danger the work, adjacent property, workmen or the public shall not be done unless approved by the Engineer and under his direction! 5-08 PATENTS; All fees or royalties for patented inventions, equipment, or arrangements that may be used in any manner connected with'the construc- tion or erection of the work, or any part thereof, shall be included in the price mentioned in the Contract. I I- GC -23 ONLY PH0TO-MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED IF I[S•AGC>A�W JOINT COMMIT?[[ 1967 • ht PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3% 1A The Contractor shall protect and hold harmless the owner against any and LM all claims or litigation by reason of infringement of any patent rights on any materials, equipment, or construction furnished by the Contractor. ,,Lk 5-09 GUARANTEE: The Contractor shall guarantee all work and material against all defects for the period specified in the Form of Bond or Special Conditions. The Contractor shall repair or replace any such defective work f r� and/or material to conform to the provisions of this Contract and without t. expense to the Owner, within ten (10) days after notification in writing by the Owner of such defective work or material. If the Contractor shall not have made said repairs or replacements or have made arrangements for { 7i the correction thereof within the period specified above, the owner shall ii do so and shall charge the coat of same to the Contractor. The Contractor t1a shall perform the work so as to cause the Owner a minimum of inconvenience and interruption of services. Set also Paragraph 7-17. 5-10 BOND: Prior to the signing of the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish a good and sufficient performance bond on the form provided in the full amount of the Contract. Bond shall guarantee faithful performance of the provisions of the Con- 'f tract, Including the guarantee of all work and material against all defects for the period specified in the Form of Bond, and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from said Contract. See also. Paragraph 1-16. �e 144 I I- CC -26 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PACES ARE AUTMOAIIIO IT IIS -ACC -AIWA JOINT COMITTII 1967 lit PRINTING w w� MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES A �I SECTION 6 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 6-01 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY; The Contractor assumes full responsi- bility for the safekeeping of all materials and equipment and for all un- finished work until final acceptance by the Owner,.and if any of it be damaged or be destroyed from any he F'P cause, shall replace it at his own expense. i..a The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any liens filed for nonpayment of his bills in connection with the Contract work. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner satisfactory evidence that all persons who have done work or furnished materials, equipment, or ser- vice of any type under this Contract have been fully paid prior to the acceptance of the work by IIf the Owner. See also Paragraph 7-14. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Owner's employees, the Engineer, and the Engineer's employees from any and all liability, loss, cost, damage, and expense (including reasonable attorney's fees and court costs) resulting from, arising out of, or incurred by rea- son of any claims, actions, or suits based upon or alleging bodily injury, including death, or 'E property damage rising out of or resulting from the Contractor's !, operations under this Contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. The Contractor shall obtain insurance for this purpose, which shall insure the interests of the Owner and Engineer as the same may appear, and shall file with the Owner and Engineer certi- ficates of such insurance. C"1 f 6-02 USE OF PREMISES: The Contractor shall confine his equipment, stor- age of materials and operation of work to the limits indicated by law, ordinances, f; .i permits or direction of the Engineer, and shall not unreason - ably encumber the premises with his materials. r j. Imo. 6-03 ' CONFINE OPERATIONS WITHIN RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND EASEMENTS: It shall. be 4/ " the Contractor's responsibility to confine his construction activities within the limits of I easements , property lines and limits of construction. Any damage to rn persons or property resulting from encroaching beyond these limits shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. a 6-04 SAFETY: Precautions shall be exercised at all times by the Con- I. tractor for the protection of persons, employees and property. The safety provisions of ishall applicable laws and local building and construction codes be observed. �+ The operations of the Contractor for the protection of persons, and for guarding against hazards of machinery and equipment, shall meet the require- ments of state law. 7 I1 -GC -25 ONLY • IPRINTING ONLY PHOTO-H1AL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES ARE AUTMOAIIJO By IES•ACC•A►VA JOINT COMMITTEE i 'E 394 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES M LT The Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense and on a 24- hour basis, all necessary safeguards such as watchmen, warning signs or signals, barricades and night lights at all unsafe places at or near the work. Special care shall be exercised to prevent vehicles, pedestrians, and livestock from falling into open trenches or being otherwise harmed 19 as a result of the work. The Contractor shall in all cases maintain safe passageways at all road 1 crossings, crosswalks and street intersections, and shall do all other things necessary to prevent accident or loss of any kind. 6-05 FAILURE TO PAY FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS: If, at any time, the Con- tractor fails to pay the Subcontractop or the laborers employed upon the work, or fails to pay for the materials used therein, the Owner may with- hold from the money which may be due the Contractor under this agreement ,:{ such amount or amounts as may be necessary for thea Subcon- tractors, laborers, or materials, and may, acting as ag agent fornt ofsuch the Contractor, apply the same to such payments and deduct the same from the final estleats of the Contractor. 6-06 MOVING OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE UTILITIES: Prior to awarding the Con- ' i9 tract, the Owner will notify all affected utilities to move such of their I installations as would be within the confines of the finished improvement. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate his wo Special Conditirk with that Of the utilities in such manner as to cause the least poasibls ' interference, and as may be further provided in the S i IK Specifications. ons and �" It Is provided that no utility, ; modate the Contractor's equipment rorahis te omethod iof operatioc, shall bemoved when such utility does not conflict with the installation of the improvement under n. construction unless the costs of such removal shall be at the expense of It the Contractor. 6-07 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND.PRIVATE UTILITIES: The Contractor shall' • support and protect by timbers or otherwise, all pipes, conduits wires or other apparatus which may be in any way affected by the work. poles, work If, through the Contractor's operations, any of said pipes, conduits, Iiv -poles, vires, or apparatus should be damaged, they shall be repaired by the authorities having control of same, and the expense ofsuch repairs shall be charged to the Contractor., The Contracto- shall further be responsible for any damage done to any I in street or other public property, or to any private property by reason of breaking of any water pipe, sewer or gas pipe, electric conduit, or other A utility by or through his negligence. Ir L 1'O II -CC -26 I ONLY PHOTO- NICHAN I CAL PROCESS AE04000CTIOMS or THIS( 0AO(S ARE AUTHORIZED By ICS•ACC•APW JOINT CORtlITTit 1967 h1 OGINTINO �9G MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES VA i! I 6-08 DAMAGE TO EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS AND UTILITIES: Underground utilities of record will be shown on the construction plans insofar as it is possible to do so. These, however, are shown for convenience only and the Owner assumes no responsibility for improper locations or failure to show utility locations on the construction plans. The Contractor shall take adequate precautions to protect existing lawns, trees and shrubs outside rights-of-way, sidewalk, curbs, pavements, utili- ties, adjoining property, and structures, and to avoid damage thereto. He shall at his own expense completely repair any damage thereto caused by his operations to the satisfaction of the Engineer, except as otherwise provided in other portions of these Specifications. 6-09 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC: 6-09A Division of Resoonsibility: The Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance, control, and the safeguarding of traffic within and Sm abuttingmediately eproject cfurther ay otherwise beprovidedintheSpecialConditions. TherGovernmental and asmAgency will be responsible for maintenance, control, and safeguarding of traffic on all detours which do not lie within the project limits, unless other- wise required in the Special Conditions. 6-09B Street Closures or Partial Closures: Streets may be closed to through traffic but shall not be closed to traffic until such closure has been approved by the Governmental Agency. Street closures shall be made in such a manner as to provide for maximum public safety and public convenience. They shall be opened to through traffic at such time as the work has been completed, or as the Governmental Agency may direct. 6-09C ExistingTraffic Signs and Facilities: The Governmental Agency will make all necessary adjustments to traffic signals and traffic signal Govern - activators at no cost to the Contractor. signs which will interfere with constructiExisting traffic and street name on will be removed by the Goname mental Agency as required by Contractor's construction schedule. Upon signs. completion of the project, the Governmental Agency will,reset all such 6-09D Detours:. Detours outside the limits of the project shall be the sole responsibility of the Governmental Agency unless otherwise provided In the Special Conditions. Detours within the limits of the project such as side street crossings, temporary bridges over freshly placed con- crete, utilization of one or more lanes of the construction area for' maintenance of traffic, and such related facilities for the maintenance of traffic shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, the costs for which shall be included in the appropriate unit price or lump sum, as applicable. II- GC -27 ONLY P40TO•MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES ARE AOTNOAIE(D 6Y I[f•AGC•A/VA JOINT COMMITTEE 1967 - IRC PAINTING MICROFIL14ED BY DORM MICR+LAS CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3% 6-09E Local and Emer enc Traffic; Local traffic shall be provided access ' to private properties at all times, except during some urgent stages of construction when it is impracticable to carry on the construction and maintain traffic simultaneously, such as for the placing of asphalt con- crete pavement, placing and curing of Portland cement concrete pavement, and deep sever excavations which prohibit safe travel of vehicular.traffit. Emergency traffic such as police, fire, and disaster units shall be pro- vided reasonable access at all times, r4 6-09F Protection of Pede1. strian and Vehicular Traffic: The Contractor I, shall take every precaution to protect padaaa and attivehicular traffic. 6-09C Restriction of Parkin Where parking is a hazard to through �y traffic or to the construction work, it shall be restricted either entirely or during the time when it creates a hazard. Signs for this purpose will r be initially furnished and placed by the Governmental Agency. The Con- tractor shall be responsible for and shall maintain the signs if they are � I -j used on any street which is directly involved in the construction work. If the parking signs are to be used beyond tele confines of the work area, �., such as another street being used as a detour, the signs will be the res �i ponsibility of the Governmental Agency, 6-09H Flasmea: The Contractor shall furnish at his own expense all flag- I, men who may be needed. 6-10 TRAFFIC CONTROL WITHIN AND ABUTTING THE PROJECT: The Contractor shall place and maintain all signs, barricades and warning lights withln' the limits of the project on all streets, alleys and driveways entering " the project so that approaching traffic will turn right or left on exist - Ing undisturbed streets before reaching the warning signs and barriers {" immediately abutting the project. Signs which are required will be fur- nished by the Governmental Agency, Barricades shall be furnished by the Contractor. The barricades shall conform to requirements of the Governmental Agency. Unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, the Governmental Agency will assume responsibility for signs and traffic control devices beyond the limits hereinbefore described. 6-11 USE OF EXPLOSIVES: Blasting will not be permitted in any case with out specific authority of the Owner, and then only under such restrictions as may be required by the proper authorities. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall use the utmost care so as not to endanger life or property, cause slides or disturb the materials Outside the neat lines of the cross section. II -CC -28 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PACES ARE AUTHORIEEO RY US•AGCM►W JOINT CONNITI91 1967 • is, PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 344 F4 Blasting shall be completed in the vicinity of new structures before on such con-struction structures is undertaken. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner and place in compliance with local laws and ordinances and all such storage places shall be clearly marked "Dangerous - Explosives." No explosive shall be left in an unprotected manner along or adjacent to any existing highway or public place. 6-12 RAILROAD CROSSINGS: Wherever a project is being constructed beneath, at grade or above railroad tracks, the permits for the construction will have previously been secured by the Owner. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility, however, to contact the railroad company prior to construct- ing such crossings and to proceed j with the construction as directed by the railroad company. The Contractor shall comply with all construction and additional insurance requirements of the railroad company. The Contractor shall hold the Owner harmless from any and all damages resulting from his operations in the construction at such crossings. kk{{ffR t 19 6-13 SANITARY PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall a neat provide and maintain in and sanitacondition such cwithdthe orequirements ns for the ployees as may be £regulations his am- necessary tocomply sand of the Governmental Agency having k;g jurisdiction thereover. He shall perm![ no public nuisance. 6-14 USE AND OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF CONTRACT: The Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired; but such taking pos- session and use shall not be deemed j..,p an acceptance of any portion of the work not completed in accordnace with the R Contract Documents. Any claims which the Owner may have against the Contractor been waived {� shall not be deemed to have by such occupancy. +1 If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the completion of work or d uncom-pleted causes refinishing of completed work, the Contractor shall be entitled to such q j,g extra'compensation, or extension of time or both,.as the Engineer may determine. 3 �1 6-15 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: Neither the Engineer nor any of his assistants, nor any other officer of the Owner shall be per- aonally responsible for any liability fi k arising under or growing out of the Contract. See also Paragraph 6-01. . ! i 6-16 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS: Should an error be discovered in or payment of unauthorized work be made by the final estimate or should dis- honesty on the part of the Contractor be r, discovered in the work, the Owner reserves the right, after the final payment has been made, to claim and recover by process of law such lit sums as may be sufficient to correct the error, to recover the overpayment, or to make good the defects in the work resulting from the Contractor's dishonesty. w, j1 IT- GC -29 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESEPACES ARE AUTHORIZED IV [IS-AGCJOINT COMITTEIE 1967 - ISI PAINTING 3910 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES SECTION 7 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 19 7-01 MEASUREMENT: The determination of pay quantities of work performed under the Contract will be made by the Engineer based upon the lines, grades, and cross sections given, or measurements made by him or his assistants. kll items will be computed in the units in the Proposal. r 7-02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: The Contractor shall accept the compensation, IL as provided in the Contract, in full payment for furnishing.all materials, labor, tools and equipment necessary to the completed work and for per- forming all work contemplated and embraced under the Contract; also for ' Loss or damage arising from the nature of the work, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the work until the final acceptance by the owner, and for all risks of every description connected with the prosecution of the work; also for all expenses incurred in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of the work as herein specified; and for completing the I work according to the Plans and Specifications. See also Paragraph 4-04.. i° Neither the payment of any estimate nor of any retained percentage -shall relieve the Contractor of any obligation to make good any defective work "y or material. Payment will be made only for materials actually incorporated in the work. For payment of materials on site, sae Paragraph 7-04. •E The unit Contract prices for the various bid item$ of the Contract shall' be full compensation for all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools and all things of whatsoever nature required for the complete incorporation of the item into the work the same as though the item were to read "in Place," unless the Plans and Special Conditions.shall provide otherwise. 7-03 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK: Adjustments, if any, in the amounts to be paid the Contractor by reason of any change, addition, or deduction, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods: By an acceptable lump -sum proposal from the Contractor. Ey unit Contract prices contained in the Contract Proposal, or by unit prices mutually agreed upon by the Contractor and the Owner. Payroll cost of labor plus 15% for profit, overhead and small table, plus the amount of social security tax imposed by lav upon the Contractor, plus the cost of workmen's compensation, public liability insurance and employment security contribu- tions. CC -30 �A ONLY ►NOTa•NECNRNICR( PROCESS a[PROmu(fI0N6 Of TN(S( PRGL6 AR( AUTHORIZED BY ILS•AGC•RIw JOINT CmM ITT[L �� 1967 • lit PRINTING MICROFIL14ED BY JORM MICR+LAS CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOPIES r Actual cost of materials delivered to the work, including ;. freight and hauling charges as shown by original receipted bills, plus 152. Equipment rental rates for machinery, tools and equipment, except small hand tools, as determined from current publi- - cations of the Association of Equipment Dealers. ii It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor before proceeding with any change to satisfy himself that the change has been properly authorized y in behalf of the Owner. No charge for extra work or any otter change in ' the Contract will be allowed unless the extra work or change has been I � authorized in writing by the Owner, and the compensation or method there- of is stated in such written authority. Ir See also Paragraphs 4-02, 4-03 and 4-04. r 7-04 PROGRESS PAYMENTS, RETAINED PERCENTAGE: Where the Contract Docu- ments authorize monthly progress payments, the Contractor shall be entitled to monthly progress payments corresponding to the stage of the work. Pro- gress estimates will be prepared by the Contractor not later than thirty (30) days after commencing work, and every thirty (30) days thereafter, - if.so entitled, for the duration of the construction. These shall be based upon an approximate estimate of quantities of work completed, mul- tiplied by the unit prices established'in the Contract, or shall be based upon estimated completed percentages of work listed in Contractor's approved price breakdown for lump sum contracts or items. I � Cost of materials, properly stored P Y , protected and insured at the site of work will be paid on monthly estimates only when so provided for in the Special Conditions, and then only for the specific materials listed there- in for partial payment. In preparing the monthly estimates, advancement will be made therein for ninety percent of the cost of such materials, as evidenced by invoices to the.Contractor. All materials must conform to the requirements of the Specifications; however, advancement for materials will not constitute acceptance, and any, faulty material will be condemned although advancement may have been made for same in the estimates: Deduc- tions at the same rates, and equal in amount to the advancements, will be made on the estimates as the material is used. Quantities used for progress estimates shall be considered only as approxi- mate and provisional, and shall be subject to recalculation, adjustment and correction by the Engineer in subsequent progress estimates and in final estimates. Inclusion of any quantities in progress estimates, or failure to disapprove the work at the time of progress estimate, shall not be construed as acceptance of the corresponding work or materials. tz 1S Id II -GC -31 i' ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PACES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES-ACC•APYA JOINT COMMITTEE 1967 • IRR PRINTING MICROEII.MED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES rt It I i' Payment of the retained percentage shall be withheld for a period of thirty (30) days following the final acceptance by the Owner, and shall be paid the Contractor at the expiration of said thirty (30) days in event no claims, as provided by law, have been filed against such funds. In the event such claims are filed, the Contractor shall be paid, after said funds are released from liens, such retained percentages, less an amount sufficient to pay any. such claims, together with a sum sufficient'to pay the cost of such action, and to cover attorney fees. 7-05 ENGINEER'S ACTION ON A REQUEST FOR PAYMENT: Within ten (10) days of submission of any Request for Payment by the Contractor, the Engineer shall: Approve the Request for Payment as submitted; or otherApprove such hall is due the tor, informingthe Contrh actorinswriting tofehis reasons fortrae approving the amended amount; or Withhold the Request for Payment, informing the Contractor in writing of his reasons for withholding it. 7-06 OWNER'S ACTION ON AN APPROVED REQUEST FOR PAYMENT: Within thirty (30) days from the date of approval of a Request for Payment by the Engineer, the Owner shall: Pay the Request for Payment as approved; or otherpay such amount as he ldecide idue the Con informing theCone actor and�theEngineerinwritingofchistor, reasons for paying the amended amount; or Withhold payment informing the Contractor and the Engineer of his reasons for withholding payment. 7-07 INTEREST ON UNPAID REQUESTS FOR PAYMENT: Should the Owner fail to pay an approved Request for Payment Within thirty (30) days from the data of approval by the Engineer, and should he .fail to inform the Engineer andr the Contractor in writing of his reasons for withholding Payment, shall pay the Contractor interest an the amount of the Request for Payment at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum, from a data thiuntilrty 30) days after approval by the Engineer of the Request for Payments nt Ls made. 7-08 PAYMENT FOR UNCORRECTED WORK: Should the Engineer diratt.the,Con- tractor not to correct work that has been damaged or that was not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, an equitable deduction from the Contract amount shall be made to compensate the Owner for the uncorrected work. II -GC -32 ONLY ,NOTO•POINTING,C P40CESS 4PR000CTICM5 Or THESE PAGES ARE IUTN01I EEO By IES.AGC.APVA JOINT COMMITTEE MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES M(p li It 0 t 4f r 7-09 PAYMENT FOR REJECTED WORK AND MATERIALS: ,The removal of work and materials rejected under Paragraph 5-05 and the re-execution of acceptable work by the Contractor shall be at expense of the Contractor, and he shall pay the cost of replacing the work of other contractors destroyed or dam- aged by the removal of the rejected work or materials and the subsequent replacement of acceptable work, Removal of rejected work or materials and storage of materials by the Owner in accordance with Paragraph 5-05 shall be paid by the Contractor within thirty (30) days after written notice to pay is given by the Owner. If the Contractor does not pay the expenses of such removal and after ten (10) days' written notice being given by the Owner of his intent to sell the materials, the Owner may sell the materials at auction or at private sale and shall pay to the Contractor the net proceeds therefrom after deducting all the costs and expenses that should have been borne by the Contractor. 7-10 PAYMENT FOR WORK SUSPENDED BY THE OWNER: If the work or any part thereof shall be suspended by the Owner and abandoned by the Contractor as provided in Paragraph 3-03, the Contractor will then be entitled to payment for all work performed on the portions so abandoned, plus 15% of the value of the uncompleted portion of the abandoned work to compensate for overhead, plant expense, and anticipated profit,and which action shall terminate the Contract. 7-11, PAYMENT FOR WORK BY THE OWNER: The cost of the work performed by the Owner in removing construction equipment, tools and supplies in accor- dance with Paragraph 3-13, and correcting deficiencies in accordance with Paragraph 3-14 and Paragraph 4-06,shall be paid by the Contractor. 7-12 PAYMENT FOR WORK BY THE OWNER FOLLOWING HIS TERMINATION OF THE CON- TRACT:, Upon termination of the Contract by the Owner in accordance with Paragraph 3-15, no further payments shall be due the Contractor until the work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract amount shall exceed the cost of completing the work including all overhead costs, the excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If the cost of completing the work shall exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The cost incurred by the Owner, as herein provided, and the damage incurred through the Contractor's default, shall be certified by the Owner, and approved by the Engineer. 7-13 PAYMENT FOR WORK TERMINATED BY THE CONTRACTOR:. Upon termination of the Contract by the Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 3-16, the Con- tractor shall recover payment from the Owner for the work performed, plus loss on plant and materials, plus established profit and damages, as approved by the Engineer. II -GC -33 ONLY PNOTO•NECNANIC.AL PAOCESS AEPAODUCTIONS OF THESE PACES AAF AUTHORIZED IY IFS•AGC•APWA JOINT CONNITTEF 1967 • Ile PAINTING 1,59 G 141CROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 7-14 RELEASE OF LIENS: The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a com- plete release of all liens arising out of chis Contract before the retained percentage or before the final Request for Payment is paid. If any lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall re- fund to the Owner such amounts as the Owner may have been compelled to pay in discharging such liens including all costs and a reasonable attorney's fee. 7-15 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT: When the Contractor shall have com- pleted the work in accordance with the termer of the Contract Documents, the Engineer shall certify his acceptance to the Owner and his approval of the Contractor's final Request for Payment, which shall be the Contract amount plus all approved additions less all approved deductions and less previous payments made. The Contractor shall furnish evidence that he has fully paid all debts for labor, materials, and equipment incurred in connection with the work, following which the Owner shall accept the work and release the Contractor except as to the conditions of the Performance Bond, any legal rights of the Owner, required guarantees, and Correction of Faultv Work after Final Payment, and shall authorize payment of the Con- tractor's final Request for Payment. The Contractor must allow sufficient time between the time of completion of the work and approval of the final Request for Payment for the Engineer to assemble and check the necessary data. 7-16 TERMINATION OF CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY: The Contract will be considered complete when all work has been finished, the final inspection . made by the Engineer, and the project accepted in writing by the Owner. The Contractor's responsibility shall then cease, except as set forth in his Performance Bond, as required by the Guarantee Period. 7-17 CORRECTION OF FAULTY WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT: The approval of the final Request for Payment by the Engineer and the making of the final pay ment by the Owner to the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Owner shall promptly give notice of faulty materials or workmanship and the Contractor shall promptly replace any such defects.' The Engineer shall decide all"questions arising under this Paragraph, and all such decisions shall be subject to arbitration. See also Paragraph 5-09. II -GC -34 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PACES AMC AUTNOAIIIO BY IISMGC•APWA JOINT COMIT111 1967 • IRI PAINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 394 1 y tl I ,1 I L (f li I i I . 7-14 RELEASE OF LIENS: The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a com- plete release of all liens arising out of chis Contract before the retained percentage or before the final Request for Payment is paid. If any lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall re- fund to the Owner such amounts as the Owner may have been compelled to pay in discharging such liens including all costs and a reasonable attorney's fee. 7-15 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT: When the Contractor shall have com- pleted the work in accordance with the termer of the Contract Documents, the Engineer shall certify his acceptance to the Owner and his approval of the Contractor's final Request for Payment, which shall be the Contract amount plus all approved additions less all approved deductions and less previous payments made. The Contractor shall furnish evidence that he has fully paid all debts for labor, materials, and equipment incurred in connection with the work, following which the Owner shall accept the work and release the Contractor except as to the conditions of the Performance Bond, any legal rights of the Owner, required guarantees, and Correction of Faultv Work after Final Payment, and shall authorize payment of the Con- tractor's final Request for Payment. The Contractor must allow sufficient time between the time of completion of the work and approval of the final Request for Payment for the Engineer to assemble and check the necessary data. 7-16 TERMINATION OF CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY: The Contract will be considered complete when all work has been finished, the final inspection . made by the Engineer, and the project accepted in writing by the Owner. The Contractor's responsibility shall then cease, except as set forth in his Performance Bond, as required by the Guarantee Period. 7-17 CORRECTION OF FAULTY WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT: The approval of the final Request for Payment by the Engineer and the making of the final pay ment by the Owner to the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Owner shall promptly give notice of faulty materials or workmanship and the Contractor shall promptly replace any such defects.' The Engineer shall decide all"questions arising under this Paragraph, and all such decisions shall be subject to arbitration. See also Paragraph 5-09. II -GC -34 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PACES AMC AUTNOAIIIO BY IISMGC•APWA JOINT COMIT111 1967 • IRI PAINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 394 I19 Ilia DIVISION II SECTION C SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP -01 GENERAL These special provisions shall apply to the Central Business District Streetscape Improvement Project Phase II -B, for Iowa City, Iowa. SP -02 GENERAL CONDUCT OF PROJECT The Contractor shall take all possible steps to avoid inconvenience to property owners and the general public during the conduct of this proj- ect. Such measures shall include dust control, efforts to minimize noise and to minimize inconvenience to pedestrians and vehicular traf- fic. Care will be taken to ensure maximum cooperation with the City and the property owners where possible concerning scheduling of the work. SP -03 WORKMANSHIP The Contractor shall be aware of the aesthetic considerations of the design of this improvement. A high standard of workmanship will be required on all phases of this Contract. SP -04 COORDINATION The Contractor shall be aware of the important coordination considera- tions of this project. Close coordination is required with: 14 _ ,1. Water and, Sewer Facilities - City of Iowa,City �..� Eugene Dietz, City Engineer Phone: 354-1800 2. Gas and Electric Facilities Iowa -Illinois Gas and Electric, 1630 Lower Muscatine Iowa City, Iowa I° Tom Woodruff 6s Phone: 338-9781 A 3. Telephone Facilities - Northwestern Bell Telephone Co. 302 S. Linn Iowa City, Iowa Tom Plath Phone: 351-6055 4. University of Iowa - Richard Gibson (north side of Washington Director of Facilities Planning St. and west side of Phone: 353-5431 Capitol St.) - Garry Bleckwenn Electrical Distribution Phone: 353-4103 II -SP -1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I 5• Old Capitol Center (south of Washington St between Capitol and Clinton Sts.) 6. City Parking Ramp (north of Burlington St. between Capitol and Clinton Sts.) - Philip Markiewicz Construction Manager Phone: 351-5275 - Francis Vaughan Viggo M. Jensen Co. Phone: 354-5696 Note: Old Capitol Center is currently under construction. All construc- tion and sidewalk placement must be carefully coordinated with exterior wall construction at Old Capitol Center. SP -05 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE The construction schedule is to be accomplished in such a manner as to complete the utility construction and placement of street paving on Clinton IIl Street between Burlington and Washington on or before July 1, 1980, due to the closing of Madison Street (one block west of the project area) on June 1, 1980 for sanitary sewer construction. Failure to complete this construc- tion on Clinton shall result in enforcement of liquidated damages, -subject to any extension of time granted by the City Council. The Contractor shall s be required to maintain transit vehicle access through the Clinton/Washington 1 intersection and egress and ingress to the parking ramp from Clinton Street during construction and maintain at all times access to serve alleys off Clin- ton Street (see construction drawings and Division II, Special Conditions of Xff these specifications for details). R SP -06 SITE PREPARATION LThe project boundaries on Capitol and Washington Streets generally fail between the back of curb of recently installed street pavement and adjacent 14 property lines; project boundaries on Clinton Street are generally the limits 0 of the 100' right-of-way. All remaining sidewalk, existing curb, gutter and street surface is to be removed in the project area. An area of existing brick paving and sub -surface concrete fire lane paving at City Plaza (College at Clinton) is to be removed and the bricks salvaged for replacement. The Contractor may wish to consider phasing of construction and/or utilizing the base material prior to the final paving surface in order to maintainpedestrian access.to Lublic and private h" properties at all times. Access must also be maintained delivery doors along Clto the sidewalk vault inton Street. The Contractor will be required to main- tain access for bus loading on Washington Street for the.duration of the project. a. - Seven (7) under -the -sidewalk vaults are part of this project; all are to be retained: 1) Iowa State Bank and Trust (replace sidewalk surface over existing vault roofs). 2) Iowa -Illinois transformer vault (replace sidewalk surface over existing ` vault roof and reuse existing vault door). 3) Brown Bottle (replace sidewalk surface over existing vault roof and replace existing vault door). II -SP -2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3.94 m' 4) Enzler's/St, Clair Johnson (fill existing vault entry and reconstruct 4 at new location ; replace sidewalk surface over replace existing vault door). existing vault roof and r5) Things, Things, Things (replace sidewalk surface over existing vault roof and re -use existing vault doors). y 6) First Federal Savings and Loan (replace sidewalk surface over existing vault roof). 7) Corral (replace existing vault door). The property owners and merchants of these businesses are aware of the proposed construction. However, the Contractor should make inform the owner/merchant of the an effort to schedule for work to be done in front of their building. The'Contractor shall be held responsible for repair or replacement for any damaqe ocurring to public or private property during the course of construction and shall also be responsible for to the maintaining security vault space. SP -07 GRADING/DRAINAGE Careful attention is required to all site preparation, base material and finish surface grades in order to meet existing grades where required and E,1 to construct new grades for proper drainage and design. Proper surface tt �i drainage shall be maintained at all times during construction. .V Special care shall be taken to lay the sidewalk surface around the tree grates in such a way so as to divert the surface drainage away from the f� tree grates so that harmful solutions and materials will not drain into r the tree wells. p1 All furniture items such as benches, seats, and trash receptacles, etc. shall ( be installed plumb and level by adjusting and shimming as necessary,to do 11 so. Some warping of the sidewalk surfacing may be necessary to accomplish this as inconspicuously as possible. 9 {" ;y SP -O8 TRANSIT SHELTERS The two (2) transit shelters located at the pedestrian island on Washington are to be erected by the manufacturer. The Contractor must carefully coor- dinate installation of the shelters with the work of other trades. I �d SP -09 ELECTRICAL k The new street lighting system on Clinton Street is to be tied -in to the existing street light photo -cell sensor system. The new pedestrian lighting system will also be tied -in to the photo -cell sensor system to activate the new lighting system when existing street lights are activated. The existing traditional light fixtures on the north side of Washington are to be salvaged and relocated in conjunction with several new fixtures of the / same type. There will be a separate power source for these fixtures. An existing 5000 volt series cable (in place for the existing fixtures) will be .. relocated in new conduit and cable (see electrical plans for details). -' II -SP -3 39G MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR4LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Four traffic control signals are to be installed at the College/Clinton intersection. The Contractor is I to provide conduit and signal bases as shown on the plans; the City will install and wire the signals. IY It is essential that all electrical work be scheduled and coordinated with other work, particularly the installation of underground conduit. SP -10 PLUMBING 7 One or more fire hydrants will be relocated in the project area by the City; several hose bib connections are to be installed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall coordinate his work ' f: with the City as necessary for these installations. P SP -11 PROJECT SIGN The Contractor shall furnish and erect, in a location to be approved by the Landscape Architect/Engineer, - one painted project sign as detailed - on II -SP -5.: The sign shall be painted (painted two sides) by i a professional sign painter; no other advertisements or signing shall be allowed. t a I� i v I i II -SP -4 I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES DIVISION III DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 39� i I n j I p �4 1 i� y 7 i c'r l� Fvi I b A 6s 1rr ,t 1 1 :I p f DIVISION III DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 39� i I ,r Eb DIV1.iION III SECTJON A DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET PAVEMENT, CURB AND GUTTER, SIDEWALK AND STRUCTURE REMOVAL A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference Requirements of the Division JT Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Divisision III, Section B: Excavation and Sub-hase Preparation 3. Existing Water, Gas Sewer and Telephone Lines All possible care has been exercised to locate and plot exist- ing underground utilities. Nevertheless, there may be other underground facilities located in the construction area or the facilities may not lay exactly as plotted or recorded. If these conditions are encountered the facilities are to be pro- tected in place and the Landscape Architect/Engineer notified immediately. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to contact utility companies for field locating all utilities and to notify the utility owners of the Contractor's presence and schedule of work. Due care should be exercised by the Contractor to avoid damaging said existing utility lines. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of repairing any utili- ties damaged by the Contractor. 4. Scope Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to remove all street pavement, curbs, sidewalk, and structures indicated on the Site Preparation drawings and as specified. All salvage material and waste material shall be hauled from the construction limits and deposited as specified on the plans and in the Spe- cial Conditions. Several manholes are to be removed and several are to he adjusted. III -A-1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R+L A B 6 di CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES iJ u r i9 Ie V B. MATER IAI. i. Existing a. Pavement, materials consist of a mixture of concrete and asphalt nver old brick paving. b. Curbs and gutters are concrete. c. Sidewalks are concrete. Two small areas of asphalt paving are to he removed south of the Engineering Duilding. Notp: Existing vaults are under the sidewalks in seven (7) locations. See Section C for construction procedure. d. Street lights, storm sewer grates, manhole covers and other structures are to be salvaged, relocated or re- placed or adjusted as indicated in the plans and spe- cifications. C. CONSTRUCTION 1. Remove all pavement. 2. Remove all curbs. 3. Remove all sidewalk within the project area. See Special Provisinns, SP -OS, regarding adjacent sidewalks. Note: Special care shall be taken in sidewalk removal over and around the vaults under the sidewalks. Hand work and hand tools shall be used on sidewalk over vault areas to assure safety to property and workers. All vaults are to be retained. See Section C for vault construction procedure. 4. Remove all street lights, stonn grates, manholes, and otter struc- tures, except those manholes which are to be adjusted as indicated on the drawings. 5. The Contractor shall be required to maintain positive surface drainage at all times from all private and public building en- trances during removal and construction. D. METHOD OF -MEASUREMENT Measurement for street pavement, curb and gutter and sidewalk re- moval shall be computed in square yards of area removed as shown in the plans. Removal of existing street lights, storm grates, and man- hole structures or adjustment of manhole structures are measured as individual units. III -A-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3 iP I 1 ;I u r i9 Ie V B. MATER IAI. i. Existing a. Pavement, materials consist of a mixture of concrete and asphalt nver old brick paving. b. Curbs and gutters are concrete. c. Sidewalks are concrete. Two small areas of asphalt paving are to he removed south of the Engineering Duilding. Notp: Existing vaults are under the sidewalks in seven (7) locations. See Section C for construction procedure. d. Street lights, storm sewer grates, manhole covers and other structures are to be salvaged, relocated or re- placed or adjusted as indicated in the plans and spe- cifications. C. CONSTRUCTION 1. Remove all pavement. 2. Remove all curbs. 3. Remove all sidewalk within the project area. See Special Provisinns, SP -OS, regarding adjacent sidewalks. Note: Special care shall be taken in sidewalk removal over and around the vaults under the sidewalks. Hand work and hand tools shall be used on sidewalk over vault areas to assure safety to property and workers. All vaults are to be retained. See Section C for vault construction procedure. 4. Remove all street lights, stonn grates, manholes, and otter struc- tures, except those manholes which are to be adjusted as indicated on the drawings. 5. The Contractor shall be required to maintain positive surface drainage at all times from all private and public building en- trances during removal and construction. D. METHOD OF -MEASUREMENT Measurement for street pavement, curb and gutter and sidewalk re- moval shall be computed in square yards of area removed as shown in the plans. Removal of existing street lights, storm grates, and man- hole structures or adjustment of manhole structures are measured as individual units. III -A-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3 iP P" Ii I E. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be at the unit price bid and shall be full compen- sation for street pavement, curb and gutter, and sidewalk remov- al, structure removal or adjustment, saw cutting, breaking, haul- ing and all associated work. III -A-3 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i DIVISION III SECTION B DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR r, I� EXCAVATION AND SUB -BASE PREPARATION IP i -t 1 A. DESCRIPTION I. Reference Requirements of the Division II Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III,Section A: Street Pavement, Curb and Gutter, Sidewalk and Structure Removal b. Division III, Section C: Vault Construction 3. Existing Water, Gas Sewer and Telephone Lines All possible care has been exercised to locate and plot exist- ing underground utilities. Nevertheless, there may be other underground facilities located in the construction area or the facilities may not lay exactly as platted or recorded. If these conditions are encountered the facilities are to be pro- tected in place and the Landscape Architect/Engineer notified immediately. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to contact utility companies for field locating all utilities i and to notify the utility owners of the Contractor's presence jl and schedule of work. Due care should be exercised by the Contractor to avoid damaging said existing utility lines. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of repairing any utili- ties damaged by the Contractor. Should uncharted or incorrectly charted piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult the Engineer immediately for directions as to procedures. Cooperate with Owner and utili- ty companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by Owner or others, except when permitted in writing by MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 11 �t A. DESCRIPTION I. Reference Requirements of the Division II Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III,Section A: Street Pavement, Curb and Gutter, Sidewalk and Structure Removal b. Division III, Section C: Vault Construction 3. Existing Water, Gas Sewer and Telephone Lines All possible care has been exercised to locate and plot exist- ing underground utilities. Nevertheless, there may be other underground facilities located in the construction area or the facilities may not lay exactly as platted or recorded. If these conditions are encountered the facilities are to be pro- tected in place and the Landscape Architect/Engineer notified immediately. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to contact utility companies for field locating all utilities i and to notify the utility owners of the Contractor's presence jl and schedule of work. Due care should be exercised by the Contractor to avoid damaging said existing utility lines. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of repairing any utili- ties damaged by the Contractor. Should uncharted or incorrectly charted piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult the Engineer immediately for directions as to procedures. Cooperate with Owner and utili- ty companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by Owner or others, except when permitted in writing by MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I T Iy n I.* the Engineer and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. 4. scope Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to exca- vate and prepare the project area for placement of new ma- terials in accordance with plans and specifications. B. MATERIALS I. Existing subsoil conditions vary. However, recent excavation at Old Capitol Center and the City Parking Ramp indicated no rock or unworkable conditions. 2. Granular Fill,'Under Concrete Slabs: Clean, uniformly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, with 100% passing a 1-1/2 inch sieve and not more than 5% passing a number 4 sieve. 3. Backfill and Fill Materials: Provide acceptable soil materials for backfill and fill, free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetable and other deleterious matter. C. CONSTRUCTION 1. Examine the areas and conditions under which excavating, filling, and grading are to be performed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2. Excavation for Structures: Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 feet, and extend- ing a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction required, and for inspection. a. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand, if neces- sary, to final grade just before concrete is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete. 3. If sub -base grade is on existing material, scarify and recompact the top six inches (6") 90% modified compaction. If sub -base grade 6i requires fill, add granular fill material and compact to 90% modified compaction. i 4 III -8-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 39G P 47 ,E i I � I r± the Engineer and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. 4. scope Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to exca- vate and prepare the project area for placement of new ma- terials in accordance with plans and specifications. B. MATERIALS I. Existing subsoil conditions vary. However, recent excavation at Old Capitol Center and the City Parking Ramp indicated no rock or unworkable conditions. 2. Granular Fill,'Under Concrete Slabs: Clean, uniformly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, with 100% passing a 1-1/2 inch sieve and not more than 5% passing a number 4 sieve. 3. Backfill and Fill Materials: Provide acceptable soil materials for backfill and fill, free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetable and other deleterious matter. C. CONSTRUCTION 1. Examine the areas and conditions under which excavating, filling, and grading are to be performed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2. Excavation for Structures: Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 feet, and extend- ing a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction required, and for inspection. a. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand, if neces- sary, to final grade just before concrete is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete. 3. If sub -base grade is on existing material, scarify and recompact the top six inches (6") 90% modified compaction. If sub -base grade 6i requires fill, add granular fill material and compact to 90% modified compaction. i 4 III -8-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 39G Pr 4• Notify Engineer when unsuitable material is encountered. Excavate and exchange y unsuitable material for new sub -base support material as ordered and to II the Engineer. the de th ordered by 5. Repair or replace damaged utilities or drainage tile. Exca- vation shall be conducted in a safe manner and the Contractor shall insure that no damage is sustained to any surrounding structures, roadways or other properties. 6. Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until - required for backfill or fill. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for retain proper drainage. Locate and ofedge I excessisoillterials materialwandfrom waste se aterials a astspecified. 7. f4j 1 Grading: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface with specified tolerances, compact with uni- form levels or slopes between ,N points where elevations are shown, or between such points and.existin g grades. r soil B vidingtminimumpercentage of density pro - specifntrol ieaction d. f14 9. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Provide not less than 90% Modified Proctor M, Density for all subgrade. Utility ditch backfill, not under slab or structures, to be compacted to density equal to or greater than adjacent original �3 ground. 10. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uni soil material formly ap- Ply water to surface o bi of subgrade, or layer of soil material, to prevent free water appearing on surface during to I quent compaction operations. or subse. a. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil materials that are too wet to permit compaction to specified density. a b. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be '' stockpiled or spread and al- lowed to dry. Excess excavation shall be disposed of at an approved site and in an approved manner. i r, r y 6" I III -B-3 I �39G MICROFILMED BY DORM MIC R/L AB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �. I D. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1� 1. Quality Control Testing During Construction: The Engineer must inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers before further construction work is performed thereon. Tests of Ii subgrades and fill layers will be taken as directed by the Engineer. i' ' L E. MAINTENANCE 1. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion, and keep free of trash and debris. 1'4 - 2. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and `A rutted areas to specified tolerances. 3. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operation or 1 adverse weather, scarify surface, re -shape, and compact to required density prior to further construction. F. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT I Measurement of excavation for all areas shall be measured as a complete ("1 unit and shall be bid as a lump sum item. Measurement of sub -base pre- paration for all areas shall be measured as a complete unit and shall be bid as a lump sum item. Note: The Engineer has estimated that the quantity of excavation from property line to property line on Clinton Street is approximately 600 cubic yards of cut and approximately 900 cubic yards of compacted fill. The actual determination of bid quantities is the responsibility of the bidder. a4 G. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid for excavation, for sub -base preparation and all associated work. ,11 t 4 j 6a '1 III-B-4� I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES jr DIVISION III SECTION C SPECIFICATIONS FOR VAULT CONSTRUCTICIt! A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference Requirements of the Division 2 Construction Documents shall pa apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division 111, Section A: Street Pavement, Curb and Gutter, Sidewalk and Structure Removal b. Flivision III, Section R: Excavation and Sub-base Prepara- tion 3. Existing Water, Gas, Sewer and Telephone Lines All possible care has been exercised to locate and plot exist- ing underground utilities. Nevertheless, there may be other underground facilities located in the construction area or the lot facilities may not lay exactly as plotted or recorded. If these conditions are encountered the facilities are to be pro- tected in place and the Landscape Architect/Engineer notified immediately. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to contact utility companies for field locating all utilities and to notify the utility owners of the Contractor's presence and schedule of work. Due care should be exercised by the 60 Contractor to avoid damaging said existing utility lines. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of repairing any utilities damaged by the Contractor. 4. Scope Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to re- Move and replace the vault roof over the existing vaults at Iowa State Bank and Trust, the electrical transformer III-C-1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES vault in front of Iowa State Bank, the Brown Bottle, Things, Things, Things and First Federal Savings and Loan and to remove, relocate and replace the vault service door and en- trance at Enzler's/St. Clair Johnson and to remove and re- place the sidewalk vault service door at the Corral. The existing sidewalk service doors at Things, Things, Things are to be reused. Note: Two (2) existing gas vaults at the northeast corner Of Clinton and Washington Streets shall be retained in place. B. MATERIALS Existing vaults are constructed of a combination of concrete and wood and steel support material. I. The existing vault .roofs at Iowa State Bank and Trust, the electrical transformer vault, the Brown Bottle, Things, Things, Things and First Federal Savings and Loan shall be carefully inspected by the Engineer and the Contractor to verify existing conditions of the vaults. If there is found to be repair or replacement beyond the normal scope of work, the Owner shall authorize extra work through appropriate change orders. a. Concrete fill as required shall be normal weight mini- mum 3000 psi reinforced with w.w.m. 6 inches by 6 inches 8/8. b. All existing vault roofs shall be water proofed prior to placement of the new walk surface. Waterproof mem- brane shall be Techseal Weatherproof Membrane two (2) component waterproofing system, or approved equal. 2. The existing vault service door at the Brown Bottle is to be replaced and waterproofed. a. Sidewalk service door shall be aluminum double leaf type KD with an opening of two feet six inches (2'-6") by five foot zero inches (5'-0") with a continuous outside frame which is a minimum of two and one-half inches (2 1/2") in width, as manufactured by the Bilco Company, New Haven, Connecticut 06505. b. Waterproof membrane shall be Techseal Waterproof Mem- brane two (2) component waterproofing system or approved equal. 3. The existing vault roof and entrance at Enzler's/St. Clair Johnson shall be carefully inspected as above and materials required for roof reconstruction shall be the same or sim- ilar to those listed in item one above. The existing vault III -C-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAO CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �39G r.� w 't vault in front of Iowa State Bank, the Brown Bottle, Things, Things, Things and First Federal Savings and Loan and to remove, relocate and replace the vault service door and en- trance at Enzler's/St. Clair Johnson and to remove and re- place the sidewalk vault service door at the Corral. The existing sidewalk service doors at Things, Things, Things are to be reused. Note: Two (2) existing gas vaults at the northeast corner Of Clinton and Washington Streets shall be retained in place. B. MATERIALS Existing vaults are constructed of a combination of concrete and wood and steel support material. I. The existing vault .roofs at Iowa State Bank and Trust, the electrical transformer vault, the Brown Bottle, Things, Things, Things and First Federal Savings and Loan shall be carefully inspected by the Engineer and the Contractor to verify existing conditions of the vaults. If there is found to be repair or replacement beyond the normal scope of work, the Owner shall authorize extra work through appropriate change orders. a. Concrete fill as required shall be normal weight mini- mum 3000 psi reinforced with w.w.m. 6 inches by 6 inches 8/8. b. All existing vault roofs shall be water proofed prior to placement of the new walk surface. Waterproof mem- brane shall be Techseal Weatherproof Membrane two (2) component waterproofing system, or approved equal. 2. The existing vault service door at the Brown Bottle is to be replaced and waterproofed. a. Sidewalk service door shall be aluminum double leaf type KD with an opening of two feet six inches (2'-6") by five foot zero inches (5'-0") with a continuous outside frame which is a minimum of two and one-half inches (2 1/2") in width, as manufactured by the Bilco Company, New Haven, Connecticut 06505. b. Waterproof membrane shall be Techseal Waterproof Mem- brane two (2) component waterproofing system or approved equal. 3. The existing vault roof and entrance at Enzler's/St. Clair Johnson shall be carefully inspected as above and materials required for roof reconstruction shall be the same or sim- ilar to those listed in item one above. The existing vault III -C-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAO CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �39G r ii IJFv F4 ►if I� door and entrance is to be relocated as shown in the construction details. a. A concrete wall shall be constructed and waterproofed to close the existing basement doorway. Concrete and waterproof membrane shall be the same or similar to those listed in item one above. b. The existing entrance shall be backfilled. 1. Backfill material shall be free of rocks or concrete pieces over six inches (6") in dimension and of foreign material. Unsound material shall not be used as backfill. Frozen backfill material shall not be placed. 2. Limestone screenings used for backfill shall consist of particles crushed from limestone. The plasticity index shall not exceed ten (10). c. The existing vault service door is to be replaced and waterproofed. 1. Sidewalk service door shall be aluminum double leaf KD type with an opening of five foot zero inches (5'-0") by five foot zero inches (5'-0") with a continuous outside frame which is a minimum of two and one-half inches (2 1/2") wide, as manufactured by the Bilco Company, New Haven, Connecticut 06505, or equal. 2. Waterproof membrane shall be Techseal Waterproof Membrane two (2) component waterproofing system, or approved equal, 4. The existing vault service door at the Corral is to be re- moved, replaced and waterproofed. a. Sidewalk service door shall be aluminum,douoleleaf type with an opening offour feet, zero inches (4'=0") by five feet, zero inches (5'-0") plus a continuous outside frame which is a minimum of, two and one half inches (2 1/2") wide, as manufactured by the Bilco Company, New Haven, Connecticut 06505 or equal. b. Waterproof membrane shall be Techseal Waterproof Mem- brane two (2) component waterproofing system or approved equal. III -C-3 MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �39G I R C. CONST_ RUCTIOry 1• The procedure for vault construction shall be as follows: 11 a. The Contractor shall carefully remove a small area of the sidewalk over each vault location for inspection by the Engineer to verify the existing structural conditions. Ia b. The sidewalk and/or structural vault top will be care- fully removed from the building front and entrance to avoid damage to either. The Contractor shall be respon- sible forrepai.ring any damage to private property with no additional compensation being allowed therefore. jII i$ After the complete removal of the sidewalk and/or vault top the Engineer shall verify the extent and type of any structural repair to be made. Any structural repair or re- placement beyond the normal scope of work shall be considered extra work. c. During removal or replacement of the vaults,the Contrac- for shall tM ensure that damage does not occur from storm water, dirt, dust or for any other reason to goods stored on private property. The Contractor shall take adequate measures to protect such goods and provide full se- curity to the vault space and such work shall be incidental to construction. I1 1 d. The Contractor shall construct and/or reconstruct vault roofs and wall I specificationsclosures ao lans and andbackfilltogrades helevations �! and shallwhich permit theaddition thefinished a lk surfacing togradesas shown on thegradingplansand construction details. 2. Waterproof all walls and roofs in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations for use of the waterproofing material as specified. D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The vault construction required at Iowa State Bank & Trust, the Thielectrical transformer r Bottle, Things, ngs,FirstFede Federal Savings and Loanvault9 the ,l Things, Enzler's/St. Clair Johnson and the Corral shall be considered as a separate lump sum item for each of these seven (7) locations. Each lump sum shall in- clude all labor, materials, equipment and incidental services necessary to complete the vault construction work as required. E. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment of vault construction at Iowa State Bank, the electrical transformer vault, the Brown Bottle, Things, Things, Things, First Federal Savings and Loan, Enzler's/St.Clair Johnson and the Corral shall be at the lump sum price bid for each separate location and shall be full compensation for the vault construc- tion and all associated work at each of these seven (7) locations. MICROFILMED DY DORM MICR jLAa CEDAR RAPIDS DES MOINES 4� ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PACES ARE AUTHORIZED BY ICS-AGC-APYA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 - Ist PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I DIVISION III i SECTION D PIN 19 DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR SITE PREPARATION FOR SEWERS, WATER MAINS AND FORCE MAINS INDEX ITEM PAGE 2A-01 GENERAL III -D-1 - 2A-02 EXISTING UTILITIES III -D-1 P2A-04 2A-03 TREE REMOVAL 1114-2 DRAINAGE CHANNEL EXCAVATION III -D-•2 2A-05 EXISTING DRAINAGE EARTH FILL III -0-2 2A-06 PAVEMENT REMOVAL III -D-3 j 2A-07 CONSTRUCTION ALONG OR ACROSS HIGHWAYS AND RAILROADS III -D-3 I$ 2A-08 ACCESS TO STREETS AND HIGHWAYS III -D-4 2A-09 DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS AND REFUSE III -D-4 2A-10 PAYMENT III -D-5 `! 2A-01 GENERAL I• ? a. Keep project free from drainage ponding due to construction operations during progress of work. b. Make arrangements for disposal of all water and sewage received in l t the site from temporary connections or stoppages. Do not discharge onto private property outside construction right-of-way. - c. Strip top soil and separately store to provide depth of top soil replacement as specified. Cd. Remove and store obstructions such as culvert pipe, signs and fences for replacement upon completion of construction. Provide temporary fencing if necessary to contain livestock or prevent accidents until permanent fencing Is restored. 2A-02 EXISTING UTILITIES 1 for a. Contractdr is fully responsible liaison with utility companies and for repairing utilities and services which are not in direct conflict !2 with line or grade of new pipe system and damaged during construction at no expense to Owner whenever such utilities or services were pre- viously located by utility company. b. For required clearance between sewers and water mains, see Parts M 10 and 11. I" c. Utilities shown on plans, in direct line and grade conflict with new M pipe system: relocated by others at no expense to Contractor. 4� ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PACES ARE AUTHORIZED BY ICS-AGC-APYA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 - Ist PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I 4 d. Utilities not shown on plans, in direct conflict with line or grade of new pipe system: 1) Notify Engineer immediately. 2) When directed, perform relocation or make arrangements with utility to perform work. 3) Authorized relocation performed by Contractor or at Contractor's expense paid for as "Extra Work." 2A-03 TREE REMOVAL a. Obtain authorization from Engineer before removing any tree. b. Remove trees as specified in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS or shown on plans. C. Removal includes grubbing and removing stump and roots, backfilling and disposal of debris. 2A-04 DRAINAGE CHANNEL EXCAVATION a. Clear site as required to perform excavation. b. Excavate channel as specified or shown on plans. c. Temporary stockpiling of excavated material permissable; stockpiling of excavated material for extended periods not permitted unless authorized in writing by Engineer. d. Dispose of excess material in disposal area specified or shown on the plans or specifications. e. Grade all areas disturbed by construction operations. f. Grade channel to smooth uniformly sloping surfaces. Fill all depres- sions and provide for positive drainage. g. Provide riprap or erosion protection as specified In DETAILED SPECI- FICATION REQUIREMENTS. 2A-05 EXISTING DRAINAGE EARTH FILL a. Clear site as required to perform fill. Do not remove trees without written authorization from Engineer. b. Fill existing drainage ways as specified or directed by the Engineer. c. Grade fill to smooth, uniformly sloping surface. Fill all depressions and provide for positive drainage. III -D -'L tri • ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPAOOUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES AAC AUTHORIZED BY IES -AGC -APPA JOINT COHNITTE( 1976. ht PRINT I H G ''MMII MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES ■ Pat la 04 14 I� 4 d. Utilities not shown on plans, in direct conflict with line or grade of new pipe system: 1) Notify Engineer immediately. 2) When directed, perform relocation or make arrangements with utility to perform work. 3) Authorized relocation performed by Contractor or at Contractor's expense paid for as "Extra Work." 2A-03 TREE REMOVAL a. Obtain authorization from Engineer before removing any tree. b. Remove trees as specified in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS or shown on plans. C. Removal includes grubbing and removing stump and roots, backfilling and disposal of debris. 2A-04 DRAINAGE CHANNEL EXCAVATION a. Clear site as required to perform excavation. b. Excavate channel as specified or shown on plans. c. Temporary stockpiling of excavated material permissable; stockpiling of excavated material for extended periods not permitted unless authorized in writing by Engineer. d. Dispose of excess material in disposal area specified or shown on the plans or specifications. e. Grade all areas disturbed by construction operations. f. Grade channel to smooth uniformly sloping surfaces. Fill all depres- sions and provide for positive drainage. g. Provide riprap or erosion protection as specified In DETAILED SPECI- FICATION REQUIREMENTS. 2A-05 EXISTING DRAINAGE EARTH FILL a. Clear site as required to perform fill. Do not remove trees without written authorization from Engineer. b. Fill existing drainage ways as specified or directed by the Engineer. c. Grade fill to smooth, uniformly sloping surface. Fill all depressions and provide for positive drainage. III -D -'L tri • ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPAOOUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES AAC AUTHORIZED BY IES -AGC -APPA JOINT COHNITTE( 1976. ht PRINT I H G ''MMII MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES ■ R p !j 2A-06 PAVEMENT REMOVAL fq a. General: 11 1) Remove pavement to minimum of 1'-0" from edge of trench. No undercutting be will permitted. 1,6 2) Remove on straight lines approximate) Of trench. Y parallel to center line I �+ b. Concrete pavement and drives: I fv 1) Cut with concrete saw; minimum vertical cut 11I. 1� 2) Break out remainder of slab; method subject to Engineer's approval. c. Brick pavement: remove bricks in uniform pattern; if not reused in pavement restoration, bricks become property of Owner. Store at place designated by Owner. d. Asphalt pavement: cut edges neatly. if e. Sidewalk: remove to nearest Joint beyond minimum distance of 1'-01I from edge of trench. f. Seal coat and gravel surfaces: remove with excavating machine. 2A-07 CONSTRUCTION ALONG OR ACROSS HIGHWAYS AND RAILROADS a. Maintain traffic flow on highways and obtain work permit. i A b. Obtain necessary work permit from authorized railroad official or highway authority before -commencing construction. c. Refer to PLANS or DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS for details of construction, traffic control and casing pipe specifications, if required. Y� Y d. Conform to additional construction requirements of railroad or highway authority as be may required by the permit. f9 e. Provide warning lights, signals, flagmen, or otherrecautionar measures p y T� as required to protect work and traffic, f. Before excavation on railroad property, check with railroad for location of all burled utilities or cables. i � l+ m I d � III -D-3 I4 i II ONLY PHOTO•MLCHANICAL PROCESS ALPAODUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES ARE AUTHDAI7ED BY ILSM6C-APPA JOINT COMMITTE1 1976. hl PAINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES j f°14 I:T 0 g. Officials of railroad shall have right to Inspect and regulate work. h. Railroad shall have right to stop work and correct any error with railroad forces at Contractor's expense in an emergency or if Con- tractor refuses to make timely repairs. i. All railroad expenses for labor and material for removing and replacing tracks, or for inspectors, flagmen, watchmen, or protective devices or any other labor or material as specified, shall be reim- bursed directly to the railroad by the Owner. Work performed by the railroad at Contractor's option shall be reimbursed directly to the railroad by the Contractor. 2A-08 ACCESS TO STREETS AND HIGHWAYS a. Contractor shall maintain suitable means of access for property owners' abutting streets and highways involved In construction, except as specifically permitted otherwise by Owner. b. Notify property owners 24 hours in advance of street closure. c. Suitable access shall mean a roadway of sufficient width, free from ruts, potholes and mud holes, and capable of carrying a passenger car without damage to car. d. When access must be denied due to construction, Contractor shall provide suitable access within 24 hours after responsible construc- tion Is completed. e. Whenever construction is stopped due to inclement weather, weekends, holidays or other reasons, suitable access shall be provided for all property owners. 2A-09 DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS AND REFUSE a. Disposal of surface materials, construction debris and trees shall be in accordance.with local ordinances. b. If no governing ordinance, approval of local solid waste authority required for disposal site. Include cost of special construction at disposal area and/or disposal fees in appropriate proposal Item. c. Burning of refuse not permitted unless specifically stated in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS or allowed by local or state fire and air pollution authorities. III -D-4 W ONLY PHOTO-MLCMANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED RY ICS-AGC-ARWA JOINT COMMITTEE Ig7A . I.tPRINTINr. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR(�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES N MY 2A-10 PAYMENT a. No separate payment will be made for the work covered In this Part except as set forth below. All other related Items are Incidental it to construction. Contract unit prices shall include all costs for each item of work. IW I,) b. Tree removal: 1) Removal of trees less than six (6) inches in diameter shall be considered incidental to trench excavation. Trees removed in connection with the development of borrow or disposal areas will not be measured for payment. If not Included in the BID PROPOSAL as separate pay Item, tree removal shall be considered incidental to other items of work. Payment for tree removal will be computed by one of the following methods, If included as a separate pay item. Grubbing and disposal shall be considered incidental to removal. Only trees (larger than 611 diameter) standing within the Pay Width Limit as listed In Table -3-14 shall be considered for payment. a) Inch diameter (inches): Tree removal shall be measured per inch diameter of trees. The diameter shall be measured at a point two (2) feet above the highest ground level of the tree and will be determined by dividing the measured circumference of the tree by 3.14. The accumulated total shall be the pay quantity. b) Each (ea.): Tree removal shall be measured on a per tree basis, and payment made on unit price per tree. c) Lump Sum (L. S.): Tree removal shall be paid on a lump sum basis for the entire project or for specific locations in the project as Indicated in the BID PROPOSAL. c. Drainage Channel Excavation (CY): Unit price includes all costs of labor, materials.and equipment required for constructing, straighten- ing or improving channel as shown or as directed by Engineer; clearing, grubbing, removal of trees less than 6" in diameter. Payment will be made on basis of number of cubic yards of excavated material as herein described; measured by method of average end areas based on initial and final cross sections. d. Existing Drainage Earth Fill (CY): Unit price includes all costs of labor,, materials and equipment for providing earth fill where shown or directed by Engineer: Payment shall be made on basis of number of cubic yards of fill material in place measured by method of average end areas based on Initial and final cross sections. III -D-5 ONLY PHOTO -NE CRANI CAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED Ey IES-ADC-APWA JOINT COMMITTEE V3 9G 1976 - lit PRINTING .. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES DIVISION III I,1 SECTION E R 1f 1.1 is {1 H vi DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL INDEX c. Remove spoil not suitable for backfill; waste at disposal area shown on plans or designated by Engineer. d. Where new construdtion crosses or closely parallels existing utilities or utility services, excavate in advance of pipe laying to determine location and crossing arrangement, including exact construction line and grade. e. Excavate in open cut under existing streets, utilities and structures except as noted on plans or as modified by Engineer. f. Reference to percent maximum density shall mean a soil density not less than the stated percent of maximum density for soil as deter- mined by ASTM D698 "Moisture -Density Relations of Soils using 5.5 ib. Rammer and 1211 Drop." III -E-1 OuIY PMOTO•ME[NRNI[Rl PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS 0! IM[S[ PAGES ARE AUTHORIHD 0Y IIS-ALC-A/VA JOINT CONMITT[[ , 1976 - lit PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES ITEM PAGE 3-01 GENERAL III -E-1 3-02 EXCAVATION CLASSIFICATION III -E-2 3-03 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES AND APPURTENANCES III -E-2 3-04 TRENCH EXCAVATION III -E-2 3-05 ROCK EXCAVATION III -E-4 3-06 RUBBLE EXCAVATION III -E-4 3-07 TUNNELING PIPE III -E-4 3-08 SIIEETING, SHORING AND BRACING III -E-5 3-09 DEWATERING III -E-5 3-10 BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES III -E-6 3-11 TRENCH BACKFILL III -E-6 3-12 STANDARD TRENCH SECTION III -E-8 3-13 PAYMENT III -E-9 3-14 SURFACE REPLACEMENT QUANTITIES TABLE III -E-11 3-15 SAND BACKFILL OR COMPACTED BACKFILL QUANTITIES TABLE III -E-12 3-16 STANDARD DRAWING - STANDARD TRENCH SECTION FOR III -E-13 PAYMENT QUANTITIES 3-17 STANDARD DRAWING - PIPE ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS III -E-14 3-01 GENERAL a. Excavate all materials encountered to depth indicated or specified. b. Pile excavated material suitable for backfill in an orderly manner sufficient distance back.from edge of excavation to avoid rollbacks, slides or cave-ins. c. Remove spoil not suitable for backfill; waste at disposal area shown on plans or designated by Engineer. d. Where new construdtion crosses or closely parallels existing utilities or utility services, excavate in advance of pipe laying to determine location and crossing arrangement, including exact construction line and grade. e. Excavate in open cut under existing streets, utilities and structures except as noted on plans or as modified by Engineer. f. Reference to percent maximum density shall mean a soil density not less than the stated percent of maximum density for soil as deter- mined by ASTM D698 "Moisture -Density Relations of Soils using 5.5 ib. Rammer and 1211 Drop." III -E-1 OuIY PMOTO•ME[NRNI[Rl PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS 0! IM[S[ PAGES ARE AUTHORIHD 0Y IIS-ALC-A/VA JOINT CONMITT[[ , 1976 - lit PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES Pill t +' 3-02 EXCAVATION CLASSIFICATION ff a. Earth: all materials not classified as rock or rubble; includes �f clay, silt, sand, gravel, hardpan, disintegrated shale and rock debris, junk, brick, loose stones and boulders less than 3/8 cubic yard In volume. b. Rock: buried boulders larger than 3/8 cubic yard .'n volume or solid deposits so firmly cemented together that they cannot be removed with a 3/8 cubic yard rated backhoe. c. Rubble: buried concrete foundations, beams, walls, and other materials which require continuous use of pneumatic tools or blast - Ing. j� 3-03 EXCAVATION -FOR STRUCTURES AND APPURTENANCES a. Includes excavation for manholes and other appurtenances. b. Excavate as required to firm, undisturbed soil; if excavation is carried below bottom of foundations as shown on plans, fill with 3,000 psi concrete or stabilizing material as directed by Engineer at no expense to Owner. I C. When unstable material is encountered which will not provide suitable foundation, fill with 3,000 psi concrete or stabilizing material specified hereinafter or as directed by Engineer. Extra work pro- visions shall apply. [ 3-04 TRENCH EXCAVATION a. Keep width of trench as narrow as possible; provide adequate room for backfilling and jointing. b. Dimension Bd shown on Standard Drawing No. 3-16 shall be considered maximum trench width limitation of "Pipe Envelope" unless specified a otherwise. ++ c. Keep sides of trench as nearly vertical as practicable within the s 1 t)i limits of excavating codes; maintain vertical walls of excavation below top of pipe. )v' d. Gravity sewer pipe trench: 1) Minimum Pipe Envelope: Class C; See Standard Drawing No. 3-17. ku L7 a) Type 1 or Type 2 at Contractor's option unless specified otherwise. i 1 I hIII -E-2 f �1 ti ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PAOCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORISED IT IES -AGC -AIWA JOINT CONMITTE[ � 1976 - lit PAINTING MICROFILMED BY JO RIVE MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I I M ib 1°! ..1 r 2) Type i bedding: See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS, 3) See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS for additional pipe envelope requirements. e• Water main or force main trench: 1) Minimum Pipe Envelope: Class C; See Standard Drawing No. 3-i7, a) Type 2 without shaped trench bottom unless specified otherwise. 2) Excavate to full depth by machine; level trench bottom to vide uniform bearing and support for full length of pro - 3) Provide bell holes pipe. around cbell holes at oeach pipe Joint; allow access completely pipe for proper Jointing operations. 4) Trench bottom shall conform to best construction practice as recommended by pipe manufacturer. f• When unstable material is encountered which may not provide a suitable foundation for pipe: 1) Notify Engineer immediately. 2) Engineer will investigate questionable material to determine its suitability for pipe foundation. 3) If material is considered unsuitable for foundations, Engineer will specify and authorize remedial measures in writing. 4) If removal of unsuitable material'is authorized: a) Replace with Trench Stabilizing Material. Trench b) crushed sstonelornotherMaterial: material asa 211 c losharp, clean, approved. c) Authorized overexcavation and trench stabilizing material will be paid for as Trench Stabilizing Material. d) Provide minimum of 4" of bedding material on top of stabilizing material to prevent point load. Bedding material graded sufficiently coarse to prevent and loss of bedding into Trench Stabilizing Material. 5) Authorized remedial measures not covered by Contract unit prices will be paid for as Extra Work, ONLY PN OT O•MACNTIkG CAI 1976 lil PRINTINPROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED ET ICS-ALC-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE • 39G MICROFILMED BT JORM MICR�SLAS i CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I` I l�D � �Tr I� 1-J Cv �J I � I � .Its 2) Type i bedding: See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS, 3) See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS for additional pipe envelope requirements. e• Water main or force main trench: 1) Minimum Pipe Envelope: Class C; See Standard Drawing No. 3-i7, a) Type 2 without shaped trench bottom unless specified otherwise. 2) Excavate to full depth by machine; level trench bottom to vide uniform bearing and support for full length of pro - 3) Provide bell holes pipe. around cbell holes at oeach pipe Joint; allow access completely pipe for proper Jointing operations. 4) Trench bottom shall conform to best construction practice as recommended by pipe manufacturer. f• When unstable material is encountered which may not provide a suitable foundation for pipe: 1) Notify Engineer immediately. 2) Engineer will investigate questionable material to determine its suitability for pipe foundation. 3) If material is considered unsuitable for foundations, Engineer will specify and authorize remedial measures in writing. 4) If removal of unsuitable material'is authorized: a) Replace with Trench Stabilizing Material. Trench b) crushed sstonelornotherMaterial: material asa 211 c losharp, clean, approved. c) Authorized overexcavation and trench stabilizing material will be paid for as Trench Stabilizing Material. d) Provide minimum of 4" of bedding material on top of stabilizing material to prevent point load. Bedding material graded sufficiently coarse to prevent and loss of bedding into Trench Stabilizing Material. 5) Authorized remedial measures not covered by Contract unit prices will be paid for as Extra Work, ONLY PN OT O•MACNTIkG CAI 1976 lil PRINTINPROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED ET ICS-ALC-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE • 39G MICROFILMED BT JORM MICR�SLAS i CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I` ra I� 1-J 2) Type i bedding: See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS, 3) See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS for additional pipe envelope requirements. e• Water main or force main trench: 1) Minimum Pipe Envelope: Class C; See Standard Drawing No. 3-i7, a) Type 2 without shaped trench bottom unless specified otherwise. 2) Excavate to full depth by machine; level trench bottom to vide uniform bearing and support for full length of pro - 3) Provide bell holes pipe. around cbell holes at oeach pipe Joint; allow access completely pipe for proper Jointing operations. 4) Trench bottom shall conform to best construction practice as recommended by pipe manufacturer. f• When unstable material is encountered which may not provide a suitable foundation for pipe: 1) Notify Engineer immediately. 2) Engineer will investigate questionable material to determine its suitability for pipe foundation. 3) If material is considered unsuitable for foundations, Engineer will specify and authorize remedial measures in writing. 4) If removal of unsuitable material'is authorized: a) Replace with Trench Stabilizing Material. Trench b) crushed sstonelornotherMaterial: material asa 211 c losharp, clean, approved. c) Authorized overexcavation and trench stabilizing material will be paid for as Trench Stabilizing Material. d) Provide minimum of 4" of bedding material on top of stabilizing material to prevent point load. Bedding material graded sufficiently coarse to prevent and loss of bedding into Trench Stabilizing Material. 5) Authorized remedial measures not covered by Contract unit prices will be paid for as Extra Work, ONLY PN OT O•MACNTIkG CAI 1976 lil PRINTINPROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED ET ICS-ALC-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE • 39G MICROFILMED BT JORM MICR�SLAS i CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I� N g. Excavate by hand: 1) Under and around utilities. 2) Where overhead clearance prevents use of machine. 3) Under trees and shrubs where shown on plans. 3-05 ROCK EXCAVATION a. Excavate to provide Class C -Type 1 pipe bedding for pipe, struc- tures and appurtenances. b. Use of explosives: submit detailed plans outlining all proposed blasting operations, locations, methods and use of mats and other safety measures. 1) Obtain written approval from Municipal authority and Engineer before using explosives. 2) Provide Special Hazard Insurance covering liability for all blasting operations; cost is Incidental to cost of rock exca- vation. 3) Use experienced demolition personnel. c. Remove excavated rock not suitable for backfill to disposal area designated by Engineer; disposal is incidental to cost of rock excavation. d. Trench bottoms carried below required elevation: replace with pipe bedding at no additional expense to Owner. 3'06 RUBBLE EXCAVATION a. As specified for ROCK.EXCAVATION. 3-07 TUNNELING PIPE a. Obtain Engineer's approval on method before starting work. Use method such as augering, drilling, jacking or hand mining as shown on the plans. b. If casing or pipe Is augered: 1) Auger and clean hole as work progresses to prevent displacement of adjacent soil, utilities and pavement surfaces. 2) Install pipe inside casing pipe as shown on plans. 3) Clean out pipe upon completion of op0ration. III -E-4 I I ONLY PHOTO -KE CHAN I CAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PACES ARE 19]6 - Irt PRINTING AUTHORIZED 0Y ICS-ACCMRYA JOINT COMMITTEE�/ .. .....__..__...._ "„ MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES ki r C. If casing or pipe is jacked: 1) Clean out pipe as work progresses. 2) Use dry bore method. d. If hand mining is used, provide and install necessary supports .to protect against collapse. e. If voids occur above casing pipe, fill voids with sand. f. Maintain correct vertical and horizontal alignment. g. Maintain street or railroad for full use by traffic at all times. h. Plug ends of casing pipe with masonry construction. Fill annular space between casing and carrier pipe with sand If required by DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS or PLANS. 1. Where tunneling operations are used below or adjacent to buildings and structures or under paved surfaces, Contractor is fully respon- sible for using such methods and care to prevent settlement of said structures or surfaces. 3-08 SHEETING, SHORING AND BRACING a. Construct sheeting, shoring and bracing required to hold walls of excavation and to provide safety for workmen; to protect existing utilities or structures; or to permit construction in the dry. b. Wood sheeting driven below level of pipe: leave in place to a level 5' below finish grade. C- Pull steel sheeting except where shown on plans. d. When moveable trench shield is used below spring line of pipe, it shall be lifted prior to any forward movement to avoid pipe dis- placement. 3-09 DEWATERING a. Do all work in dry; obtain Engineer's approval of proposed methods of dewatering. b. Provide for handling water encountered during construction. c. Lay no pipe in, and pour no concrete on, excessively wet soil. III -E-5 i ONLY PHOTO- MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PACES ARE AUTHORIEEO BY ILS-ACC-APSOS JOINT COMMITTEE�� �j 19)6 - Ifl PRINTING 1116 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES ON r d. Prevent surface water from flowing into excavation; remove water as it accumulates. e. Divert stream flow away from areas of construction. f. Do not pump water onto adjacent property without approval of Engineer and adjacent property owner. Do not use sanitary sewers for disposal of trench water. 3-10 BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES a. Backfill after concrete or masonry has cured for 5 days and has been inspected and approved by Engineer.. b. Backfill with material removed from excavation except where sand backfill is specified; use no debris, frozen earth, large clods, stones or other unsuitable material. c. Backfill simultaneously on all sides of structure; save structure from damage at all times. d. Compact backfill at structures to density not less than specified for adjacent trench. e. Terminate backfill at finish grade as shown on plans; dispose of excess excavated material as directed by Engineer. f. Prepare backfill for surface restoration as specified for adjacent trench. 3-i1 TRENCH BACKFILL a. Backfill trench immediately after Engineer has recorded location of connections and appurtenances, or at Engineer's direction. b. Construct manholes.and appurtenances and perform backfilling as work progresses; closing of street Intersections subject to Owner's approval. c. Backfill with material removed from excavation except where sand backfill is specified; use no debris, frozen earth, large clods, stones or other unsuitable material. d. Backfill simultaneously on both sides of pipe to prevent displacement. e. Place backfill into the trench at an angle so that impact on installed I pipe is minimized. i•p li III -E-6 i i 9�ONLY PN0T0•NC[MANI GL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PALS ANL AUTMOAIIED !Y IES-ACC•APVA JOINT COMMITT[� 1976 • I,I PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB 9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i r� f. Install cushion of 4' of backfill above pipe envelope before using heavy compacting equipment. g. Hand placed backfill In "Pipe Envelope": j I) Granular Bedding; See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. r, 2) Hand place and compact finely divided material to 1211 over top of pipe, 90% maximum density, 3) Material in "Pipe Envelope" same as specified for "Backfill above Pipe Envelope" unless specified otherwise In DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. is h. Backfill above pipe envelope: �.a 1) Trenches where "Sand Backfill" is shown on plans: II T6 a) Backfill with sand up to bottom of specified surface restoration. b) Compact to 95% maximum density under and within 21 of pavement; 90% maximum density in other areas. c) Top of backfill under pavement: see Part 12 or DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. ' d) Top 12" of backfill for all other trenches: 12" of soil equivalent to adjacent topsoil. -,- PA 2) Trenches where "Compacted Backfill" Is shown on plans: a) Backfill with excavated material up to bottom of specified surface restoration. b) Moisten I.f required; compact to 95% maximum density under f and within 21 of pavement; 90% maximum density In other �aT areas. c) Top backfill under pavement: see Part 12 or DETAILED l°E SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. d) Top 121, of backfill for all other trenches: 1211 of soil equivalent to adjacent topsoil. 3) "Ordinary Backfill11: It a) Use unless otherwise shown on plans. III -E-7 .E ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED DY IES -ACC -APPA JOINT COMMITTIL39 L ; MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES NJ U t b) Backfill trench with excavated material. C) Top 12" of backfl)) equivalent to adjacent topsoil, d) Mound up or level off to original surface as directed by Engineer. 4) Where select earth backfill is required to replace unsuitable excavated material, Extra Work provisions shall apply. I. If settlement above compacted or sand backfill occurs within period of guarantee and bond: refill, compact, level off, and resurface. J. New pipe below existing water, sewer and gas mains or services: protect utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. 3-12 STANDARD TRENCH SECTION a. Use Standard Drawing No. 3-16 for computing quantities for the following items: 1) Surface replacement and restoration. 2) Sand backfill or compacted backfill. b. Standard trench section will be used to compute quantities of surface replacement. I) Allowable width of trench at top for purposes of payment for replacement will be computed on basis of pipe diameter and depth of cut. 2) Payment will be made on basis of Standard Drawing No. 3-16 and quantities shown in Table 3-14 regardless of whether actual trench width at top exceeds or Is less than width of standard trench •section. 3) If sheeting is installed and paid for, payment will be made on basis of actual width of surfacing removed and replaced, but in no case shall width exceed that shown for Standard Trench Section. 4) Where centerline of pipe is located such that top edge of standard trench section falls outside of curb line of paving, quantities and payment for surface replacement and restoration will be used on only that 'portion of surface within the stan- dard trench section. M � III -E-8 LI ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or YNESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED IT ICS-AGC-A►YA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 Ht PAINI9NG MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I= t�1 I J j h b b) Backfill trench with excavated material. C) Top 12" of backfl)) equivalent to adjacent topsoil, d) Mound up or level off to original surface as directed by Engineer. 4) Where select earth backfill is required to replace unsuitable excavated material, Extra Work provisions shall apply. I. If settlement above compacted or sand backfill occurs within period of guarantee and bond: refill, compact, level off, and resurface. J. New pipe below existing water, sewer and gas mains or services: protect utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. 3-12 STANDARD TRENCH SECTION a. Use Standard Drawing No. 3-16 for computing quantities for the following items: 1) Surface replacement and restoration. 2) Sand backfill or compacted backfill. b. Standard trench section will be used to compute quantities of surface replacement. I) Allowable width of trench at top for purposes of payment for replacement will be computed on basis of pipe diameter and depth of cut. 2) Payment will be made on basis of Standard Drawing No. 3-16 and quantities shown in Table 3-14 regardless of whether actual trench width at top exceeds or Is less than width of standard trench •section. 3) If sheeting is installed and paid for, payment will be made on basis of actual width of surfacing removed and replaced, but in no case shall width exceed that shown for Standard Trench Section. 4) Where centerline of pipe is located such that top edge of standard trench section falls outside of curb line of paving, quantities and payment for surface replacement and restoration will be used on only that 'portion of surface within the stan- dard trench section. M � III -E-8 LI ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or YNESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED IT ICS-AGC-A►YA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 Ht PAINI9NG MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I= c. Sand or compacted.backfill quantities will be computed on cubic yard basis in accordance with cross-sectional area of Standard Drawing No. 3-16 and quantities shown in Table 3-15. 3-13 PAYMENT a. No separate payment will be made for the work covered in this part of the specifications except as set forth below. All other related items are incidental to construction. Contract unit prices shall include all costs for each item of work. b. Trench Stabilizing Material (CY); Unit price includes labor, material, additional trench excavation and disp so al, dewatering, bedding, equipment and incidentals for providing stabilizing material in place of unsuitable foundation materials where directed and authorized by Engineer; computed by average end area method within specified trench width limit below "Pipe Envelope" to full extra depth. Excludes pipe bedding shown on plans or specified which is incidental to construction. c. Rock Excavation (CY): Unit price includes extra cost of labor, materials, equipment, bedding, removal and disposal and Inciden- tals necessary to complete work required for rock excavation over cost of earth excavation when authorized by Engineer. Measurement will include authorized excavation to depth specified and.will be computed by average end area method within maximum width limits of the standard trench section including "Pipe Envelope." At manholes and other structures, the measurement will be made to one foot out- side the footing line of structure. d. Rubble Excavation (CY): Unit price includes extra cost of labor, materials, equipment, bedding, removal and disposal and incidentals necessary to complete work required for rubble excavation over cost of earth excavation when authorized by Engineer. Measurement will include authorized excavation to depth specified and will be computed by average end area method within maximum width limits of the standard trench section including "Pipe Envelope." At manholes and other structures, the measurement will be made to one foot outside the foot- ing line of structure. e. Tunneling Pipe: 1) Augering, or Jacking, Pipe with Casing (LF) - per crossing: Unit price includes furnishing and installing complete work, including Jacking pit, excavation, casing pipe, Jacking, sewer or pressure pipe, bedding and casing backfill, disposal of spoil material, sheeting, backfill, fill concrete, end closure, flag men, warning lights and barricades. Length and details of crossing as shown on plans or as specified. Measurement will be along required length of casi.ng., III -E-9 II i.+ ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORISED BY IES•ACC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 • Ist PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 1+ 2) Augering, or Jacking, Pipe without Casing (LF) - per crossing: Unit price includes furnishing and installing complete work including jacking pit, excavation, jacking, sewer or pressure pipe, disposal of spoil material, sheeting, backfill, end closure, flag men, warning lights and barricades. Length and details of j crossing as shown on plans or as specified. Measurement will be along required length of augered or jacked pipe. 3) Hand Mining, See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. f. Sheeting Left in Place (MFBM): Unit price includes material cost only of sheeting and shoring left in place as shown on plans or at Engineer's direction. Cost of transporting and installing is incidental to laying of pipe and shall not be included. g. Trench Backfill: II$I l 1) Pipe Envelope: No payment will be made for the earth excava- tion and disposal, bedding or shaping trench bottom and backfill treatment within the Pipe Envelope under this part of the specs- �� fications. See.Parts IOand 11 of the specifications. - 2) Ordinary Backfill Above Pipe Envelope: No payment will be made for the furnishing and placement of Ordinary Backfill from the top of the Pipe Envelope to the trench surface under this part of the specifications. See Parts 10 and 11 of the specifications. i` 19 3) Surface Replacement and Restoration: No payment will be made for surface replacement and restoration within this part of the specification. See Part 12 of the specifications. 4) Sand Backfill Above Pipe Envelope (CY): Unit price includes additional costs over Ordinary Backfill of furnishing sand, materials, disposal of excavated material, equipment, labor, ! and incidentals for providing sand backfill, compacted to specified density where shown on plans or as directed by la 1� Engineer; quantities computed in accordance with Table 3-15, "Sand Backfill or Compacted Backfill Quantities Table." Where special materials or treatment of the top of backfill f 11 under pavement is required, the cost shall be considered as additional to the sand backfill displaced. a 5) Compacted Backfill Above Pipe Envelope (CY): Unit price includes additional costs over Ordinary Backfill for place - meet of excavated material In trench, equipment, labor and incidentals for providing compaction to specified density, �l where shown on plans or specified by Engineer; quantities I* computed in accordance with Table 3-15, "Compacted Backfill Quantities Table." Where special materials or treatment of ,1 the top of backfill under pavement is required, the cost shall be considered as additional to the sand backfill displaced. LV I! III -E-10 �I Lr ONLY PHOTO -HE CHANICAL PROCESS R[PAODU[i IONS Or iN[5L PAGES ME AUTHORIZED 0Y ICS•ACC-A/VA JOINT COMMI )iL[ I I 1976 - lit PAINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR( LAB - CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r I TABLE 3-14 SURFACE REPLACEMENT QUANTITIES PAY WIDTH LIMIT IN FEET AT TOP OF TRENCH SECTION FOR In SURFACE REPLACEMENT QUANTITIES PER LINEAL FOOT _-------__ Cut in Feet to Invert q Pipe Diameter, In. Wig, ;ewer 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 It 12 13 111 4 6 6 4 5.70 6.37 7.03 7.70 8.37 9.03 9.70 10.37 11.04 11.70 12.37 8 6 5.58 6.25 6.92 7.58 8.25 8.92 9.58 10.25 10.92 11.58 12.25 10 8 5.78 6.45 7.12 7.78 8.45 9.12 9.78 1o.45 11.12 11.79 12.45 12 10 5.67 6.34 7.01 7.67 8.34 9.01 9.67 10.34 11.01 11.67 12.34 14 12 5.72 6.38 7.05 7.72 8.38 9.05 9.72 10.38 11.05 11.72 12.38 ff� 16 1. 18 15 5.79 6.46 7.13 7.79 8.46 9.13 9.79 10.46 11.13 11.79 12.46 I 20 18 5.86 6.52 7.19 7.86 8.52 9.19 9.86 10.52 11.19 11.86 12.52 24 21 5.93 6.59 7.26 7.93 8.59 9.26 5.93 10.59 11.26 11.93 12.59 " I 30 24 27 6.00 6.32 6.66 6.98 7.33 7.65 8.00 8.32 8.66 8.98 9.33 9.65 10.00 10.32 10.66 10.98 11.33 11.65 12.00 12.31 12.66 12.98 36 30 6.14 6.80 7.47 8.14 8.80 9.47 10.14 10.80 11.47 12.14 12.80 33 7.12 7.79 8.46 9.12 9.79 10.46 11.12 11.79 12.46 13.12 �! 42 36 7.44 8.10 8.77 9.44 10.10 10.77 11.44 12.10 12.77 13.44 48 42 7.58 8.24 8.91 9.58 10.24 10.91 11.58 12.24 12.91 13.58 -- 48 8.64 9.31 9.97 10.64 11.31 11.97 12.64 13.31 13.97 54 9.02 9.69 10.36 11.02 11.69 12.36 13.02 13.69 14.36 60 10.08 10.75 11.41 12.08 12.75 13.41 14.08 14.75 -- 66 11.13 11.80 12.46 13.13 15.80 14.46 15.13 72 11.53 12.19 12.86 13.53 14.19 14.86 15•53 78 12.58 13.25 13.92 14.58 15.25 15.92 -- 84 12.97 13.63 14.30 14.97 15.63 16.30 Cut in Feet to Invert 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21F 25 I 4 c 6 4 13.04 13.70 14.37 15.04 15.70 16.37 17.o4 17.70 18.37 19.04 19.70 8 6 12.92 13.58 14.25 14.92 15.58 16.25 16.92 17.58 18.25 18.92 19.58 10 8 13.12 13.79 14.45 15.12 15.79 16.45 17.12 17.79 18.45 19.12 19.79 9 12 10 13.01 13.67 14.34 15.01 15.67 16.34 17.01 17.67 18.34 19.01 19.67 14 12 13.05 13.72 14.38 15.05 15.72 16.38 17.05 17.72 18.38 19.05 19.72 16 6 18 15 13.13 13.79 14.46 15.13 15.79 16.46 17.13 17.79 18.46 19.13 19.79 � 20 I8 13.19 13.86 14.52 15.19 15.86 16.52 17.19 17.86 IE.52 19.19 19.86 , 24 21 13.26 13.93 14.59 15.26 15.93 16.59 17.26 17.93 18.59 19.26 19.93 24 13.33 14.00 14.66 15.33 16.00 16.66 17.33 18.00 18.66 19.33 20.00 jw 30 27 13.65 14.31 14.98 15.65 16.31 16.98 17.65 18.31 18.98 19.65 20.31 F 36 30 13.47 14.14 14.80 15.47 16.14 16.80 17.47 18.13 18.80 19.47 20.13 -- 33 13.79 14.46 15.12 15.79 16.46 17.12 17.79 18.46 19.12 19.79 20.46 42 36 14.10 14.77 15.44 16.10 16.77 17.44 18.10 18.77 19.44 20.10 20.77 48 42 14.24 14.91 15.58 16.24 16.91 17.58 18.24 18.91 19.58 20.24 20.91 -- 48 14.64 15.31 15.97 16.64 17.31 17.97 18.64 19.31 19.97 20.64 21.31 j 54 15.02 15.69 16.36 17.02 17.69 18.36 19.02 19.69 20.36 21.02 21.69 -- 6o 15.41 16.08 16.75 17.41 18.08 18.75 19.41 20.08 20.75 21.41 22.08 66 15,80 16.46 17.13 17.80 18.46 19.13 19.80 20.46 21.13 21.80 22.46 72 16.19 16.86 17.53 18.19 18.86 19.53 20.19 20.86 21.53 22.19 22.86 78 16.58 17.25 17.92 18.58 19.25 19.92 20.58 21.25 21.92 22.58 23.25 84 16.97 17.63 18.30 18.97 19.63 20.30 20.97 21.63 22.30 22.97 23.63 NOTE: Refer to Standard Drawing 3-16 for basis of standard trench dimensions. i I � E III -E-11 4 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PACES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES•AGC-APWA JOINT COMMIT71C f7" a\�~ 1976 - Ist PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I I! TABLE 3-15 SAND OR COMPACTED BACKFILL QUANTITIES N !u PAY QUANTITIES IN CUBIC YARDS PER LINEAL FOOT TO DETERMINE SAND OR COMPACTED BACKFILL QUANTITIES Cut in Feet to Invert 1@ PI De 0lameter, In. Vater Sewer 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 4 t: 8 6 4 6 0.27 0.25 0.42 0.39 0.59 0.56 0,79 0.76 1,02 0.98 1.27 1.22 1.54 1.49 1.84 1,18 2,16 2.10 2.51 2.44 2.88 2.81 j 8 l0 8 0.25 0.40 0.58 0.78 1.01 1.26 1,53 1.84 2,16 2.51 2.89 12 10 0.22 0.37 0,55 0.74 0.97 1,21 1.49 1.78 2,10 2.45 2.82 14 12 0,21 0.36 o.54 0.74 0.96 1.21 1.48 1,78 2.10 2.45 2.82 j I!!� I 16 6 18 15 0.19 0.34 0,52 0.72 0.95 1:20 1.48 1.78 2.11 2.46 2.83 20 18 0.16 0.32 0.50 0.70 0.93 1.19 1.47 1.77 2.10 2.45 2.83 r, 24 21 24 0.14 0.10 0.29 0.26 0.48 0.45 0.68 0.66 0.92 o.89 1.17 1.15 1.45 1.44 1.76 1,75 2.09 2.08 2.45 2.44 2.83 2.82 30 27 0.07 0.25 0.44 0.67 0.91 1.18 1.48 1,80 2,14 2.51 2.91 36 30 0.03 0.20 0.39 0.60 0.84 1.11 1.40 1.71 2.05 2.41 2,80 -- 33 0.17 0.37 0.60 0.85 1.12 1.43 1.75 2.10 2.48 2.88 f 42 36 0.13 0.34 0.58 0,84 1.13 1.44 1.78 2.14 2.53 2.94 48 42 0.02 0.24 0.49 0.76 1.05 1.37 1.71 2.08 2.47 2.88 I 48 0.14 DAD 0.68 0.99 1.32 ' 1.68 2.06 2.47 2.90 54 0.01 0.28 o.58 o.90 1.25 1.62 2.02 2.44 2.88 60 66 0.15 0.46 0.31 0.79 0.66 1.16 1.04 1.54 1.44 1.95 1.86 2.39 2.31 2.85 2.78 I - 72 0.15 0.51 0.90. 1.32 1.76 2.22 2.71 _. 78 0.34 0.74 1.17 1.62 2.10 2.60 84 0,13 0.55 0.99 1.46 1.96 2,47 t ut in Feet to invert 15 16 17 to 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 25 4 6 6 4 3.27 3.7o 4,14 4.61 5.11 5.63 6.17 6.74 7.34 7.95 8.6o 8 6 3.20 3.62 4.06 4.53 5.02 5.53 6.07 6.64 7.23 7.84 8.48 ` 10 8 3.29 3.71 4.16 4.63 5.13 5.65 6.20 6.77 7.37 7.99 8.64 ` 12 10 3.22 3.64 4.08 4.55 5.05 5.56 6.11 6,68 7.27 7.69 8.53 14 12 3.22 3.64 4.09 4.56 5.06 5.58 6.12 6.69 7.29 7.90 8.55 it !tf 16 6 18 15 3.23 3.66 4.10 4.58 5.08 5.60 6.15 6.72 7.32 7.94 8.59 20 18 3.23 3.66 4.11 4.59 5.09 5.61 6.16 6.74 7.34 7.96 8,61 24 21 3.23 3.66 4.11 4.59 5.10 5.63 6.18 6.76 7.36 7.99 8.64 i I2 24 3.23 3.66 4.12 4.60 5.10 5.64 6.19 6,77 7.38 8.01 8,66 ( 19 30 27 3.33 3.77 4.24 4.73 5.25 5.79 6,36 6.95 7.57 8.21. 8.88 j fI 36 30 3.21 3.65 4.11 4.60 5.11 5.65 6.21 6.79 7.40 8.04 8.70 A 33 3.30 3.75 4.22 4.72 5.25 5.79 6.37 6.96 7.59 8.23 8,90 - 42 36 3.38 3.84 4.32 4.83 5.37 5.93 6.51 7.12 7.75 8.41 9.10 48 42 3.33 3.79 4.28 4.80 5.34 5.90 6.49 7.11 7.74 8.41 9.10 48 3.36 3.64 4.34 4.87 5.43 6.01 6.61 7.24 7.89 8,57 9.27 54 3.35 3.85 4.37 4.91 5.48 6.07 6.69 7.33 8.00 8,69 9.41 60 3.33 3.84 4.37 4.93 5.52 6,12 6.76 7.42 8.10 8.80 9.54 3.28 3.81 4.35 4.93 5.53 6.15 .6.79 7.47 8.16 8.88 9,63 166 72 3.22 3.76 4.32 4.91 5.52 6.16 6.82 7.51 8,22 8.95 9.71 1 _. 78 3.13 3.69 4.26 4.86 5.49 6.14 6.82 7.52 8.24 6.99 9.77 -- 84 3.01 7.58 4.17 4.79 5.43 6,10 6.79 7.50 8.24 9.00 9.79 ? NOTE: Quantities shown are volume of Backfill between top of "Pipe Envelope" and y ground surface as shown on Standard Drawing 3.16. III-E-12 '-' ONLY FNOYO•AI CHAN I CAL PROCESS AIFAODUCTIONS 1926 - lit FAINTING 1976 OF THESE FACES AAE AUTHORIZED Ir IES•ACC•AFVA JOINT COMITY" v MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i 1'- 1: PAY WIDTH LIMIT FOR [ SURFACE REPLACEMENT_ 12 12 NOTES I. SEE TABLE 3-14 FOR PAY WIDTH FOR SURFACE REPLACEMENT QUANTITIES. 2. SEE TABLE 3-I5 FOR PAY QUANTITIES FOR SAND AND COMPACTED BACKFILL. t 3. SEE STANDARD DRAWING 3-17 FOR PIPE -� ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS. SEWER PIPE 0 INCHES 1 e 6 A i� 1 BACKFILL A_5 SPECIFIED " 10 (PAY QUANTITY 2 _ 12 10 BASED ON SECTION IA 12 3 48OVE PIPE IS 2 - 9 20 EENVEELOPE.I 3 - 0 24 21 3 - 3 - NOTES I. SEE TABLE 3-14 FOR PAY WIDTH FOR SURFACE REPLACEMENT QUANTITIES. 2. SEE TABLE 3-I5 FOR PAY QUANTITIES FOR SAND AND COMPACTED BACKFILL. t 3. SEE STANDARD DRAWING 3-17 FOR PIPE -� ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS. WATER PIPE 0 INCHES SEWER PIPE 0 INCHES 1 e 6 A 2- 0 1 6 2 _ 0 10 hs i 2 _ 12 10 2 - IA 12 2 - 6 16 a in IS 2 - 9 20 is 3 - 0 24 21 3 - 3 - i sn 3 - 6 30 27 • - 0 36 WATER PIPE 0 INCHES SEWER PIPE 0 INCHES Dd FEET AND INCHES e 6 A 2- 0 e 6 2 _ 0 10 e 2 _ 12 10 2 - IA 12 2 - 6 16 a in IS 2 - 9 20 is 3 - 0 24 21 3 - 3 - 24 3 - 6 30 27 • - 0 36 30 4 - 0 - 33 4 - 6 42 36 S - 0 .e 42 e _ 6 - 4e 6 - 3 - 7. 7 - 0 - 72 - 70 - 04 STANDARD DRAWING NO. 3-16 STANDARD TRENCH SECTION FOR PAYMENT QUANTITIES III -E-13 ONLY PHDTO-NECKANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PACES AAL AUTHORISEO NY I[S-ACC-APNA JOINT COK41TTER 1976- ht MINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES i CLASS C ENVELOPE LOAD FACTOR 1.5 CLASS B ENVELOPE LOAD FACTOR 1.9 12 II COMPAC BACKFI I/ 1/14 BD M X12 IN. COMPACTED BACKFILL COMPACTED GRANULAR GRANULAR BEDDING MATERIAL TYPE 1 N 12 IN. / COMPACTED II ,B BACKFILL O SHAPED BOTTOM TYPE 2 GRANULAR BEDDING 'TYPE 3 BDiB" MIN. 11/4B- COMPACTED BACKFILL 0.6 RED '•P[WE GRANULAR F SHAPED BOTTOM WITH TAMPED BACKFILL Bc+$- MIN. D ' ,Z'ADL 12 IN. I I/4 B� CLASS A COMPACTED ;•;•:•'• •:••' I/4 0. BACKFILL ENVELOPE 1/4 BD MIN.1/4 D, REINFORCED PLAIN OR A 4" MIN.CONCRETE SEE TABLE REINFORCED T t'~COMPACTED FOR LOAD FACTORS CONCRETE —CONCRE1/4 BD MIN. CONCRETE ARCM MGRANULAR ATERIAL TYPE 5,6,7&8 TABLE FOR CLASS A ENVELOPE TYPE 9 TYPE 5 - PLAIN CONCRETE, COMPACTED BACKFILL - LOAD FACTOR 2.2 TYPE 6 - PLAIN CONCRETE, COMPACTED GRANULAR BACKFILL - LOAD FACTOR 2.4 TYPE 7 - PLAIN CONCRETE, COMPACTED BACKFILL, CRADLE 1/2 D - LOAD FACTOR 2.8 TYPE 8 - REINFORCED CONCRETE WITH "P" 0.4 PERCENT - LOAD -FACTOR 3.4 TYPE 9 - REINFORCED CONCRETE WITH "P" I.O PERCENT - LOAD.FASTOR 4.8 I. BCg, OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE BARREL. 2. MINIMUM CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH 3000 PSI. 3; CURE CONCRETE 48 HOURS BEFORE BACKFILLING. 4. "P" IS THE RATIO OF THE AREA OF REINFORCING STEEL TO AREA OF CONCRETE AS MEASURED AT THE INVERT (CRADLE) OR CROWN (ARCH). STANDARD DRAWING NO. 3-17 PIPE ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS III -E-14 ONLY PHOTO-NECHARICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAC,IS ARE AUTHORISED BY IFS-AOC-APVA JOINT CDMIIITTIE 1976 - lot PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Pw DIVISION III IT SECTION F DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWERS I p INDEX � ITEM PAGE III -F-1 1 10-01 GEIIERAL 111-F-2 10-02 INFORMATION FOR ENGINEER III -F-2 ' 10-03 MATERIALS TESTS III -F-2 10-04 PIPE MATERIALS AND JOINTS III -F-4 10-05 10-06 PIPE INSTALLATION CONFLICT WITH EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND SERVICES III -F-5 10-07 CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR GRAVITY PIPE III -F-5 III -F-6 10-08 .SEWER CONFLICTS WITH WATER MAIN III -F-7 -� 10-09 SERVICE CONNECTIONS III -F-7 10-10 MANHOLES III -F-9 f;9 10-I1 INTAKES III -F-9 $" 10-12 HEADWALLS AND END SECTIONS III -F-9 10-13 ACCESSORIES III -F-9 10-14 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT III -F-10 ' 10-15 TESTS III -F-11 10-16 10-17 PAYMENT STANDARD DRAWING - CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING SEWER MAINS III -F-15 Ej 10-18 OR SERVICES III -F-16 STANDARD DRAWING - RELOCATION OF EXISTING SERVICES III -F-17 10-19 STANDARD DRAWING - RISER CONNECTION III -F-18 ; 10-20 STANDARD DRAWING - STANDARD MANHOLE A III -F-19 10-21 STANDARD DRAWING - STANDARD MANHOLE B "CI III -F-20 (7 10-22 STANDARD DRAWING - STANDARD MANHOLE III -F-21 !!j 10-23 STANDARD DRAWING - TEE SECTION MANHOLE III -F-22 ii i 10-24 STANDARD DRAWING - DROP -CONNECTION III -F-23 10-25 STANDARD DRAWING - MANHOLE IN PAVEMENT III -F-24 t! 10-26 STANDARD DRAWING - CONCRETE ENCASEMENT III -F-25 10-27 STANDARD DRAWING - INFILTRATION TEST III -F-26 Ij ka 10-28 STANDARD DRAWING - EXFILTRATION TEST 10-0) GENERAL Furnish and install all pipe, fittings, structures, intakes and accessories required for sewer construction as shown on plans and/or specified herein. 11 b. Before Installation of new sewer facilities, verify sizes, measure - rents, type and location of existing piping and appurtenances at i 1 points of connection to existing system. c. Do work in accordance with best present-uay installation and con- struction practices. w i III•F-1 p/ rj ONLY PHO70-MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTMORIIED 6Y ICS•ACC-A►VA JOINT COMMITTEE 1 it 1976 - Itl PAINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES r j� 10-02 INFORMATION FOR ENGINEER r a. After award of Contract, submit following Information and draw - Ings for IA Engineer's approval: Pit 1) Manufacturer's specifications and/or catalog data listing for Ii manhole steps, covers and frames,'Intake castings and other P special Items. r 2) Shop drawings showing reinforcing steel details, structural it steel and supports F4 Is 3) Such other information as Engineer may request. 10-03 MATERIALS TESTS a. Incorporate no materials in work until mill and/or factory test j certifications, as requested by Engineer, have been furnished which show that materials comply with specifications. 10-04 PIPE MATERIALS AND JOINTS a. Reinforced concrete pipe (RCP): 1) Pipe: ASTM C76. 2) Joints to be provided as specified; a) Flexible joint; rubber gasket Joint". I� !al (i) Joint: ASTM C443. 14 (2) Coat gasket and Joint with lubricant recommended by 7 gasket manufacturer immediately prior to pushing pipe home. �f b) Cold-appl•led rubber asphalt pipe joint material: (1) Manufactured from asphalt, liquifiers; mineral fillers IIt and fibers, free from moisture. (2) Plastic and workable with trowel. I I br (3) Quality standard: Federal Specification SS -S-158. I (4) Apply Joint material to bottom 1/2 of groove and top 1/2 of matching tongue and force adjoining pipe to- gether; quantity of Joint material shall be suffi- cient to fill Joint when closed. I6:A 1 ti III -F-2 • L, i .� ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PAOCESS REPA000LTIONS OF THESE PACES ARE AUTHOA1210 SY ICS-AGC-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 - fit PRINTING ` MICROFILMED BY t JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES r r 6s (5) All remaining voids in both inside and outside shall be completely filled with Joint material and inside shall be troweled smooth in pipes 24" and larger; use cleaning swab in pipes smaller than 24". c) Mortar cement Joint system: (1) Cement mortar: 1 part cement to 2 parts sand; cement 1/2 part masonry cement to I part Portland cement. (2) Apply mortar to bottom 1/2 of groove and top 1/2 of matching tongue and force adjoining pipe together; quantity of mortar shall be sufficient to fill Joint when closed. (3) All remaining voids in both inside and outside shall be completely filled with mortar and inside shall be troweled smooth in pipes 24" and larger; use clean- ing swab in pipes smaller than 24". b. Reinforced concrete deformed pipe (RCDP): 1) Pipe: ASTM 0506 and C507. 2) Joints shall be as specified under cold -applied rubber asphalt pipe jointing material or mortar cement Joint system as indi- cated in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. c. Vitrified clay pipe (VCP): 1) Pipe: ASTM C700. 2) Flexible compression Joints: ASTM 0425 or ASTM 0594. d. Cast Iron pipe (CIP): 1) Pipe: ANSI A21.1 18/40,000 psi manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.6 or A21.8; minimum thickness Class 22; 150 psi working pressure, coat Inside and out with bituminous coating. 2) Class thickness subject to trench loading. 3) Mechanical or push -on Joint: ANSI A21.11. III.F-3 AL PROCESS R[YAODUCTIONS O/ THESE PAGES M[ AUTHORI[[D 0Y I[[•AEC-A►YA JOINT CORMIiT[[ ONLY ►n070-n[CHANIC ►RIN TING r ISE ota MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 i CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES I. S k� _ mR %i 611 1 �n Le Il ks \- V ra W (5) All remaining voids in both inside and outside shall be completely filled with Joint material and inside shall be troweled smooth in pipes 24" and larger; use cleaning swab in pipes smaller than 24". c) Mortar cement Joint system: (1) Cement mortar: 1 part cement to 2 parts sand; cement 1/2 part masonry cement to I part Portland cement. (2) Apply mortar to bottom 1/2 of groove and top 1/2 of matching tongue and force adjoining pipe together; quantity of mortar shall be sufficient to fill Joint when closed. (3) All remaining voids in both inside and outside shall be completely filled with mortar and inside shall be troweled smooth in pipes 24" and larger; use clean- ing swab in pipes smaller than 24". b. Reinforced concrete deformed pipe (RCDP): 1) Pipe: ASTM 0506 and C507. 2) Joints shall be as specified under cold -applied rubber asphalt pipe jointing material or mortar cement Joint system as indi- cated in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. c. Vitrified clay pipe (VCP): 1) Pipe: ASTM C700. 2) Flexible compression Joints: ASTM 0425 or ASTM 0594. d. Cast Iron pipe (CIP): 1) Pipe: ANSI A21.1 18/40,000 psi manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.6 or A21.8; minimum thickness Class 22; 150 psi working pressure, coat Inside and out with bituminous coating. 2) Class thickness subject to trench loading. 3) Mechanical or push -on Joint: ANSI A21.11. III.F-3 AL PROCESS R[YAODUCTIONS O/ THESE PAGES M[ AUTHORI[[D 0Y I[[•AEC-A►YA JOINT CORMIiT[[ ONLY ►n070-n[CHANIC ►RIN TING r ISE ota MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 i CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES n g Pit 1Y ri 114 L e. Ductile iron pipe (DIP): 1) Pipe: ANSI A21.50 and manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.51; minimum thickness Class 2, coat inside and out with bituminous coating. 2) Class thickness subject to trench loading. 3) Mechanical or push -on joint: ANSI A21.11. f. Steel casing pipe: 1) Pipe: Smooth wall welded steel pipe, ASTM A139; 3/8" minimum wall thickness. 2) Weld all joints to full strength. 3) Bevel or space ends of pipe to Insure penetration of weld for full thickness of pipe. g. Culvert pipe: 1) Material specified In DET '.ED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS or shown on PLANS. 10-05 PIPE INSTALLATION a. Begin at lowest point in line; lay bell or groove ends pointing upstream. b. Lower pipe carefully Into trench; lay true to line and grade. c. Provide a smooth and uniform Invert. d. Line and grade: 1) Engineer will provide grade at each hub on 50' Intervals or at closer intervals where ground surface prevents sight. 2) Batter boards: Keep 3 batter boards adjacent to consecutive hubs In place at all times; set at convenient height -In feet above flow line grade; set additional Intermediate boards at 25' Intervals as required. Carry center line on all batter boards at hubs. Batter boards may be set at side of trench or span trench; laser beam may be substituted. 3) Check grade of each pipe length with gage rod; check line of every other pipe length with plumb bob. Ie III -F-4 ONLt PNOTO•HECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of 7MtSt PACES ARE AUTHORIZED BY Itf•ACL•MYA JOINT LOMNI ITC[ �� ! 1976 • Ist PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LAB ! CEDAR RAPIDS • OES MOINES ,' FF 13 L e. Ductile iron pipe (DIP): 1) Pipe: ANSI A21.50 and manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.51; minimum thickness Class 2, coat inside and out with bituminous coating. 2) Class thickness subject to trench loading. 3) Mechanical or push -on joint: ANSI A21.11. f. Steel casing pipe: 1) Pipe: Smooth wall welded steel pipe, ASTM A139; 3/8" minimum wall thickness. 2) Weld all joints to full strength. 3) Bevel or space ends of pipe to Insure penetration of weld for full thickness of pipe. g. Culvert pipe: 1) Material specified In DET '.ED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS or shown on PLANS. 10-05 PIPE INSTALLATION a. Begin at lowest point in line; lay bell or groove ends pointing upstream. b. Lower pipe carefully Into trench; lay true to line and grade. c. Provide a smooth and uniform Invert. d. Line and grade: 1) Engineer will provide grade at each hub on 50' Intervals or at closer intervals where ground surface prevents sight. 2) Batter boards: Keep 3 batter boards adjacent to consecutive hubs In place at all times; set at convenient height -In feet above flow line grade; set additional Intermediate boards at 25' Intervals as required. Carry center line on all batter boards at hubs. Batter boards may be set at side of trench or span trench; laser beam may be substituted. 3) Check grade of each pipe length with gage rod; check line of every other pipe length with plumb bob. Ie III -F-4 ONLt PNOTO•HECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of 7MtSt PACES ARE AUTHORIZED BY Itf•ACL•MYA JOINT LOMNI ITC[ �� ! 1976 • Ist PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LAB ! CEDAR RAPIDS • OES MOINES r L� e. Keep pipe free of all dirt and foreign material. f. Use no defective pipe; check each length for defects and hair- line cracks at ends prior to lowering into trench. g. Carefully protect pipe and joints from Injury while handling and storing pipe. h. Clean bell and spigot surfaces of dirt and foreign matter before jointing pipe. I. Join pipe in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. J. Continuously check alignment of sewer by flashing light between manholes or between last piece of pipe laid and opening at down- stream manhole. Correct misalignment, displacement or otherwise defective sewer at Contractor's expense. it. Available information regarding location and depth of existing utilities Is shown on plans. Exercise extreme care to avoid damaging existing installations. I. Provide bell holes at each pipe Joint to allow barrel of Alpe to support trench load. 10-06 CONFLICT WITH EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND SERVICES a. Providetemporary support for existing water, gas, telephone and power utility services crossing the trench until backfilling has been completed. b. .Construct permanent support for existing sewer main or service crossing the trench, In accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-17:; c. Relocate water and sewer service when in direct conflict with new pipe. 1) Water service: Provide type K, soft temper copper water tube conforming to ASTM B88 and 8251. Replace section In conflict with equal size and construct a loop over the top of the new pipe. 2) Sewer service: In accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-17. 10-07 CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR GRAVITY PIPE a. Use special adaptors or couplings where available. Where not available, use concrete collars. III -F-5 ONNLYLY PPOTO•MECHAHICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY ILS-ACC-APWA JOINT COMMITTEE i • lit PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR(�SLAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i P i i i i j I� LA ,1 e. Keep pipe free of all dirt and foreign material. f. Use no defective pipe; check each length for defects and hair- line cracks at ends prior to lowering into trench. g. Carefully protect pipe and joints from Injury while handling and storing pipe. h. Clean bell and spigot surfaces of dirt and foreign matter before jointing pipe. I. Join pipe in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. J. Continuously check alignment of sewer by flashing light between manholes or between last piece of pipe laid and opening at down- stream manhole. Correct misalignment, displacement or otherwise defective sewer at Contractor's expense. it. Available information regarding location and depth of existing utilities Is shown on plans. Exercise extreme care to avoid damaging existing installations. I. Provide bell holes at each pipe Joint to allow barrel of Alpe to support trench load. 10-06 CONFLICT WITH EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND SERVICES a. Providetemporary support for existing water, gas, telephone and power utility services crossing the trench until backfilling has been completed. b. .Construct permanent support for existing sewer main or service crossing the trench, In accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-17:; c. Relocate water and sewer service when in direct conflict with new pipe. 1) Water service: Provide type K, soft temper copper water tube conforming to ASTM B88 and 8251. Replace section In conflict with equal size and construct a loop over the top of the new pipe. 2) Sewer service: In accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-17. 10-07 CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR GRAVITY PIPE a. Use special adaptors or couplings where available. Where not available, use concrete collars. III -F-5 ONNLYLY PPOTO•MECHAHICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY ILS-ACC-APWA JOINT COMMITTEE i • lit PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR(�SLAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES f 1 b. Provide concrete collar 6" thick and 12" each way from joint; place 6x6 -6x6 wire fabric mesh in center of collar. 1) Cover joint with burlap "diaper" band; hind at edge with No. 9 tie wires. 2) Prevent excess material from entering pipe. 10-08 SEWER CONFLICTS WITH WATER MAIN a. New sanitary sewer paralleling existing water main: 1) Minimum horizontal separation: 101 clear. a) If conditions prevent relocation of new sewer or existing water main to obtain 10' separation, minimum may be reduced to no less than 3' clear by placing the top of the sewer at least 18" below the bottom of the existing water main. b) If impossible to obtain 18" clearance, construct new sewer of cast iron or ductile iron pipe until separation or clearance condition is met. Concrete encasement of sewer pipe in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 is allowed in lieu of cast iron or ductile iron pipe construc- tion for sewer pipe larger than 1211 diameter if cast iron or ductile iron pipe not readily available. b. New sanitary sewer crossing existing water main: 1) Minimum vertical clearance: Top of sewer at least 18" below the bottom of the existing water main. 2) If 1811 clearance cannot be obtained, or if sewer must pass over water main, construct new sewer of 201 length of cast iron or ductile iron pipe centered on the water main. Con- crete encasement of sewer pipe in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 is allowed in lieu of cast iron or ductile Iron pipe construction for sewer pipe larger than 12" diameter, if cast iron or ductile iron pipe is not readily available. 3) If new sewer must pass over the existing water main, provide vertical separation of at least 1811 between the bottom of the sewer and the top of the water main in addition to the requirements of b.2) above. c. Adequately support existing water main to prevent settling or breakage. III -F-6 1: I 39GONLY PH070-MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OP THESE PAGES AAE AUTHORIZED 0Y IES•AGL-APPA JOINT LOHxITTE[ _ M -- . 1978 - lar •�INi IHf. ... .. _... MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 1 I 1 f 1 b. Provide concrete collar 6" thick and 12" each way from joint; place 6x6 -6x6 wire fabric mesh in center of collar. 1) Cover joint with burlap "diaper" band; hind at edge with No. 9 tie wires. 2) Prevent excess material from entering pipe. 10-08 SEWER CONFLICTS WITH WATER MAIN a. New sanitary sewer paralleling existing water main: 1) Minimum horizontal separation: 101 clear. a) If conditions prevent relocation of new sewer or existing water main to obtain 10' separation, minimum may be reduced to no less than 3' clear by placing the top of the sewer at least 18" below the bottom of the existing water main. b) If impossible to obtain 18" clearance, construct new sewer of cast iron or ductile iron pipe until separation or clearance condition is met. Concrete encasement of sewer pipe in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 is allowed in lieu of cast iron or ductile iron pipe construc- tion for sewer pipe larger than 1211 diameter if cast iron or ductile iron pipe not readily available. b. New sanitary sewer crossing existing water main: 1) Minimum vertical clearance: Top of sewer at least 18" below the bottom of the existing water main. 2) If 1811 clearance cannot be obtained, or if sewer must pass over water main, construct new sewer of 201 length of cast iron or ductile iron pipe centered on the water main. Con- crete encasement of sewer pipe in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 is allowed in lieu of cast iron or ductile Iron pipe construction for sewer pipe larger than 12" diameter, if cast iron or ductile iron pipe is not readily available. 3) If new sewer must pass over the existing water main, provide vertical separation of at least 1811 between the bottom of the sewer and the top of the water main in addition to the requirements of b.2) above. c. Adequately support existing water main to prevent settling or breakage. III -F-6 1: I 39GONLY PH070-MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OP THESE PAGES AAE AUTHORIZED 0Y IES•AGL-APPA JOINT LOHxITTE[ _ M -- . 1978 - lar •�INi IHf. ... .. _... MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES n 10-09 SERVICE CONNECTIONS a. Install service connections where shown on plans or as directed by Engineer; branch size as specified hereinafter or shown on plans. b. Use wye or tee branch where invert of sewer is less then 10' below ground surface; rotate branch minimum 30° from vertical. c. Use tee branch and riser pipe where invert of sewer Is 12' or more below ground surface; extend riser up to 10' below ground surface. Conform to details on Standard Drawing No. 10-19. d. Place vitrified clay, plastic, metal or concrete stopper in end of connection to match pipe material used. 1) Provide watertight joint on stopper to match that on pipe spigot. 2) Secure stopper.to prevent displacement under 5' of water pressure head, minimum. e. Mark location of service connections with plastic tape brought to surface. f. Backfill trench after Engineer has determined and recorded exact location of service connection. 10-10 MANHOLES a. Standard manholes: 1) Conform with Standard Drawings. 2) Use brick, segmental concrete block or precast concrete, as specified in.DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 3) Poured base, 3,000 psi concrete: Diameter and thickness of base may be increased by Engineer due to poor foundation conditions. 4) Brick and segmental block manholes: a) Brick: ASTM C32, Grade MA. b) Segmental block: Solid, precast, ASTM C139 and C140. c) Mortar: 1 part cement to 2 parts sand; cement 1/2 part masonry cement to 1 part Portland cement. III -F-7 B I' I ONLY PHOTO•MECNANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY ICS -AGC -APPA JOINT COMMITTEE30 1976 - IIt,PRINTINR MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �s j I IA M I n 10-09 SERVICE CONNECTIONS a. Install service connections where shown on plans or as directed by Engineer; branch size as specified hereinafter or shown on plans. b. Use wye or tee branch where invert of sewer is less then 10' below ground surface; rotate branch minimum 30° from vertical. c. Use tee branch and riser pipe where invert of sewer Is 12' or more below ground surface; extend riser up to 10' below ground surface. Conform to details on Standard Drawing No. 10-19. d. Place vitrified clay, plastic, metal or concrete stopper in end of connection to match pipe material used. 1) Provide watertight joint on stopper to match that on pipe spigot. 2) Secure stopper.to prevent displacement under 5' of water pressure head, minimum. e. Mark location of service connections with plastic tape brought to surface. f. Backfill trench after Engineer has determined and recorded exact location of service connection. 10-10 MANHOLES a. Standard manholes: 1) Conform with Standard Drawings. 2) Use brick, segmental concrete block or precast concrete, as specified in.DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 3) Poured base, 3,000 psi concrete: Diameter and thickness of base may be increased by Engineer due to poor foundation conditions. 4) Brick and segmental block manholes: a) Brick: ASTM C32, Grade MA. b) Segmental block: Solid, precast, ASTM C139 and C140. c) Mortar: 1 part cement to 2 parts sand; cement 1/2 part masonry cement to 1 part Portland cement. III -F-7 B I' I ONLY PHOTO•MECNANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY ICS -AGC -APPA JOINT COMMITTEE30 1976 - IIt,PRINTINR MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i ,I p LI n r+ Fit y jt III -F-8 L: e ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES-AGC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 3 1 1976. IN PRINTING MICROFILMED BY s - JORM MICR+LAB ii CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES c. d) i.t W 1/2" thickness of mortar. e) In freezing weather, heat materials and protect work from cold; maintain temperature of work at 40 F for at least 24 hours after placing. 5) Precast concrete manholes: a) Reinforced concrete manhole: ASTM 0478. b) i Pt' REQUIREMENTS. h c) Pipe blockouts at base shall be factory fabricated. 6) Standard Manhole "A": ri a) Standard Drawing No. 10-20. b) Use where sewers in manholes are 2411 in diameter or li smaller. c) Confirm selection of manhole cone sections before PI construction. 7) Standard Manhole 1811: a) Standard Drawing No. 10-21. Ilku b) Use where any connecting pipe is 27" or larger In dia- y jt III -F-8 L: e ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES-AGC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 3 1 1976. IN PRINTING MICROFILMED BY s - JORM MICR+LAB ii CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES c. d) Completely fill joints with mortar for watertight structure; thoroughly plaster outside of manhole with 1/2" thickness of mortar. e) In freezing weather, heat materials and protect work from cold; maintain temperature of work at 40 F for at least 24 hours after placing. 5) Precast concrete manholes: a) Reinforced concrete manhole: ASTM 0478. b) Joints shall be as specified in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. c) Pipe blockouts at base shall be factory fabricated. 6) Standard Manhole "A": a) Standard Drawing No. 10-20. b) Use where sewers in manholes are 2411 in diameter or smaller. c) Confirm selection of manhole cone sections before construction. 7) Standard Manhole 1811: a) Standard Drawing No. 10-21. b) Use where any connecting pipe is 27" or larger In dia- meter or span. c) Omit upper section if depth of'manhole is less than 61. d) Confirm selection of manhole cone section before con- struction. 8) Standard Manhole "C'I: a) Standard Drawing No. 10-22. b) Use for manholes 61 or less in depth and where all sewers in manhole are 2411 diameter or smaller. b. Tee Section Manhole: 1) Standard Drawing No. 10-23. y jt III -F-8 L: e ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES-AGC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 3 1 1976. IN PRINTING MICROFILMED BY s - JORM MICR+LAB ii CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES c. la 2) Tee sections equal to strength of line pipe. 3) Riser section: ASTM C478. 4) Use for pipe larger than 42" or as shown on plans. c. Adjusting rings: Provide concrete adjusting rings on manholes as necessary to place cover at grade or to required elevation; provide one adjusting ring minimum; maximum height of manhole adjustment using adjusting rings: 12". Adjusting rings to be secured with cement grout or bituminous mastic. d.. Drop connections: Conform to Standard Drawing No. 10-24; use at locations shown on plans. 10 -II INTAKES a. Construct as shown on plans. 10-12 HEADWALLS AND END SECTIONS a. Construct as shown on plans. 10-13 ACCESSORIES a. Provide steps in special structures and all manholes except tee sections; 1611 center to center unless otherwise noted; top step 24" below top of top section. b. Manhole frames and covers, intake castings and other appurtenances vary; see "Manhole and Intake Schedule" in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. c. Manhole frames and covers located in pavement: See Standard Drawing No. 10-25 or as specified in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 10-14 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT a. Place concrete encasement where shown on plans. b. 3,000 psi concrete. c. See Standard Drawing No. 10-26 for details. III -F-9 ONLY PHOTO-MICHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OP THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES -AGC -APPA JOINT COMMITTEE I j 1976 - ISI PRINTING 7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAS II CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES f� i Id I� I`» � 4w I, %W ly Lr � R - IA • II M i.: 2) Tee sections equal to strength of line pipe. 3) Riser section: ASTM C478. 4) Use for pipe larger than 42" or as shown on plans. c. Adjusting rings: Provide concrete adjusting rings on manholes as necessary to place cover at grade or to required elevation; provide one adjusting ring minimum; maximum height of manhole adjustment using adjusting rings: 12". Adjusting rings to be secured with cement grout or bituminous mastic. d.. Drop connections: Conform to Standard Drawing No. 10-24; use at locations shown on plans. 10 -II INTAKES a. Construct as shown on plans. 10-12 HEADWALLS AND END SECTIONS a. Construct as shown on plans. 10-13 ACCESSORIES a. Provide steps in special structures and all manholes except tee sections; 1611 center to center unless otherwise noted; top step 24" below top of top section. b. Manhole frames and covers, intake castings and other appurtenances vary; see "Manhole and Intake Schedule" in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. c. Manhole frames and covers located in pavement: See Standard Drawing No. 10-25 or as specified in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 10-14 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT a. Place concrete encasement where shown on plans. b. 3,000 psi concrete. c. See Standard Drawing No. 10-26 for details. III -F-9 ONLY PHOTO-MICHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OP THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES -AGC -APPA JOINT COMMITTEE I j 1976 - ISI PRINTING 7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAS II CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES f� r 16 r 13 10-15 TESTS M 't a. Infiltration test, gravity sewers, sanitary: 1) Conform to Standard Drawing No, 10-27 provide and Install i Aa all equipment required. 2) Maximum allowable infiltration: 200 gallons per mile per f inch.diameter of sewer per .24-hour day at any time. I� 3) Visible leakage at Joints, or leakage in excess of that to specified, shall be repaired at Contractor's expense. 4) Maximum length of test section: 1,5001, 5) Remove weirs after infiltration has been checked by Engineer. 11 11! Me w b. Exfiltration test, gravity sewers, sanitary: 1) Conform to Standard Drawing No, 10-28; provide and install all equipment required. 2) Maximum allowable exfiltration: 200 gallons per mile per inch diameter of sewer per 24-hour day at any time. 3) Leakage Inexcessof that specified, shall be repaired at Contractors expense. 4) Use exfiltration test only on sections of sewer where ground water level is lower than 1' above top of pipe. Sectionalize ' the test so that interior pressure in pipe does not exceed 5' of water pressure, 5) Remove equipment and plugs after test has been completed. c. Gravity sewers, storm: 1) No tests for leakage required. 2) Visually inspect Interior Joints; any Joints or sections of line having defective pipe, poor Joints, or excessive infil- tration, as determined by Engineer, shall be corrected at Contractor's expense. d. Owner reserves the right to televise sewer, at Owner's expense, prior to final acceptance. III -F-10 L. ONLY •PRINANI[AL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED 0r IES•AGC-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE /�/� .._..: 1976 reo�i..,:.._....._..._.. MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR jE_AES CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES M t� �a 11 11! Me w b. Exfiltration test, gravity sewers, sanitary: 1) Conform to Standard Drawing No, 10-28; provide and install all equipment required. 2) Maximum allowable exfiltration: 200 gallons per mile per inch diameter of sewer per 24-hour day at any time. 3) Leakage Inexcessof that specified, shall be repaired at Contractors expense. 4) Use exfiltration test only on sections of sewer where ground water level is lower than 1' above top of pipe. Sectionalize ' the test so that interior pressure in pipe does not exceed 5' of water pressure, 5) Remove equipment and plugs after test has been completed. c. Gravity sewers, storm: 1) No tests for leakage required. 2) Visually inspect Interior Joints; any Joints or sections of line having defective pipe, poor Joints, or excessive infil- tration, as determined by Engineer, shall be corrected at Contractor's expense. d. Owner reserves the right to televise sewer, at Owner's expense, prior to final acceptance. III -F-10 L. ONLY •PRINANI[AL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED 0r IES•AGC-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE /�/� .._..: 1976 reo�i..,:.._....._..._.. MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR jE_AES CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES M r 10-16 PAYMENT IE a. tin separate payment will be made for work covered in this part of the specifications except as set forth below. All other related items are incidental to construction. Contract unit prices shall include all costs for each item of work. b. Sewer Pipe in Place (LF): iS 1) Includes furnishing pipe and materials, handling, laying, exca- vation of trench and Pipe Envelope, fat specified work iiithin the Pipe Envelope, dewatering, diversion of sewage during construc- tion, removal of existing sewers, connections to sewers and appurtenances, temporary sheeting and shoring, temporary support of existing utility services, backfill with ordinary backfill and tests. 2) Does not include additional cost of concrete encasement or material cost of sheeting or shoring left in place at Engineer's direction, sand.or compacted backfill, rock or rubble excavation removal of trees 611 in diameter and larger, water main conflicts, crossings jacked in place, surface replacement zing or trench stabili- material at Engineer's direction. 3) Length will be e measured from be 9�innin g point, as shown on plans, 114 for each size of pipe and type of pipe material along center line of pipe with no deductions for manholes or end sections. )� 1>1 i C. Storm Sewer Inlet Pipe in Place (LF): Unit price includes all work described in Item b. (Sewer Pipe in Place). Length of inlet pipe will be measured from center line A of connecting manhole to center line of inlet for each diameter and type of pipe material. Cl. Conflict With Existing Underground Utilities and Services )� 1) Temporary Support for Existing Services: No separate payment will be made for the necessary support of existing water, gas, telephone and power utilities services crossing the trench excavation unless the plans or specifications provide for - permanent support or relocation of the service. I "► 2) Conflict with Existing Sewer Main or Sewer Service (EA): Unit hs price includes all work and materials associated with the performance of the permanent support or relocation of a service (.1 connection as shown on Standard Drawing No. 10-17 (Conflicts With y Existing Sewer Mains or Services). Unit prices for cases I, 2, j and 3 are provided in the proposal. 1 Il �.: Ill -F-11 i� L. ONLY PHO70-HECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED SY ICS-AGC-APWA JOINT COMMITTEE3�� 1976 • ISI PRINTING 7 I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r a F� 3) Relocation of Existing Water Service (EA): Unit price Includes all work and materials associated with providing a new water service section to avoid conflict. 4) Relocation of Existing Sewer Services: Separate payment will be made for work and materials associated with relocation of services in direct conflict of the proposed new utility as generally shown on case No. 4 Standard Drawing No. 10-18 (Relocation of Existing Services). Where such conflict is known In advance of the preparation of the plans and specifications, this shall be shown on the plans with appropriate unit price provisions In the proposal. Where such conflict arises during the construction of the new utility, extra work provisions will apply. e. Water Main Conflicts: 1) Cast or Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe In Place (LF): Unit price Includes additional cost of providing cast Iron or ductile Iron sewer pipe in lieu of vitrified clay or concrete sewer pipe where water main conflicts occur or where directed by Engineer. Unit price.is in'addition to the unit price bid per lineal foot for Installation of sewer pipe at same location and depth. 2) Concrete Encasement for Sewer Pipe (LF): Unit price Includes cost of additional work and materials required to encase .new sewer pipe in concrete at locations directed by Engineer In accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 (Concrete Encasement). Excludes excavation, furnishing and Installing pipe and appur- tenances, backfill and other related work for complete installation. Include these Items in unit price bid for Sewer Pipe In Place. f. Sewer Service Connections; 1) Wye or Tee Branch Connection (EA): Includes additional cost of service connection over straight pipe Including tee, additional excavation, backfill, stopper, and stopper restraint required for each service connection. Excludes cost of sewer service pipe. 2) Riser Connection (EA): Unit price Includes additional cost of riser connection over straight pipe Including tee, concrete, additional excavation, backfill, Joints and fittings, stopper and stopper restraint required for each service connection in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-19 (Riser Connection). Excludes the cost of riser pipe and sewer service pipe. III -F-12 �I I" 1 9 I � . w I j r i k. I.1 L.r 3) Relocation of Existing Water Service (EA): Unit price Includes all work and materials associated with providing a new water service section to avoid conflict. 4) Relocation of Existing Sewer Services: Separate payment will be made for work and materials associated with relocation of services in direct conflict of the proposed new utility as generally shown on case No. 4 Standard Drawing No. 10-18 (Relocation of Existing Services). Where such conflict is known In advance of the preparation of the plans and specifications, this shall be shown on the plans with appropriate unit price provisions In the proposal. Where such conflict arises during the construction of the new utility, extra work provisions will apply. e. Water Main Conflicts: 1) Cast or Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe In Place (LF): Unit price Includes additional cost of providing cast Iron or ductile Iron sewer pipe in lieu of vitrified clay or concrete sewer pipe where water main conflicts occur or where directed by Engineer. Unit price.is in'addition to the unit price bid per lineal foot for Installation of sewer pipe at same location and depth. 2) Concrete Encasement for Sewer Pipe (LF): Unit price Includes cost of additional work and materials required to encase .new sewer pipe in concrete at locations directed by Engineer In accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 (Concrete Encasement). Excludes excavation, furnishing and Installing pipe and appur- tenances, backfill and other related work for complete installation. Include these Items in unit price bid for Sewer Pipe In Place. f. Sewer Service Connections; 1) Wye or Tee Branch Connection (EA): Includes additional cost of service connection over straight pipe Including tee, additional excavation, backfill, stopper, and stopper restraint required for each service connection. Excludes cost of sewer service pipe. 2) Riser Connection (EA): Unit price Includes additional cost of riser connection over straight pipe Including tee, concrete, additional excavation, backfill, Joints and fittings, stopper and stopper restraint required for each service connection in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-19 (Riser Connection). Excludes the cost of riser pipe and sewer service pipe. III -F-12 �I t .I 9 I j I i i ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PACES ARE AUTMOAIDID BY IES-AGC-APWA JOINT COMM ITTIE 3 1976 - 1st PRINTING _. _._......_. MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES V 1 3) Riser Pipe (LF): Unit price includes all work and materials to install the riser pipe in accordance with Standard Drawing i No. 10-19 (Riser Connection). �f Ir i^ r 4) Sewer Service Pipe in Place (LF): Unit price includes all work and materials required for installation of sewer service pipe including removal of existing sewer service pipe where appli- cable, furnishing pipe, bedding, increasers and reducers, handling, laying, excavation, dewatering, connections to existing pipe, temporary sheeting and shoring and backfilling. Length will be measured along center line of pipe from center line of sewer to end of new sewer service pipe installed. Sand or compacted backfill and surface restoration will be paid for separately. 9. Manholes (LF): Unit price includes furnishing, installing, excavating, temporary sheeting and shoring, concrete, frame and cover, connections to sewers, manhole steps and backfill for standard manholes -as pro- vided in standard drawings. All cost of work shall be proportioned to a lineal foot cost of manhole measured from the top of the cover to the lowest invert of the manhole. This payment item applies to the following: 1) Standard Manhole "A11 Standard Drawing 10-20, 2) Standard Manhole 1181' Standard Drawing 10-21, 3) Standard Manhole IICII Standard Drawing 10-22, 4) Tee section manhole Standard Drawing No. 10-23, h. Manhole Drop Connections (EA) Unit price Includes additional cost over a Standard Manhole for excavation, concrete, dewateringr pipe and fittings as shown on Standard Drawing No. 10=24 (Drop Connection), I. Intakes (EA): Unit price Includes furnishing all labor, materials, excavation, backfill, castings and surface restoration to construct intakes complete as shown on plans. J. Headwalls (EA): Unit price includes furnishing all labor, materials, excavation, backfill, flap gate and surface restoration to construct complete as shown on plans. k, End Sections (EA): Unit price Includes all additional labor and materials to provide flared pipe, metal pipe, tie bolts and other restraining sections as shown on plans over the cost of straight pipe, III -F-13 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THIS( PAGES M[ AUTHORIZED 0Y IES-ACCJOINT IN PRINTING CONMITT[[v e (o MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 9 I r r i f, + 1. Concrete Encasement (LF): Unit price Includes the cost of additional ION work, materials and handling required to encase the sewer In con- crete at locations shown on plans in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 (Concrete Encasement), Excludes excavation. furnlshlno, Fa and Installing pipe and appurtenances, backfill and other work for if complete installation. Include these'Items In unit price bid for Sewer Pipe In Place. f"7 1'Y ' I. h 1 j I r A I I I I ; 1 'l I P I l4 � III -F-14 I I L j - j ONLY PMOTO•AICMANICAL PROCESS A[PAODUCTIONS Or TMISC PAGES MI AUTMDA111D 01 It$ -AGC -APIA JOINT COMMITTEE 7G I � _. 197E lu PAINTING VVV y' ------------- MICROFILMED BY 14. JORM MICR�LAB if CEDAR RAPIDS •DES MOINES . A UNDISTURBED EARTH i.l rs GRANULAR BACKFILL. rt COST INCIDENTAL TO MAIN LINE f'! WHERE BEAM IS REQUIRED ° ° ► °j10 CASE NO.1 WILL BE PAY ITEM.— CASE N0. I SEE DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS OR PLANS FOR DETAILS. ..1 w° 'i �.1 �p IH i j !I COMPACTED GRANULAR SACKFILL� ,6 (THAN LNG WITH IS CONCRETE 4jBYSFIL i f�! EXISTING SERVICE RELOCATED SERVICE--' li ABANDONED SERVICE—CONNECTION Ia EXISTING UTILITY �i PLUS SERVICE CONNECTION �i 1� i� I) . r I SEWER SERVICE maps B FILL UNDISTURBED EARTH AS SF{ECIFIED LII I PROPOSED UTILITY •: • w"u� ;\\ 45°BSE%ISTING UTILITY CASE NO, 2 I 4 I —UNDISTURBED EARTH ) (MAX.) -EXISTING SERVICE (RELOCATED CONNECTION) ED UTILITY TED ORANULAR BACKFILL CASE NO.3 STANDARD DRAWING NO. 10-17 CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING SEWER MAINS OR SERVICES III -E-15 S NAOC/COWCTI DNS Of iN[S[ 11016. tot NYtotPAINTING JOINT CMIITTLC MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES • i e• eCOMPACTED GRANULAR BACKFILL. °°• a°0 COST INCIDENTAL TO MAIN LINE °o a CONSTRUCTION. ° ° ► °j10 PROPOSED UTILITY CASE N0. I maps B FILL UNDISTURBED EARTH AS SF{ECIFIED LII I PROPOSED UTILITY •: • w"u� ;\\ 45°BSE%ISTING UTILITY CASE NO, 2 I 4 I —UNDISTURBED EARTH ) (MAX.) -EXISTING SERVICE (RELOCATED CONNECTION) ED UTILITY TED ORANULAR BACKFILL CASE NO.3 STANDARD DRAWING NO. 10-17 CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING SEWER MAINS OR SERVICES III -E-15 S NAOC/COWCTI DNS Of iN[S[ 11016. tot NYtotPAINTING JOINT CMIITTLC MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES n UTILITY WITH CONCRETE 1# A PROPOSED GRAVITY ' j UTILITY-- EXISTING GRAVITY ` UTILITY N'• �r 9 EXISTING ABANDONED UTILITY I, SERVICES CONNECTIONS �r ��n - I i I RELOCATED SERVICES II11 PA EXISTING GRAVITY y h; CONNECTIONS (DOWNSTREAM) SECTION UTILITY (DOWNSTREAM) RELOCATED II CASE NO.4 CONNECTION, MANHOLE', CLEANOUTS OR BENDS AS DIRECTE -i..`. BY ENGINEER. `r PROPOSED GRAVITY CONNECTIONS- PLUO ITY '+j ';'�o PLAN VIEW 1� iif BACKFILL AS UNDISTURBED EARTH SPECIFIED REDOING IIF RECO) ABANDONED SERVIC 1ICROFILMED BY JORM MICR¢LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES hI01NES I UTILITY WITH CONCRETE ` EXISTING GRAVITY 9 EXISTING SERVICES ' •" UTILITY ��n i I II11 RELOCATED SERVICE EXISTING GRAVITY h; CONNECTIONS (DOWNSTREAM) SECTION UTILITY (DOWNSTREAM) II CASE NO.4 STANDARD DRAWING NO. 10 -18 I� RELOCATION OF EXISTING SERVICES I, III -F-16 �) ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES AAL AUTHORIZE AY IES•AGGAPWA JOINT COMMITTEE 1916 • IEt PAINTING 1ICROFILMED BY JORM MICR¢LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES hI01NES I I7 -STAKE TO WALL OF TRENCH � v i0 O! 0 : I u • �� .O. INSTALL RISER PIPE i0 BEAR FIRMLY AGAINST UNDISTURBED WALL OF TRENCH. jj� STAKE RISER PIPE IN PLACE PRIOR .4 I PLAN 70 BACKFILLING 70 PREVENT MOVEMENT OF PIPE. SELECT VERTICAL 0 o ' , JO OR 4.30 POSITION OF RISER PIPE TO SUIT j SERVICE PIPE IF SPECIFIED TRENCH WALL CONDITIONS, SEE SPECIFICATIONS • NOTCH WALL OF TRENCH TO RECEIVE o I' PIPE WHERE POSSIBLE. STOPPER ATENO OFPIPE (TYP.1 ( 700 OR 450 ENCASE IN CONCRETE WHEN NOT SUPPORTED I ta _ 6lMIN,) OR To UNDISTURBED TRENCH WALL 1/ u it Vz I' tt1 1 -STAKE TO WALL OF TRENCH � v i0 O! 0 : I u • �� .O. INSTALL RISER PIPE i0 BEAR FIRMLY AGAINST UNDISTURBED WALL OF TRENCH. jj� STAKE RISER PIPE IN PLACE PRIOR .4 I PLAN 70 BACKFILLING 70 PREVENT MOVEMENT OF PIPE. SELECT VERTICAL 0 o ' , JO OR 4.30 POSITION OF RISER PIPE TO SUIT j SERVICE PIPE IF SPECIFIED TRENCH WALL CONDITIONS, SEE SPECIFICATIONS • NOTCH WALL OF TRENCH TO RECEIVE o I' PIPE WHERE POSSIBLE. STOPPER ATENO OFPIPE (TYP.1 ( 700 OR 450 ENCASE IN CONCRETE WHEN NOT SUPPORTED I ta _ 6lMIN,) OR To UNDISTURBED TRENCH WALL BY TRENCH WALL. i TRENCH WALL INN \ RISER PIPE �" �•�' ° , O •T"BRANCH (312E AS SPECIFIED) aLEc 7 CONCRETE AS SPECIFIEDrl N 7STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10.19 RISER CONNECTION I ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PAOCESS REMODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES AA[ AUTMOAI2[0 SY IES•AGC-AFVA JOINT COMMITTEE 11TE • fit MINTING i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES , u it BY TRENCH WALL. i TRENCH WALL INN \ RISER PIPE �" �•�' ° , O •T"BRANCH (312E AS SPECIFIED) aLEc 7 CONCRETE AS SPECIFIEDrl N 7STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10.19 RISER CONNECTION I ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PAOCESS REMODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES AA[ AUTMOAI2[0 SY IES•AGC-AFVA JOINT COMMITTEE 11TE • fit MINTING i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES . Iq } I it In MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER: FRAME IN PLACE, �a /GROUT • ADJUSTING RINGS: ,!e /GROUT IN PLACE, A% •�',�-. ' EDGE OF ;+.` '•`• •� CONCENTRIC OR f-. li ;;. MANHOLE lam, •i•• ECCENTRIC CONE EXCAVATION • . P. SECTION 'Y++ I W IL It. IL - : I'r• 'LQ• w N 0 0 1, O �� ;: ►' az PRECAST i 3 '.t 0 .. 6• ^ MANHOLE WALL y y 0►` MIN. •, o' 4S"DIA. ,••, AS SPECIFIED a OR AS SPECIFIED V' t. g 1 � 1 •V �. EXTEND CONCRETE _.... MANHOLE FOUNDATION UNDISTURBED SOIL TO CR40LE EACH SEWER PIPE TO A POINT I. WHERE SPECIFIED TRENCH WIDTH PERMITS IIW'� NORMAL PIPE REDDING MAXIMUM 'D' ) 24'• . Iq } I 4% STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10- 20 In LJ STANDARD PLA.NHOLE al ONLY PHOTO-MECNANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAAEA ARE AUTMORIEED 6Y IES-A&C-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 - III PRINTING 1 iI MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES MANHOLE DIA. 02 INCHES 60 STANDARD DRAWING NO. 10.21 STANDARD MANHOLE "S' of Ill -F-19 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS PEPRO;UCTIONS OF THESE PAas ARE AUTHORIZED BY 115-AGC-APWA JOINT C014MITTEE ARI PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I II MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER GROUT FRAME IN PLACE ADJUSTING RINGS GROUT IN PLACE CONCENTRIC OR ECCENTRIC CONE SECTION "CIA id OR SPECIFIED J: 24%010. 0 6 AT 6"O.C. m I EDGE OF MANHOLE EXCAVATION D2 MANHOLE WALL AS SPECIFIED 6 CONCRETE AS SPECIFIED UNDISTURBED SOIL LARGEST PIPE DIA. DI 1.1 II NOTES: INCHES EXTEND CONCRETE MANHOLE FOUNDATION TO CRADLE EACH SEWER PIPE TO A POINT WHERE 2? - 36 SPECIFIED TRENCH WIDTH PERMITS NORMAL 42 PIPE BEDDING. SLOPE CONCRETE FILL %4 D I TO INVERT OF OUTLET PIPE MANHOLE DIA. 02 INCHES 60 STANDARD DRAWING NO. 10.21 STANDARD MANHOLE "S' of Ill -F-19 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS PEPRO;UCTIONS OF THESE PAas ARE AUTHORIZED BY 115-AGC-APWA JOINT C014MITTEE ARI PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER GROUT FRAME IN PLACE .� ._••ADJUSTING RINGS 7 i;: 71 iI �- r 1 GROUT IN PLACE r ,1 'e r 1 EDGE OF MANHOLE" 11 EXCAVATIONS !, �r �i �1 MANHOLE WALL AS SPECIFIED L.1 -DIA. i 4B !u I�K MIN. I i rte' i ', ' trI U• ,'' i II I � / L,J r MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER GROUT FRAME IN PLACE STANDARD MANHOLE IOt III -F-20 ----^ ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PADES EAUILO !Y I[S-ACC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE -ll't PRINTING MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�YLA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i i .� ._••ADJUSTING RINGS 7 i;: �- 1 GROUT IN PLACE 'e IMI N.) EDGE OF MANHOLE" EXCAVATIONS !, °•' MANHOLE WALL AS SPECIFIED -DIA. 4B OR AS SPECIFIED`•, MIN. •1 u ', ' U• ,'' +e, 6• , I O / UNDISTURBED SOIL EXTEND CONCRETE MANHOLE FOUNDATION MAXIMUM '0+24" TO CRADLE EACH SEWER PIPE TO A POINT WHERE SPECIFIED TRENCH WIDTH PERMITS NORMAL TRENCH BEDDING NOTE: USE FOR MANHOLES LESS THAN 6'•0* IN DEPTH STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10-22 STANDARD MANHOLE IOt III -F-20 ----^ ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PADES EAUILO !Y I[S-ACC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE -ll't PRINTING MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�YLA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i i I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB s — 1 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I �^ MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER s GROUT FRAME IN PLACE r ADJUSTING RINGS: w — GROUT IN PLACE. • J•� CONCENTRIC OR •'• !, r ECCENTRIC CONE SECTION. i o y OL US I�4• ."3 . lig R C '� OE inO ' I :• 40" DIA. PRECAST t • I ' :: SPECIFIED i = WALL ,• . MANHOLE EEE]]] :. A 4L it W ECCENTRIC REDUCERWi I BEDDING AS SPECIFIED UNDISTURBED NOTE: I. BEDDING REQUIREMENTS: SAME AS FOR PIPE. 2.'T SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN DIAMETER OF MAIN STANDARD DRAWING NO. 10 -23 LINE PIPE NOR LESS THAN DIAMETER OF MANHOLE RISER. TEE SECTION MANHOLE Li _ III -F-21 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES AAE AUTHORIZED 1976 • Itt PAINTING { EY IES•AGC•APYA JOINT COMMITTEE r I I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB s — 1 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES INFORCED CONCRETE BEAM TO REST ON 12°UNDISTURBED EARTH -a — — — — — — — _ _ _ — _ = 7 [RE IIIWALL THICKNESS A CONCRETE DAM (� •, Y7 PIPE DIAMETER. ��MANHOLE P,�. WALL IA 7; fir•• ui, •, v F DROP PIPE AND SHORT RAOIUB ELBOW. "! - , 0' -L SIZE h DIAMETER OF 1,' 'S y W •V_ �I .t'r •b•. I` R\\ °I o ;_' PIPE RUN OR 6"(MIN.) i' _ ' I CONCRETE '�' S { `? ' ' b J .r •\ AS SPECIFIED ,. UNDISTURBED EARTH '-1 .✓ 7,•. .'.'a :..� ..a ;, .i V'� '!;•'d;. . rpw7)1 � �1{ p p '� ,b �•,J ,V .A 'V ,''p 1•�I•',O" {{•• L"j POURED CONCRETE OR PRECAST BECTIONS MANHOLE BASE FILLED WITH CONCRETE. I ENCASE DROP PIPE WITH CONCRETE 4"MINIMUM EACH SIDE AND FROM SIDE OF _ - MANHOLE TO UNDISTURBED EARTH. tw 1I STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10.24 i�f DROP CONNECTION III -F-22 • ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGFS ARE AUTHORIZED* IV 1[S-AGC•APMA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 • fit PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES BOLTS FOR INSTALLATION ONLY •REMOVE AFTER FINAL SETTING. STANDARD DRAWING 140. 10 - 2b MANHOLE IN PAVEMENT III -F-23 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PLOTO M' C PR/MTIED EY IES•AGC-APNA JOINT COMMITTEE _ _ MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES / 1'a TELESCOPING CASTING i 1� ,1 -I BOLTS FOR INSTALLATION ONLY •REMOVE AFTER FINAL SETTING. STANDARD DRAWING 140. 10 - 2b MANHOLE IN PAVEMENT III -F-23 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PLOTO M' C PR/MTIED EY IES•AGC-APNA JOINT COMMITTEE _ _ MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 1 1 ii 11 IS i I 19 1 BACKFILL k AS - SPECIFIED,'.0 •'.''u,: i•�•';•e ;D ,; SPECIFIED j , .o .. , L• D r � zUNDISTURBED SOIL �a 131 NOTES 8 I. PROVIDE MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER OF 8"A7 PIPE EXTREMITIES. TRENCH WALLS MAY BE USED TO FORM CONCRETE. 2. USE WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS OR AS DIRECTED BY ENOINEER. ; 7. MAKE PIPE JOINT IN SAME MANNER SPECIFIED FOR PIPE. NOT ENCASED. I 0. PROVIDE MINIMUM OF ONE PIPE SUPPORT UNDER BARREL PER � PIPE LENGTH; MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM JOINT 6"; PROVIDE TIES AND BRACES TO PREVENT DISPLACEMENT OR FLOTATION DURING ENCASEMENT, . S. REINFORCING FOR WATER MAIN CONFLICTS ONLY: 0.2% OF CROSS i SECTION AREA OF CONCRETE. STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10 • 26 �-% CONCRETE ENCASEMENT 1II-F-24 ONLY PHOTO-MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES All AUTMORISEO 1 IY IES-A6C-APPA JOINT COMMITTEE i I 1976- lot PAINTING MICROFILMED BY - JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �j- MEASURING PAN (BLOCK UNTIL LEVEL) I" PIPE CAULK TO PLUG NOjE3 2" WOOD PLUG CAULK TIGHT AND WEDGE IN PLACE MEASURING PAN MEASURING PLUG I USE 600 V NOTCH WEIR WHEN CHECKING INFILTRATION OF TOTAL SEWER SYSTEM ) I. PLACE MEASURING PLUG AND SECURE. 2, FILL SEWER WITH WATER UNTIL FLOW IS OBSERVED AT MEASURING PLUG. ].- PLACE WATERTIGHT PLUG AT UPSTREAM SECTION OF SEWER. 4. ALLOW 12 • 24 HOURS AFTER DEWATERING FOR GROUND WATER TO RETURN TO NORMAL LEVEL. S. MEASURE RATE OF INFILTRATION. IS. MEASURE GROUND WATER LEVEL. STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10 - 27 INFILTRATION ,TEST III -F-25 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTNORtE[O 6Y I[$-AGC•APWA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976• lot PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 11 I, ,r n tr A .E r L, 1'P M •., i 2.. PIPE In ,0 �J v , r ' ' " " " "' •""''' ' . WATERTIGHT BULKHEAD i 6 NOTES I. PLACE WATERTIGHT BULKHEAD WITH 2"PIPE IN EACH ENO OF SECTION OF SEWER TO BE TESTED. 6.i •2. FILL SECTION OF SEWER WITH WATER UNTIL 2"PIPES ARE FULL, HOLD FOR t MINIMUM OF 6 HOURS, REFILL, START TIMING 30 MINUTE TEST. 3. USING MEASURED CONTAINER, ADD WATER FOR PERIOD OF 30 MINUTES TO MAINTAIN FULL HEAD. THE AMOUNT OF WATER ADDED SHALL BE RECORDED. STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10 - 28 EXFILTRATION TEST III -F-26 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ME AUTHORIZED 6Y IES -AOC -APPA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 • hot PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES i a STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10 - 28 EXFILTRATION TEST III -F-26 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ME AUTHORIZED 6Y IES -AOC -APPA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 • hot PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES f .. DIVISION III .r SECTION G DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR SANITARY SEWER p. �y(SUPPLEMENTAL TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS) foDSR 2A-02 - EXISTING UTILITIES Existing water and sanitary sewer services which are severed by the contractor shall be repaired by the and that are not in direct conflict with the new work be made in accordance with these contractor at his expense. Repairs shall detailed specification requirements. DSR 2A-09 - DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS AND REFUSE I The contractor shall select his own waste site which shall be approved by the disposal, however, a per A engineer. The City landfill is available for waste The contractor will not be reimbursed ton charge will be billed the contractor. is it a bid item in these documents. The current rate is his ti,(A for this charge nor $5.10 per ton but the contractor shall verify this cost prior to submitting landfill for a waste site. p; g proposal if he desires to use the City DSR 3-01 - GENERAL IS All references to maximum density are to be determined by the In proctor under pavements including method. All backfill within the right-of-way or 90% of modified proctor. Backfill in all other sidewalks shall be compacted to of 85% of modified proctor. areas shall be a minimum DSR 3-04 - TRENCH EXCAVATION 1 �3 as stoneecomplyingdwithwthe State's A mnlmbedding Type shalloconsistlofeaC3/4" crushedl �8 base specification Article 4122.02. intervals of approximately 150-200 feet a clay dam shall be substituted for may be natural material At the materials in the pipe envelope. This clay material be approved by the engineer. This clay found within the excavation but must three feet long running with the pipe. The purpose of the granular I �a dam shall be approximately being to intercept groundwater and stop the french drain effect compensation will be provided for this I material within the envelope. No extra work. i DSR 3-02 - EXCAVATION CLASSIFICATION of defining excavation materials, the 3/8 cubic yard rated on the job site. For the purpose control unless a larger machine is being used �4 backhoe shall I° L1 III -G-1 •/j �/_ it MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES r �i rf 1� If a larger machine is being used, earth shall be classified as anything having less volume than the rated volume of the backhoe and which can be removed by the backhoe. DSR 3-12 - STANDARD DRAWING #3-16 "Standard Trench Section for Payment Quantities" is prepared for inclusion in the Standard Specifications to be used for definition in the pipe envelope and for computing quantities, sand backfill, compacted backfill, surface replace- ment, and restoration. The trench is shown with sloped walls starting from 'the top of the pipe envelope. Quantities in the standard payment quantity tables are computed from the standard trench section. It is the intent that quantities in the bid proposal will be prepared from the tables and computed from standard trench section and that contractors in establishing their unit prices for the work will vary the price upward or downward for any conditions that they know to exist that would either cause the standard trench section to be wider or narrower above the pipe envelope within that allowed for in the standard payment quantities. DSR 9-01 - CONCRETE MATERIALS All concrete materials shall conform to Iowa DOT base specifications, Section 2301, for either A C-3 or M-3 mix. DSR 10-04 - PIPE MATERIALS AND JOINTS All clay pipe shall be Extra Strength Vitrified Clay Pipe, ASTM C-700 with ASTM C-425 compression type joints. All iron pipe to be used in these specifications shall be ductal iron pipe (DIP) as provided in the Standard Specifications. DSR 10-07 - CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR GRAVITY PIPE Unless large size prevents use, all joints to dissimilar gravity pipe as well as all repairs to broken services that cannot be made with whole new pipe shall be made with a band seal coupling that is manufactured by "Clow" Corporation or approved equal. These bands are generally available for pipe sizes 12" and smaller. DSR 10-08 - SEWER CONFLICTS WITH WATER MAIN When it is required because of conflict that the sanitary sewer be constructed to water main specifications, ductal iron pipe shall be used for all cases where the sewer line is 24" in diameter or smaller. Where the conflict is known prior to construction commencing. When the conflict is discovered in the field, all sewer conflicts for pipe diameters up to and including 12" shall be replaced with ductal iron pipe. The engineer may allow concrete encasement for situations larger than 12" diameter. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Iq V DSR 10-09 - SERVICE CONNECTIONS The contractor shall use Wye branches where invert of the sewer is less than 10 feet below ground service, unless special permission is granted by the engineer for the use of a tee branch. Stoppers placed in the end of the service connection shall be secured to withstand the low pressure air tests shown in these specifications. The end of a service run shall be marked in addition to tape with a 40 post eight feet in length of which three feet protrudes from the ground surface. DSR 10-10 - MANHOLES All manholes shall be precast concrete. The manholes specified in the Standard Specifications and referred to as manhole "A", "B", and "C" are hereby deleted by this section and are substituted with figures A and B as shown in these detailed specification requirements. DSR 10-15 - TESTS Testing of the completed sanitary sewer installation shall be by a low pressure air test procedure. The following methods, equipment, and procedures shall be followed in performing these low pressure air tests: After completing backfill of a section of wastewater line, the contractor shall, at his expense, conduct a Line Acceptance . Test using low pressure air. The test shall be performed using the below stated equipment, according to stated procedures and under the supervision of the inspecting engineer. i EUIPMENT: Cherne Air -Loc Equipment, as manufactured by Cherne n ustr a , Inc. of Edina, Minnesota, or approved equal. Equipment used shall meet the following minimum requirements: a) Pneumatic plugs shall have a sealing length equal to or greater than the diameter of the pipe to be inspected. b) Pneumatic plugs shall resist internal test pressures without requiring external bracing or blocking. I d; All il Threeindividualhossthrough esshallbn e used for the le tfollowing I connections: 1) From control panel to pneumatic plugs for inflation. 2) From control panel to sealed line for introducing the low pressure air. 3) From sealed line to control panel for continually monitoring the air pressure rise in the sealed line. PROCEDURES: All pneumatic plugs shall be seal tested before e nb ng used in the actual test installation. One length of pipe j III -G.3 39�r MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR¢LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ir' q shall be laid on the ground and sealed at both ends with the pneumatic plugs to be checked. w Air shall be introduced into the Plugs to 25 psig. The sealed pipe shall be pressurized to 5 psig. The I� plugs shall hold against this pressure without bracing and without movement of the plugs out of the pipe. After a manhole to manhole reach of pipe has been backfilled and cleaned, and the 1° pneumatic Plugs are checked by the above. procedure, the plugs shall be placed in the line at each manhole and inflated to 25 psig. Low pressure air shall be introduced into this d sealed line until the internal air pressure reaches g greater a eaverage water atmay beoverthepipbapressure erthe.At easttwoominutes shall be allowed for the air pressure to stabilize. 9 After the stabilization period (3.5 psig minimum pressure in the Pipe), the air hose from �e the control panel to the air supply shall be disconnected. The portion of line being tested "Acceptable" be tensed shall if the time required in minutes for the pressure to decrease from �a 3.5 to 2.5 psig (greater than the average back pressure of any ground water that may be d over the pipe) shall not be less than the time shown for the given diameters in the following table: I �6 Pipe Dia.in Inches Minutes �! 4... 2.0 83.0 10 . 4.0 12 5.0 lA 4 . 15 ...................5.5 18. 1.5 � s .5 21 . . . 10 0.0 24 m . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 11.5 (a In areas where ground water is known to exlste'the contractor ; shall install a one-half inch diameter capped `e pipe nipple, approximately 10" long, through the manhole wall on top of one I I° of the at the time sewer merthe nseweres tlinegIshinstalled. This shall be done rt Immediatel the performance of the Line Acceptance Test, the grounprior aeif� shall be determined by removing the pipe dap, blowing air":` - through the n. pipe nipple Into the ground so as to clear 1t, and then connecting a clear plastic tube to the nipple. The hose shall be held vertically and a measurement of the height in !i feet of water over the invert of the pipe shall be taken after the water has stopped rising a+ ,in this plastic tube. The height in feet shall be divided by 2.3 to establish the pounds of f 4., V III -G-4 MICROFILMED 6Y JORM MICR(�LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES It pressure that will be added to all readings. (For example, if the height of water is 11; feet, then the added pressure will be 5 psig. This increases the 3.5 psig to 8.5 psig, and the 2.5 psig to 7.5 psig. The allowable drop of one pound and the timing remain the same.) If the installation fails to meet this requirement,the contractor shall, at his own expense, determine the source of leakage. He shall then repair or replace all defective materials and/or workmanship. L III -G-5 39G MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS •DES MOINES NEENAH R-1980 E OR APPROVED EQUAL STEP DETAIL III -G-6 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAIIIDS • DES MOINES d FIGURE A 4' DIA. FOR 24" PIPE 8 UNDER GROUT FRAME TO 6' CIA. FOR OVER E4" PIPE SPACER RING OR MANHOLE FRAME AND LID TO BE MANHOLE MALL IOu NEENAH R-1$70 OR APPROVED' EQUAL [RICK OR CONCRETE AS RE. e Z' _ O'I : n QUIRED TO MAX, OF 4" TO • ,• b •; , IK[T STREET $RADE LINE, 24" OR MORE IN DEPTH p MAX. HEIGHT OF SPACER ° ° RIN$$INCLUDING C.I. MAN. HOLE FRAME, CEMENT MORTAR JOINTS WITH a RUGSER GASKET A6 SHOWN OR °•, COLO BITUMINOUS COMPOUND ° JOINTS MADE IN SAME MANNER 43" PRECAST CON - STEP ;°' AS IEW I PIPE JOINT$ WITH CRETE SECTION$ 6" STRIP MASTIC PAINT AROUND O CONFORMING TO n.• OUTSIDE OF JOINT.. A.S.T.M. SPECIFI- r� e. ' CATION C -T$ °'. 12" MIN. ;y 16" MAX. i NEENAH R-1980 E OR APPROVED EQUAL STEP DETAIL III -G-6 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAIIIDS • DES MOINES d 4' DIA. FOR 24" PIPE 8 UNDER 0 6' CIA. FOR OVER E4" PIPE • IOu D TYPICAL MANHOLE d' OR MORE IN DEPTH NEENAH R-1980 E OR APPROVED EQUAL STEP DETAIL III -G-6 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAIIIDS • DES MOINES d MANHOLE FRAME AND LID TO BE NEENAH R-1670 OR AP- PROVED EQUAL. --------- GROUT FRAME TO SPACER RING OR,:•o'. MANHOLE WALL o STEP STEPS ARE NOT R QUIRED IN STORM SEWER MANHOLE LESS THAN 3 FT. DEEP. FIGURE B BRICK OR CONCRETE AS REQUIRED TO MAX. OF 4" TO MEET STREET GRADE LINE, 24" MAX, HEIGHT OF SPACER RINGS, INCLUDING C.I. MANHOLE FRAME. II" MIN. e''. o.'. ;•b;.; o; •::e ei NEENAH ' CEMENT MORTAR JOINTS WITHP RUBBER GASKET AS SHOWN OR •; •� COLD BITUMINOUS COMPOUND .6.'• JOINTS MADE IN SAME MAN- ; ,'•a NER AS SEWER PIPE JOINTS . •', WITH 6" STRIP MASTIC PAINT 'o AROUND OUTSIDE OF. JOINT.'\,, 'O RAZZ FLAT TOP V48" PRECAST CON - MIN. :o;, CRETE SECTIONS MAX. CONFORMING TO e• A•B.T.M. SPECIFI- CATION C-71 STEP DETAIL III -G-7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES NEENAH ' R-19609 OR APPROVED EQUAL •o'.• ,1" 6" 'O 4' DIA. FOR 24" PIPE B UNDER .?•'. 'e •. S' DIA. FOR OVER 24" PIPE ',•• b 10 Ll 13 TYPICAL MANHOLE 6' OR LESS IN DEPTH STEP DETAIL III -G-7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES NEENAH ' R-19609 OR APPROVED EQUAL •o'.• ,1" 6" I" STEP DETAIL III -G-7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES DIVISION III SECTION H DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR STORM SEWERS A. DESCRIPTION I. Reference Requirements of the Division II Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section, 2, Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation, and Sub -Base Preparation b. Division III, Section D: Site Preparation for Sewers c. Division III, Section E: Trench Excavation and Backfill d. Division III, Section F: Sewers 3. Existing Water, Gas, Sewer and Telephone Lines All possible care has been exercised to locate and plot existing underground utilities: Nevertheless, there may be other underground facilities located in the construction area or the facilities may not lay exactly as plotted or - recorded. If these conditions are encountered the facili- ties are to be protected in place and the Landscape Archi- tect/Engineer notified immediately. It shall be the Con- tractor's responsibility to contact utility companies for field locating all utilities and schedule of work. Due care should be exercised by the Contractor to avoid damaging said existing utility lines. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of repairing any utilities damaged by the Contractor. 4. Reference Specifications References are made hereinafter to Iowa DOT Specifications, Section 2503. Storm Sewers. This reference is to "Standard Specifications for Highway and Bridge Construction Series a MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES iµr p rr i I,x 1 f �I M t N h, 1� i7 a DIVISION III SECTION H DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR STORM SEWERS A. DESCRIPTION I. Reference Requirements of the Division II Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section, 2, Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation, and Sub -Base Preparation b. Division III, Section D: Site Preparation for Sewers c. Division III, Section E: Trench Excavation and Backfill d. Division III, Section F: Sewers 3. Existing Water, Gas, Sewer and Telephone Lines All possible care has been exercised to locate and plot existing underground utilities: Nevertheless, there may be other underground facilities located in the construction area or the facilities may not lay exactly as plotted or - recorded. If these conditions are encountered the facili- ties are to be protected in place and the Landscape Archi- tect/Engineer notified immediately. It shall be the Con- tractor's responsibility to contact utility companies for field locating all utilities and schedule of work. Due care should be exercised by the Contractor to avoid damaging said existing utility lines. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of repairing any utilities damaged by the Contractor. 4. Reference Specifications References are made hereinafter to Iowa DOT Specifications, Section 2503. Storm Sewers. This reference is to "Standard Specifications for Highway and Bridge Construction Series a MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES R p !j 2A-06 PAVEMENT REMOVAL fq a. General: 11 1) Remove pavement to minimum of 1'-0" from edge of trench. No undercutting be will permitted. 1,6 2) Remove on straight lines approximate) Of trench. Y parallel to center line I �+ b. Concrete pavement and drives: I fv 1) Cut with concrete saw; minimum vertical cut 11I. 1� 2) Break out remainder of slab; method subject to Engineer's approval. c. Brick pavement: remove bricks in uniform pattern; if not reused in pavement restoration, bricks become property of Owner. Store at place designated by Owner. d. Asphalt pavement: cut edges neatly. if e. Sidewalk: remove to nearest Joint beyond minimum distance of 1'-01I from edge of trench. f. Seal coat and gravel surfaces: remove with excavating machine. 2A-07 CONSTRUCTION ALONG OR ACROSS HIGHWAYS AND RAILROADS a. Maintain traffic flow on highways and obtain work permit. i A b. Obtain necessary work permit from authorized railroad official or highway authority before -commencing construction. c. Refer to PLANS or DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS for details of construction, traffic control and casing pipe specifications, if required. Y� Y d. Conform to additional construction requirements of railroad or highway authority as be may required by the permit. f9 e. Provide warning lights, signals, flagmen, or otherrecautionar measures p y T� as required to protect work and traffic, f. Before excavation on railroad property, check with railroad for location of all burled utilities or cables. i � l+ m I d � III -D-3 I4 i II ONLY PHOTO•MLCHANICAL PROCESS ALPAODUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES ARE AUTHDAI7ED BY ILSM6C-APPA JOINT COMMITTE1 1976. hl PAINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES j f°14 I:T 0 g. Officials of railroad shall have right to Inspect and regulate work. h. Railroad shall have right to stop work and correct any error with railroad forces at Contractor's expense in an emergency or if Con- tractor refuses to make timely repairs. i. All railroad expenses for labor and material for removing and replacing tracks, or for inspectors, flagmen, watchmen, or protective devices or any other labor or material as specified, shall be reim- bursed directly to the railroad by the Owner. Work performed by the railroad at Contractor's option shall be reimbursed directly to the railroad by the Contractor. 2A-08 ACCESS TO STREETS AND HIGHWAYS a. Contractor shall maintain suitable means of access for property owners' abutting streets and highways involved In construction, except as specifically permitted otherwise by Owner. b. Notify property owners 24 hours in advance of street closure. c. Suitable access shall mean a roadway of sufficient width, free from ruts, potholes and mud holes, and capable of carrying a passenger car without damage to car. d. When access must be denied due to construction, Contractor shall provide suitable access within 24 hours after responsible construc- tion Is completed. e. Whenever construction is stopped due to inclement weather, weekends, holidays or other reasons, suitable access shall be provided for all property owners. 2A-09 DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS AND REFUSE a. Disposal of surface materials, construction debris and trees shall be in accordance.with local ordinances. b. If no governing ordinance, approval of local solid waste authority required for disposal site. Include cost of special construction at disposal area and/or disposal fees in appropriate proposal Item. c. Burning of refuse not permitted unless specifically stated in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS or allowed by local or state fire and air pollution authorities. III -D-4 W ONLY PHOTO-MLCMANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED RY ICS-AGC-ARWA JOINT COMMITTEE Ig7A . I.tPRINTINr. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR(�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES N MY 2A-10 PAYMENT a. No separate payment will be made for the work covered In this Part except as set forth below. All other related Items are Incidental it to construction. Contract unit prices shall include all costs for each item of work. IW I,) b. Tree removal: 1) Removal of trees less than six (6) inches in diameter shall be considered incidental to trench excavation. Trees removed in connection with the development of borrow or disposal areas will not be measured for payment. If not Included in the BID PROPOSAL as separate pay Item, tree removal shall be considered incidental to other items of work. Payment for tree removal will be computed by one of the following methods, If included as a separate pay item. Grubbing and disposal shall be considered incidental to removal. Only trees (larger than 611 diameter) standing within the Pay Width Limit as listed In Table -3-14 shall be considered for payment. a) Inch diameter (inches): Tree removal shall be measured per inch diameter of trees. The diameter shall be measured at a point two (2) feet above the highest ground level of the tree and will be determined by dividing the measured circumference of the tree by 3.14. The accumulated total shall be the pay quantity. b) Each (ea.): Tree removal shall be measured on a per tree basis, and payment made on unit price per tree. c) Lump Sum (L. S.): Tree removal shall be paid on a lump sum basis for the entire project or for specific locations in the project as Indicated in the BID PROPOSAL. c. Drainage Channel Excavation (CY): Unit price includes all costs of labor, materials.and equipment required for constructing, straighten- ing or improving channel as shown or as directed by Engineer; clearing, grubbing, removal of trees less than 6" in diameter. Payment will be made on basis of number of cubic yards of excavated material as herein described; measured by method of average end areas based on initial and final cross sections. d. Existing Drainage Earth Fill (CY): Unit price includes all costs of labor,, materials and equipment for providing earth fill where shown or directed by Engineer: Payment shall be made on basis of number of cubic yards of fill material in place measured by method of average end areas based on Initial and final cross sections. III -D-5 ONLY PHOTO -NE CRANI CAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED Ey IES-ADC-APWA JOINT COMMITTEE V3 9G 1976 - lit PRINTING .. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES DIVISION III I,1 SECTION E R 1f 1.1 is {1 H vi DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL INDEX c. Remove spoil not suitable for backfill; waste at disposal area shown on plans or designated by Engineer. d. Where new construdtion crosses or closely parallels existing utilities or utility services, excavate in advance of pipe laying to determine location and crossing arrangement, including exact construction line and grade. e. Excavate in open cut under existing streets, utilities and structures except as noted on plans or as modified by Engineer. f. Reference to percent maximum density shall mean a soil density not less than the stated percent of maximum density for soil as deter- mined by ASTM D698 "Moisture -Density Relations of Soils using 5.5 ib. Rammer and 1211 Drop." III -E-1 OuIY PMOTO•ME[NRNI[Rl PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS 0! IM[S[ PAGES ARE AUTHORIHD 0Y IIS-ALC-A/VA JOINT CONMITT[[ , 1976 - lit PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES ITEM PAGE 3-01 GENERAL III -E-1 3-02 EXCAVATION CLASSIFICATION III -E-2 3-03 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES AND APPURTENANCES III -E-2 3-04 TRENCH EXCAVATION III -E-2 3-05 ROCK EXCAVATION III -E-4 3-06 RUBBLE EXCAVATION III -E-4 3-07 TUNNELING PIPE III -E-4 3-08 SIIEETING, SHORING AND BRACING III -E-5 3-09 DEWATERING III -E-5 3-10 BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES III -E-6 3-11 TRENCH BACKFILL III -E-6 3-12 STANDARD TRENCH SECTION III -E-8 3-13 PAYMENT III -E-9 3-14 SURFACE REPLACEMENT QUANTITIES TABLE III -E-11 3-15 SAND BACKFILL OR COMPACTED BACKFILL QUANTITIES TABLE III -E-12 3-16 STANDARD DRAWING - STANDARD TRENCH SECTION FOR III -E-13 PAYMENT QUANTITIES 3-17 STANDARD DRAWING - PIPE ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS III -E-14 3-01 GENERAL a. Excavate all materials encountered to depth indicated or specified. b. Pile excavated material suitable for backfill in an orderly manner sufficient distance back.from edge of excavation to avoid rollbacks, slides or cave-ins. c. Remove spoil not suitable for backfill; waste at disposal area shown on plans or designated by Engineer. d. Where new construdtion crosses or closely parallels existing utilities or utility services, excavate in advance of pipe laying to determine location and crossing arrangement, including exact construction line and grade. e. Excavate in open cut under existing streets, utilities and structures except as noted on plans or as modified by Engineer. f. Reference to percent maximum density shall mean a soil density not less than the stated percent of maximum density for soil as deter- mined by ASTM D698 "Moisture -Density Relations of Soils using 5.5 ib. Rammer and 1211 Drop." III -E-1 OuIY PMOTO•ME[NRNI[Rl PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS 0! IM[S[ PAGES ARE AUTHORIHD 0Y IIS-ALC-A/VA JOINT CONMITT[[ , 1976 - lit PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES Pill t +' 3-02 EXCAVATION CLASSIFICATION ff a. Earth: all materials not classified as rock or rubble; includes �f clay, silt, sand, gravel, hardpan, disintegrated shale and rock debris, junk, brick, loose stones and boulders less than 3/8 cubic yard In volume. b. Rock: buried boulders larger than 3/8 cubic yard .'n volume or solid deposits so firmly cemented together that they cannot be removed with a 3/8 cubic yard rated backhoe. c. Rubble: buried concrete foundations, beams, walls, and other materials which require continuous use of pneumatic tools or blast - Ing. j� 3-03 EXCAVATION -FOR STRUCTURES AND APPURTENANCES a. Includes excavation for manholes and other appurtenances. b. Excavate as required to firm, undisturbed soil; if excavation is carried below bottom of foundations as shown on plans, fill with 3,000 psi concrete or stabilizing material as directed by Engineer at no expense to Owner. I C. When unstable material is encountered which will not provide suitable foundation, fill with 3,000 psi concrete or stabilizing material specified hereinafter or as directed by Engineer. Extra work pro- visions shall apply. [ 3-04 TRENCH EXCAVATION a. Keep width of trench as narrow as possible; provide adequate room for backfilling and jointing. b. Dimension Bd shown on Standard Drawing No. 3-16 shall be considered maximum trench width limitation of "Pipe Envelope" unless specified a otherwise. ++ c. Keep sides of trench as nearly vertical as practicable within the s 1 t)i limits of excavating codes; maintain vertical walls of excavation below top of pipe. )v' d. Gravity sewer pipe trench: 1) Minimum Pipe Envelope: Class C; See Standard Drawing No. 3-17. ku L7 a) Type 1 or Type 2 at Contractor's option unless specified otherwise. i 1 I hIII -E-2 f �1 ti ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PAOCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORISED IT IES -AGC -AIWA JOINT CONMITTE[ � 1976 - lit PAINTING MICROFILMED BY JO RIVE MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I I M ib 1°! ..1 r 2) Type i bedding: See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS, 3) See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS for additional pipe envelope requirements. e• Water main or force main trench: 1) Minimum Pipe Envelope: Class C; See Standard Drawing No. 3-i7, a) Type 2 without shaped trench bottom unless specified otherwise. 2) Excavate to full depth by machine; level trench bottom to vide uniform bearing and support for full length of pro - 3) Provide bell holes pipe. around cbell holes at oeach pipe Joint; allow access completely pipe for proper Jointing operations. 4) Trench bottom shall conform to best construction practice as recommended by pipe manufacturer. f• When unstable material is encountered which may not provide a suitable foundation for pipe: 1) Notify Engineer immediately. 2) Engineer will investigate questionable material to determine its suitability for pipe foundation. 3) If material is considered unsuitable for foundations, Engineer will specify and authorize remedial measures in writing. 4) If removal of unsuitable material'is authorized: a) Replace with Trench Stabilizing Material. Trench b) crushed sstonelornotherMaterial: material asa 211 c losharp, clean, approved. c) Authorized overexcavation and trench stabilizing material will be paid for as Trench Stabilizing Material. d) Provide minimum of 4" of bedding material on top of stabilizing material to prevent point load. Bedding material graded sufficiently coarse to prevent and loss of bedding into Trench Stabilizing Material. 5) Authorized remedial measures not covered by Contract unit prices will be paid for as Extra Work, ONLY PN OT O•MACNTIkG CAI 1976 lil PRINTINPROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED ET ICS-ALC-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE • 39G MICROFILMED BT JORM MICR�SLAS i CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I` I l�D � �Tr I� 1-J Cv �J I � I � .Its 2) Type i bedding: See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS, 3) See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS for additional pipe envelope requirements. e• Water main or force main trench: 1) Minimum Pipe Envelope: Class C; See Standard Drawing No. 3-i7, a) Type 2 without shaped trench bottom unless specified otherwise. 2) Excavate to full depth by machine; level trench bottom to vide uniform bearing and support for full length of pro - 3) Provide bell holes pipe. around cbell holes at oeach pipe Joint; allow access completely pipe for proper Jointing operations. 4) Trench bottom shall conform to best construction practice as recommended by pipe manufacturer. f• When unstable material is encountered which may not provide a suitable foundation for pipe: 1) Notify Engineer immediately. 2) Engineer will investigate questionable material to determine its suitability for pipe foundation. 3) If material is considered unsuitable for foundations, Engineer will specify and authorize remedial measures in writing. 4) If removal of unsuitable material'is authorized: a) Replace with Trench Stabilizing Material. Trench b) crushed sstonelornotherMaterial: material asa 211 c losharp, clean, approved. c) Authorized overexcavation and trench stabilizing material will be paid for as Trench Stabilizing Material. d) Provide minimum of 4" of bedding material on top of stabilizing material to prevent point load. Bedding material graded sufficiently coarse to prevent and loss of bedding into Trench Stabilizing Material. 5) Authorized remedial measures not covered by Contract unit prices will be paid for as Extra Work, ONLY PN OT O•MACNTIkG CAI 1976 lil PRINTINPROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED ET ICS-ALC-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE • 39G MICROFILMED BT JORM MICR�SLAS i CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I` ra I� 1-J 2) Type i bedding: See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS, 3) See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS for additional pipe envelope requirements. e• Water main or force main trench: 1) Minimum Pipe Envelope: Class C; See Standard Drawing No. 3-i7, a) Type 2 without shaped trench bottom unless specified otherwise. 2) Excavate to full depth by machine; level trench bottom to vide uniform bearing and support for full length of pro - 3) Provide bell holes pipe. around cbell holes at oeach pipe Joint; allow access completely pipe for proper Jointing operations. 4) Trench bottom shall conform to best construction practice as recommended by pipe manufacturer. f• When unstable material is encountered which may not provide a suitable foundation for pipe: 1) Notify Engineer immediately. 2) Engineer will investigate questionable material to determine its suitability for pipe foundation. 3) If material is considered unsuitable for foundations, Engineer will specify and authorize remedial measures in writing. 4) If removal of unsuitable material'is authorized: a) Replace with Trench Stabilizing Material. Trench b) crushed sstonelornotherMaterial: material asa 211 c losharp, clean, approved. c) Authorized overexcavation and trench stabilizing material will be paid for as Trench Stabilizing Material. d) Provide minimum of 4" of bedding material on top of stabilizing material to prevent point load. Bedding material graded sufficiently coarse to prevent and loss of bedding into Trench Stabilizing Material. 5) Authorized remedial measures not covered by Contract unit prices will be paid for as Extra Work, ONLY PN OT O•MACNTIkG CAI 1976 lil PRINTINPROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED ET ICS-ALC-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE • 39G MICROFILMED BT JORM MICR�SLAS i CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I� N g. Excavate by hand: 1) Under and around utilities. 2) Where overhead clearance prevents use of machine. 3) Under trees and shrubs where shown on plans. 3-05 ROCK EXCAVATION a. Excavate to provide Class C -Type 1 pipe bedding for pipe, struc- tures and appurtenances. b. Use of explosives: submit detailed plans outlining all proposed blasting operations, locations, methods and use of mats and other safety measures. 1) Obtain written approval from Municipal authority and Engineer before using explosives. 2) Provide Special Hazard Insurance covering liability for all blasting operations; cost is Incidental to cost of rock exca- vation. 3) Use experienced demolition personnel. c. Remove excavated rock not suitable for backfill to disposal area designated by Engineer; disposal is incidental to cost of rock excavation. d. Trench bottoms carried below required elevation: replace with pipe bedding at no additional expense to Owner. 3'06 RUBBLE EXCAVATION a. As specified for ROCK.EXCAVATION. 3-07 TUNNELING PIPE a. Obtain Engineer's approval on method before starting work. Use method such as augering, drilling, jacking or hand mining as shown on the plans. b. If casing or pipe Is augered: 1) Auger and clean hole as work progresses to prevent displacement of adjacent soil, utilities and pavement surfaces. 2) Install pipe inside casing pipe as shown on plans. 3) Clean out pipe upon completion of op0ration. III -E-4 I I ONLY PHOTO -KE CHAN I CAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PACES ARE 19]6 - Irt PRINTING AUTHORIZED 0Y ICS-ACCMRYA JOINT COMMITTEE�/ .. .....__..__...._ "„ MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES ki r C. If casing or pipe is jacked: 1) Clean out pipe as work progresses. 2) Use dry bore method. d. If hand mining is used, provide and install necessary supports .to protect against collapse. e. If voids occur above casing pipe, fill voids with sand. f. Maintain correct vertical and horizontal alignment. g. Maintain street or railroad for full use by traffic at all times. h. Plug ends of casing pipe with masonry construction. Fill annular space between casing and carrier pipe with sand If required by DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS or PLANS. 1. Where tunneling operations are used below or adjacent to buildings and structures or under paved surfaces, Contractor is fully respon- sible for using such methods and care to prevent settlement of said structures or surfaces. 3-08 SHEETING, SHORING AND BRACING a. Construct sheeting, shoring and bracing required to hold walls of excavation and to provide safety for workmen; to protect existing utilities or structures; or to permit construction in the dry. b. Wood sheeting driven below level of pipe: leave in place to a level 5' below finish grade. C- Pull steel sheeting except where shown on plans. d. When moveable trench shield is used below spring line of pipe, it shall be lifted prior to any forward movement to avoid pipe dis- placement. 3-09 DEWATERING a. Do all work in dry; obtain Engineer's approval of proposed methods of dewatering. b. Provide for handling water encountered during construction. c. Lay no pipe in, and pour no concrete on, excessively wet soil. III -E-5 i ONLY PHOTO- MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PACES ARE AUTHORIEEO BY ILS-ACC-APSOS JOINT COMMITTEE�� �j 19)6 - Ifl PRINTING 1116 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES ON r d. Prevent surface water from flowing into excavation; remove water as it accumulates. e. Divert stream flow away from areas of construction. f. Do not pump water onto adjacent property without approval of Engineer and adjacent property owner. Do not use sanitary sewers for disposal of trench water. 3-10 BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES a. Backfill after concrete or masonry has cured for 5 days and has been inspected and approved by Engineer.. b. Backfill with material removed from excavation except where sand backfill is specified; use no debris, frozen earth, large clods, stones or other unsuitable material. c. Backfill simultaneously on all sides of structure; save structure from damage at all times. d. Compact backfill at structures to density not less than specified for adjacent trench. e. Terminate backfill at finish grade as shown on plans; dispose of excess excavated material as directed by Engineer. f. Prepare backfill for surface restoration as specified for adjacent trench. 3-i1 TRENCH BACKFILL a. Backfill trench immediately after Engineer has recorded location of connections and appurtenances, or at Engineer's direction. b. Construct manholes.and appurtenances and perform backfilling as work progresses; closing of street Intersections subject to Owner's approval. c. Backfill with material removed from excavation except where sand backfill is specified; use no debris, frozen earth, large clods, stones or other unsuitable material. d. Backfill simultaneously on both sides of pipe to prevent displacement. e. Place backfill into the trench at an angle so that impact on installed I pipe is minimized. i•p li III -E-6 i i 9�ONLY PN0T0•NC[MANI GL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PALS ANL AUTMOAIIED !Y IES-ACC•APVA JOINT COMMITT[� 1976 • I,I PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB 9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i r� f. Install cushion of 4' of backfill above pipe envelope before using heavy compacting equipment. g. Hand placed backfill In "Pipe Envelope": j I) Granular Bedding; See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. r, 2) Hand place and compact finely divided material to 1211 over top of pipe, 90% maximum density, 3) Material in "Pipe Envelope" same as specified for "Backfill above Pipe Envelope" unless specified otherwise In DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. is h. Backfill above pipe envelope: �.a 1) Trenches where "Sand Backfill" is shown on plans: II T6 a) Backfill with sand up to bottom of specified surface restoration. b) Compact to 95% maximum density under and within 21 of pavement; 90% maximum density in other areas. c) Top of backfill under pavement: see Part 12 or DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. ' d) Top 12" of backfill for all other trenches: 12" of soil equivalent to adjacent topsoil. -,- PA 2) Trenches where "Compacted Backfill" Is shown on plans: a) Backfill with excavated material up to bottom of specified surface restoration. b) Moisten I.f required; compact to 95% maximum density under f and within 21 of pavement; 90% maximum density In other �aT areas. c) Top backfill under pavement: see Part 12 or DETAILED l°E SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. d) Top 121, of backfill for all other trenches: 1211 of soil equivalent to adjacent topsoil. 3) "Ordinary Backfill11: It a) Use unless otherwise shown on plans. III -E-7 .E ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED DY IES -ACC -APPA JOINT COMMITTIL39 L ; MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES NJ U t b) Backfill trench with excavated material. C) Top 12" of backfl)) equivalent to adjacent topsoil, d) Mound up or level off to original surface as directed by Engineer. 4) Where select earth backfill is required to replace unsuitable excavated material, Extra Work provisions shall apply. I. If settlement above compacted or sand backfill occurs within period of guarantee and bond: refill, compact, level off, and resurface. J. New pipe below existing water, sewer and gas mains or services: protect utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. 3-12 STANDARD TRENCH SECTION a. Use Standard Drawing No. 3-16 for computing quantities for the following items: 1) Surface replacement and restoration. 2) Sand backfill or compacted backfill. b. Standard trench section will be used to compute quantities of surface replacement. I) Allowable width of trench at top for purposes of payment for replacement will be computed on basis of pipe diameter and depth of cut. 2) Payment will be made on basis of Standard Drawing No. 3-16 and quantities shown in Table 3-14 regardless of whether actual trench width at top exceeds or Is less than width of standard trench •section. 3) If sheeting is installed and paid for, payment will be made on basis of actual width of surfacing removed and replaced, but in no case shall width exceed that shown for Standard Trench Section. 4) Where centerline of pipe is located such that top edge of standard trench section falls outside of curb line of paving, quantities and payment for surface replacement and restoration will be used on only that 'portion of surface within the stan- dard trench section. M � III -E-8 LI ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or YNESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED IT ICS-AGC-A►YA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 Ht PAINI9NG MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I= t�1 I J j h b b) Backfill trench with excavated material. C) Top 12" of backfl)) equivalent to adjacent topsoil, d) Mound up or level off to original surface as directed by Engineer. 4) Where select earth backfill is required to replace unsuitable excavated material, Extra Work provisions shall apply. I. If settlement above compacted or sand backfill occurs within period of guarantee and bond: refill, compact, level off, and resurface. J. New pipe below existing water, sewer and gas mains or services: protect utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. 3-12 STANDARD TRENCH SECTION a. Use Standard Drawing No. 3-16 for computing quantities for the following items: 1) Surface replacement and restoration. 2) Sand backfill or compacted backfill. b. Standard trench section will be used to compute quantities of surface replacement. I) Allowable width of trench at top for purposes of payment for replacement will be computed on basis of pipe diameter and depth of cut. 2) Payment will be made on basis of Standard Drawing No. 3-16 and quantities shown in Table 3-14 regardless of whether actual trench width at top exceeds or Is less than width of standard trench •section. 3) If sheeting is installed and paid for, payment will be made on basis of actual width of surfacing removed and replaced, but in no case shall width exceed that shown for Standard Trench Section. 4) Where centerline of pipe is located such that top edge of standard trench section falls outside of curb line of paving, quantities and payment for surface replacement and restoration will be used on only that 'portion of surface within the stan- dard trench section. M � III -E-8 LI ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or YNESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED IT ICS-AGC-A►YA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 Ht PAINI9NG MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I= c. Sand or compacted.backfill quantities will be computed on cubic yard basis in accordance with cross-sectional area of Standard Drawing No. 3-16 and quantities shown in Table 3-15. 3-13 PAYMENT a. No separate payment will be made for the work covered in this part of the specifications except as set forth below. All other related items are incidental to construction. Contract unit prices shall include all costs for each item of work. b. Trench Stabilizing Material (CY); Unit price includes labor, material, additional trench excavation and disp so al, dewatering, bedding, equipment and incidentals for providing stabilizing material in place of unsuitable foundation materials where directed and authorized by Engineer; computed by average end area method within specified trench width limit below "Pipe Envelope" to full extra depth. Excludes pipe bedding shown on plans or specified which is incidental to construction. c. Rock Excavation (CY): Unit price includes extra cost of labor, materials, equipment, bedding, removal and disposal and Inciden- tals necessary to complete work required for rock excavation over cost of earth excavation when authorized by Engineer. Measurement will include authorized excavation to depth specified and.will be computed by average end area method within maximum width limits of the standard trench section including "Pipe Envelope." At manholes and other structures, the measurement will be made to one foot out- side the footing line of structure. d. Rubble Excavation (CY): Unit price includes extra cost of labor, materials, equipment, bedding, removal and disposal and incidentals necessary to complete work required for rubble excavation over cost of earth excavation when authorized by Engineer. Measurement will include authorized excavation to depth specified and will be computed by average end area method within maximum width limits of the standard trench section including "Pipe Envelope." At manholes and other structures, the measurement will be made to one foot outside the foot- ing line of structure. e. Tunneling Pipe: 1) Augering, or Jacking, Pipe with Casing (LF) - per crossing: Unit price includes furnishing and installing complete work, including Jacking pit, excavation, casing pipe, Jacking, sewer or pressure pipe, bedding and casing backfill, disposal of spoil material, sheeting, backfill, fill concrete, end closure, flag men, warning lights and barricades. Length and details of crossing as shown on plans or as specified. Measurement will be along required length of casi.ng., III -E-9 II i.+ ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORISED BY IES•ACC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 • Ist PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 1+ 2) Augering, or Jacking, Pipe without Casing (LF) - per crossing: Unit price includes furnishing and installing complete work including jacking pit, excavation, jacking, sewer or pressure pipe, disposal of spoil material, sheeting, backfill, end closure, flag men, warning lights and barricades. Length and details of j crossing as shown on plans or as specified. Measurement will be along required length of augered or jacked pipe. 3) Hand Mining, See DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. f. Sheeting Left in Place (MFBM): Unit price includes material cost only of sheeting and shoring left in place as shown on plans or at Engineer's direction. Cost of transporting and installing is incidental to laying of pipe and shall not be included. g. Trench Backfill: II$I l 1) Pipe Envelope: No payment will be made for the earth excava- tion and disposal, bedding or shaping trench bottom and backfill treatment within the Pipe Envelope under this part of the specs- �� fications. See.Parts IOand 11 of the specifications. - 2) Ordinary Backfill Above Pipe Envelope: No payment will be made for the furnishing and placement of Ordinary Backfill from the top of the Pipe Envelope to the trench surface under this part of the specifications. See Parts 10 and 11 of the specifications. i` 19 3) Surface Replacement and Restoration: No payment will be made for surface replacement and restoration within this part of the specification. See Part 12 of the specifications. 4) Sand Backfill Above Pipe Envelope (CY): Unit price includes additional costs over Ordinary Backfill of furnishing sand, materials, disposal of excavated material, equipment, labor, ! and incidentals for providing sand backfill, compacted to specified density where shown on plans or as directed by la 1� Engineer; quantities computed in accordance with Table 3-15, "Sand Backfill or Compacted Backfill Quantities Table." Where special materials or treatment of the top of backfill f 11 under pavement is required, the cost shall be considered as additional to the sand backfill displaced. a 5) Compacted Backfill Above Pipe Envelope (CY): Unit price includes additional costs over Ordinary Backfill for place - meet of excavated material In trench, equipment, labor and incidentals for providing compaction to specified density, �l where shown on plans or specified by Engineer; quantities I* computed in accordance with Table 3-15, "Compacted Backfill Quantities Table." Where special materials or treatment of ,1 the top of backfill under pavement is required, the cost shall be considered as additional to the sand backfill displaced. LV I! III -E-10 �I Lr ONLY PHOTO -HE CHANICAL PROCESS R[PAODU[i IONS Or iN[5L PAGES ME AUTHORIZED 0Y ICS•ACC-A/VA JOINT COMMI )iL[ I I 1976 - lit PAINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR( LAB - CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r I TABLE 3-14 SURFACE REPLACEMENT QUANTITIES PAY WIDTH LIMIT IN FEET AT TOP OF TRENCH SECTION FOR In SURFACE REPLACEMENT QUANTITIES PER LINEAL FOOT _-------__ Cut in Feet to Invert q Pipe Diameter, In. Wig, ;ewer 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 It 12 13 111 4 6 6 4 5.70 6.37 7.03 7.70 8.37 9.03 9.70 10.37 11.04 11.70 12.37 8 6 5.58 6.25 6.92 7.58 8.25 8.92 9.58 10.25 10.92 11.58 12.25 10 8 5.78 6.45 7.12 7.78 8.45 9.12 9.78 1o.45 11.12 11.79 12.45 12 10 5.67 6.34 7.01 7.67 8.34 9.01 9.67 10.34 11.01 11.67 12.34 14 12 5.72 6.38 7.05 7.72 8.38 9.05 9.72 10.38 11.05 11.72 12.38 ff� 16 1. 18 15 5.79 6.46 7.13 7.79 8.46 9.13 9.79 10.46 11.13 11.79 12.46 I 20 18 5.86 6.52 7.19 7.86 8.52 9.19 9.86 10.52 11.19 11.86 12.52 24 21 5.93 6.59 7.26 7.93 8.59 9.26 5.93 10.59 11.26 11.93 12.59 " I 30 24 27 6.00 6.32 6.66 6.98 7.33 7.65 8.00 8.32 8.66 8.98 9.33 9.65 10.00 10.32 10.66 10.98 11.33 11.65 12.00 12.31 12.66 12.98 36 30 6.14 6.80 7.47 8.14 8.80 9.47 10.14 10.80 11.47 12.14 12.80 33 7.12 7.79 8.46 9.12 9.79 10.46 11.12 11.79 12.46 13.12 �! 42 36 7.44 8.10 8.77 9.44 10.10 10.77 11.44 12.10 12.77 13.44 48 42 7.58 8.24 8.91 9.58 10.24 10.91 11.58 12.24 12.91 13.58 -- 48 8.64 9.31 9.97 10.64 11.31 11.97 12.64 13.31 13.97 54 9.02 9.69 10.36 11.02 11.69 12.36 13.02 13.69 14.36 60 10.08 10.75 11.41 12.08 12.75 13.41 14.08 14.75 -- 66 11.13 11.80 12.46 13.13 15.80 14.46 15.13 72 11.53 12.19 12.86 13.53 14.19 14.86 15•53 78 12.58 13.25 13.92 14.58 15.25 15.92 -- 84 12.97 13.63 14.30 14.97 15.63 16.30 Cut in Feet to Invert 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21F 25 I 4 c 6 4 13.04 13.70 14.37 15.04 15.70 16.37 17.o4 17.70 18.37 19.04 19.70 8 6 12.92 13.58 14.25 14.92 15.58 16.25 16.92 17.58 18.25 18.92 19.58 10 8 13.12 13.79 14.45 15.12 15.79 16.45 17.12 17.79 18.45 19.12 19.79 9 12 10 13.01 13.67 14.34 15.01 15.67 16.34 17.01 17.67 18.34 19.01 19.67 14 12 13.05 13.72 14.38 15.05 15.72 16.38 17.05 17.72 18.38 19.05 19.72 16 6 18 15 13.13 13.79 14.46 15.13 15.79 16.46 17.13 17.79 18.46 19.13 19.79 � 20 I8 13.19 13.86 14.52 15.19 15.86 16.52 17.19 17.86 IE.52 19.19 19.86 , 24 21 13.26 13.93 14.59 15.26 15.93 16.59 17.26 17.93 18.59 19.26 19.93 24 13.33 14.00 14.66 15.33 16.00 16.66 17.33 18.00 18.66 19.33 20.00 jw 30 27 13.65 14.31 14.98 15.65 16.31 16.98 17.65 18.31 18.98 19.65 20.31 F 36 30 13.47 14.14 14.80 15.47 16.14 16.80 17.47 18.13 18.80 19.47 20.13 -- 33 13.79 14.46 15.12 15.79 16.46 17.12 17.79 18.46 19.12 19.79 20.46 42 36 14.10 14.77 15.44 16.10 16.77 17.44 18.10 18.77 19.44 20.10 20.77 48 42 14.24 14.91 15.58 16.24 16.91 17.58 18.24 18.91 19.58 20.24 20.91 -- 48 14.64 15.31 15.97 16.64 17.31 17.97 18.64 19.31 19.97 20.64 21.31 j 54 15.02 15.69 16.36 17.02 17.69 18.36 19.02 19.69 20.36 21.02 21.69 -- 6o 15.41 16.08 16.75 17.41 18.08 18.75 19.41 20.08 20.75 21.41 22.08 66 15,80 16.46 17.13 17.80 18.46 19.13 19.80 20.46 21.13 21.80 22.46 72 16.19 16.86 17.53 18.19 18.86 19.53 20.19 20.86 21.53 22.19 22.86 78 16.58 17.25 17.92 18.58 19.25 19.92 20.58 21.25 21.92 22.58 23.25 84 16.97 17.63 18.30 18.97 19.63 20.30 20.97 21.63 22.30 22.97 23.63 NOTE: Refer to Standard Drawing 3-16 for basis of standard trench dimensions. i I � E III -E-11 4 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PACES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES•AGC-APWA JOINT COMMIT71C f7" a\�~ 1976 - Ist PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I I! TABLE 3-15 SAND OR COMPACTED BACKFILL QUANTITIES N !u PAY QUANTITIES IN CUBIC YARDS PER LINEAL FOOT TO DETERMINE SAND OR COMPACTED BACKFILL QUANTITIES Cut in Feet to Invert 1@ PI De 0lameter, In. Vater Sewer 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 4 t: 8 6 4 6 0.27 0.25 0.42 0.39 0.59 0.56 0,79 0.76 1,02 0.98 1.27 1.22 1.54 1.49 1.84 1,18 2,16 2.10 2.51 2.44 2.88 2.81 j 8 l0 8 0.25 0.40 0.58 0.78 1.01 1.26 1,53 1.84 2,16 2.51 2.89 12 10 0.22 0.37 0,55 0.74 0.97 1,21 1.49 1.78 2,10 2.45 2.82 14 12 0,21 0.36 o.54 0.74 0.96 1.21 1.48 1,78 2.10 2.45 2.82 j I!!� I 16 6 18 15 0.19 0.34 0,52 0.72 0.95 1:20 1.48 1.78 2.11 2.46 2.83 20 18 0.16 0.32 0.50 0.70 0.93 1.19 1.47 1.77 2.10 2.45 2.83 r, 24 21 24 0.14 0.10 0.29 0.26 0.48 0.45 0.68 0.66 0.92 o.89 1.17 1.15 1.45 1.44 1.76 1,75 2.09 2.08 2.45 2.44 2.83 2.82 30 27 0.07 0.25 0.44 0.67 0.91 1.18 1.48 1,80 2,14 2.51 2.91 36 30 0.03 0.20 0.39 0.60 0.84 1.11 1.40 1.71 2.05 2.41 2,80 -- 33 0.17 0.37 0.60 0.85 1.12 1.43 1.75 2.10 2.48 2.88 f 42 36 0.13 0.34 0.58 0,84 1.13 1.44 1.78 2.14 2.53 2.94 48 42 0.02 0.24 0.49 0.76 1.05 1.37 1.71 2.08 2.47 2.88 I 48 0.14 DAD 0.68 0.99 1.32 ' 1.68 2.06 2.47 2.90 54 0.01 0.28 o.58 o.90 1.25 1.62 2.02 2.44 2.88 60 66 0.15 0.46 0.31 0.79 0.66 1.16 1.04 1.54 1.44 1.95 1.86 2.39 2.31 2.85 2.78 I - 72 0.15 0.51 0.90. 1.32 1.76 2.22 2.71 _. 78 0.34 0.74 1.17 1.62 2.10 2.60 84 0,13 0.55 0.99 1.46 1.96 2,47 t ut in Feet to invert 15 16 17 to 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 25 4 6 6 4 3.27 3.7o 4,14 4.61 5.11 5.63 6.17 6.74 7.34 7.95 8.6o 8 6 3.20 3.62 4.06 4.53 5.02 5.53 6.07 6.64 7.23 7.84 8.48 ` 10 8 3.29 3.71 4.16 4.63 5.13 5.65 6.20 6.77 7.37 7.99 8.64 ` 12 10 3.22 3.64 4.08 4.55 5.05 5.56 6.11 6,68 7.27 7.69 8.53 14 12 3.22 3.64 4.09 4.56 5.06 5.58 6.12 6.69 7.29 7.90 8.55 it !tf 16 6 18 15 3.23 3.66 4.10 4.58 5.08 5.60 6.15 6.72 7.32 7.94 8.59 20 18 3.23 3.66 4.11 4.59 5.09 5.61 6.16 6.74 7.34 7.96 8,61 24 21 3.23 3.66 4.11 4.59 5.10 5.63 6.18 6.76 7.36 7.99 8.64 i I2 24 3.23 3.66 4.12 4.60 5.10 5.64 6.19 6,77 7.38 8.01 8,66 ( 19 30 27 3.33 3.77 4.24 4.73 5.25 5.79 6,36 6.95 7.57 8.21. 8.88 j fI 36 30 3.21 3.65 4.11 4.60 5.11 5.65 6.21 6.79 7.40 8.04 8.70 A 33 3.30 3.75 4.22 4.72 5.25 5.79 6.37 6.96 7.59 8.23 8,90 - 42 36 3.38 3.84 4.32 4.83 5.37 5.93 6.51 7.12 7.75 8.41 9.10 48 42 3.33 3.79 4.28 4.80 5.34 5.90 6.49 7.11 7.74 8.41 9.10 48 3.36 3.64 4.34 4.87 5.43 6.01 6.61 7.24 7.89 8,57 9.27 54 3.35 3.85 4.37 4.91 5.48 6.07 6.69 7.33 8.00 8,69 9.41 60 3.33 3.84 4.37 4.93 5.52 6,12 6.76 7.42 8.10 8.80 9.54 3.28 3.81 4.35 4.93 5.53 6.15 .6.79 7.47 8.16 8.88 9,63 166 72 3.22 3.76 4.32 4.91 5.52 6.16 6.82 7.51 8,22 8.95 9.71 1 _. 78 3.13 3.69 4.26 4.86 5.49 6.14 6.82 7.52 8.24 6.99 9.77 -- 84 3.01 7.58 4.17 4.79 5.43 6,10 6.79 7.50 8.24 9.00 9.79 ? NOTE: Quantities shown are volume of Backfill between top of "Pipe Envelope" and y ground surface as shown on Standard Drawing 3.16. III-E-12 '-' ONLY FNOYO•AI CHAN I CAL PROCESS AIFAODUCTIONS 1926 - lit FAINTING 1976 OF THESE FACES AAE AUTHORIZED Ir IES•ACC•AFVA JOINT COMITY" v MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i 1'- 1: PAY WIDTH LIMIT FOR [ SURFACE REPLACEMENT_ 12 12 NOTES I. SEE TABLE 3-14 FOR PAY WIDTH FOR SURFACE REPLACEMENT QUANTITIES. 2. SEE TABLE 3-I5 FOR PAY QUANTITIES FOR SAND AND COMPACTED BACKFILL. t 3. SEE STANDARD DRAWING 3-17 FOR PIPE -� ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS. SEWER PIPE 0 INCHES 1 e 6 A i� 1 BACKFILL A_5 SPECIFIED " 10 (PAY QUANTITY 2 _ 12 10 BASED ON SECTION IA 12 3 48OVE PIPE IS 2 - 9 20 EENVEELOPE.I 3 - 0 24 21 3 - 3 - NOTES I. SEE TABLE 3-14 FOR PAY WIDTH FOR SURFACE REPLACEMENT QUANTITIES. 2. SEE TABLE 3-I5 FOR PAY QUANTITIES FOR SAND AND COMPACTED BACKFILL. t 3. SEE STANDARD DRAWING 3-17 FOR PIPE -� ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS. WATER PIPE 0 INCHES SEWER PIPE 0 INCHES 1 e 6 A 2- 0 1 6 2 _ 0 10 hs i 2 _ 12 10 2 - IA 12 2 - 6 16 a in IS 2 - 9 20 is 3 - 0 24 21 3 - 3 - i sn 3 - 6 30 27 • - 0 36 WATER PIPE 0 INCHES SEWER PIPE 0 INCHES Dd FEET AND INCHES e 6 A 2- 0 e 6 2 _ 0 10 e 2 _ 12 10 2 - IA 12 2 - 6 16 a in IS 2 - 9 20 is 3 - 0 24 21 3 - 3 - 24 3 - 6 30 27 • - 0 36 30 4 - 0 - 33 4 - 6 42 36 S - 0 .e 42 e _ 6 - 4e 6 - 3 - 7. 7 - 0 - 72 - 70 - 04 STANDARD DRAWING NO. 3-16 STANDARD TRENCH SECTION FOR PAYMENT QUANTITIES III -E-13 ONLY PHDTO-NECKANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PACES AAL AUTHORISEO NY I[S-ACC-APNA JOINT COK41TTER 1976- ht MINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES i CLASS C ENVELOPE LOAD FACTOR 1.5 CLASS B ENVELOPE LOAD FACTOR 1.9 12 II COMPAC BACKFI I/ 1/14 BD M X12 IN. COMPACTED BACKFILL COMPACTED GRANULAR GRANULAR BEDDING MATERIAL TYPE 1 N 12 IN. / COMPACTED II ,B BACKFILL O SHAPED BOTTOM TYPE 2 GRANULAR BEDDING 'TYPE 3 BDiB" MIN. 11/4B- COMPACTED BACKFILL 0.6 RED '•P[WE GRANULAR F SHAPED BOTTOM WITH TAMPED BACKFILL Bc+$- MIN. D ' ,Z'ADL 12 IN. I I/4 B� CLASS A COMPACTED ;•;•:•'• •:••' I/4 0. BACKFILL ENVELOPE 1/4 BD MIN.1/4 D, REINFORCED PLAIN OR A 4" MIN.CONCRETE SEE TABLE REINFORCED T t'~COMPACTED FOR LOAD FACTORS CONCRETE —CONCRE1/4 BD MIN. CONCRETE ARCM MGRANULAR ATERIAL TYPE 5,6,7&8 TABLE FOR CLASS A ENVELOPE TYPE 9 TYPE 5 - PLAIN CONCRETE, COMPACTED BACKFILL - LOAD FACTOR 2.2 TYPE 6 - PLAIN CONCRETE, COMPACTED GRANULAR BACKFILL - LOAD FACTOR 2.4 TYPE 7 - PLAIN CONCRETE, COMPACTED BACKFILL, CRADLE 1/2 D - LOAD FACTOR 2.8 TYPE 8 - REINFORCED CONCRETE WITH "P" 0.4 PERCENT - LOAD -FACTOR 3.4 TYPE 9 - REINFORCED CONCRETE WITH "P" I.O PERCENT - LOAD.FASTOR 4.8 I. BCg, OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE BARREL. 2. MINIMUM CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH 3000 PSI. 3; CURE CONCRETE 48 HOURS BEFORE BACKFILLING. 4. "P" IS THE RATIO OF THE AREA OF REINFORCING STEEL TO AREA OF CONCRETE AS MEASURED AT THE INVERT (CRADLE) OR CROWN (ARCH). STANDARD DRAWING NO. 3-17 PIPE ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS III -E-14 ONLY PHOTO-NECHARICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAC,IS ARE AUTHORISED BY IFS-AOC-APVA JOINT CDMIIITTIE 1976 - lot PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Pw DIVISION III IT SECTION F DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWERS I p INDEX � ITEM PAGE III -F-1 1 10-01 GEIIERAL 111-F-2 10-02 INFORMATION FOR ENGINEER III -F-2 ' 10-03 MATERIALS TESTS III -F-2 10-04 PIPE MATERIALS AND JOINTS III -F-4 10-05 10-06 PIPE INSTALLATION CONFLICT WITH EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND SERVICES III -F-5 10-07 CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR GRAVITY PIPE III -F-5 III -F-6 10-08 .SEWER CONFLICTS WITH WATER MAIN III -F-7 -� 10-09 SERVICE CONNECTIONS III -F-7 10-10 MANHOLES III -F-9 f;9 10-I1 INTAKES III -F-9 $" 10-12 HEADWALLS AND END SECTIONS III -F-9 10-13 ACCESSORIES III -F-9 10-14 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT III -F-10 ' 10-15 TESTS III -F-11 10-16 10-17 PAYMENT STANDARD DRAWING - CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING SEWER MAINS III -F-15 Ej 10-18 OR SERVICES III -F-16 STANDARD DRAWING - RELOCATION OF EXISTING SERVICES III -F-17 10-19 STANDARD DRAWING - RISER CONNECTION III -F-18 ; 10-20 STANDARD DRAWING - STANDARD MANHOLE A III -F-19 10-21 STANDARD DRAWING - STANDARD MANHOLE B "CI III -F-20 (7 10-22 STANDARD DRAWING - STANDARD MANHOLE III -F-21 !!j 10-23 STANDARD DRAWING - TEE SECTION MANHOLE III -F-22 ii i 10-24 STANDARD DRAWING - DROP -CONNECTION III -F-23 10-25 STANDARD DRAWING - MANHOLE IN PAVEMENT III -F-24 t! 10-26 STANDARD DRAWING - CONCRETE ENCASEMENT III -F-25 10-27 STANDARD DRAWING - INFILTRATION TEST III -F-26 Ij ka 10-28 STANDARD DRAWING - EXFILTRATION TEST 10-0) GENERAL Furnish and install all pipe, fittings, structures, intakes and accessories required for sewer construction as shown on plans and/or specified herein. 11 b. Before Installation of new sewer facilities, verify sizes, measure - rents, type and location of existing piping and appurtenances at i 1 points of connection to existing system. c. Do work in accordance with best present-uay installation and con- struction practices. w i III•F-1 p/ rj ONLY PHO70-MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTMORIIED 6Y ICS•ACC-A►VA JOINT COMMITTEE 1 it 1976 - Itl PAINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES r j� 10-02 INFORMATION FOR ENGINEER r a. After award of Contract, submit following Information and draw - Ings for IA Engineer's approval: Pit 1) Manufacturer's specifications and/or catalog data listing for Ii manhole steps, covers and frames,'Intake castings and other P special Items. r 2) Shop drawings showing reinforcing steel details, structural it steel and supports F4 Is 3) Such other information as Engineer may request. 10-03 MATERIALS TESTS a. Incorporate no materials in work until mill and/or factory test j certifications, as requested by Engineer, have been furnished which show that materials comply with specifications. 10-04 PIPE MATERIALS AND JOINTS a. Reinforced concrete pipe (RCP): 1) Pipe: ASTM C76. 2) Joints to be provided as specified; a) Flexible joint; rubber gasket Joint". I� !al (i) Joint: ASTM C443. 14 (2) Coat gasket and Joint with lubricant recommended by 7 gasket manufacturer immediately prior to pushing pipe home. �f b) Cold-appl•led rubber asphalt pipe joint material: (1) Manufactured from asphalt, liquifiers; mineral fillers IIt and fibers, free from moisture. (2) Plastic and workable with trowel. I I br (3) Quality standard: Federal Specification SS -S-158. I (4) Apply Joint material to bottom 1/2 of groove and top 1/2 of matching tongue and force adjoining pipe to- gether; quantity of Joint material shall be suffi- cient to fill Joint when closed. I6:A 1 ti III -F-2 • L, i .� ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PAOCESS REPA000LTIONS OF THESE PACES ARE AUTHOA1210 SY ICS-AGC-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 - fit PRINTING ` MICROFILMED BY t JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES r r 6s (5) All remaining voids in both inside and outside shall be completely filled with Joint material and inside shall be troweled smooth in pipes 24" and larger; use cleaning swab in pipes smaller than 24". c) Mortar cement Joint system: (1) Cement mortar: 1 part cement to 2 parts sand; cement 1/2 part masonry cement to I part Portland cement. (2) Apply mortar to bottom 1/2 of groove and top 1/2 of matching tongue and force adjoining pipe together; quantity of mortar shall be sufficient to fill Joint when closed. (3) All remaining voids in both inside and outside shall be completely filled with mortar and inside shall be troweled smooth in pipes 24" and larger; use clean- ing swab in pipes smaller than 24". b. Reinforced concrete deformed pipe (RCDP): 1) Pipe: ASTM 0506 and C507. 2) Joints shall be as specified under cold -applied rubber asphalt pipe jointing material or mortar cement Joint system as indi- cated in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. c. Vitrified clay pipe (VCP): 1) Pipe: ASTM C700. 2) Flexible compression Joints: ASTM 0425 or ASTM 0594. d. Cast Iron pipe (CIP): 1) Pipe: ANSI A21.1 18/40,000 psi manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.6 or A21.8; minimum thickness Class 22; 150 psi working pressure, coat Inside and out with bituminous coating. 2) Class thickness subject to trench loading. 3) Mechanical or push -on Joint: ANSI A21.11. III.F-3 AL PROCESS R[YAODUCTIONS O/ THESE PAGES M[ AUTHORI[[D 0Y I[[•AEC-A►YA JOINT CORMIiT[[ ONLY ►n070-n[CHANIC ►RIN TING r ISE ota MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 i CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES I. S k� _ mR %i 611 1 �n Le Il ks \- V ra W (5) All remaining voids in both inside and outside shall be completely filled with Joint material and inside shall be troweled smooth in pipes 24" and larger; use cleaning swab in pipes smaller than 24". c) Mortar cement Joint system: (1) Cement mortar: 1 part cement to 2 parts sand; cement 1/2 part masonry cement to I part Portland cement. (2) Apply mortar to bottom 1/2 of groove and top 1/2 of matching tongue and force adjoining pipe together; quantity of mortar shall be sufficient to fill Joint when closed. (3) All remaining voids in both inside and outside shall be completely filled with mortar and inside shall be troweled smooth in pipes 24" and larger; use clean- ing swab in pipes smaller than 24". b. Reinforced concrete deformed pipe (RCDP): 1) Pipe: ASTM 0506 and C507. 2) Joints shall be as specified under cold -applied rubber asphalt pipe jointing material or mortar cement Joint system as indi- cated in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. c. Vitrified clay pipe (VCP): 1) Pipe: ASTM C700. 2) Flexible compression Joints: ASTM 0425 or ASTM 0594. d. Cast Iron pipe (CIP): 1) Pipe: ANSI A21.1 18/40,000 psi manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.6 or A21.8; minimum thickness Class 22; 150 psi working pressure, coat Inside and out with bituminous coating. 2) Class thickness subject to trench loading. 3) Mechanical or push -on Joint: ANSI A21.11. III.F-3 AL PROCESS R[YAODUCTIONS O/ THESE PAGES M[ AUTHORI[[D 0Y I[[•AEC-A►YA JOINT CORMIiT[[ ONLY ►n070-n[CHANIC ►RIN TING r ISE ota MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 i CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES n g Pit 1Y ri 114 L e. Ductile iron pipe (DIP): 1) Pipe: ANSI A21.50 and manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.51; minimum thickness Class 2, coat inside and out with bituminous coating. 2) Class thickness subject to trench loading. 3) Mechanical or push -on joint: ANSI A21.11. f. Steel casing pipe: 1) Pipe: Smooth wall welded steel pipe, ASTM A139; 3/8" minimum wall thickness. 2) Weld all joints to full strength. 3) Bevel or space ends of pipe to Insure penetration of weld for full thickness of pipe. g. Culvert pipe: 1) Material specified In DET '.ED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS or shown on PLANS. 10-05 PIPE INSTALLATION a. Begin at lowest point in line; lay bell or groove ends pointing upstream. b. Lower pipe carefully Into trench; lay true to line and grade. c. Provide a smooth and uniform Invert. d. Line and grade: 1) Engineer will provide grade at each hub on 50' Intervals or at closer intervals where ground surface prevents sight. 2) Batter boards: Keep 3 batter boards adjacent to consecutive hubs In place at all times; set at convenient height -In feet above flow line grade; set additional Intermediate boards at 25' Intervals as required. Carry center line on all batter boards at hubs. Batter boards may be set at side of trench or span trench; laser beam may be substituted. 3) Check grade of each pipe length with gage rod; check line of every other pipe length with plumb bob. Ie III -F-4 ONLt PNOTO•HECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of 7MtSt PACES ARE AUTHORIZED BY Itf•ACL•MYA JOINT LOMNI ITC[ �� ! 1976 • Ist PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LAB ! CEDAR RAPIDS • OES MOINES ,' FF 13 L e. Ductile iron pipe (DIP): 1) Pipe: ANSI A21.50 and manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.51; minimum thickness Class 2, coat inside and out with bituminous coating. 2) Class thickness subject to trench loading. 3) Mechanical or push -on joint: ANSI A21.11. f. Steel casing pipe: 1) Pipe: Smooth wall welded steel pipe, ASTM A139; 3/8" minimum wall thickness. 2) Weld all joints to full strength. 3) Bevel or space ends of pipe to Insure penetration of weld for full thickness of pipe. g. Culvert pipe: 1) Material specified In DET '.ED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS or shown on PLANS. 10-05 PIPE INSTALLATION a. Begin at lowest point in line; lay bell or groove ends pointing upstream. b. Lower pipe carefully Into trench; lay true to line and grade. c. Provide a smooth and uniform Invert. d. Line and grade: 1) Engineer will provide grade at each hub on 50' Intervals or at closer intervals where ground surface prevents sight. 2) Batter boards: Keep 3 batter boards adjacent to consecutive hubs In place at all times; set at convenient height -In feet above flow line grade; set additional Intermediate boards at 25' Intervals as required. Carry center line on all batter boards at hubs. Batter boards may be set at side of trench or span trench; laser beam may be substituted. 3) Check grade of each pipe length with gage rod; check line of every other pipe length with plumb bob. Ie III -F-4 ONLt PNOTO•HECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of 7MtSt PACES ARE AUTHORIZED BY Itf•ACL•MYA JOINT LOMNI ITC[ �� ! 1976 • Ist PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LAB ! CEDAR RAPIDS • OES MOINES r L� e. Keep pipe free of all dirt and foreign material. f. Use no defective pipe; check each length for defects and hair- line cracks at ends prior to lowering into trench. g. Carefully protect pipe and joints from Injury while handling and storing pipe. h. Clean bell and spigot surfaces of dirt and foreign matter before jointing pipe. I. Join pipe in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. J. Continuously check alignment of sewer by flashing light between manholes or between last piece of pipe laid and opening at down- stream manhole. Correct misalignment, displacement or otherwise defective sewer at Contractor's expense. it. Available information regarding location and depth of existing utilities Is shown on plans. Exercise extreme care to avoid damaging existing installations. I. Provide bell holes at each pipe Joint to allow barrel of Alpe to support trench load. 10-06 CONFLICT WITH EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND SERVICES a. Providetemporary support for existing water, gas, telephone and power utility services crossing the trench until backfilling has been completed. b. .Construct permanent support for existing sewer main or service crossing the trench, In accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-17:; c. Relocate water and sewer service when in direct conflict with new pipe. 1) Water service: Provide type K, soft temper copper water tube conforming to ASTM B88 and 8251. Replace section In conflict with equal size and construct a loop over the top of the new pipe. 2) Sewer service: In accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-17. 10-07 CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR GRAVITY PIPE a. Use special adaptors or couplings where available. Where not available, use concrete collars. III -F-5 ONNLYLY PPOTO•MECHAHICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY ILS-ACC-APWA JOINT COMMITTEE i • lit PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR(�SLAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i P i i i i j I� LA ,1 e. Keep pipe free of all dirt and foreign material. f. Use no defective pipe; check each length for defects and hair- line cracks at ends prior to lowering into trench. g. Carefully protect pipe and joints from Injury while handling and storing pipe. h. Clean bell and spigot surfaces of dirt and foreign matter before jointing pipe. I. Join pipe in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. J. Continuously check alignment of sewer by flashing light between manholes or between last piece of pipe laid and opening at down- stream manhole. Correct misalignment, displacement or otherwise defective sewer at Contractor's expense. it. Available information regarding location and depth of existing utilities Is shown on plans. Exercise extreme care to avoid damaging existing installations. I. Provide bell holes at each pipe Joint to allow barrel of Alpe to support trench load. 10-06 CONFLICT WITH EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND SERVICES a. Providetemporary support for existing water, gas, telephone and power utility services crossing the trench until backfilling has been completed. b. .Construct permanent support for existing sewer main or service crossing the trench, In accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-17:; c. Relocate water and sewer service when in direct conflict with new pipe. 1) Water service: Provide type K, soft temper copper water tube conforming to ASTM B88 and 8251. Replace section In conflict with equal size and construct a loop over the top of the new pipe. 2) Sewer service: In accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-17. 10-07 CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR GRAVITY PIPE a. Use special adaptors or couplings where available. Where not available, use concrete collars. III -F-5 ONNLYLY PPOTO•MECHAHICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY ILS-ACC-APWA JOINT COMMITTEE i • lit PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR(�SLAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES f 1 b. Provide concrete collar 6" thick and 12" each way from joint; place 6x6 -6x6 wire fabric mesh in center of collar. 1) Cover joint with burlap "diaper" band; hind at edge with No. 9 tie wires. 2) Prevent excess material from entering pipe. 10-08 SEWER CONFLICTS WITH WATER MAIN a. New sanitary sewer paralleling existing water main: 1) Minimum horizontal separation: 101 clear. a) If conditions prevent relocation of new sewer or existing water main to obtain 10' separation, minimum may be reduced to no less than 3' clear by placing the top of the sewer at least 18" below the bottom of the existing water main. b) If impossible to obtain 18" clearance, construct new sewer of cast iron or ductile iron pipe until separation or clearance condition is met. Concrete encasement of sewer pipe in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 is allowed in lieu of cast iron or ductile iron pipe construc- tion for sewer pipe larger than 1211 diameter if cast iron or ductile iron pipe not readily available. b. New sanitary sewer crossing existing water main: 1) Minimum vertical clearance: Top of sewer at least 18" below the bottom of the existing water main. 2) If 1811 clearance cannot be obtained, or if sewer must pass over water main, construct new sewer of 201 length of cast iron or ductile iron pipe centered on the water main. Con- crete encasement of sewer pipe in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 is allowed in lieu of cast iron or ductile Iron pipe construction for sewer pipe larger than 12" diameter, if cast iron or ductile iron pipe is not readily available. 3) If new sewer must pass over the existing water main, provide vertical separation of at least 1811 between the bottom of the sewer and the top of the water main in addition to the requirements of b.2) above. c. Adequately support existing water main to prevent settling or breakage. III -F-6 1: I 39GONLY PH070-MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OP THESE PAGES AAE AUTHORIZED 0Y IES•AGL-APPA JOINT LOHxITTE[ _ M -- . 1978 - lar •�INi IHf. ... .. _... MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 1 I 1 f 1 b. Provide concrete collar 6" thick and 12" each way from joint; place 6x6 -6x6 wire fabric mesh in center of collar. 1) Cover joint with burlap "diaper" band; hind at edge with No. 9 tie wires. 2) Prevent excess material from entering pipe. 10-08 SEWER CONFLICTS WITH WATER MAIN a. New sanitary sewer paralleling existing water main: 1) Minimum horizontal separation: 101 clear. a) If conditions prevent relocation of new sewer or existing water main to obtain 10' separation, minimum may be reduced to no less than 3' clear by placing the top of the sewer at least 18" below the bottom of the existing water main. b) If impossible to obtain 18" clearance, construct new sewer of cast iron or ductile iron pipe until separation or clearance condition is met. Concrete encasement of sewer pipe in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 is allowed in lieu of cast iron or ductile iron pipe construc- tion for sewer pipe larger than 1211 diameter if cast iron or ductile iron pipe not readily available. b. New sanitary sewer crossing existing water main: 1) Minimum vertical clearance: Top of sewer at least 18" below the bottom of the existing water main. 2) If 1811 clearance cannot be obtained, or if sewer must pass over water main, construct new sewer of 201 length of cast iron or ductile iron pipe centered on the water main. Con- crete encasement of sewer pipe in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 is allowed in lieu of cast iron or ductile Iron pipe construction for sewer pipe larger than 12" diameter, if cast iron or ductile iron pipe is not readily available. 3) If new sewer must pass over the existing water main, provide vertical separation of at least 1811 between the bottom of the sewer and the top of the water main in addition to the requirements of b.2) above. c. Adequately support existing water main to prevent settling or breakage. III -F-6 1: I 39GONLY PH070-MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OP THESE PAGES AAE AUTHORIZED 0Y IES•AGL-APPA JOINT LOHxITTE[ _ M -- . 1978 - lar •�INi IHf. ... .. _... MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES n 10-09 SERVICE CONNECTIONS a. Install service connections where shown on plans or as directed by Engineer; branch size as specified hereinafter or shown on plans. b. Use wye or tee branch where invert of sewer is less then 10' below ground surface; rotate branch minimum 30° from vertical. c. Use tee branch and riser pipe where invert of sewer Is 12' or more below ground surface; extend riser up to 10' below ground surface. Conform to details on Standard Drawing No. 10-19. d. Place vitrified clay, plastic, metal or concrete stopper in end of connection to match pipe material used. 1) Provide watertight joint on stopper to match that on pipe spigot. 2) Secure stopper.to prevent displacement under 5' of water pressure head, minimum. e. Mark location of service connections with plastic tape brought to surface. f. Backfill trench after Engineer has determined and recorded exact location of service connection. 10-10 MANHOLES a. Standard manholes: 1) Conform with Standard Drawings. 2) Use brick, segmental concrete block or precast concrete, as specified in.DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 3) Poured base, 3,000 psi concrete: Diameter and thickness of base may be increased by Engineer due to poor foundation conditions. 4) Brick and segmental block manholes: a) Brick: ASTM C32, Grade MA. b) Segmental block: Solid, precast, ASTM C139 and C140. c) Mortar: 1 part cement to 2 parts sand; cement 1/2 part masonry cement to 1 part Portland cement. III -F-7 B I' I ONLY PHOTO•MECNANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY ICS -AGC -APPA JOINT COMMITTEE30 1976 - IIt,PRINTINR MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �s j I IA M I n 10-09 SERVICE CONNECTIONS a. Install service connections where shown on plans or as directed by Engineer; branch size as specified hereinafter or shown on plans. b. Use wye or tee branch where invert of sewer is less then 10' below ground surface; rotate branch minimum 30° from vertical. c. Use tee branch and riser pipe where invert of sewer Is 12' or more below ground surface; extend riser up to 10' below ground surface. Conform to details on Standard Drawing No. 10-19. d. Place vitrified clay, plastic, metal or concrete stopper in end of connection to match pipe material used. 1) Provide watertight joint on stopper to match that on pipe spigot. 2) Secure stopper.to prevent displacement under 5' of water pressure head, minimum. e. Mark location of service connections with plastic tape brought to surface. f. Backfill trench after Engineer has determined and recorded exact location of service connection. 10-10 MANHOLES a. Standard manholes: 1) Conform with Standard Drawings. 2) Use brick, segmental concrete block or precast concrete, as specified in.DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 3) Poured base, 3,000 psi concrete: Diameter and thickness of base may be increased by Engineer due to poor foundation conditions. 4) Brick and segmental block manholes: a) Brick: ASTM C32, Grade MA. b) Segmental block: Solid, precast, ASTM C139 and C140. c) Mortar: 1 part cement to 2 parts sand; cement 1/2 part masonry cement to 1 part Portland cement. III -F-7 B I' I ONLY PHOTO•MECNANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY ICS -AGC -APPA JOINT COMMITTEE30 1976 - IIt,PRINTINR MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i ,I p LI n r+ Fit y jt III -F-8 L: e ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES-AGC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 3 1 1976. IN PRINTING MICROFILMED BY s - JORM MICR+LAB ii CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES c. d) i.t W 1/2" thickness of mortar. e) In freezing weather, heat materials and protect work from cold; maintain temperature of work at 40 F for at least 24 hours after placing. 5) Precast concrete manholes: a) Reinforced concrete manhole: ASTM 0478. b) i Pt' REQUIREMENTS. h c) Pipe blockouts at base shall be factory fabricated. 6) Standard Manhole "A": ri a) Standard Drawing No. 10-20. b) Use where sewers in manholes are 2411 in diameter or li smaller. c) Confirm selection of manhole cone sections before PI construction. 7) Standard Manhole 1811: a) Standard Drawing No. 10-21. Ilku b) Use where any connecting pipe is 27" or larger In dia- y jt III -F-8 L: e ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES-AGC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 3 1 1976. IN PRINTING MICROFILMED BY s - JORM MICR+LAB ii CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES c. d) Completely fill joints with mortar for watertight structure; thoroughly plaster outside of manhole with 1/2" thickness of mortar. e) In freezing weather, heat materials and protect work from cold; maintain temperature of work at 40 F for at least 24 hours after placing. 5) Precast concrete manholes: a) Reinforced concrete manhole: ASTM 0478. b) Joints shall be as specified in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. c) Pipe blockouts at base shall be factory fabricated. 6) Standard Manhole "A": a) Standard Drawing No. 10-20. b) Use where sewers in manholes are 2411 in diameter or smaller. c) Confirm selection of manhole cone sections before construction. 7) Standard Manhole 1811: a) Standard Drawing No. 10-21. b) Use where any connecting pipe is 27" or larger In dia- meter or span. c) Omit upper section if depth of'manhole is less than 61. d) Confirm selection of manhole cone section before con- struction. 8) Standard Manhole "C'I: a) Standard Drawing No. 10-22. b) Use for manholes 61 or less in depth and where all sewers in manhole are 2411 diameter or smaller. b. Tee Section Manhole: 1) Standard Drawing No. 10-23. y jt III -F-8 L: e ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES-AGC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 3 1 1976. IN PRINTING MICROFILMED BY s - JORM MICR+LAB ii CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES c. la 2) Tee sections equal to strength of line pipe. 3) Riser section: ASTM C478. 4) Use for pipe larger than 42" or as shown on plans. c. Adjusting rings: Provide concrete adjusting rings on manholes as necessary to place cover at grade or to required elevation; provide one adjusting ring minimum; maximum height of manhole adjustment using adjusting rings: 12". Adjusting rings to be secured with cement grout or bituminous mastic. d.. Drop connections: Conform to Standard Drawing No. 10-24; use at locations shown on plans. 10 -II INTAKES a. Construct as shown on plans. 10-12 HEADWALLS AND END SECTIONS a. Construct as shown on plans. 10-13 ACCESSORIES a. Provide steps in special structures and all manholes except tee sections; 1611 center to center unless otherwise noted; top step 24" below top of top section. b. Manhole frames and covers, intake castings and other appurtenances vary; see "Manhole and Intake Schedule" in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. c. Manhole frames and covers located in pavement: See Standard Drawing No. 10-25 or as specified in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 10-14 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT a. Place concrete encasement where shown on plans. b. 3,000 psi concrete. c. See Standard Drawing No. 10-26 for details. III -F-9 ONLY PHOTO-MICHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OP THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES -AGC -APPA JOINT COMMITTEE I j 1976 - ISI PRINTING 7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAS II CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES f� i Id I� I`» � 4w I, %W ly Lr � R - IA • II M i.: 2) Tee sections equal to strength of line pipe. 3) Riser section: ASTM C478. 4) Use for pipe larger than 42" or as shown on plans. c. Adjusting rings: Provide concrete adjusting rings on manholes as necessary to place cover at grade or to required elevation; provide one adjusting ring minimum; maximum height of manhole adjustment using adjusting rings: 12". Adjusting rings to be secured with cement grout or bituminous mastic. d.. Drop connections: Conform to Standard Drawing No. 10-24; use at locations shown on plans. 10 -II INTAKES a. Construct as shown on plans. 10-12 HEADWALLS AND END SECTIONS a. Construct as shown on plans. 10-13 ACCESSORIES a. Provide steps in special structures and all manholes except tee sections; 1611 center to center unless otherwise noted; top step 24" below top of top section. b. Manhole frames and covers, intake castings and other appurtenances vary; see "Manhole and Intake Schedule" in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. c. Manhole frames and covers located in pavement: See Standard Drawing No. 10-25 or as specified in DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 10-14 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT a. Place concrete encasement where shown on plans. b. 3,000 psi concrete. c. See Standard Drawing No. 10-26 for details. III -F-9 ONLY PHOTO-MICHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OP THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED BY IES -AGC -APPA JOINT COMMITTEE I j 1976 - ISI PRINTING 7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAS II CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES f� r 16 r 13 10-15 TESTS M 't a. Infiltration test, gravity sewers, sanitary: 1) Conform to Standard Drawing No, 10-27 provide and Install i Aa all equipment required. 2) Maximum allowable infiltration: 200 gallons per mile per f inch.diameter of sewer per .24-hour day at any time. I� 3) Visible leakage at Joints, or leakage in excess of that to specified, shall be repaired at Contractor's expense. 4) Maximum length of test section: 1,5001, 5) Remove weirs after infiltration has been checked by Engineer. 11 11! Me w b. Exfiltration test, gravity sewers, sanitary: 1) Conform to Standard Drawing No, 10-28; provide and install all equipment required. 2) Maximum allowable exfiltration: 200 gallons per mile per inch diameter of sewer per 24-hour day at any time. 3) Leakage Inexcessof that specified, shall be repaired at Contractors expense. 4) Use exfiltration test only on sections of sewer where ground water level is lower than 1' above top of pipe. Sectionalize ' the test so that interior pressure in pipe does not exceed 5' of water pressure, 5) Remove equipment and plugs after test has been completed. c. Gravity sewers, storm: 1) No tests for leakage required. 2) Visually inspect Interior Joints; any Joints or sections of line having defective pipe, poor Joints, or excessive infil- tration, as determined by Engineer, shall be corrected at Contractor's expense. d. Owner reserves the right to televise sewer, at Owner's expense, prior to final acceptance. III -F-10 L. ONLY •PRINANI[AL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED 0r IES•AGC-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE /�/� .._..: 1976 reo�i..,:.._....._..._.. MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR jE_AES CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES M t� �a 11 11! Me w b. Exfiltration test, gravity sewers, sanitary: 1) Conform to Standard Drawing No, 10-28; provide and install all equipment required. 2) Maximum allowable exfiltration: 200 gallons per mile per inch diameter of sewer per 24-hour day at any time. 3) Leakage Inexcessof that specified, shall be repaired at Contractors expense. 4) Use exfiltration test only on sections of sewer where ground water level is lower than 1' above top of pipe. Sectionalize ' the test so that interior pressure in pipe does not exceed 5' of water pressure, 5) Remove equipment and plugs after test has been completed. c. Gravity sewers, storm: 1) No tests for leakage required. 2) Visually inspect Interior Joints; any Joints or sections of line having defective pipe, poor Joints, or excessive infil- tration, as determined by Engineer, shall be corrected at Contractor's expense. d. Owner reserves the right to televise sewer, at Owner's expense, prior to final acceptance. III -F-10 L. ONLY •PRINANI[AL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED 0r IES•AGC-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE /�/� .._..: 1976 reo�i..,:.._....._..._.. MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR jE_AES CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES M r 10-16 PAYMENT IE a. tin separate payment will be made for work covered in this part of the specifications except as set forth below. All other related items are incidental to construction. Contract unit prices shall include all costs for each item of work. b. Sewer Pipe in Place (LF): iS 1) Includes furnishing pipe and materials, handling, laying, exca- vation of trench and Pipe Envelope, fat specified work iiithin the Pipe Envelope, dewatering, diversion of sewage during construc- tion, removal of existing sewers, connections to sewers and appurtenances, temporary sheeting and shoring, temporary support of existing utility services, backfill with ordinary backfill and tests. 2) Does not include additional cost of concrete encasement or material cost of sheeting or shoring left in place at Engineer's direction, sand.or compacted backfill, rock or rubble excavation removal of trees 611 in diameter and larger, water main conflicts, crossings jacked in place, surface replacement zing or trench stabili- material at Engineer's direction. 3) Length will be e measured from be 9�innin g point, as shown on plans, 114 for each size of pipe and type of pipe material along center line of pipe with no deductions for manholes or end sections. )� 1>1 i C. Storm Sewer Inlet Pipe in Place (LF): Unit price includes all work described in Item b. (Sewer Pipe in Place). Length of inlet pipe will be measured from center line A of connecting manhole to center line of inlet for each diameter and type of pipe material. Cl. Conflict With Existing Underground Utilities and Services )� 1) Temporary Support for Existing Services: No separate payment will be made for the necessary support of existing water, gas, telephone and power utilities services crossing the trench excavation unless the plans or specifications provide for - permanent support or relocation of the service. I "► 2) Conflict with Existing Sewer Main or Sewer Service (EA): Unit hs price includes all work and materials associated with the performance of the permanent support or relocation of a service (.1 connection as shown on Standard Drawing No. 10-17 (Conflicts With y Existing Sewer Mains or Services). Unit prices for cases I, 2, j and 3 are provided in the proposal. 1 Il �.: Ill -F-11 i� L. ONLY PHO70-HECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTHORIZED SY ICS-AGC-APWA JOINT COMMITTEE3�� 1976 • ISI PRINTING 7 I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r a F� 3) Relocation of Existing Water Service (EA): Unit price Includes all work and materials associated with providing a new water service section to avoid conflict. 4) Relocation of Existing Sewer Services: Separate payment will be made for work and materials associated with relocation of services in direct conflict of the proposed new utility as generally shown on case No. 4 Standard Drawing No. 10-18 (Relocation of Existing Services). Where such conflict is known In advance of the preparation of the plans and specifications, this shall be shown on the plans with appropriate unit price provisions In the proposal. Where such conflict arises during the construction of the new utility, extra work provisions will apply. e. Water Main Conflicts: 1) Cast or Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe In Place (LF): Unit price Includes additional cost of providing cast Iron or ductile Iron sewer pipe in lieu of vitrified clay or concrete sewer pipe where water main conflicts occur or where directed by Engineer. Unit price.is in'addition to the unit price bid per lineal foot for Installation of sewer pipe at same location and depth. 2) Concrete Encasement for Sewer Pipe (LF): Unit price Includes cost of additional work and materials required to encase .new sewer pipe in concrete at locations directed by Engineer In accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 (Concrete Encasement). Excludes excavation, furnishing and Installing pipe and appur- tenances, backfill and other related work for complete installation. Include these Items in unit price bid for Sewer Pipe In Place. f. Sewer Service Connections; 1) Wye or Tee Branch Connection (EA): Includes additional cost of service connection over straight pipe Including tee, additional excavation, backfill, stopper, and stopper restraint required for each service connection. Excludes cost of sewer service pipe. 2) Riser Connection (EA): Unit price Includes additional cost of riser connection over straight pipe Including tee, concrete, additional excavation, backfill, Joints and fittings, stopper and stopper restraint required for each service connection in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-19 (Riser Connection). Excludes the cost of riser pipe and sewer service pipe. III -F-12 �I I" 1 9 I � . w I j r i k. I.1 L.r 3) Relocation of Existing Water Service (EA): Unit price Includes all work and materials associated with providing a new water service section to avoid conflict. 4) Relocation of Existing Sewer Services: Separate payment will be made for work and materials associated with relocation of services in direct conflict of the proposed new utility as generally shown on case No. 4 Standard Drawing No. 10-18 (Relocation of Existing Services). Where such conflict is known In advance of the preparation of the plans and specifications, this shall be shown on the plans with appropriate unit price provisions In the proposal. Where such conflict arises during the construction of the new utility, extra work provisions will apply. e. Water Main Conflicts: 1) Cast or Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe In Place (LF): Unit price Includes additional cost of providing cast Iron or ductile Iron sewer pipe in lieu of vitrified clay or concrete sewer pipe where water main conflicts occur or where directed by Engineer. Unit price.is in'addition to the unit price bid per lineal foot for Installation of sewer pipe at same location and depth. 2) Concrete Encasement for Sewer Pipe (LF): Unit price Includes cost of additional work and materials required to encase .new sewer pipe in concrete at locations directed by Engineer In accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 (Concrete Encasement). Excludes excavation, furnishing and Installing pipe and appur- tenances, backfill and other related work for complete installation. Include these Items in unit price bid for Sewer Pipe In Place. f. Sewer Service Connections; 1) Wye or Tee Branch Connection (EA): Includes additional cost of service connection over straight pipe Including tee, additional excavation, backfill, stopper, and stopper restraint required for each service connection. Excludes cost of sewer service pipe. 2) Riser Connection (EA): Unit price Includes additional cost of riser connection over straight pipe Including tee, concrete, additional excavation, backfill, Joints and fittings, stopper and stopper restraint required for each service connection in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-19 (Riser Connection). Excludes the cost of riser pipe and sewer service pipe. III -F-12 �I t .I 9 I j I i i ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PACES ARE AUTMOAIDID BY IES-AGC-APWA JOINT COMM ITTIE 3 1976 - 1st PRINTING _. _._......_. MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES V 1 3) Riser Pipe (LF): Unit price includes all work and materials to install the riser pipe in accordance with Standard Drawing i No. 10-19 (Riser Connection). �f Ir i^ r 4) Sewer Service Pipe in Place (LF): Unit price includes all work and materials required for installation of sewer service pipe including removal of existing sewer service pipe where appli- cable, furnishing pipe, bedding, increasers and reducers, handling, laying, excavation, dewatering, connections to existing pipe, temporary sheeting and shoring and backfilling. Length will be measured along center line of pipe from center line of sewer to end of new sewer service pipe installed. Sand or compacted backfill and surface restoration will be paid for separately. 9. Manholes (LF): Unit price includes furnishing, installing, excavating, temporary sheeting and shoring, concrete, frame and cover, connections to sewers, manhole steps and backfill for standard manholes -as pro- vided in standard drawings. All cost of work shall be proportioned to a lineal foot cost of manhole measured from the top of the cover to the lowest invert of the manhole. This payment item applies to the following: 1) Standard Manhole "A11 Standard Drawing 10-20, 2) Standard Manhole 1181' Standard Drawing 10-21, 3) Standard Manhole IICII Standard Drawing 10-22, 4) Tee section manhole Standard Drawing No. 10-23, h. Manhole Drop Connections (EA) Unit price Includes additional cost over a Standard Manhole for excavation, concrete, dewateringr pipe and fittings as shown on Standard Drawing No. 10=24 (Drop Connection), I. Intakes (EA): Unit price Includes furnishing all labor, materials, excavation, backfill, castings and surface restoration to construct intakes complete as shown on plans. J. Headwalls (EA): Unit price includes furnishing all labor, materials, excavation, backfill, flap gate and surface restoration to construct complete as shown on plans. k, End Sections (EA): Unit price Includes all additional labor and materials to provide flared pipe, metal pipe, tie bolts and other restraining sections as shown on plans over the cost of straight pipe, III -F-13 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Or THIS( PAGES M[ AUTHORIZED 0Y IES-ACCJOINT IN PRINTING CONMITT[[v e (o MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 9 I r r i f, + 1. Concrete Encasement (LF): Unit price Includes the cost of additional ION work, materials and handling required to encase the sewer In con- crete at locations shown on plans in accordance with Standard Drawing No. 10-26 (Concrete Encasement), Excludes excavation. furnlshlno, Fa and Installing pipe and appurtenances, backfill and other work for if complete installation. Include these'Items In unit price bid for Sewer Pipe In Place. f"7 1'Y ' I. h 1 j I r A I I I I ; 1 'l I P I l4 � III -F-14 I I L j - j ONLY PMOTO•AICMANICAL PROCESS A[PAODUCTIONS Or TMISC PAGES MI AUTMDA111D 01 It$ -AGC -APIA JOINT COMMITTEE 7G I � _. 197E lu PAINTING VVV y' ------------- MICROFILMED BY 14. JORM MICR�LAB if CEDAR RAPIDS •DES MOINES . A UNDISTURBED EARTH i.l rs GRANULAR BACKFILL. rt COST INCIDENTAL TO MAIN LINE f'! WHERE BEAM IS REQUIRED ° ° ► °j10 CASE NO.1 WILL BE PAY ITEM.— CASE N0. I SEE DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS OR PLANS FOR DETAILS. ..1 w° 'i �.1 �p IH i j !I COMPACTED GRANULAR SACKFILL� ,6 (THAN LNG WITH IS CONCRETE 4jBYSFIL i f�! EXISTING SERVICE RELOCATED SERVICE--' li ABANDONED SERVICE—CONNECTION Ia EXISTING UTILITY �i PLUS SERVICE CONNECTION �i 1� i� I) . r I SEWER SERVICE maps B FILL UNDISTURBED EARTH AS SF{ECIFIED LII I PROPOSED UTILITY •: • w"u� ;\\ 45°BSE%ISTING UTILITY CASE NO, 2 I 4 I —UNDISTURBED EARTH ) (MAX.) -EXISTING SERVICE (RELOCATED CONNECTION) ED UTILITY TED ORANULAR BACKFILL CASE NO.3 STANDARD DRAWING NO. 10-17 CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING SEWER MAINS OR SERVICES III -E-15 S NAOC/COWCTI DNS Of iN[S[ 11016. tot NYtotPAINTING JOINT CMIITTLC MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES • i e• eCOMPACTED GRANULAR BACKFILL. °°• a°0 COST INCIDENTAL TO MAIN LINE °o a CONSTRUCTION. ° ° ► °j10 PROPOSED UTILITY CASE N0. I maps B FILL UNDISTURBED EARTH AS SF{ECIFIED LII I PROPOSED UTILITY •: • w"u� ;\\ 45°BSE%ISTING UTILITY CASE NO, 2 I 4 I —UNDISTURBED EARTH ) (MAX.) -EXISTING SERVICE (RELOCATED CONNECTION) ED UTILITY TED ORANULAR BACKFILL CASE NO.3 STANDARD DRAWING NO. 10-17 CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING SEWER MAINS OR SERVICES III -E-15 S NAOC/COWCTI DNS Of iN[S[ 11016. tot NYtotPAINTING JOINT CMIITTLC MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES n UTILITY WITH CONCRETE 1# A PROPOSED GRAVITY ' j UTILITY-- EXISTING GRAVITY ` UTILITY N'• �r 9 EXISTING ABANDONED UTILITY I, SERVICES CONNECTIONS �r ��n - I i I RELOCATED SERVICES II11 PA EXISTING GRAVITY y h; CONNECTIONS (DOWNSTREAM) SECTION UTILITY (DOWNSTREAM) RELOCATED II CASE NO.4 CONNECTION, MANHOLE', CLEANOUTS OR BENDS AS DIRECTE -i..`. BY ENGINEER. `r PROPOSED GRAVITY CONNECTIONS- PLUO ITY '+j ';'�o PLAN VIEW 1� iif BACKFILL AS UNDISTURBED EARTH SPECIFIED REDOING IIF RECO) ABANDONED SERVIC 1ICROFILMED BY JORM MICR¢LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES hI01NES I UTILITY WITH CONCRETE ` EXISTING GRAVITY 9 EXISTING SERVICES ' •" UTILITY ��n i I II11 RELOCATED SERVICE EXISTING GRAVITY h; CONNECTIONS (DOWNSTREAM) SECTION UTILITY (DOWNSTREAM) II CASE NO.4 STANDARD DRAWING NO. 10 -18 I� RELOCATION OF EXISTING SERVICES I, III -F-16 �) ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES AAL AUTHORIZE AY IES•AGGAPWA JOINT COMMITTEE 1916 • IEt PAINTING 1ICROFILMED BY JORM MICR¢LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES hI01NES I I7 -STAKE TO WALL OF TRENCH � v i0 O! 0 : I u • �� .O. INSTALL RISER PIPE i0 BEAR FIRMLY AGAINST UNDISTURBED WALL OF TRENCH. jj� STAKE RISER PIPE IN PLACE PRIOR .4 I PLAN 70 BACKFILLING 70 PREVENT MOVEMENT OF PIPE. SELECT VERTICAL 0 o ' , JO OR 4.30 POSITION OF RISER PIPE TO SUIT j SERVICE PIPE IF SPECIFIED TRENCH WALL CONDITIONS, SEE SPECIFICATIONS • NOTCH WALL OF TRENCH TO RECEIVE o I' PIPE WHERE POSSIBLE. STOPPER ATENO OFPIPE (TYP.1 ( 700 OR 450 ENCASE IN CONCRETE WHEN NOT SUPPORTED I ta _ 6lMIN,) OR To UNDISTURBED TRENCH WALL 1/ u it Vz I' tt1 1 -STAKE TO WALL OF TRENCH � v i0 O! 0 : I u • �� .O. INSTALL RISER PIPE i0 BEAR FIRMLY AGAINST UNDISTURBED WALL OF TRENCH. jj� STAKE RISER PIPE IN PLACE PRIOR .4 I PLAN 70 BACKFILLING 70 PREVENT MOVEMENT OF PIPE. SELECT VERTICAL 0 o ' , JO OR 4.30 POSITION OF RISER PIPE TO SUIT j SERVICE PIPE IF SPECIFIED TRENCH WALL CONDITIONS, SEE SPECIFICATIONS • NOTCH WALL OF TRENCH TO RECEIVE o I' PIPE WHERE POSSIBLE. STOPPER ATENO OFPIPE (TYP.1 ( 700 OR 450 ENCASE IN CONCRETE WHEN NOT SUPPORTED I ta _ 6lMIN,) OR To UNDISTURBED TRENCH WALL BY TRENCH WALL. i TRENCH WALL INN \ RISER PIPE �" �•�' ° , O •T"BRANCH (312E AS SPECIFIED) aLEc 7 CONCRETE AS SPECIFIEDrl N 7STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10.19 RISER CONNECTION I ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PAOCESS REMODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES AA[ AUTMOAI2[0 SY IES•AGC-AFVA JOINT COMMITTEE 11TE • fit MINTING i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES , u it BY TRENCH WALL. i TRENCH WALL INN \ RISER PIPE �" �•�' ° , O •T"BRANCH (312E AS SPECIFIED) aLEc 7 CONCRETE AS SPECIFIEDrl N 7STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10.19 RISER CONNECTION I ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PAOCESS REMODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES AA[ AUTMOAI2[0 SY IES•AGC-AFVA JOINT COMMITTEE 11TE • fit MINTING i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES . Iq } I it In MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER: FRAME IN PLACE, �a /GROUT • ADJUSTING RINGS: ,!e /GROUT IN PLACE, A% •�',�-. ' EDGE OF ;+.` '•`• •� CONCENTRIC OR f-. li ;;. MANHOLE lam, •i•• ECCENTRIC CONE EXCAVATION • . P. SECTION 'Y++ I W IL It. IL - : I'r• 'LQ• w N 0 0 1, O �� ;: ►' az PRECAST i 3 '.t 0 .. 6• ^ MANHOLE WALL y y 0►` MIN. •, o' 4S"DIA. ,••, AS SPECIFIED a OR AS SPECIFIED V' t. g 1 � 1 •V �. EXTEND CONCRETE _.... MANHOLE FOUNDATION UNDISTURBED SOIL TO CR40LE EACH SEWER PIPE TO A POINT I. WHERE SPECIFIED TRENCH WIDTH PERMITS IIW'� NORMAL PIPE REDDING MAXIMUM 'D' ) 24'• . Iq } I 4% STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10- 20 In LJ STANDARD PLA.NHOLE al ONLY PHOTO-MECNANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAAEA ARE AUTMORIEED 6Y IES-A&C-APVA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 - III PRINTING 1 iI MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES MANHOLE DIA. 02 INCHES 60 STANDARD DRAWING NO. 10.21 STANDARD MANHOLE "S' of Ill -F-19 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS PEPRO;UCTIONS OF THESE PAas ARE AUTHORIZED BY 115-AGC-APWA JOINT C014MITTEE ARI PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I II MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER GROUT FRAME IN PLACE ADJUSTING RINGS GROUT IN PLACE CONCENTRIC OR ECCENTRIC CONE SECTION "CIA id OR SPECIFIED J: 24%010. 0 6 AT 6"O.C. m I EDGE OF MANHOLE EXCAVATION D2 MANHOLE WALL AS SPECIFIED 6 CONCRETE AS SPECIFIED UNDISTURBED SOIL LARGEST PIPE DIA. DI 1.1 II NOTES: INCHES EXTEND CONCRETE MANHOLE FOUNDATION TO CRADLE EACH SEWER PIPE TO A POINT WHERE 2? - 36 SPECIFIED TRENCH WIDTH PERMITS NORMAL 42 PIPE BEDDING. SLOPE CONCRETE FILL %4 D I TO INVERT OF OUTLET PIPE MANHOLE DIA. 02 INCHES 60 STANDARD DRAWING NO. 10.21 STANDARD MANHOLE "S' of Ill -F-19 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS PEPRO;UCTIONS OF THESE PAas ARE AUTHORIZED BY 115-AGC-APWA JOINT C014MITTEE ARI PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER GROUT FRAME IN PLACE .� ._••ADJUSTING RINGS 7 i;: 71 iI �- r 1 GROUT IN PLACE r ,1 'e r 1 EDGE OF MANHOLE" 11 EXCAVATIONS !, �r �i �1 MANHOLE WALL AS SPECIFIED L.1 -DIA. i 4B !u I�K MIN. I i rte' i ', ' trI U• ,'' i II I � / L,J r MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER GROUT FRAME IN PLACE STANDARD MANHOLE IOt III -F-20 ----^ ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PADES EAUILO !Y I[S-ACC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE -ll't PRINTING MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�YLA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i i .� ._••ADJUSTING RINGS 7 i;: �- 1 GROUT IN PLACE 'e IMI N.) EDGE OF MANHOLE" EXCAVATIONS !, °•' MANHOLE WALL AS SPECIFIED -DIA. 4B OR AS SPECIFIED`•, MIN. •1 u ', ' U• ,'' +e, 6• , I O / UNDISTURBED SOIL EXTEND CONCRETE MANHOLE FOUNDATION MAXIMUM '0+24" TO CRADLE EACH SEWER PIPE TO A POINT WHERE SPECIFIED TRENCH WIDTH PERMITS NORMAL TRENCH BEDDING NOTE: USE FOR MANHOLES LESS THAN 6'•0* IN DEPTH STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10-22 STANDARD MANHOLE IOt III -F-20 ----^ ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PADES EAUILO !Y I[S-ACC•APVA JOINT COMMITTEE -ll't PRINTING MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�YLA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i i I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB s — 1 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I �^ MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER s GROUT FRAME IN PLACE r ADJUSTING RINGS: w — GROUT IN PLACE. • J•� CONCENTRIC OR •'• !, r ECCENTRIC CONE SECTION. i o y OL US I�4• ."3 . lig R C '� OE inO ' I :• 40" DIA. PRECAST t • I ' :: SPECIFIED i = WALL ,• . MANHOLE EEE]]] :. A 4L it W ECCENTRIC REDUCERWi I BEDDING AS SPECIFIED UNDISTURBED NOTE: I. BEDDING REQUIREMENTS: SAME AS FOR PIPE. 2.'T SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN DIAMETER OF MAIN STANDARD DRAWING NO. 10 -23 LINE PIPE NOR LESS THAN DIAMETER OF MANHOLE RISER. TEE SECTION MANHOLE Li _ III -F-21 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES AAE AUTHORIZED 1976 • Itt PAINTING { EY IES•AGC•APYA JOINT COMMITTEE r I I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB s — 1 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES INFORCED CONCRETE BEAM TO REST ON 12°UNDISTURBED EARTH -a — — — — — — — _ _ _ — _ = 7 [RE IIIWALL THICKNESS A CONCRETE DAM (� •, Y7 PIPE DIAMETER. ��MANHOLE P,�. WALL IA 7; fir•• ui, •, v F DROP PIPE AND SHORT RAOIUB ELBOW. "! - , 0' -L SIZE h DIAMETER OF 1,' 'S y W •V_ �I .t'r •b•. I` R\\ °I o ;_' PIPE RUN OR 6"(MIN.) i' _ ' I CONCRETE '�' S { `? ' ' b J .r •\ AS SPECIFIED ,. UNDISTURBED EARTH '-1 .✓ 7,•. .'.'a :..� ..a ;, .i V'� '!;•'d;. . rpw7)1 � �1{ p p '� ,b �•,J ,V .A 'V ,''p 1•�I•',O" {{•• L"j POURED CONCRETE OR PRECAST BECTIONS MANHOLE BASE FILLED WITH CONCRETE. I ENCASE DROP PIPE WITH CONCRETE 4"MINIMUM EACH SIDE AND FROM SIDE OF _ - MANHOLE TO UNDISTURBED EARTH. tw 1I STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10.24 i�f DROP CONNECTION III -F-22 • ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGFS ARE AUTHORIZED* IV 1[S-AGC•APMA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 • fit PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES BOLTS FOR INSTALLATION ONLY •REMOVE AFTER FINAL SETTING. STANDARD DRAWING 140. 10 - 2b MANHOLE IN PAVEMENT III -F-23 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PLOTO M' C PR/MTIED EY IES•AGC-APNA JOINT COMMITTEE _ _ MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES / 1'a TELESCOPING CASTING i 1� ,1 -I BOLTS FOR INSTALLATION ONLY •REMOVE AFTER FINAL SETTING. STANDARD DRAWING 140. 10 - 2b MANHOLE IN PAVEMENT III -F-23 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PLOTO M' C PR/MTIED EY IES•AGC-APNA JOINT COMMITTEE _ _ MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 1 1 ii 11 IS i I 19 1 BACKFILL k AS - SPECIFIED,'.0 •'.''u,: i•�•';•e ;D ,; SPECIFIED j , .o .. , L• D r � zUNDISTURBED SOIL �a 131 NOTES 8 I. PROVIDE MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER OF 8"A7 PIPE EXTREMITIES. TRENCH WALLS MAY BE USED TO FORM CONCRETE. 2. USE WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS OR AS DIRECTED BY ENOINEER. ; 7. MAKE PIPE JOINT IN SAME MANNER SPECIFIED FOR PIPE. NOT ENCASED. I 0. PROVIDE MINIMUM OF ONE PIPE SUPPORT UNDER BARREL PER � PIPE LENGTH; MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM JOINT 6"; PROVIDE TIES AND BRACES TO PREVENT DISPLACEMENT OR FLOTATION DURING ENCASEMENT, . S. REINFORCING FOR WATER MAIN CONFLICTS ONLY: 0.2% OF CROSS i SECTION AREA OF CONCRETE. STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10 • 26 �-% CONCRETE ENCASEMENT 1II-F-24 ONLY PHOTO-MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS Of THESE PAGES All AUTMORISEO 1 IY IES-A6C-APPA JOINT COMMITTEE i I 1976- lot PAINTING MICROFILMED BY - JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �j- MEASURING PAN (BLOCK UNTIL LEVEL) I" PIPE CAULK TO PLUG NOjE3 2" WOOD PLUG CAULK TIGHT AND WEDGE IN PLACE MEASURING PAN MEASURING PLUG I USE 600 V NOTCH WEIR WHEN CHECKING INFILTRATION OF TOTAL SEWER SYSTEM ) I. PLACE MEASURING PLUG AND SECURE. 2, FILL SEWER WITH WATER UNTIL FLOW IS OBSERVED AT MEASURING PLUG. ].- PLACE WATERTIGHT PLUG AT UPSTREAM SECTION OF SEWER. 4. ALLOW 12 • 24 HOURS AFTER DEWATERING FOR GROUND WATER TO RETURN TO NORMAL LEVEL. S. MEASURE RATE OF INFILTRATION. IS. MEASURE GROUND WATER LEVEL. STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10 - 27 INFILTRATION ,TEST III -F-25 ONLY PHOTOMECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ARE AUTNORtE[O 6Y I[$-AGC•APWA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976• lot PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAE3 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 11 I, ,r n tr A .E r L, 1'P M •., i 2.. PIPE In ,0 �J v , r ' ' " " " "' •""''' ' . WATERTIGHT BULKHEAD i 6 NOTES I. PLACE WATERTIGHT BULKHEAD WITH 2"PIPE IN EACH ENO OF SECTION OF SEWER TO BE TESTED. 6.i •2. FILL SECTION OF SEWER WITH WATER UNTIL 2"PIPES ARE FULL, HOLD FOR t MINIMUM OF 6 HOURS, REFILL, START TIMING 30 MINUTE TEST. 3. USING MEASURED CONTAINER, ADD WATER FOR PERIOD OF 30 MINUTES TO MAINTAIN FULL HEAD. THE AMOUNT OF WATER ADDED SHALL BE RECORDED. STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10 - 28 EXFILTRATION TEST III -F-26 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ME AUTHORIZED 6Y IES -AOC -APPA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 • hot PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES i a STANDARD DRAWING N0. 10 - 28 EXFILTRATION TEST III -F-26 ONLY PHOTO -MECHANICAL PROCESS REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE PAGES ME AUTHORIZED 6Y IES -AOC -APPA JOINT COMMITTEE 1976 • hot PRINTING MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES f .. DIVISION III .r SECTION G DETAILED SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR SANITARY SEWER p. �y(SUPPLEMENTAL TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS) foDSR 2A-02 - EXISTING UTILITIES Existing water and sanitary sewer services which are severed by the contractor shall be repaired by the and that are not in direct conflict with the new work be made in accordance with these contractor at his expense. Repairs shall detailed specification requirements. DSR 2A-09 - DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS AND REFUSE I The contractor shall select his own waste site which shall be approved by the disposal, however, a per A engineer. The City landfill is available for waste The contractor will not be reimbursed ton charge will be billed the contractor. is it a bid item in these documents. The current rate is his ti,(A for this charge nor $5.10 per ton but the contractor shall verify this cost prior to submitting landfill for a waste site. p; g proposal if he desires to use the City DSR 3-01 - GENERAL IS All references to maximum density are to be determined by the In proctor under pavements including method. All backfill within the right-of-way or 90% of modified proctor. Backfill in all other sidewalks shall be compacted to of 85% of modified proctor. areas shall be a minimum DSR 3-04 - TRENCH EXCAVATION 1 �3 as stoneecomplyingdwithwthe State's A mnlmbedding Type shalloconsistlofeaC3/4" crushedl �8 base specification Article 4122.02. intervals of approximately 150-200 feet a clay dam shall be substituted for may be natural material At the materials in the pipe envelope. This clay material be approved by the engineer. This clay found within the excavation but must three feet long running with the pipe. The purpose of the granular I �a dam shall be approximately being to intercept groundwater and stop the french drain effect compensation will be provided for this I material within the envelope. No extra work. i DSR 3-02 - EXCAVATION CLASSIFICATION of defining excavation materials, the 3/8 cubic yard rated on the job site. For the purpose control unless a larger machine is being used �4 backhoe shall I° L1 III -G-1 •/j �/_ it MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES r �i rf 1� If a larger machine is being used, earth shall be classified as anything having less volume than the rated volume of the backhoe and which can be removed by the backhoe. DSR 3-12 - STANDARD DRAWING #3-16 "Standard Trench Section for Payment Quantities" is prepared for inclusion in the Standard Specifications to be used for definition in the pipe envelope and for computing quantities, sand backfill, compacted backfill, surface replace- ment, and restoration. The trench is shown with sloped walls starting from 'the top of the pipe envelope. Quantities in the standard payment quantity tables are computed from the standard trench section. It is the intent that quantities in the bid proposal will be prepared from the tables and computed from standard trench section and that contractors in establishing their unit prices for the work will vary the price upward or downward for any conditions that they know to exist that would either cause the standard trench section to be wider or narrower above the pipe envelope within that allowed for in the standard payment quantities. DSR 9-01 - CONCRETE MATERIALS All concrete materials shall conform to Iowa DOT base specifications, Section 2301, for either A C-3 or M-3 mix. DSR 10-04 - PIPE MATERIALS AND JOINTS All clay pipe shall be Extra Strength Vitrified Clay Pipe, ASTM C-700 with ASTM C-425 compression type joints. All iron pipe to be used in these specifications shall be ductal iron pipe (DIP) as provided in the Standard Specifications. DSR 10-07 - CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR GRAVITY PIPE Unless large size prevents use, all joints to dissimilar gravity pipe as well as all repairs to broken services that cannot be made with whole new pipe shall be made with a band seal coupling that is manufactured by "Clow" Corporation or approved equal. These bands are generally available for pipe sizes 12" and smaller. DSR 10-08 - SEWER CONFLICTS WITH WATER MAIN When it is required because of conflict that the sanitary sewer be constructed to water main specifications, ductal iron pipe shall be used for all cases where the sewer line is 24" in diameter or smaller. Where the conflict is known prior to construction commencing. When the conflict is discovered in the field, all sewer conflicts for pipe diameters up to and including 12" shall be replaced with ductal iron pipe. The engineer may allow concrete encasement for situations larger than 12" diameter. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Iq V DSR 10-09 - SERVICE CONNECTIONS The contractor shall use Wye branches where invert of the sewer is less than 10 feet below ground service, unless special permission is granted by the engineer for the use of a tee branch. Stoppers placed in the end of the service connection shall be secured to withstand the low pressure air tests shown in these specifications. The end of a service run shall be marked in addition to tape with a 40 post eight feet in length of which three feet protrudes from the ground surface. DSR 10-10 - MANHOLES All manholes shall be precast concrete. The manholes specified in the Standard Specifications and referred to as manhole "A", "B", and "C" are hereby deleted by this section and are substituted with figures A and B as shown in these detailed specification requirements. DSR 10-15 - TESTS Testing of the completed sanitary sewer installation shall be by a low pressure air test procedure. The following methods, equipment, and procedures shall be followed in performing these low pressure air tests: After completing backfill of a section of wastewater line, the contractor shall, at his expense, conduct a Line Acceptance . Test using low pressure air. The test shall be performed using the below stated equipment, according to stated procedures and under the supervision of the inspecting engineer. i EUIPMENT: Cherne Air -Loc Equipment, as manufactured by Cherne n ustr a , Inc. of Edina, Minnesota, or approved equal. Equipment used shall meet the following minimum requirements: a) Pneumatic plugs shall have a sealing length equal to or greater than the diameter of the pipe to be inspected. b) Pneumatic plugs shall resist internal test pressures without requiring external bracing or blocking. I d; All il Threeindividualhossthrough esshallbn e used for the le tfollowing I connections: 1) From control panel to pneumatic plugs for inflation. 2) From control panel to sealed line for introducing the low pressure air. 3) From sealed line to control panel for continually monitoring the air pressure rise in the sealed line. PROCEDURES: All pneumatic plugs shall be seal tested before e nb ng used in the actual test installation. One length of pipe j III -G.3 39�r MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR¢LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ir' q shall be laid on the ground and sealed at both ends with the pneumatic plugs to be checked. w Air shall be introduced into the Plugs to 25 psig. The sealed pipe shall be pressurized to 5 psig. The I� plugs shall hold against this pressure without bracing and without movement of the plugs out of the pipe. After a manhole to manhole reach of pipe has been backfilled and cleaned, and the 1° pneumatic Plugs are checked by the above. procedure, the plugs shall be placed in the line at each manhole and inflated to 25 psig. Low pressure air shall be introduced into this d sealed line until the internal air pressure reaches g greater a eaverage water atmay beoverthepipbapressure erthe.At easttwoominutes shall be allowed for the air pressure to stabilize. 9 After the stabilization period (3.5 psig minimum pressure in the Pipe), the air hose from �e the control panel to the air supply shall be disconnected. The portion of line being tested "Acceptable" be tensed shall if the time required in minutes for the pressure to decrease from �a 3.5 to 2.5 psig (greater than the average back pressure of any ground water that may be d over the pipe) shall not be less than the time shown for the given diameters in the following table: I �6 Pipe Dia.in Inches Minutes �! 4... 2.0 83.0 10 . 4.0 12 5.0 lA 4 . 15 ...................5.5 18. 1.5 � s .5 21 . . . 10 0.0 24 m . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 11.5 (a In areas where ground water is known to exlste'the contractor ; shall install a one-half inch diameter capped `e pipe nipple, approximately 10" long, through the manhole wall on top of one I I° of the at the time sewer merthe nseweres tlinegIshinstalled. This shall be done rt Immediatel the performance of the Line Acceptance Test, the grounprior aeif� shall be determined by removing the pipe dap, blowing air":` - through the n. pipe nipple Into the ground so as to clear 1t, and then connecting a clear plastic tube to the nipple. The hose shall be held vertically and a measurement of the height in !i feet of water over the invert of the pipe shall be taken after the water has stopped rising a+ ,in this plastic tube. The height in feet shall be divided by 2.3 to establish the pounds of f 4., V III -G-4 MICROFILMED 6Y JORM MICR(�LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES It pressure that will be added to all readings. (For example, if the height of water is 11; feet, then the added pressure will be 5 psig. This increases the 3.5 psig to 8.5 psig, and the 2.5 psig to 7.5 psig. The allowable drop of one pound and the timing remain the same.) If the installation fails to meet this requirement,the contractor shall, at his own expense, determine the source of leakage. He shall then repair or replace all defective materials and/or workmanship. L III -G-5 39G MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS •DES MOINES NEENAH R-1980 E OR APPROVED EQUAL STEP DETAIL III -G-6 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAIIIDS • DES MOINES d FIGURE A 4' DIA. FOR 24" PIPE 8 UNDER GROUT FRAME TO 6' CIA. FOR OVER E4" PIPE SPACER RING OR MANHOLE FRAME AND LID TO BE MANHOLE MALL IOu NEENAH R-1$70 OR APPROVED' EQUAL [RICK OR CONCRETE AS RE. e Z' _ O'I : n QUIRED TO MAX, OF 4" TO • ,• b •; , IK[T STREET $RADE LINE, 24" OR MORE IN DEPTH p MAX. HEIGHT OF SPACER ° ° RIN$$INCLUDING C.I. MAN. HOLE FRAME, CEMENT MORTAR JOINTS WITH a RUGSER GASKET A6 SHOWN OR °•, COLO BITUMINOUS COMPOUND ° JOINTS MADE IN SAME MANNER 43" PRECAST CON - STEP ;°' AS IEW I PIPE JOINT$ WITH CRETE SECTION$ 6" STRIP MASTIC PAINT AROUND O CONFORMING TO n.• OUTSIDE OF JOINT.. A.S.T.M. SPECIFI- r� e. ' CATION C -T$ °'. 12" MIN. ;y 16" MAX. i NEENAH R-1980 E OR APPROVED EQUAL STEP DETAIL III -G-6 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAIIIDS • DES MOINES d 4' DIA. FOR 24" PIPE 8 UNDER 0 6' CIA. FOR OVER E4" PIPE • IOu D TYPICAL MANHOLE d' OR MORE IN DEPTH NEENAH R-1980 E OR APPROVED EQUAL STEP DETAIL III -G-6 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAIIIDS • DES MOINES d MANHOLE FRAME AND LID TO BE NEENAH R-1670 OR AP- PROVED EQUAL. --------- GROUT FRAME TO SPACER RING OR,:•o'. MANHOLE WALL o STEP STEPS ARE NOT R QUIRED IN STORM SEWER MANHOLE LESS THAN 3 FT. DEEP. FIGURE B BRICK OR CONCRETE AS REQUIRED TO MAX. OF 4" TO MEET STREET GRADE LINE, 24" MAX, HEIGHT OF SPACER RINGS, INCLUDING C.I. MANHOLE FRAME. II" MIN. e''. o.'. ;•b;.; o; •::e ei NEENAH ' CEMENT MORTAR JOINTS WITHP RUBBER GASKET AS SHOWN OR •; •� COLD BITUMINOUS COMPOUND .6.'• JOINTS MADE IN SAME MAN- ; ,'•a NER AS SEWER PIPE JOINTS . •', WITH 6" STRIP MASTIC PAINT 'o AROUND OUTSIDE OF. JOINT.'\,, 'O RAZZ FLAT TOP V48" PRECAST CON - MIN. :o;, CRETE SECTIONS MAX. CONFORMING TO e• A•B.T.M. SPECIFI- CATION C-71 STEP DETAIL III -G-7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES NEENAH ' R-19609 OR APPROVED EQUAL •o'.• ,1" 6" 'O 4' DIA. FOR 24" PIPE B UNDER .?•'. 'e •. S' DIA. FOR OVER 24" PIPE ',•• b 10 Ll 13 TYPICAL MANHOLE 6' OR LESS IN DEPTH STEP DETAIL III -G-7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES NEENAH ' R-19609 OR APPROVED EQUAL •o'.• ,1" 6" I" STEP DETAIL III -G-7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES DIVISION III SECTION H DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR STORM SEWERS A. DESCRIPTION I. Reference Requirements of the Division II Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section, 2, Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation, and Sub -Base Preparation b. Division III, Section D: Site Preparation for Sewers c. Division III, Section E: Trench Excavation and Backfill d. Division III, Section F: Sewers 3. Existing Water, Gas, Sewer and Telephone Lines All possible care has been exercised to locate and plot existing underground utilities: Nevertheless, there may be other underground facilities located in the construction area or the facilities may not lay exactly as plotted or - recorded. If these conditions are encountered the facili- ties are to be protected in place and the Landscape Archi- tect/Engineer notified immediately. It shall be the Con- tractor's responsibility to contact utility companies for field locating all utilities and schedule of work. Due care should be exercised by the Contractor to avoid damaging said existing utility lines. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of repairing any utilities damaged by the Contractor. 4. Reference Specifications References are made hereinafter to Iowa DOT Specifications, Section 2503. Storm Sewers. This reference is to "Standard Specifications for Highway and Bridge Construction Series a MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES iµr p rr i I,x 1 f �I M t N h, 1� i7 a DIVISION III SECTION H DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR STORM SEWERS A. DESCRIPTION I. Reference Requirements of the Division II Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section, 2, Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation, and Sub -Base Preparation b. Division III, Section D: Site Preparation for Sewers c. Division III, Section E: Trench Excavation and Backfill d. Division III, Section F: Sewers 3. Existing Water, Gas, Sewer and Telephone Lines All possible care has been exercised to locate and plot existing underground utilities: Nevertheless, there may be other underground facilities located in the construction area or the facilities may not lay exactly as plotted or - recorded. If these conditions are encountered the facili- ties are to be protected in place and the Landscape Archi- tect/Engineer notified immediately. It shall be the Con- tractor's responsibility to contact utility companies for field locating all utilities and schedule of work. Due care should be exercised by the Contractor to avoid damaging said existing utility lines. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of repairing any utilities damaged by the Contractor. 4. Reference Specifications References are made hereinafter to Iowa DOT Specifications, Section 2503. Storm Sewers. This reference is to "Standard Specifications for Highway and Bridge Construction Series a MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES w Of 1977" or that revised, prepared by Iowa Department of Transportation. 5. Scope Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to con- struct storm sewer drainage lines with pipe, intakes, man- holes, appurtenances, and other incidental items in accord- ance with the plans and specifications, B. MATERIALS 1. The material used shall meet requirements of Part IV, Iowa DOT Specifications, Section 2503, for the respective items. 2. Pipe for storm sewers shall meet requirements of Iowa DOT Specifications, Section 4149.02. C. CONSTRUCTION The construction of storm sewers shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Trench Trenches for storm sewers shall be of sufficient width to provide ample room for proper installation of the pipe and for placing and tamping backfill material under and around the pipe. When the contract documents require or field conditions necessitate limitations on the top width of trench, resulting in the trench walls being cut vertically or sloping to a degree steeper than the natural angle of repose of the material being excavated, sheeting,shoring, and bracing shall be employed to the extent necessary to Provide adequate safety to the workmen and engineers en- gaged on the work. Sheeting,, shoring, and bracing shall remain in place until backfilling has progressed to such stage that its removal will not result in damage to pipe- lines or other structures. The final bedding surface on which the pipe rests shall be firm earth or approved granular backfill material which is free of large rocks or stones, roots, or other objection - earth, excavatioable material. If the pipe can not be bedded in firm n shall be carried below the required ele- vation as directed by the engineer, then backfilled with III -H-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES A i. j ITj i i . �l �M w Iy t.i w Of 1977" or that revised, prepared by Iowa Department of Transportation. 5. Scope Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to con- struct storm sewer drainage lines with pipe, intakes, man- holes, appurtenances, and other incidental items in accord- ance with the plans and specifications, B. MATERIALS 1. The material used shall meet requirements of Part IV, Iowa DOT Specifications, Section 2503, for the respective items. 2. Pipe for storm sewers shall meet requirements of Iowa DOT Specifications, Section 4149.02. C. CONSTRUCTION The construction of storm sewers shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Trench Trenches for storm sewers shall be of sufficient width to provide ample room for proper installation of the pipe and for placing and tamping backfill material under and around the pipe. When the contract documents require or field conditions necessitate limitations on the top width of trench, resulting in the trench walls being cut vertically or sloping to a degree steeper than the natural angle of repose of the material being excavated, sheeting,shoring, and bracing shall be employed to the extent necessary to Provide adequate safety to the workmen and engineers en- gaged on the work. Sheeting,, shoring, and bracing shall remain in place until backfilling has progressed to such stage that its removal will not result in damage to pipe- lines or other structures. The final bedding surface on which the pipe rests shall be firm earth or approved granular backfill material which is free of large rocks or stones, roots, or other objection - earth, excavatioable material. If the pipe can not be bedded in firm n shall be carried below the required ele- vation as directed by the engineer, then backfilled with III -H-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES A i. j MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r y granular material meeting requirements of Section 4120 or with sand containing not more than 10 percent (10%) passing the No. 200 sieve. The bedding shall be so shaped that r` the pipe rests in a concave saddle and bears uniformly for not less than 25 percent (25%) of its circumference. If solid rock is encountered at the bedding elevation or with- in 6 inches below this elevation, excavation shall be carried 6 inches below the required elevation of the out- side tamped, pand�theebottomfoflthewtrenchishall tshaped bet as required for earth excavation. 11 For bell -end sewer pipe, bell holes shall be excavated ahead of the placement of the pipe. M 2. Laying and Placing Pipe Laying of pipes shall commence at the lowest point so the _ spigot or tongue ends point in the direction of flow. Proper methods shall be used for handling and placing pipe yto avoid spalling or breaking and to avoid unnecessary dis- turbance of bedding surface in trench bottom. Each pipe section shall be placed to line and grade and shall be carefully bedded and forced to a close end contact with the adjacent section. For bell -and -spigot pipe, hand -crowded Joints l be imust tbeyotouforce tongue-and-groove r y mechanicalmethods provided IH into intimate contact. Bell joints in sewer pipe shall be carefully filled with !i M� mortar, consisting of one part Portland cement and 3 parts sand (by volume) screened to pass an 8 -mesh sieve. Any mortar protruding inside the joint shall be removed, and �+ the lower two-thirds of the joint shall be pointed full and flush. If joints are open due to angles in alignment, such openings shall be covered with concrete collars. - 1I Collars shall be constructed of Class C concrete meeting requirements of Section 2403 and shall have dimensions " and reinforcement specified for Type C-1 connections shown on the plans. A („ 3. Backfilling No backfill shall be placed until the bedding, joints, line, and grade of the pipe have been approved by the engineer. Backfill shall be compacted to 90% of V �3 1 I,. III -H-3 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES M E K 4. Catch Basins, Intakes, and Manholes IY modified proctor and shall be suitable material free of r boulders, frozen clods, and excessive roots, sod, or oth- er vegetation. Backfill shall first be carefully hand - tamped under and around the pipe in lifts not exceeding 4 inches in loose thickness to a height where a mechanical r. tamper can be used effectively. Care shall be used to so place and tamp this bedding course as not to disturb joints, alignment, or grade of the pipe. Filling shall �. be carried on simultaneously on both sides of the pipe. Where the pipeline is placed beneath a roadway or driveway rf or within 5 feet of thedge of an existing or proposed e ' pavement or base course, tamping shall continue in 6 -inch lifts to the surface, and such tamping shall be done with � a mechanical tamper of an approved type or with a tamping - type roller if the width of the trench permits its use. In other cases, backfill shall be compacted by mechanical t., tampers to at least 6 inches above the top of the pipe; the balance of the backfill shall be consolidated by tamp- ing or rolling in 6 -inch layers. Rock having dimensions not in excess of 15 inches, removed as excavation during storm sewer operations, may be used for backfill material between planes one foot above the top of the pipe and one foot below subgrade elevation. Rock used as backfill shall be placed so as to prevent the for- mation of voids. Excess excavation shall be disposed of as directed by the engineer. 1 III -H-4 39(0 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 4. Catch Basins, Intakes, and Manholes ~ Catch basins, intakes, and manholes shall be constructed in r accordance with the detailed plans. These items shall in- clude forming walls and placing necessary pipe sections through the walls for inlet and outlet lines. All concrete in intakes or manholes shall be Class C concrete meeting requirements of 2403.03. No intake or manhole shall be con- structed less than 4 feet in depth, measured from flowline of gutter to top of the footing of the intake or manhole. �. Precast, circular, concrete manhole units shall meet re- quirements of 4149.06. rf 5. Adjusting Structures �. Manhole rings, valve boxes, etc, that are within the project limits shall be adjusted to the new established grade. This � work will not be paid for separately but shall be incidental 1 III -H-4 39(0 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Z J� 11 it L to the contract, and no extra compensation will 'be allowed. However, if extensive adjustment is required, such as turning a cone on a manhole, etc., payment for this work will be de- termined in accordance with the unit bid price. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to adjust valve boxes, etc., to the new established grade. Abandoned valves shall be removed to at least two (2) feet below the finish grade. This work shall be incidental to the contract, and no extra compensation will be allowed therefore. D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The length of storm sewer constructed shall be determined by mea- suring the number of lineal feet of pipe in place, completed and approved. The number of manholes, intakes, and other items for which a separate bid item is included shall be measured as a com- plete unit in place. E. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be at the unit price bid per lineal feet for pipe of the size, kind and class specified, for the footage of pipe measured in paragraph D above. Payment for manholes, intakes and other items shall be at the unit price bid for each item. Said price and payment shall constitute full compensation for furnish- ing and hauling pipe and granular backfill, excavating trench, placing pipe, for jointing, for backfilling trench, for connections to drainage structures and for all material, labor, and equipment necessary to complete the.sub-surface drainage as shown on the plans. No extra compensation will be allowed for over -depth or tamping backfill. III -H-5 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 39� D i I L to the contract, and no extra compensation will 'be allowed. However, if extensive adjustment is required, such as turning a cone on a manhole, etc., payment for this work will be de- termined in accordance with the unit bid price. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to adjust valve boxes, etc., to the new established grade. Abandoned valves shall be removed to at least two (2) feet below the finish grade. This work shall be incidental to the contract, and no extra compensation will be allowed therefore. D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The length of storm sewer constructed shall be determined by mea- suring the number of lineal feet of pipe in place, completed and approved. The number of manholes, intakes, and other items for which a separate bid item is included shall be measured as a com- plete unit in place. E. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be at the unit price bid per lineal feet for pipe of the size, kind and class specified, for the footage of pipe measured in paragraph D above. Payment for manholes, intakes and other items shall be at the unit price bid for each item. Said price and payment shall constitute full compensation for furnish- ing and hauling pipe and granular backfill, excavating trench, placing pipe, for jointing, for backfilling trench, for connections to drainage structures and for all material, labor, and equipment necessary to complete the.sub-surface drainage as shown on the plans. No extra compensation will be allowed for over -depth or tamping backfill. III -H-5 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 39� D I'f DIVISION III SECTION I DETAILED SPECIFICATINS FOR PAVEMENT WITH INTEGRAL CURB AND ASPHALT PATCHWORK A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference Requirements of the Division II Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation, ,and Sub -Base Preparation b. Division III, Section J: Brick Paving 3. Reference Specifications a. References are made hereinafter to Iowa DOT Specifications, Section 2301. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement. This reference is to "Standard Specifications for Highway and:. Bridge Construction Series of 197711 or that revised, pre- . pared by Iowa Department of Transportation.. b. Where reference specifications allow alternate methods for compaction, the "Ordinary Compaction Method" shall be used. 4. Scope a. The Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials necessary to construct the required 8 -inch and 6 -inch Portland Cement Concrete Pavement with 6 -inch integral curb. b. Pedestrian crosswalks shall be brick on 5 -inch concrete base as shown on the plans. c. The extent and location of all work specified in this section shall be as shown on the plans. d. Asphalt patchwork shall be as shown on the plans. 6w III -I-1 MICROPILI-0ED BY JORM MICR(�1LA8 ;4 CEDAR RAPIDS DES MOINES t, B. MATERIALS 1. Portland Cement Conrrete with Integral Curb q Iowa DOT - Section 2301. - Class C-3 b. Iowa DOT - Section 2301. - Class M-3 Class M-3 concrete shall be nlaced as shown on the drawings. I 2. Asphalt Cement Concrete Leveling Binder and Surface + i� a, Iowa DOT - Section 2303. - Type A - (3/8 inch). Not plant mix shall be approved by the Engineer. i C. CONSTRUCTION fil f ' 1. Provide subgrade with uniform density for a width equal to that of the proposed pavement plus 1 foot on each side to elevation and cross section such that, after rolling, surface will be at required subgrade elevation; provide uniform composition and density at least 6 inches below top of subgrade for full width Of subgrade; scarify materials, mix and recompact, or other- wise treat to produce a uniform condition; remove stones over 4 inches in size from loosened portion of subgrade. Fill depressions that develop during rolling with suitable material- continuetil de is uniformly firm, section; remove andperl materials which will replace not compact readily. l� S 2. If ruts or other objectionable irregularities form in subgrade during construction, reshape and reroll subgrade before placing concrete pavement. Under pavement; draw steel id shod template, resting on side forms, over subgrade before pavement. material is deposited; or use other approved means. In irregular sec- tions where use of template is impractical, I check subgrade by most accurate practical method. 111 3. Entire subgrade area shall be compacted to a uniform density of 90% modified proctor. Moisture to content shall be within t3% of optimum moisture. he 4. Install 8 -inch and 6 -inch Portland Concrete Cement paving and 6 -inch integral curb in accordance with Iowa DOT Section 2301 and as shown on the plans and construction details. S. Install 5 -inch concrete base for pedestrian crosswalk areas as shown on the plans and construction details. ip MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAS CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 39b W i 0 Ini , D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The quantity of one course Portland Concrete Cement paving of eight Minch thickness and six (6) inch thickness and the quantity of six inch integral curb to be paid for will be determined by measurement of the number of square yards of paving and the number of lineal feet of curb actually constructed and accepted by the Engineer as complying with the plans and specifications. The quantity of work involved in the asphalt patchwork is estimated by the Engineer in tons. E. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for paving and per lineal foot for curb. This price shall be full com- pensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, manipulation and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete these items. Payment for asphalt patchwork shall be made at the contract unit price per ton for the actual amount of asphaltic paving material placed and approved by the Engineer. This price shall be full compensation for. furnishing all materials and for all preparation, manipulation, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES DIVISION III ri SECTION J 18 19 SPECIFICATIONS FOR GRANULAR MATERIAL BASE COURSE (WALKWAY BASE ALTERNATE 'B') A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference Requirements of the Division II Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation and Sub -base Preparation b. Division III, Section C: Vault Construction and Vault Filling 3. Scope Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to construct a four inch (411) thick granular material base consisting of furnishing, placing and compacting limestone screening special backfill material in conformance with the lines, grades, thick- nesses in the brick walkway areas as shown on the plans. B. MATERIAL 1. General Materials used for special backfill shall be a unifort mixture of coarse and fine particles of crushed limestone. 2. Limestone Screening'Special Backfill Limestone screenings used for special backfill shall consist of par ticles er ofwear crequirement ofmanyoof theclimestones describedpinCentage MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB i. CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES a Id L paragraph 4 of this section. It shall meet requirements of paragraph 3 number 5 and gradation number 3. The plasticity index shall not exceed 10. 3. Material Gradation Gradations for various aggregates are shown on the following gradation table. When the aggregate is tested by means of laboratory sieves, the sieve analysis shall show a gradation within the range permitted for the type of material being tested. GRADATION TABLE Gradat Number Ion lk 17 3/8 4 j N 40 200 (y 100 r'1 30-45 10- 2 100 la 8-15 3 � 95- f -30 4 100 -75 20-40 i � ru L paragraph 4 of this section. It shall meet requirements of paragraph 3 number 5 and gradation number 3. The plasticity index shall not exceed 10. 3. Material Gradation Gradations for various aggregates are shown on the following gradation table. When the aggregate is tested by means of laboratory sieves, the sieve analysis shall show a gradation within the range permitted for the type of material being tested. GRADATION TABLE Gradat Number Ion lk 3/4 3/8 4 8 40 200 1 100 30-45 10- 2 100 45-80 8-15 3 95- -30 4 100 -75 20-40 5 Limestone Screenings. Limestone screenings shall be defined as a product of crushing rock of which the major portion is limestone or dolomite.. At least 95 percent of the particles shall pass a 3/8 inch sieve. 4. Material: Percentage of Wear a. Class A Crushed Stone. Class A crushed stone shall consist of a uniform mixture of coarse and fine particles produced by crushing ledge rock, predominately limestone, dolomite, or quartzite. The percentage of wear, when tested accord- ing to ASTM C-131, shall not exceed 45. When tested, the material shall meet requirements of grada- tion number 4 and the following additional requirements. Percent 1) Max. % mud balls 4 2) When compaction of material is a specification requirment, the mini- mum % passing No. 200 seive 6 b. Class B Crushed Stone. Class B crushed stone shall consist of a uniform mixture of coarse and fine particles produced by crushing ledge rock, predominately limestone, dolomite, or quartzite. The percent of wear shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C-131, and the loss from freezing and thawing shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO T-103. III -J-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i Id Fy ` The freezing -and -thawing loss plus the abrasion loss shall not exceed 65, but in no case shall the freezing -and thaw- ing loss exceed 20 or the abrasion loss exceed 55. When tion number�tmaterial rm of 4andtheadditionalrequirements�insthe table in item a, number 1 above. C. CONSTRUCTION i C I. Placement of Backfill Material Placement of special backfill material shall be accomplished in the following manner: a. Deposition Special Backfill Material. Special backfill shall be deposited in a horizontal layer thick enough to result in 4 final thickness, or as noted on the plans. Whenever construction is to be suspended for a period during which rain is likely to occur, the surface shall be shaped to j8 produce a surface sufficiently smooth and compact as to shed water. Special backfill shall 11� not be constructed on frozen ground, and frozen material shall not be used in construction of subgrade. b. Compaction. Type 1 compaction refers to compaction re- f each liftinand itnisufurthererequired rollinthatithe ronch llerocontinue i operation until it is supported on its tamping feet, or the equivalent. �b After the surface -of the layer has been smoothed and before material for the next layer is deposited upon it, the lay- er shall be compacted with not less than one passage of the tamping -type roller per inch of loose thickness of the layer and until the roller is supported entirely on its tamping feet. The roller will be considered to be support- ed entirely on its tamping feet when the tamping feet pene- trate not more than one inch (111) into the lift or layer being compacted. I The moisture content of special backfill material at the time of spreading and rolling shall be not drier than 2 percentage points below, and shall not exceed, the maxi- _ I t mum amount that will permit obtaining required compaction without rutting. The moisture j content shall be uniform and may be adjusted by processing in an approved pugmill or by addition of water and road mixing in place, prior to spread - Ing and compacting, �1 r III -J-3 i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r, tti �y i1 w 11,1 When special backfill material is placed in areas where unstable soils have been excavated and the thickness of backfill placed is two feet (2') or more, the condition of underlying soil may limit the amount of compaction to be done in the bottom foot of subgrade treatment. In exceptionally wet or unstable areas, the Contractor may be permitted to end -dump the first foot of treatment material and doze it into position with only partial compaction, as directed by the Engineer. Material above the bottom foot in such areas shall be compacted as pro- vided above. c. Compaction by Other Methods and Equipment. Other methods of compaction may be used provided it is demonstrated that suitable compaction of a variety of soil types and moistures normally encountered will be obtained. Compaction will be considered suitable if the resulting density, with adequate moisture, is reasonably uniform throughout the compacted life and is at least 90 percent modified, density,, deter- mined in accordance with ASTM D-698 (Standard Proctor Den- sity). Other types of compacting equipment may be used provided it is demonstrated that equivalent compaction results will be obtained using a variety of soil types and moistures normally encountered, and demonstrations shall be such that results can be compared. Furthermore, for Type I compaction, equivalent compaction must be recognizable by roller penetration or other significant characteristic. For both other methods or other equipment, a definite approval will be necessary, including any limitations deemed advisable by the Engineer. D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Measurement of granular material base of four (4) inches thickness shall be included as part of the brick paving. Unsuitable soil or material removed and the replacement material in accordance with item C-2 will be measured in cubic yards in its original position by the method of average end areas. 1I.1 -i-4 MICROFILFtED DY JORM MICR¢LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES fa k.1 �1 I^I i1 w 11,1 When special backfill material is placed in areas where unstable soils have been excavated and the thickness of backfill placed is two feet (2') or more, the condition of underlying soil may limit the amount of compaction to be done in the bottom foot of subgrade treatment. In exceptionally wet or unstable areas, the Contractor may be permitted to end -dump the first foot of treatment material and doze it into position with only partial compaction, as directed by the Engineer. Material above the bottom foot in such areas shall be compacted as pro- vided above. c. Compaction by Other Methods and Equipment. Other methods of compaction may be used provided it is demonstrated that suitable compaction of a variety of soil types and moistures normally encountered will be obtained. Compaction will be considered suitable if the resulting density, with adequate moisture, is reasonably uniform throughout the compacted life and is at least 90 percent modified, density,, deter- mined in accordance with ASTM D-698 (Standard Proctor Den- sity). Other types of compacting equipment may be used provided it is demonstrated that equivalent compaction results will be obtained using a variety of soil types and moistures normally encountered, and demonstrations shall be such that results can be compared. Furthermore, for Type I compaction, equivalent compaction must be recognizable by roller penetration or other significant characteristic. For both other methods or other equipment, a definite approval will be necessary, including any limitations deemed advisable by the Engineer. D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Measurement of granular material base of four (4) inches thickness shall be included as part of the brick paving. Unsuitable soil or material removed and the replacement material in accordance with item C-2 will be measured in cubic yards in its original position by the method of average end areas. 1I.1 -i-4 MICROFILFtED DY JORM MICR¢LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA81 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES :I u j' �I I� i E. BASIS OF PAYMENT r -,� Payment for granular for brick paving. material base shall be included in the payment r 1A Unsuitable soil or in accordance with material removed and the replacement material item C-2 I� per cubic yard for shall be paid for at the unit price excavation and fill material. I 1 1, d I� I I t Li i 1 n j. j a1 J\\ 1 � u 1 L I, III -J-5 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA81 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES :I u r is DIVISION III SECTION K DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR ryi BRICK PAVING A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference (�! Requirements of the Division II Construction Documents shall l9 apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation and Sub -Base Preparation b. Division III, Section I: Pavement with Integral Curb c. Division III, Section K: Concrete Sidewalk 3. Scope Provide all labor, materials (except both new and used brick pavers which will be supplied by the Owner) and equipment required to place and finish all brick paving areas and planter bed edging in accordance with the specification and in conformance with the lines, grades, di- mensions and typical details shown on the plans. 4. General a. The work under this Section shall consist of placing new and used p brick pavers furnished by the Owner upon a sand -asphalt setting bed. The setting bed will be placed over a five inch (5 11) concrete base in all crosswalk areas and over a four inch (4") base course of granular in all sidewalk areas. The planter bed edging brick shall be set in a concrete footing. b. Brick shall be placed in a pattern in conformance with the detailed plans. c. Pavement subgrade shall be established to permit installation of the !� brick to the proposed finished grades. The underlying concrete base b or granular base course and setting bed shall be as shown on the drawings. 4 B. MATERIALS 1. Brick Pavers (New) New Brick Pavers shall be wirecut, non -slip Brown Manganese III -K-1 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I manufactured from extruded fireclay or shale, fired and flashed to produce a dense paver. The pavers shall have the following properties: 5 Brick Individual Average Brick cold water absorption 6% max. 8% max. compressive strength 8000 psi max. 7000 psi min. freeze and thaw 50 cycles 0.5% loss in dry weight of any individual bricks max. 5 specimens Tests are to be conducted in accordance with ASTM C-62. Permissable tolerance for individual pavers shall conform to ASTM C-216 Type F.B.S. Size of pavers shall be full four inches (4") by full eight inches (8") by full two and one-fourth inches (24"). Brick samples and tests shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to placement. The new brick is intended to match existing brick used in the City Plaza project on College and Dubuque Streetsand in the brick crosswalks in Capitol and Washington Streets. Brick sources: Hastings Pavement Co., Success, New York United Brick and Tile, Des Moines, Iowa Can -Tex Industries, Des Moines, Iowa Endicott Clay Products Co., Endicott, Nebraska Yankee Hill Brick, Lincoln, Nebraska Note: early selection and ordering of new brick pavers is essen- tial. It requires approximately three months to complete 50 cycles freeze -thaw test. 2. Brick Pavers (Used) Used brick pavers are eight and one-half inches (8 1/2") by four inches (4") by three and one-fourth inches (3 1/4") Puring- ton Pavers presently owned by the City and shall be placed be- hind the curb along Burlington Street. These pavers will come from existing City stockpiles located at the storage yard located at the intersection of Highway 6 and Highway 218 south. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean and inspect each paver for faults, cracks, etc. prior to placement. III -K-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 310 M A 3. Bituminous Setting Bed r' It Asphalt cement to be used in the bituminous setting bed shall conform to ASTM designation D -946-69A with a penetration at 77 degrees F, 100 G., 5 Sec. w of minimum 85 millimeters and maximum of 100 millimeters. �A i The fine aggregate to be used in the bituminous setting bed shall be clean, hard sand with durable tl particles and free from adherent coatings, lumps of clay, alkali salts, and organic matter. It shall be uniformly graded from coarse" to "fine" and 4 ww sieve accordanceawithetheet the all pass- testedeino. requirementswhen 1!) standardtmethodraation Ofrtestfor or screen analysis of fine and coarse aggregates ASTM designa- tion C-136-67. The dried fine aggregate shall be combined with hot asphalt ce- ment, and the mix shall be heated to approximately 300 degrees F at an asphalt plant. The approximate proportion of materials shall be seven (7) percent cement asphalt and ninety-three (93) percent fine aggregate. Each ton shall be apportioned by weight in the io of 145 oximate tshall 0 sand. TherContractor determine sthepexactashalttproportionsnto produce the best possible mixture for construction of the bitu- minous setting bed to meet construction requirements. 4. Neoprene -Modified Asphalt Adhesive (8 Adhesive shall consist of 2% neoprene (Grade WM1) oxidized as 5 e(10%)a c containing tenpercent long g fiberedeasb equal. asbestos, orapproved li 5• Brick Joint Filler Portland Cement shall conform to ASTM C150. Sand shall conform to ASTM C33. (Mortar sand) I C. CONSTRUCTION is I.A Brick pavers in all crosswalk areas shall be laid upon an asphalt settibase. BrickpPaversoinlaceverallfsidewalk areaspshallnbeClaidementuponcaConrnte asphalt setting bed over a four inch (4") granular material base course. Planter bed edging brick shall be set 1n a concrete footing j as shown in the details. Brick pavers shall be placed with handtight Joints which will be filled with dry cement-sand/grout. A bead of VulkeI wheremthe3brickor ecomes inall be contactpwithdato the verticalttom building walle of lsurface. y III -K-3 3q( MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 1. Base Examination w - The Contractor shall examine the base and all defects shall li be reported to the Landscape Architect/Engineer in writing. Commencement of the work by the Contractor shall indicate the Contractor's acceptance of the base and no claims shall be i' made for defective materials or workmanship due to improper lY surfaces. All material and labor needed to repair damages in work caused by the base shall be furnished and installed �I at no cost to the Owner. d 2. Concrete or Granular Material Base I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAS jj CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Install a Portland Cement Concrete base in all crosswalk areas t in accordance with DOT Specifications, Section 2301, and granular base in all walkway areas in accordance with the plans and con- struction details. 3. Tack Coat )� Vertical surfaces of all fixtures or cold asphaltic concrete with which the mixture will come in contact shall be lightly painted or sprayed with tack -coat material to insure a tight Joint with the fresh mixture. The contractor shall place a tack coat on the asphaltic concrete surface before placement of succeeding layers at the rate of 0.02 to 0.05 gallon per square yard. Tack coat shall be Iowa DOT Section 2303.02 B. 4. Asphalt -Sand Setting Bed g'g A �'r The asphalt -sand setting bed shall be 3/4 inch, plus or minus P in depth, to achieve the surface drainage shown on the plans. The setting bed placed on the base shall be compacted to a 95% optimim density per AASHTO T99 and a 2% neoprene (Grade 'dM1) oxidized asphalt adhesive applied prior to setting pavers. I 5. Placing the Setting_ Bed Fs a. To install the setting bed over the surface of the base, place 3/4 inch deep control bars directly over the base. I If grades must be adjusted, set wood chocks under depth control bars to proper grade. Set two bars parallel to each other approximately eleven feet (111) apart to serve as guides for striking board (12 ft. long 2 in. x 6 in. board). The depth control bars must be set carefully to ' bring the pavers, when laid, to proper grade. I I4 Place some bituminous bed between the parallel depth control bars. Pull this bed with the striking board over these bars several times. After each passage, low Ii porous spots must be showered with fresh bituminous material to produce smooth, firm and even setting bed. As soon as this initial panel is positioned in readiness for striking the next panel. Carefully fill up any depressions that remain after removing the depth control bars and wood chocks. u i 1 � III -K-4 I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAS jj CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r' l The setting bed shall be rolled with a power roller to a nominal depth of 3/4", while still hot. The thickness shall be adjusted so that when the bricks r d are placed, the top surface of the pavers will be at the required finished grade. I A coating of two (2) percent neoprene -modified asphalt adhesive hall �d l trowelings over tthe lmopping opsurfaceoftheobituminouslsetting p' bed so as to provide a bond under the pavers. If it is troweled, the trowel shall be serrated with serrations not to exceed one -sixteenth (1/16) of an inch. 6. Placing Brick ii a. When the modified asphalt adhesive is dry to the touch, carefully place the i pavers by hand in straight courses with hand tight joints and uniform top surface. Good alignment must be kept, and the pattern shall be that shown on the trues Alignmenttoffotherrrative patternsnds brick must be mustfappear generally to be true and must be approved by the Landscape Architect/ Engineer. Any patterns in which the alignment is not acceptable will'be promptly removed (a and reset to conform to this specification. F�f b. Sequence of operations shall be coordinated to schedule, at the proper time, paving around surface features (i.e. tree pits and embedded items). c. Note: Grades must be carefully observed in general con- formance with elevations shown on the gradingplans with limits special and ttotion to warping brick surface aredt matching requito meett grade at established design features. d. Pavers shall be neatly cut and fitted at all perimeters and closures, to fit neatly and closely, and no joints greater than 1/4 inch shall be permitted in making such closures. All pavers shall be cut with a water-cooled cut-off wheel. Bricks can be cut with a masonry saw using a diamond blade. Certai es nd .r a tures,nshownson theudetabilnplans,tree gatsshallrbeeCutaradially,nd lightfor 1 otherwise as shown on the plans to fit with no closure joints t greater than 1/4 inch. t u I [ I -K-6 . .. _...... MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES A if !9 _ rti 1� I� l6 Ig Fel _ rti li Fs Ig Fel j k. i Ia 1. f 7. Surface Treatment — a, All joints shall be hand tight joints, from 0" to a maximum of 14inch. After placement of pavers, sweep in a dry mix----- ture of one part Portland Cement (ASTM C91) and three parts mortar sand until joints are comoletedly filled. Fog lightly with water. Cement stains that remain should be cleaned with a 10% solution of muratic acid or mortar cleaner, or sweep with moist sand. b. Sand -cement grouting shall be completed within 30 calendar days of the installation of brick for each area exceeding 500 square feet. No grouting shall be done when air temperature is below 360F. D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT habrick pavers tbuwill ridetermined ceracbyteEngineer ofthe numberofsqare feetofbckpaersplaedand cep - ted in crosswalks and sidewalk areas. Measurement of planter bed edging shall be in total lineal feet required for construction. E. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square foot for crosswalk brick paving, per square foot for sidewalk brick paving, and per lineal foot for planter bed edging brick. These prices shall be full compensation for fur- nishing and securing all materials, including concrete base, granular material base, asphalt setting bed, asphaltic adhesive, sand and Portland Cement, and for all preparation, manipulation and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the installation according to the plans and specifications. Note: New and used brick pavers shall be supplied to the Contractor by the by the Owner. III -K-6 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS DES MOINES 39 G 6 r DIVISION III Section L A �r 1/ SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETE SIDEWALK A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference Requirements of the Division 2 Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation, Filling and (trading b. Division III, Section C: Vault Construction 3. Scope Provide all labor, materials and equipment to construct new foureonstructedconctheepreparedksubgradegintaccordancep lans andwith these specifications and in conformity with dimensions and details shoo-in in these specifications. The new sidewalk shall be of two (2) types: broom finish and smooth trowel- led withfdesign linesdesign shown ontthenshall layout plans,mandcarefully shall be taken to match existing grades at points as shown. 4. aecifications Referred To All references to A.S.T.M. Specifications or A.S.T.M. methods of test shall be construed to mean the latest specifications or methods of test adopted, prior to the date of contract, by the American Society for Testing Material for the material or the method of test indicated by reference quoted. B. MATERIALS I. Concrete and Proportions The concrete used in sidewalks shall be produced in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Concrete. The amount of water used shall be the minimum required for proper handling and placing. The consistency measured by the slump test shall not exceed four inches 2, Wire Mesh Reinforcement Wire mesh used as conventional reinforcement shall be six inch (6") by six inch (611) by ten (10) gauge and shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 185. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES i 1 t8 2: ;a �t �i SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETE SIDEWALK A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference Requirements of the Division 2 Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation, Filling and (trading b. Division III, Section C: Vault Construction 3. Scope Provide all labor, materials and equipment to construct new foureonstructedconctheepreparedksubgradegintaccordancep lans andwith these specifications and in conformity with dimensions and details shoo-in in these specifications. The new sidewalk shall be of two (2) types: broom finish and smooth trowel- led withfdesign linesdesign shown ontthenshall layout plans,mandcarefully shall be taken to match existing grades at points as shown. 4. aecifications Referred To All references to A.S.T.M. Specifications or A.S.T.M. methods of test shall be construed to mean the latest specifications or methods of test adopted, prior to the date of contract, by the American Society for Testing Material for the material or the method of test indicated by reference quoted. B. MATERIALS I. Concrete and Proportions The concrete used in sidewalks shall be produced in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Concrete. The amount of water used shall be the minimum required for proper handling and placing. The consistency measured by the slump test shall not exceed four inches 2, Wire Mesh Reinforcement Wire mesh used as conventional reinforcement shall be six inch (6") by six inch (611) by ten (10) gauge and shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 185. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES i r - c. L 1. Preparation of Subgrade a. The subgrade upon which the concrete sidewalk is to be placed shall be prepared by excavating or filling with suitable earth to such depth below the finished grade - line that, when tamped or rolled until smooth, firm and hard, the subgrade will be uniform and at the re- quired depth below the finished gradeline. L b. Where the concrete sidewalk is to be placed over the existing vaults, the vault roof areas shall be prepared r. and waterproofed as required in Section C of these specifications and shown on the plans. 'l I W L 2. Forms Wood or steel forms shall be used as required. These forms shall be held rigidly in place to conform to the design pattern shown on the layout plan. All forms shall have a height equal to the required depth of sidewalk. Wood forms shall not be less than two inch (2") nominal thickness. 3. Placing Concrete Concrete shall be deposited for the full depth of slab in one operation. It shall be consolidated by tamping, and the ex- cess concrete screeded off flush with the forms. Edges adja- cent to all forms, expansion joint, curbs, or fixtures in the surface shall be thoroughly spaded for the full depth. Care shall be taken to match existing grades at building lines, especially at doorways. Warp and shape concrete as necessary for proper drainage. Place wire mesh as shown in the details. 4. Finishing After consolidation, the concrete surface shall be finished with a wood float to a uniform, fine, granular texture true to the line and grade specified on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the finished surface shall have a cross -slope of 1/4 inch per foot for drainage. When tested with a straight- edge which spans the blocks into which the walk is marked, the surface shall not vary from the required plain more than 1/8 inch. After the surface has been floated, the edges of the slabs shall be finished with a suitable edging tool. The surface shall be scored (marked off into blocks) in accordance with the layout plans. On these tines, the concrete shall be cut through for not less than 1/4 the depth with a pointed trowel or suitable spading tool, and the concrete edged on both sides. Metal dividers will be considered for approval in lieu of cutting. It is the intent of the plans and specifications that all sidewalk scribe lines, construction, expansion and contraction joints be III -L-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R+L A 13 i i CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3�(0 placed and precisely aligned as shown on the layout plans to create the desired pattern. If field conditions appear to be at variance with the plans, the Contractor shall im- mediately notify the Landscape Architect/Engineer. No field .. adjustment of the plan dimensions shall be performed without 9 approval. MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�LAO CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 5. Protection and Curing Concrete shall be cured by protecting it against loss of moisture,rapid temperature change, rain, flowing water, and r' mechanical injury for a period of not less than five (5) days from the beginning of the curing operation. Moist curing waterproof paper, white polyethylene sheeting, liquid membrane r.. compound or a combination thereof may be used for curing. " Immediately after finishing operations have been completed, ' the entire surface of the newly laid concrete shall be covered by the curing medium which is applicable to local conditions and approved by the Engineer. The edge of concrete slabs (-' exposed by the removal of forms shall be protected immediately to provide these surfaces with continuous curing treatment E equal to the method selected for curing the slab surface and to prevent injury to pavement edges. �! The use of a covering material which contains or becomes I contaminated with sugar in any form, tannic acid, or any other substances considered detrimental to Portland Cement will not be permitted. The initial curing medium shall be effective and shall be applied so as to prevent check- ing, crackling, and the appearance of dry spots in the surface of the concrete. The Contractor shall have the equipment needed for adequate curing at hand and ready to install before actual concrete placement begins. In all cases in which the curing medium requires the use of water, the curing shall have prior right to all water supply. rl Failure to provide sufficient cover material of the type ^� selected, failure to maintain saturation for the entire curing period in the moist -curing methods, lack of water (? to adequately care for both curing and other requirements, or other failures to comply with curing requirements shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. a. Liquid Membrane Curing Compound I Curing material shall be a pigmented liquid membrane form- ing compound complying with the requirements of AASHTO M-148, Type I or II, or equal approved by the Landscape Architect/Engineer. This method of curing shall be applied immediately behind the final finishing operation or after the initial curing I 1 III -L-3 MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�LAO CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Po Concrete shall not be placed when stormy or inclement weather p will prevent good workmanship. No aggregates containing frozen lumps may be used, and concrete shall not be placed �+ when a combination of methods are used. Failure to provide jy complete and uniform coverage at the required rate will be cause for discontinuance of this method of curing and the I substitution of one or the other approved methods. The com- ry pound shall be kept agitated to prevent the pigment from ry settling. Special care shall be taken to apply the curing (� compound to the pavement edges immediately after the forms have been removed. (9 on a day during which the daytime temperature is 457. or 6. Expansion Joints Expansion joints shall be constructed at all points where the walk meets other walks, curbs, or fixtures in the surface, and at intervals not greater than fifty feet (501). These joints shall be constructed by installing a one-half inch .(1/2") IA full -depth strip of approved premolded joint material with joint filler. 7. Restriction of Operations Because of Weather I Minimum 32 degrees 1 layer plastic or burlap Minimum 25 degrees 1 layer plastic and 1 layer burlap or 2 layers burlap Below 25 degrees Six inches (611) of straw or hay in addition to specified cure. These coverings must remain in place until the concrete is at least 36 hours old, with one exception that when the straw or hay is required, it shall remain in place until the pavement may be opened to traffic or a minimum of 5 days. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR¢LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I Concrete shall not be placed when stormy or inclement weather will prevent good workmanship. No aggregates containing frozen lumps may be used, and concrete shall not be placed on a frozen subgrade. Concrete mixing and placing may be started, if weather conditions are favorable, when the temper- I ature is at least 34°F. and rising. At the time of placement concrete must have a temperature ry of at least 40°F. Mixing and placing shall stop when the (� temperature is 38'F. or less and falling. All concrete pavement, including the exposed edges of the slab, placed on a day during which the daytime temperature is 457. or less shall be cured as provided in Section 21 (a) and 21 (b). In addition to the above, concrete less than 36 hours old shall be protected as follows: Night Temperature Forecast I Minimum 32 degrees 1 layer plastic or burlap Minimum 25 degrees 1 layer plastic and 1 layer burlap or 2 layers burlap Below 25 degrees Six inches (611) of straw or hay in addition to specified cure. These coverings must remain in place until the concrete is at least 36 hours old, with one exception that when the straw or hay is required, it shall remain in place until the pavement may be opened to traffic or a minimum of 5 days. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR¢LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I I 0 Paving operatio with the protec good weather th before sunset. allowed for the and covering op D. METHOD OF MEASUP.EMEI The area of concret( will be computed in of the finished sura having an area of or E. BASIS OF PAYMENT The area of concrete for at the contract This price shall be tools, and labor and complete the work in cations. i i. t �r Ia .i 1 0 Paving operatio with the protec good weather th before sunset. allowed for the and covering op D. METHOD OF MEASUP.EMEI The area of concret( will be computed in of the finished sura having an area of or E. BASIS OF PAYMENT The area of concrete for at the contract This price shall be tools, and labor and complete the work in cations. DIVISION ITT { SECTION H SPECIFICATIONS FOR CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. DESCRIPTION I. Reference Requirements of the Division 1 Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation and Sub -base Preparation b. Division III, Section K: Brick Pavino c. Division III, Section L: Concrete Sidewalk 3. Scope Provide all labor, materials, and equipment required to construct all cast -in-place concrete work as shown on the plans; i.e. foot- ings, retaining walls, bollards, etc. B. MATERIALS I. Portland Cement: Portland Cement shall comply with one of the following requirements. The type of Portland Cement to be used shall be set forth in these sepcifications. a. Normal Portland Cement shall conform to Standard Specifications for Portland Cement, Type I, ASTM Designation on C 150-52; b. High Early -Strength Cement shall conform to Standard Specifications for Portland Cement, Type III, ASTM Designation C 150-52; V U MICROFILMED BY DORM MIC R+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 39� ry U r� L V IW Approval can ordinarily be given within thirty-six (36) hours after sampling if the cement passes the specifications re- quirements for fineness, soundness and the time of setting; but if so ordered, the cement shall be tested for the seven (7) day or twenty-eight (28) day tests. Cement which has been stored more than sixty (60) days shall be retested before being used. Any cement which has developed lumps from storage shall be thoroughly retested and approved before being used. Testing of Portland Cement shall comply with the latest revision of the following ASTM Designations: C 109 "Method of Test for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic - Cement Mortars". C 114 "Methods of Chemical Analysis of Portland Cement. C 115 "Methods of Test for Fineness of Portland Cement by the Turbidiameter". C 151 "Method of Test for Autoclave Expansion of Portland Cement". C 183 "Methods of Sampling Hydraulic Cement". C 185 "Method of Test for Air Content of Air -Entraining Portland Cement Mortar". (tentative) C 190 "Method of Test for Tensile Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars". C 191 "Method of Test for Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement by the Vicat or Gillmore Needles". Air -Entraining admixture shall be Darex as made by Dewey -Almy Chemical Company or Neutralizing Vinsol Resin as made by Hercules Powder Company, or other air -entraining agents approved by the Engineer. Other mixtures may be used if approved by the Engineer. Cement shall be tested either at the mill or at destination. 2. Fine Agareoate Fine aggregate shall consist of sand having durable grains, free from injurious amounts of silt, shale, coal, organic matter, or other injurious substances. The maximum amount of injurious sub- stances permitted shall be the following: a. Shale and coal particles retained on X14 sieve, not more than 1.5% by weight of total sample; I I I -,d-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR(�/L A9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r i W i( i r �U t"1 v 1 ' ^t U r� L V IW Approval can ordinarily be given within thirty-six (36) hours after sampling if the cement passes the specifications re- quirements for fineness, soundness and the time of setting; but if so ordered, the cement shall be tested for the seven (7) day or twenty-eight (28) day tests. Cement which has been stored more than sixty (60) days shall be retested before being used. Any cement which has developed lumps from storage shall be thoroughly retested and approved before being used. Testing of Portland Cement shall comply with the latest revision of the following ASTM Designations: C 109 "Method of Test for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic - Cement Mortars". C 114 "Methods of Chemical Analysis of Portland Cement. C 115 "Methods of Test for Fineness of Portland Cement by the Turbidiameter". C 151 "Method of Test for Autoclave Expansion of Portland Cement". C 183 "Methods of Sampling Hydraulic Cement". C 185 "Method of Test for Air Content of Air -Entraining Portland Cement Mortar". (tentative) C 190 "Method of Test for Tensile Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars". C 191 "Method of Test for Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement by the Vicat or Gillmore Needles". Air -Entraining admixture shall be Darex as made by Dewey -Almy Chemical Company or Neutralizing Vinsol Resin as made by Hercules Powder Company, or other air -entraining agents approved by the Engineer. Other mixtures may be used if approved by the Engineer. Cement shall be tested either at the mill or at destination. 2. Fine Agareoate Fine aggregate shall consist of sand having durable grains, free from injurious amounts of silt, shale, coal, organic matter, or other injurious substances. The maximum amount of injurious sub- stances permitted shall be the following: a. Shale and coal particles retained on X14 sieve, not more than 1.5% by weight of total sample; I I I -,d-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR(�/L A9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES U J 'J b. Inorganic silt and clay, not more than 1.5% by weight of total sample; c. Organic impurities other than coal, not more than indicated by Figure 2 when tested in accordance with the AASHTO Method of Test for Organic Impurities in Sands for Concrete, Method T-21. The size of the particles shall conform to the following limits: Passing 3/8 inch sieve 100% Passing No. 4 sieve 95% to 100% Passing No. 8 sieve 80% to 100% Passing No. 16 sieve 50% to 85% Passing No. 30 sieve 25% to 60% Passing No. 50 sieve 10% to 30% Passing No. 100 sieve 2% to 10% When fine aggregate is sieved through the following numbered sieves: 4, 8, 16, 30, 50 and 100, not more than 40 percent shall pass one sieve and be retained on the sieve with the next higher number. The mortar strength of fine aggregate shall be determined in the manner prescribed in ASTM Method C 109, except that the fine aggregate being tested shall be substituted for the standard sand prescribed. The strength of such mortar, tested at the age of seven (7) days, shall not be less than 100 percent of the strength of the mortar made from the same cement when tested in accordance with ASTM Method C 109. Fine aggregate from any source from which samples have shown satisfactory mortar strength, may be accepted without further mortar strength tests so long as its fine- ness modulus is not less than that of the fine aggregate from that source which showed a satisfactory mortar strength minus 0.30. 3. Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate shall consist of gravel or crushed stone clean and free from dust covering, frozen lumps, clay lumps, sticks, coal and vegetable or other deleterious matter and shall be durable and sound, Coarse aggregate for concrete when tested by means of labora- tory sieves, shall conform to the following requirements: MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES rl f V i i� b. Inorganic silt and clay, not more than 1.5% by weight of total sample; c. Organic impurities other than coal, not more than indicated by Figure 2 when tested in accordance with the AASHTO Method of Test for Organic Impurities in Sands for Concrete, Method T-21. The size of the particles shall conform to the following limits: Passing 3/8 inch sieve 100% Passing No. 4 sieve 95% to 100% Passing No. 8 sieve 80% to 100% Passing No. 16 sieve 50% to 85% Passing No. 30 sieve 25% to 60% Passing No. 50 sieve 10% to 30% Passing No. 100 sieve 2% to 10% When fine aggregate is sieved through the following numbered sieves: 4, 8, 16, 30, 50 and 100, not more than 40 percent shall pass one sieve and be retained on the sieve with the next higher number. The mortar strength of fine aggregate shall be determined in the manner prescribed in ASTM Method C 109, except that the fine aggregate being tested shall be substituted for the standard sand prescribed. The strength of such mortar, tested at the age of seven (7) days, shall not be less than 100 percent of the strength of the mortar made from the same cement when tested in accordance with ASTM Method C 109. Fine aggregate from any source from which samples have shown satisfactory mortar strength, may be accepted without further mortar strength tests so long as its fine- ness modulus is not less than that of the fine aggregate from that source which showed a satisfactory mortar strength minus 0.30. 3. Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate shall consist of gravel or crushed stone clean and free from dust covering, frozen lumps, clay lumps, sticks, coal and vegetable or other deleterious matter and shall be durable and sound, Coarse aggregate for concrete when tested by means of labora- tory sieves, shall conform to the following requirements: MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES rl f V I� L'1 - V V b. Inorganic silt and clay, not more than 1.5% by weight of total sample; c. Organic impurities other than coal, not more than indicated by Figure 2 when tested in accordance with the AASHTO Method of Test for Organic Impurities in Sands for Concrete, Method T-21. The size of the particles shall conform to the following limits: Passing 3/8 inch sieve 100% Passing No. 4 sieve 95% to 100% Passing No. 8 sieve 80% to 100% Passing No. 16 sieve 50% to 85% Passing No. 30 sieve 25% to 60% Passing No. 50 sieve 10% to 30% Passing No. 100 sieve 2% to 10% When fine aggregate is sieved through the following numbered sieves: 4, 8, 16, 30, 50 and 100, not more than 40 percent shall pass one sieve and be retained on the sieve with the next higher number. The mortar strength of fine aggregate shall be determined in the manner prescribed in ASTM Method C 109, except that the fine aggregate being tested shall be substituted for the standard sand prescribed. The strength of such mortar, tested at the age of seven (7) days, shall not be less than 100 percent of the strength of the mortar made from the same cement when tested in accordance with ASTM Method C 109. Fine aggregate from any source from which samples have shown satisfactory mortar strength, may be accepted without further mortar strength tests so long as its fine- ness modulus is not less than that of the fine aggregate from that source which showed a satisfactory mortar strength minus 0.30. 3. Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate shall consist of gravel or crushed stone clean and free from dust covering, frozen lumps, clay lumps, sticks, coal and vegetable or other deleterious matter and shall be durable and sound, Coarse aggregate for concrete when tested by means of labora- tory sieves, shall conform to the following requirements: MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 0 r - w l; pi Passing a sieve with 1" openings 100% I' Passing a sieve with 3/4" openings 95% to 100% Passing a sieve with 3/8" openings 20% to 55% Passing a No. 4 sieve 0% to 10% IA Passing a No. 8 sieve 0% to 5% Passing a No. 200 sieve 0% to 1.5% f4 it is t4 6 Js M la 6: The coarse aggregate shall not contain in excess of the follow- ing specified amounts of injurious materials. Clay lumps 0.5% by weight Total shale and coal combined 0.8% by weight Coal 0.5% by weight Wood (wet weight) 0.1% by weight Organic matter (other than coal or wood) 0.0% by weight Inorganic silt and finely divided clay 1.5% by weight Iron Oxide particles 1.5% by weight The total amount of shale, unsound chert, and other kinds of materials whose disintegration is accompanied by an increase in volume which may cause the spalling of the concrete or mortar in which they are contained shall not exceed 2.50A by weight. Coarse aggregate shall not contain a combined total of more than 5% by weight of the objectionable substances listed above, including chert, plus any unsound particles not listed above. Screen Gravel Aggregate for Concrete: Screened gravel aggregate shall consist of washed and screened gravel or pebbles. It may contain a quantity of material obtained from crushing the over- size stone found in the deposit. Gravel aggregate shall not have a percentage of wear in excess of thirty-five (35) when tested in accordance with AASHTO, Method for Test for Abrasion of Coarse Aggregates, Method T96, Grading A or B. Crushed Limestone Aggregate for Concrete: Crushed limestone shall not contain an excess of flat elongated, or laminated pieces. Limestone shall not have a percentage of wear in excess of forty-five (45) when tested in accordance with AASHTO, Method for Test for Abrasion of Coarse Aggregates, Method T96 Grading A or B. Soundness: All coarse aggregates for concrete when subjected to ISHC 1960 series, paragraph 4100.08A, 16 cycle water -alcohol, freezing and thawing test shall not show a loss of more than 6%. III -11-4 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES J% MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 39� 4. Water Water used in concrete shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, or vegetable matter, Before - installing his water supply equipment, the contractor shall secure the Engineer's approval of the source of water supply which he proposes to use. If at any time the water from .J this source shall become unsatisfactory in quality, or.of insufficient quantity, the Engineer may require the con- tractor to provide water from some other source. it 5. Mixture Concrete shall be composed of Portland Cement, fine aggregates, coarse aggregates and water. The proportioning of these mater - IBIS shall be by weight. �} Air -entrained concrete shall be used for concrete exposed to u weathering, soil, standing or flowing water, or as otherwise specified. Air -entraining shall be accomplished by use of approved admixtures. Air content shall exceed 5%, but not exceed 7%. Concrete mix shall be: Maximum water to cement ratio: 0.45 (5.0 gallons water per 94 pound bag of cement) Minimum cement content: 7,0 sacks/cu. yd. of concrete Approximate fine aggregate to 0.5 (1 -lb. fine to coarse aggregate ratio: 2 -lb. coarse) a. Minimum compresive strength 4,000 psi after 28 days curing Slump of concrete when tested in accordance with current ASTM ,1 Designation C 143 with Standard 12 -inch slump cone shall be 1t within the following limits TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION MAXIMUM SLUMP MINIMUM SLUMP Reinforced foundation walls and footing 3 inches 1 inch i� Unreinforced footings caissons, 3 inches 1 inch and substructure walls �{ III -M-5 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 39� 1 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION MAXIMUM SLUMP MINIMUM SLUMP Reinforced slabs, beams 4 inches 1r inch and walls Building columns 4 inches 1r inch Pavements 2 inches 1 inch Sidewalls and slabs on the ground 4 inches 2 inches If slump exceeds the maximum slump the concrete shall not be placed. If the slump is less than the minimum slump water and cement may be added at the rate of one 94-1b. bag of cement per 5.0 gallons of water. Materials and Mixture Testing a. Aggregate: Fine and coarse aggregate will be tested by the owner. Aggregate stockpiles which the contractor intends to use for concrete shall be selected and access made available to the owner and Engineer not less than 30 -days prior to its intended use in concrete. Aggregate may be tested through- out the progress of the work. Aggregate failing specified test shall not be used. Approved stockpiles subsequently failing tests shall be rejected and not used for concrete. b. Air -Entraining and Slump. Air -Entraining and slump will be tested by the owner during the construction. Tests for air -entraining and slump will be performed at least once for each day's pour or for each fifty (50) cubic yards of concrete, if more than 50 cubic yards are placed in any one day. c. Stren th Test for Concrete: Three (3) standard six inch c6") diameter by twelve inch (12") high concretetes• forteachcyards ifmore ififty (50) than-fiftycubnders will be ieared rhar(50) cubic yards is placed in any one day. The standard age of test shall be 28 days, but 7 day test may be used, pro- vided the relation between the 7 day and 28 day strengths of the concrete is established by tests for the materials and proportions used. One of the two cylinders will be tested at 7 days and the other at two at 28 days to provide a continuing varification of said relation between the tests. The minimum compressive strength will be 4,000 psi, unless otherwise specified. Specimens shall be made and cured in accordance with current ASTM, Specifications C 39 and C 31, Standard Method of Making Concrete Compression and Flexure Test Speciments in the Field. III -M-6 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES h If the average strength of the laboratory control cylinders for any portion of the structure falls below the compressive F strength specified, the Engineer shall have the right to �F order a change in the proportions or of the water content of the concrete in order to improve the quality of the con- t crete. fq +i In addition, where there is a question as to the quality of the concrete in the structure or slab, the Engineer may re- quire test in accordance with the "Standard Methods of Se- curing, Preparing and Testing Speciments of Hardened Con- crete for Compressive of Flexural Strengths", ASTM Designa- �. tion C 42, on any portions where questionable concrete has been placed. The +f expense of securing and testing will be borne by the contractor.. Where defective concrete is loca- ted, it shall be replaced at the expense of the contractor, or an adjustment made in the contract price to cover the decrease in useful life of the structure or slab. The re- placement or adjustment shall be at the option of the owner. d. Cement: Cement shall be tested by an independent laboratory - at the contractor's expense. Tests shall be conducted once on each shipment of cement before it is used. Additional tests shall be made if in the opinion of the Engineer such tests are necessary to insure the quality of the cement. C. CONSTRUCTION 1. Preparation it! a. Preparation of Equipment and Deposit Site: Before placement �,. of concrete, conveying and mixing equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and free of ice, dirt, and other debris. Reinforcing Fir steel shall be clean and free of dirt, ice and other debris. Unsound materials shall be removed from hardened concrete prior to placement of additional concrete. Excess water shall be removed prior to placement of concrete. In no case lyshall concrete be placed on or near ice or frozen materials. b. Check Formwork: Insure forms are complete to the proper na dimensions and are structurally secure. Be sure that grades of all cast-in-place concrete work permit the final surface grades to be accomplished as shown on the grading plan and details. w i! �- III41-7 .390 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES h r* I� PIS �a c. Check Reinforcement: insure reinforcement is properly sized, shaped, and spaced. Insure reinforcement will not move or deform during placement of concrete. fd �6 Fe W; "I 'J ra 2. Mixing Concrete a. Proportioning: Measurement of cement and aggregate shall be by direct weight upon approved weighing scales, capable of weighing accurately to the nearest two (2) pounds at any load. Cement in unopened bags as packed by the manufacturer may be considered to weigh ninety-four (94) pounds per bag. The contractor shall provide, with each installation of weighing equipment, sufficient standard 50 pound test weights to check and calibrate the scales. The device for measuring water shall be capable of measurement to -the nearest one-fourth (4) gallon. It shall be provided with an auxiliary tank from which the water shall be drawn into the measuring tank and shall be readily adjustable for different volumes, and so arranged that the quantity of water which can be used in any batch is within the sole control of the inspector. The operating mechanism must be such that leakage will not occur when the valves are closed. b. Concrete Mixer: Concrete shall be mixed in a batch mixer. No mixer shall be used which requires a fraction of a sack of cement to form a batch. c. Mixing Concrete: None of the materials for a batch of con- crete shall be placed in the drum of the mixer until all the previous batch has been discharged. Water shall be added at the time the other materials are being run into the mixer. The mixing shall continue for a minimum of one (1) minute after all the ingredients are in the drum, during which time the drum shall revolve at the speed for which it was designed, but shall not make less than fourteen (14) nor more than twenty (20) revolutions per minute. The size of the batch shall not exceed the rated capacity of the mixer. y d. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Ready -mixed concrete may be used in lieu of concrete mixed at the site of the work. The term "d "ready -mixed concrete" shall be construed to mean either central plant mixed concrete or central plant proportioned, truck mixed concrete and shall be in conformance with ASTM C-94. l=, III -M-8 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i I I I i ripp �.7 I' y Transporting vehicles shall be so constructed as to insure rapid delivery without loss of ingredients. The compartment in which concrete is transported shall be thoroughly cleaned and flushed with water before receiving each batch. The size of the batch in any transit mixer shall not exceed the manufacturer's rating. When the concrete is mixed during transportation of the batch to the site of the work, means shall be provided so that the mixing time and quantity of water added can be readily verified. Mixing rate shall be at the manufacturer's recommend- ation and shall be mixed for not less than 30 revolutions after adding any component to the mix at the site. The transporting vehicle shall provide for positive mechanical agitation of the concrete during transit unless other methods of transportation are approved by the Engineer. Additional water shall not be added at the site unless cement is added at the rate of one 94 pound bag for each 5 gallons of water added. The concrete shall be thoroughly mixed after the addition of cement and water. e. Retempering or Remixing: Retempering or remixing of mortar or concrete which has partially hardened will not be permitted. 3. Placing Concrete a. Conveying of Concrete: Concrete shall be conveyed from -the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which will assure safety and•will prevent separation or loss of materials. Conveying equipment shall be capable of supplying concrete at the site of placement at a rate and in a manner which will not permit loss of plasticity between successive increments. Conveying equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned before begin- ning and at frequent intervals during placement of concrete. Failure to maintain clean equipment shall be sufficient cause to suspend placement of concrete until the situation has been remedied. Conveying equipment shall be such that requirements for placement of concrete can be complied without undue diffi- culty. A tremie or.similar device shall be used to vertically transfer concrete. III -M-9 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAS CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES F, r r Lr D .M t'1 , ti b. Placement of Concrete: Concrete shall be placed immediately after mixing and in a manner to prevent separation or segre- gation of materials. Concrete shall be placed in a manner to prevent voids and to provide for watertight conditions. Mech- anical vibrators shall be employed for tamping. Electric or pneumatic high speed immersion vibration of the type accept- able to the Engineer shall be used. Standby vibrators shall be available during placement of concrete to insure that no concrete shall be placed without sufficient vibration. Lack of adequate vibration equipment or lack of adequate standby equipment shall be sufficient cause to suspend placement of concrete until the situation is remedied. Concrete shall not be dropped through a free fall of more than four feet (4'). Concrete in columns and walls shall be placed in increments not to exceed twenty-four inches (24") in depth and at a rate which will not permit loss of plasticity. All concrete shall be placed in a manner that will provide a consistent concrete product in which consistency is broken only at construction joints. Locations of construction joints shall be shown on the plans or specifically approved by the Engineer. No concrete shall be placed in water without specific approval of the Engineer. Concrete shall be placed in a manner that insures the complete filling of all formed spaces and free of voids. Concrete shall not be placed when the elasped time after the addition of water and cement to the batch exceeds one hour. 4. Finishing All exposed surfaces of retaining walls and bollards shall be provided with a sandblasted surface finish. The concrete shall be sandblasted to reveal the coarse aggregate to a depth approved by the Landscape Architect/Engineer on two or more four foot (41) by four foot (4') by four inch (4") samples prepared on the Job site by the contractor. The contractor shall prepare the required samples to be sandblasted from the approved mix and protect the samples from damage until sufficiently cured to permit sandblasting. Sandblasting of the samples shall be done under the supervision of the Landscape Architect/Engineer who will select and approve the texture to be used. It is the intent to match, as closely as possible, sandblasted retaining walls as constructed on Washington Street between Clinton and Gilbert. When placing concrete, care shall be taken to insure uniformity of the exposed aggregate throughout the surface of the wall. The concrete shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of four I I III -h1-10 y i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAEI CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES I days before commencing sandblasting. No additional compensation will be authorized for sandblasting that subsequently fails to meet compressive strength requirements and is replaced. Sandblasting operations shall not be allowed during regular business hours. 5. Curing Provisions shall be made for maintaining the concrete in a moist condition for not less than 7 days after placement. If high early strength cement is used, curing shall be provided for not less than 3 days. No curing compound shall be used on any sur- faces that may be incompatible with sealers, paints or other finish materials or installation of these materials. Hydro- static pressure should not be permitted to develop during curing. 6. Patching -if Concrete IMe�diate_l_Y after removal of forms the concrete shall be care- uf 11Y inspected for honeycombs and depressed areas. Depressions shall be filled with cement mortar to flush with the exposed surfaces. Patching shall be of the same mix as the concrete being patched. In exposed exterior walls above grade and all interior walls the mixture shall be such that the color of the patch shall be the same as the color of the concrete. Coarse aggregate shall be excluded from patching mixtures. Prior to patching of defects, the Engineer shall inspect all defects to determine if the defects are so severe that the structural capabilities of the product have been impaired and if replacement or adjustment is required. No patching shall be conducted without specific authorization of the Engineer. All depressions, honeycombs, or other defects shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer by the contractor. All surfaces exposed to view or exposed to flowing water shall be smoothed with carborundum stones to remove objectionable marks. All defects shall be cut out by square cut or undercut to sound concrete to a depth of not less than one inch (1"). These defects may then be patched. A minimum of water shall be used in mixing the patching material and curing shall be in the same manner as specified of concrete. 7. Adverse Weather a. Cold Weather Concrete: No concrete shall be placed without specific permission of the Engineer when the air temperature is at or below 400F. This permission shall be subject to the approval of the method to be used for heating of materials III -M-11 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAS CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES %4_31(6-_- I 9( I ,yI 4 I days before commencing sandblasting. No additional compensation will be authorized for sandblasting that subsequently fails to meet compressive strength requirements and is replaced. Sandblasting operations shall not be allowed during regular business hours. 5. Curing Provisions shall be made for maintaining the concrete in a moist condition for not less than 7 days after placement. If high early strength cement is used, curing shall be provided for not less than 3 days. No curing compound shall be used on any sur- faces that may be incompatible with sealers, paints or other finish materials or installation of these materials. Hydro- static pressure should not be permitted to develop during curing. 6. Patching -if Concrete IMe�diate_l_Y after removal of forms the concrete shall be care- uf 11Y inspected for honeycombs and depressed areas. Depressions shall be filled with cement mortar to flush with the exposed surfaces. Patching shall be of the same mix as the concrete being patched. In exposed exterior walls above grade and all interior walls the mixture shall be such that the color of the patch shall be the same as the color of the concrete. Coarse aggregate shall be excluded from patching mixtures. Prior to patching of defects, the Engineer shall inspect all defects to determine if the defects are so severe that the structural capabilities of the product have been impaired and if replacement or adjustment is required. No patching shall be conducted without specific authorization of the Engineer. All depressions, honeycombs, or other defects shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer by the contractor. All surfaces exposed to view or exposed to flowing water shall be smoothed with carborundum stones to remove objectionable marks. All defects shall be cut out by square cut or undercut to sound concrete to a depth of not less than one inch (1"). These defects may then be patched. A minimum of water shall be used in mixing the patching material and curing shall be in the same manner as specified of concrete. 7. Adverse Weather a. Cold Weather Concrete: No concrete shall be placed without specific permission of the Engineer when the air temperature is at or below 400F. This permission shall be subject to the approval of the method to be used for heating of materials III -M-11 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAS CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES %4_31(6-_- I 9( I I �1 __J and concrete after placing. The method of heating shall be capable of maintaining and shall maintain the concrete at a temperature of not less than 500p. for 5 days for normal con- crete and 3 days for high early strength concrete. The con- crete shall be protected and cured in a manner to prevent excess evaporation from the concrete and injury to the surface. Artificial heat shall be provided in enclosed areas to main- tain the temperatures herein specified on a continuous basis for the time specified. All exposed concrete surfaces with- in additionheated waterarea fromla hosel be eat 17101st sias isarequired to provide for proper curing. At no time during the these intervals exceed once every 24 hours, heating shall shall be placed in a manner to provide a reasHeating equipment uniformityOf onable degree shallbe asin e such astoenot nendangerposit oork9or exposed heater concrete to drying -out or other injury due to excessive framtemperatures. During use of heating equipment the Con- tractor shall maintain watchmen and other attendants to keep the heating unit in continuous operation. At all times during heating operations, the contractor shall provide adequate fire protection accessible at all times on each area where heating equipment is in use. At no time will salt, chemicals, or other foreign materials be permitted in concrete. the mix to lower the freezing point of the and reinforcin be free of snow, Ice rms all otherofrozen material. Thehtemperature of these forms or and reinforcing shall not be less than 40oF. at the time of plac- Ing of concrete. No concrete shall be placed on frozen sub - grade or on subgrade containing frozen material. b. Hot Weather Protection: Concrete shall be protected from hat weather whenever the maximum temperature is expected to exceed 850F. The temperature of the concrete shall not ex- ceed 850F. at the time of placement and all reasonable effort Shall be made to maintain the temperature of the concrete to less than 850F. for 5 days after placing during curing. When the air temperature exceeds 850F. concrete shall be placed within 45 minutes of mixing and no addition of chemicals to retard curing shall be used without specific authorization of the Engineers. No concrete shall be placed without speci- fic authorization of the Engineer if the maximum daytime temp- erature concrete iineeitherdhot orto ccold eed9weatheruoro otheriadverselcondi- tions shall not be construed as relieving the contractor from obligation to provide quality workmanship and materials as provided for in these specifications. III -h1-12 MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R¢LAa CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 8. Protection of Concrete M Concrete shall be protected from hazards which might mar the finish of the concrete. The contractor shall protect the concrete from foot traffic, vehicle traffic, rainfall, falling objects, vandalism and any other hazards. All concrete marred by any hazard shall be replaced with no additional compensation for the replacement or removal of the concrete. If the owner desires, an adjustment may be made in the contract price to accept marred concrete. The re- placement or adjustment shall be at the option of the owner. 1 ..i 3 9. Construction and Expansion Joints Construction joints shall be made only in locations shown on the Plans or as approved by the Engineer. Consideration of additional or relocation of construction joints shall be made at the request of the contractor. Approval of such construction joints shall be obtained before any concrete is placed in the section affected. In so far as is practical, continuous pours shall be made to in- sure watertightness. Whenever continuous pours are not possible, beveled recesses shall be provided at the end of each unit of construction. Prior to the placement of additional concrete all loose materials shall be removed from concrete and reinforc- ing steel. Joint surfaces shall be clean, dry and free of projections or other defects which will interfere with the bonding of the seal- ants. Joints ofJsealanthorlbe othernspected materialby the which mayineer obstructotheolace- inspection. Sealing of joints shall be in a manner approved by the Engineer. Approval of the jointing method shall not be construed as relieving the contractor from the responsibilities of providing a workman- like, neat, smooth and watertight structure, Installation of sealants shall be strictly according to manufac- turer's recommendations and approved by the Engineer, Sealant shall not be installed at temperatures in excess of 900F, or below 400F. and all reasonable effort shall be made to install the seal- ant as close to 650F. as possible. Expansion joint material shall be placed around all columns, bases, pilasters, or projections through concrete floors. Expansion material shall be 1/2" formed, impregnated expansion joint material. Where walls meet floors, a layer of building paper shall be placed. 10. Water -Tight Construction Tanks, basins, and troughs designed as water -tight containers shall be tested for water -tightness. Testing shall be conducted by the contractor under the direction of the Engineer. Objectionable leaks shall be corrected before work is completed. Structures de- signed to be watertight shall have a water cement ratio no greater than 0.40 for any surface exposed to the water. III -11-13 MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES 39G ;.t "r I� 9. Construction and Expansion Joints Construction joints shall be made only in locations shown on the Plans or as approved by the Engineer. Consideration of additional or relocation of construction joints shall be made at the request of the contractor. Approval of such construction joints shall be obtained before any concrete is placed in the section affected. In so far as is practical, continuous pours shall be made to in- sure watertightness. Whenever continuous pours are not possible, beveled recesses shall be provided at the end of each unit of construction. Prior to the placement of additional concrete all loose materials shall be removed from concrete and reinforc- ing steel. Joint surfaces shall be clean, dry and free of projections or other defects which will interfere with the bonding of the seal- ants. Joints ofJsealanthorlbe othernspected materialby the which mayineer obstructotheolace- inspection. Sealing of joints shall be in a manner approved by the Engineer. Approval of the jointing method shall not be construed as relieving the contractor from the responsibilities of providing a workman- like, neat, smooth and watertight structure, Installation of sealants shall be strictly according to manufac- turer's recommendations and approved by the Engineer, Sealant shall not be installed at temperatures in excess of 900F, or below 400F. and all reasonable effort shall be made to install the seal- ant as close to 650F. as possible. Expansion joint material shall be placed around all columns, bases, pilasters, or projections through concrete floors. Expansion material shall be 1/2" formed, impregnated expansion joint material. Where walls meet floors, a layer of building paper shall be placed. 10. Water -Tight Construction Tanks, basins, and troughs designed as water -tight containers shall be tested for water -tightness. Testing shall be conducted by the contractor under the direction of the Engineer. Objectionable leaks shall be corrected before work is completed. Structures de- signed to be watertight shall have a water cement ratio no greater than 0.40 for any surface exposed to the water. III -11-13 MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES 39G 11. Concrete Placed Under Water All reasonable effort shall be made to eliminate need for place- ment of concrete under water. Any concrete placed under water shall have a slump of seven inches (71') and seven (7) sacks of cement shall be used per cubic yard of concrete. One pound of "Plastiment" retarder (Sike Chemical Corp.) or approved equal shall be added per sack of cement. 12. Openings Through Cement Walls The concrete adjacent to pipe, conduit, sleeves, vents, and other penetrating items shall be of the same mix as surround- ing concrete except that the coarse aggregate shall not be included. The fine aggregate mix shall be placed around the penetrating items to a depth of not less than one half (11) the wall thickness at that point and the contractor shall in- sure that proper bonding and curing is provided. In locations which require watertight construction on one or both sides of the concrete, the contractor shall insure that watertightness is maintained. In locations which one or both sides are subject to settlement the contractor shall install sleeves through the wall to protect the pipe. Grouting shall then be provided to insure a watertight construction. At all openings the contractor shall install sufficient reinforcing steel around the opening to in- sure that the structural stability of the wall is maintained. Such steel shall be of the same size as shown on the plans. 13. Vapor Seal Vapor seal shall be placed under all floors which lay on sub - grade material. This vapor seal shall be Moistop vapor seal as . manufactured by American Sisalkraft Corporation or approved equal. The membrane shall be installed on compacted level sub - grade and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommenda- tions. Not less than six inches (6") of lap shall be provided on the sides along the footings. All pipes and columns extending below the floor shall be flashed with approved flashing materials and in an approved manner. 14. Testing Watertight Construction Units built to hold water shall be tested for water -tightness. Said test shall be performed after completion of the basin and after sealing of all joints. Said test shall be conducted prior to the application of any paint or finishing. The basin shall be filled to the overflow with water and shall be allowed to set full for 24 hours prior to initiation of the test. All exposed surfaces shall be carefully inspected for leaks. Said leaks shall be repaired. Water shall then be added as required to refill the basin to the overflow. The III -I1-14 MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOIIIES 39 4 i i —I level of the water shall be accurately determined and the basin shall be allowed to remain with water in for not less than 120 hours. The loss after compensation for evapora- tion shall not exceed 0.02 gallons per square foot of wall and floor per 24 hours. Evaporation plans shall be placed near the basin during the test for the purpose of determin- ing the evaporation rate. All leaks shall be repaired or the basin replaced, and basin retested until test results are satisfactory. The Contractor shall make the test and shall furnish all apparatus and equipment necessary for the test. Said test shall be conducted under the direct supervision of the Engineer. D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Measurement of cast -in-place concrete work for structures such as light posts, site furniture, etc. shall be included as part of the individual construction items requiring such work. Bollards have been estimated in units of each required for construction. Retaining walls have been estimated in lineal feet required for each location. E. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for cast -in-place concrete work for structures such as light posts, site furniture, etc. shall he included in the pay- ment for individual construction items requiring such work. Payment shall be at the contract unit price bid for each bollard. Payment for retaining walls shall be at the contract unit price per lineal foot for the actual amount of retaining wall in each location constructed and approved by the Landscape Architect/ Engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, manipulation, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. III -M-15 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 39. iJ III -M-15 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 39. Is 71, ? DIVISION III SECTION N -71 I SPECIFICATIONS FOR TIMBER CONSTRUCTION A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference Requirements of the Division 2 Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation and Sub -base Preparation b. Division III, Section K: Brick Paving c. Division III, Section M: Cast -in -Place Concrete 3. Scope Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to construct I timber planters as shown on the plans. B. MATERIALS l be No. I Structru las Fir 1. Wod for asograded aby Western ll sWood lProducts Association Grade orapproveda dequal. i a. Finish shall be planed ; b. Preservative Wood components shall be pressure treated prior to cutting and fitting for fabrication. Wood preservative shall be "Niedox-10" as manufactured by Niedermeyer-Martin or approved equal. Wood components shall cess in ance standardsandshalmetFederl be rrl eavacuum aoSpecificationdI1-571. AWPA i ' I III -N-1 MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES n L.! ..a 1 r-1 J u rl iU SPECIFICATIONS FOR TIMBER CONSTRUCTION A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference Requirements of the Division 2 Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation and Sub -base Preparation b. Division III, Section K: Brick Paving c. Division III, Section M: Cast -in -Place Concrete 3. Scope Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to construct I timber planters as shown on the plans. B. MATERIALS l be No. I Structru las Fir 1. Wod for asograded aby Western ll sWood lProducts Association Grade orapproveda dequal. i a. Finish shall be planed ; b. Preservative Wood components shall be pressure treated prior to cutting and fitting for fabrication. Wood preservative shall be "Niedox-10" as manufactured by Niedermeyer-Martin or approved equal. Wood components shall cess in ance standardsandshalmetFederl be rrl eavacuum aoSpecificationdI1-571. AWPA i ' I III -N-1 MICROFILMED BY DORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES The preservative and water-repellent wood impregnants shall be homogeneous solutions of boron -based compounds and paraffin wax in a mixture of hydrocarbon and other co -solvents. The pre- servative and water-repellent shall form a homogeneous solution at elevated impregnating temperatures. The treating solutions are permitted to be in a congealed condition at low temperatures provided the mixtures become fluid when restored to treatment temperatures. The carrier used shall be a single or a combina- tion of hydrocarbon solvents conforming to AWPA Standard P9-70. Co -solvents other than hydrocarbons may be added, in a quantity -� not to exceed 15.0% by weight, to improve the solvency. The preservative and water -repel lent solutions shall not unduiv UUUr Vr cne preservative water-repellent S0Tuti0n s al not be j offensive. The preservative and water-repellent solutions shall be relatively non -corrosive to common metals. The flash point of the preservative and water-repellent solutions shall not be less than 1000 F. as determined by method 4291 of Federal Test j Method Standard No. 141a, 1965. The solutions shall contain as preservative, boron -based compounds equivalent to a 6,0% by r^ weight of boric acid, and a 6.0% by weight of paraffin wax as water-repellent additive. The concentration of boron -based compounds in the treating solutions shall be determined by one of the following methods: U 1) AWPA Standards A7-68 and A2-69. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICROLA13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I 2) Determination of Borates in Wood. AWPA Proceedings, 1970, J Report of Committee P-5, Methods for Chemical Analysis of Preservatives, Appendix A. 3) The concentration of paraffin wax in the treating solutions shall be determined by Method 5231 of the Federal Test Method Standard No..141a, 1965. --I Wood Treatment shall be carried out within the limits pre- - scribed 1n applicable sections of the AWPA Standard C1-70, All Timber Products -- Preservative Treatment b Pressure Processes. 1 wood mem ers s a e treated in accordance with this specification. For lumber and plywood the minimum �- retention in each charge shall be: 1) Boron -based Compounds (Boric Acid Equivalent) _ 0.75 lb./cu. ft. i 2) Water-repellent (Paraffin Wax) 0.75 lb./cu. ft. The charge retention of both components are based on the total volume of woad within the charge. Heavy Timbers, once the concentrations of the preservative and -= water-repellent chemicals in the treating solution are known by analysis, the charge retention shall be determined from the retort liquid -gauge readings before and after treatment. III -N-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICROLA13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I ■ MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR jLA8 CEDAR RAPIDS DES t-0DIMES 3. Gravel ff f Gravel shall be pourous backfill material with a gradation of 100% passing a 1$" sieve, 70% passing a 1" sieve, 35-55% passing I � 9 a 3/8" sieve and 0-20% passing a No. 8 sieve. Percentage of p The retention by assay shall be determined by analyzing twenty (20) w wood borings, each being one-half inch (h,") in length and I> extracted at least one foot (1') from an end of the specimens within the lot to be tested. The analysis shall be conducted Ip in accordance with the method specified herein before. The s Penetration of the boron -based preservative shall be deter- ] mined by the tumeric test method as specified in AWPA Standard A3-68, Standard Methods For Determining Penetration of Preserva- tives and Fire Retardants. The penetration of the wax shall I be determined by any suitable method agreeable to both the I purchaser and seller. The conformance to the requirements of this specification shall be certified in accordance with the established Quality Contro { and Inspection Procedures specified in the AWPA Standards M2-70 Ia. and M3-70. Certification shall be made by the treatment plant $ and shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect/Engineer prior to or at the time of delivery of the materials to the site. Materials not certified will not be accepted. - 2. Bolts shall be one-half inch by twelve inch (12") Wej-it I � L.. galvanized concrete anchor bolts and galvanized dome head spikes for fastening timbers together as shown on the drawings. MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR jLA8 CEDAR RAPIDS DES t-0DIMES 3. Gravel ff f Gravel shall be pourous backfill material with a gradation of 100% passing a 1$" sieve, 70% passing a 1" sieve, 35-55% passing a 3/8" sieve and 0-20% passing a No. 8 sieve. Percentage of p wear as determined by AASHTO T-96 shall not exceed 40. Shale particles retained on a No. 4 sieve shall not exceed 5%. The freezing -and -thawing loss plus the abrasion loss shall not exceed 65, but in no case shall the freezing -and -thawing loss Ip exceed 20 or the abrasion loss exceed 55. C. CONSTRUCTION fA 1. Planters a. Locate and establish height of planters as shown on the layout and grading plans. The top elevation of each planter shall be level all the way around the planter. b. Construct planter in accordance with typical planter con- struction detail as shown on the plans. Place timbers on Ia. six inches (6") of gravel fill. Cut and fit timbers as required for planter installation. Drill timbers to re- ceive spikes as shown. Bolt heads to be countersunk flush with top of planters. Treat any cut or abraded surfaces with liberal application of preservative. I � L.. III -N-3 _t -.1 MICROFILMED DY JORM MICR jLA8 CEDAR RAPIDS DES t-0DIMES D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 1. Measurement for timber construction shall be as a complete unit and shall be bid as a lump sum item. 2. All bid prices shall include all labor, materials, equipment and incidental services necessary to complete the construction work as required. E. BASIS OF PAYMENT 1. Payment for timber construction shall be at the lump sum price bid for the construction of all planter walls. 2. Payment of lump sum price shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment and incidental services necessary to complete the construction work as required. I I I I. i I j I III -N-4 i 1 I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR¢LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES is I I� �i r PT i� Pf 0 I i I"I U jJ D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 1. Measurement for timber construction shall be as a complete unit and shall be bid as a lump sum item. 2. All bid prices shall include all labor, materials, equipment and incidental services necessary to complete the construction work as required. E. BASIS OF PAYMENT 1. Payment for timber construction shall be at the lump sum price bid for the construction of all planter walls. 2. Payment of lump sum price shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment and incidental services necessary to complete the construction work as required. I I I I. i I j I III -N-4 i 1 I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR¢LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES is MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i DIVISION III SECTION 0 r, I SPECIFICATIONS FOR WOOD SITE FURNITURE 7 A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference r Requirements of the Division 2 Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation and Sub -base Preparation b. Division III, Section K: Brick Paving c. Division III, Section L: Concrete Sidewalk d. Division III, Section M: Cast -in -Place Concrete i e. Division III, Section N: Timber Construction i f. Division III, Section P: Metal Site Furniture r 3. Scope jProvide all labor, materials and equipment required to furnish, construct and install all wood site furniture; i.e. benches, seats and trash receptacles as shown on the plans. 4. Submittals a. Submit shop drawings or catalog cuts for the following, if different from construction details provided in the plans and these specifications: 1) Benches " 2) Seats j !) r 3) Trash Receptacles Note: Contractor shall be required to submit one sample trash receptacle to the Landscape Architect/Engineer prior to approval. h 1 III -0-1 i J ' lwowr MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES .J u B. MATERIALS 1. Wood a. Contour bench, Victorian bench, seat, trash receptacle - wood shall be dressed Purpleheart, Peltogyne "Select" Grade GR.04 as per the Guyana Grading Rules for Hardwood Timbers supplied by Greenhart Associates - Demerara Inc., Box 192, South Amboy, N.J. 08879, by Montreath Company, 2500 Park Avenue, Bronx, N.Y. 10451 or Brown and Bryan Lumber Co., 415 Lexington Avenue, New York, N.Y. 1) Finish shall be a planed, sanded finish. No sealing or painting required. 2. Prefabricated Items a. Sources - The following items are prefabricated and are available at the sources listed. Modifications to manu- facturing standards are hereinafter described. All items shall be considered to be "as equal" items. The compara- bility of other products, other equipment or other manu- facturers will be determined by the Landscape Architect on the basis of demonstration of equality by the vendor and on the demonstration of successful experience in such work by the manufacturer, as well as compliance with these specifications, including the approval of catalog cuts and shop drawings. The prefabricated items are as follows:. / 1) Contour bench - Victor Stanley Nos. UB -314-48, UB -314-72, and UB -314-96 (4 feet, 6 feet, and 8 feet long) as manufactured by Victor Stanley, Inc., P.O. Box 93, Dun- kirk, Maryland, 20754, or an approved equal. Several benches of each length have been modified to add an arm rest at each end of the bench. (See bid list for quantities and plans for locations). a) Concrete - Precast blocks eight inches (8") by twenty-four inches (24") by four inches (411) thick or cast -in-place - Section M. b) Anchor Bolts 2) Victorian Bench - Model No. 881 (4 ft. long) as manufactured by Bench Manufacturing Co., P.O. Box 66, Essex Street Station, Boston, Massachussetts, 02112, or an approved equal. III -0-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 7 Benches are to he placed in groups of two to three, and there shall be a single armrest between each bench. (See layout plans for locations). a) Concrete - Precast blocks eight inches (8") by twenty-four inches (24") by four inches (4") thick or cast -in-place - Section M. b) Anchor Bolts - Wei -it Anchors one-half inch (1/2") by three and one-half (3 1/2") galvanized. c) Lead Shims 3) Seat - Tops are as manufactured by Victor Stanley, Inc. P.O. Box 93, Dunkirk, Maryland 20574 or an approved equal. a) Wood Base - twelve inch (12") by twelve inch (12") No. 1 Structural Grade Douglas Fir as per Section N: Timber Construction. b) Angle Iron - at top shall be structural steel ASTM A-36 one-quarter inch (1/4") by three inches (311 ) by four inches (4") angle iron continuous, welded at corners, pre -drilled and galvanized after fabrication. c) Steel straps - ASTM A36, one-half inch (1/211) by three incheb (3") and one-half inch (1/2") by five inches (5") as shown pre -drilled before galvanizing. d) Bolts and screws - sizes as shown on approved shop drawing. Galvanized. e) Concrete - cast -in-place - Section M. 4) Trash Receptacle - as manufactured by Victor Stanley, Inc., P.O. Box 93, Dunkirk, Maryland, 20574, or an approved equal. a) Concrete - Precast blocks four inches (41') by eight inches (811) by twelve inches (12") to a minimal sixteen inches (1611) by sixteen inches (16") size or cast -in-place - Section G. b) Anchor bolts - Wei -it Anchors one-half inch (1/211) by six inches (6") galvanized. C) Steel Frame ASTM A36 one-quarter inch (1/411) thick steel bar and steel angle mounting frame as shown on the construction details. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 39G I1 i f" r°1 i U rt l� lA' ;I �1 1 i If U Benches are to he placed in groups of two to three, and there shall be a single armrest between each bench. (See layout plans for locations). a) Concrete - Precast blocks eight inches (8") by twenty-four inches (24") by four inches (4") thick or cast -in-place - Section M. b) Anchor Bolts - Wei -it Anchors one-half inch (1/2") by three and one-half (3 1/2") galvanized. c) Lead Shims 3) Seat - Tops are as manufactured by Victor Stanley, Inc. P.O. Box 93, Dunkirk, Maryland 20574 or an approved equal. a) Wood Base - twelve inch (12") by twelve inch (12") No. 1 Structural Grade Douglas Fir as per Section N: Timber Construction. b) Angle Iron - at top shall be structural steel ASTM A-36 one-quarter inch (1/4") by three inches (311 ) by four inches (4") angle iron continuous, welded at corners, pre -drilled and galvanized after fabrication. c) Steel straps - ASTM A36, one-half inch (1/211) by three incheb (3") and one-half inch (1/2") by five inches (5") as shown pre -drilled before galvanizing. d) Bolts and screws - sizes as shown on approved shop drawing. Galvanized. e) Concrete - cast -in-place - Section M. 4) Trash Receptacle - as manufactured by Victor Stanley, Inc., P.O. Box 93, Dunkirk, Maryland, 20574, or an approved equal. a) Concrete - Precast blocks four inches (41') by eight inches (811) by twelve inches (12") to a minimal sixteen inches (1611) by sixteen inches (16") size or cast -in-place - Section G. b) Anchor bolts - Wei -it Anchors one-half inch (1/211) by six inches (6") galvanized. C) Steel Frame ASTM A36 one-quarter inch (1/411) thick steel bar and steel angle mounting frame as shown on the construction details. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 39G 0 J 2. Victorian Benches ., a. Locate eight -foot (B') and twelve -foot (12') bench groupings l as shown on the layout plans. b. Install cast -in-place concrete to receive anchor bolts. Set bench height as shown in detail. Set height at center l of bench on sloping surface. n c. Coordinate with concrete sidewalk paving. "I 3. Seats I a. Locate seats and tables as shown on layout plans. b. Excavate for footing for seat and table support posts and pour concrete as per Section L. Posts shall be plumb and JJ seat and table surfaces level. Check finish grades and construction details for proper height relationship between seats and table. c. Metal Fabrication - Fabricate continuous angle iron band as shown on drawings. Weld corners and grind smooth. Pre- drill holes. Galvanize as described 2NB-4. j d. Assembly .f iJ 1) Precisely cut and drill holes to match frame. All ' - slats to be sanded smooth. 2) Assemble all components with fasteners as described. 3) Erect and bolt securely into place. Where drilling j or cutting into metal or wood is required, all abraded surfaces shall be treated. Metal shall be touched up with 2RC cold zinc epoxy coating, plus primer 5229. i Finish color to match Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo, �t Black ""16380. 4. Trash Receptacles ri -% a. Locate trash receptacles as shown on the layout plans. b. Install precast or cast in place concrete to receive anchor bolts. 1 c. Coordinate with paving. After paving has been placed, I.: drill holes to receive anchor bolts and anchor to pavement as shown. L d. Trim or taper metal as necessary to fit paving and make trash receptacle plumb and level before bolting j down. 1 e. Paint metal base with Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo, � Black #16380. I ( MICROFILMED BY j JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 1. Benches, seats, and trash receptacles have been estimated in units of Par.h required for construction. 2. All bid prices shall include labor, materials, equipment and incidental services necessary to complete the con- struction work as required. E. BASIS OF PAYMENT 1. Payment shall be at the unit price bid for each of the wood site furniture items: Benches, seats, and trash receptacles. '9 2. Payment for unit price bids described above shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment and in- cidental services necessary to complete the construction work as required. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I :i A,` 1 1 r ii f4 1 . M 1 i u � 1 Iy f Ij1 Li � MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I 1 it l DIVISION III IA SECTION P SPECIFICATIONS FOR 6 METAL SITE FURNITURE 'H A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference Requirements of the Division 2 Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation and Sub-base Preparation b. Division III, Section K: Brick Paving ` c. Division III, Section L: Concrete Paving d. Division III, Section M: Cast-in-Place Concrete e. Division III, Section N: Timber Construction f. Division III, Section 0: Wood Site Furniture 3. Scope lal i i Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to furnish, construct and install all metal site furniture; i.e. tree grates, tree guards, trash receptacles, bike racks, handrail (at the Secu- f Lrity Building) and sidewalk railing (north side of Washington). 4. Submittals I� 4.. a. Submit shop drawings or catalog cuts for the following, if different from construction details provided irr the plans and these specifications: 1) tree grates 2) tree guards 3) trash receptacles Ii 4) bike racks 5) handrail 1 III-P-1 i MICROF1l.MED BY r JORM MICR+LA9 - CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES r n rf V I.r :.r Submit for Landscape Architect's approval. B• MATERIALS I. Prefabricated Items a. Sources - The following items are prefabricated and are avail- able at the sources listed. Modifications to manufacturing standards are hereinafter described. All items shall be con- sidered to be "as equal" items. The comparability of other products, other equipm determient or other manufacturers will be ned by the Landscape Architect on the basis of demonstra- tion of equality by the vendor and on the demonstration of successful experience in such work by the manufacturer, the as well as compliance with these specifications, including approval of catalog cuts and shop drawings cated items are as follows: . The prefabri- 1) Tree Grate - Neenah Foundry Cat. qR-8640, 48" s1 1/4" deep, in two sections weighing 240 Poundsuare pereset, or equal. Casting shall be of uniform quality, free from defects and coated with a black asphalt paint re- sulting in a smooth tough coating, not tacky or brittle. 2) Tree Grate - are 31/4" deep, inetwo sectionsCweighing6570 poundsuper'set, or equal. Casting shall be of uniform quality, free from defects and coated with a black asphalt paint resulting in a smooth tough coating, not tacky or brittle. 3) Tree Guard - Neenah Foundry Cat. Style A, 6'-0" height for a 12" opening in tree grate NR -8643. Casting shall be of uniform quality, free from defects and coated with a black asphalt paint resulting in a smooth, tough coating, not tacky or brittle. 4) Trash Receptacle - Howard H-9 pole -mounted, removeable re- ceptacle, as manufactured by United Metal Receptacle Corpor- ation, Pottsville, Pennsylvania 17901 and available through their distributor: Recreation & Athletic Products, Inc., 2019 Mormon Trek Road, Iowa City, Iowa 52240. a. Basket: Heavy duty 16 gauge perforated steel basket of 15" diameter and 30" height (22 gallon capacity). (Note: litterbug logo is not to be included on basket), III -P-2 MICROFILMED CY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 1.1 2 b. Mounting Bracket: 3/16" X 2" steel bracket with locking device. c. Mounting Bolts: as shown on drawing, galvanized. d. Mounting Pole: Carbon Steel C1010 4" square D.D.B.W. Gauge No. 11 by 6'-0" (to be supplied by Contractor). Note: Two trash receptacles shall be mounted on existing street light poles as shown on the layout drawings. e. Paint - Ferrous surfaces - paint shall be exterior enamel meeting the requirements specified in FSS TT -E-489 Class A, Air Drying. Paint color shall match Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo, Brownstone #16360. Non -Prefabricated Items a. Sources - the following items are not readily available and shall be fabricated by the contractor or by a sub- contractor in accordance with the plans and construction details. Any further modifications other than as shown on the plans and details shall be submitted to the Land- scape Architect for approval. The non -prefabricated items are as follows: 1) Bike Racks - shall be single side. The following lengths are required: Total Number Type Quantity Length of Spaces A 1 TO' -6" 1 �N 13'-0" 8 C 1 14'-6" 9 D 4 16'-0" 10 E 1 19'-0" 12 F 2 23'-6" 15 i I \ 1 1� I b. Mounting Bracket: 3/16" X 2" steel bracket with locking device. c. Mounting Bolts: as shown on drawing, galvanized. d. Mounting Pole: Carbon Steel C1010 4" square D.D.B.W. Gauge No. 11 by 6'-0" (to be supplied by Contractor). Note: Two trash receptacles shall be mounted on existing street light poles as shown on the layout drawings. e. Paint - Ferrous surfaces - paint shall be exterior enamel meeting the requirements specified in FSS TT -E-489 Class A, Air Drying. Paint color shall match Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo, Brownstone #16360. Non -Prefabricated Items a. Sources - the following items are not readily available and shall be fabricated by the contractor or by a sub- contractor in accordance with the plans and construction details. Any further modifications other than as shown on the plans and details shall be submitted to the Land- scape Architect for approval. The non -prefabricated items are as follows: 1) Bike Racks - shall be single side. The following lengths are required: Total Number Type Quantity Length of Spaces A 1 TO' -6" 1 B 2 13'-0" 8 C 1 14'-6" 9 D 4 16'-0" 10 E 1 19'-0" 12 F 2 23'-6" 15 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES a) Steel Tubing 1) Tubing shall be Carbon Steel C1010 3" square 0-D.B.W. Gauge No11 or 1/8" thick weighing 4.70 pounds per lineal foot and furnished in lengths of 20 and 24 feet. b) Steel Bars 1) Steel bars for hoops shall be ASTM A-36 solid 3/4" square weighing 1.913 pounds per lineal foot. c) Welds 1) Welding shall conform to the requirements of the welds mshallnbeeground smooth. All exposed d) Paint -Ferrous Surfaces 1) Shop primer shall be "41ox" Red Primer #5110 by Kyanize or an approved equal. 2) Paint shall be exterior enamel meeting the requirements specified in FSS TT -E-489 Class A, Air Drying. Paint color shall match Pratt and Lambert No. 6138-N Vandyke Brown, or equal. 2) Handrail (at Security Building) shall be 27'-6" in total length with posts as shown on the details. a) Steel Tubing i 1) Tubing shall be carbon steel C1010 2" j Gauge No. 11 or 1/8" thick. square O,D,g,W, b) Welds 1) Welding shall conform to the requirements of I the American Welding Society. All exposed welds I shall be ground smooth. W Paint -Ferrous Surfaces 1) Shop primer shall be "2ylox" Red Primer #5110 by Kyanize or approved equal. 2) Paint shall be exterior enamel meeting the require- ments specified in FSS TT -E-489 Class A, Air Drying. Paint color shall match Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo9 Browstone, #16360. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICF; LAF3 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES a I r„ i , I I�J �j 1 i »a �i I y a) Steel Tubing 1) Tubing shall be Carbon Steel C1010 3" square 0-D.B.W. Gauge No11 or 1/8" thick weighing 4.70 pounds per lineal foot and furnished in lengths of 20 and 24 feet. b) Steel Bars 1) Steel bars for hoops shall be ASTM A-36 solid 3/4" square weighing 1.913 pounds per lineal foot. c) Welds 1) Welding shall conform to the requirements of the welds mshallnbeeground smooth. All exposed d) Paint -Ferrous Surfaces 1) Shop primer shall be "41ox" Red Primer #5110 by Kyanize or an approved equal. 2) Paint shall be exterior enamel meeting the requirements specified in FSS TT -E-489 Class A, Air Drying. Paint color shall match Pratt and Lambert No. 6138-N Vandyke Brown, or equal. 2) Handrail (at Security Building) shall be 27'-6" in total length with posts as shown on the details. a) Steel Tubing i 1) Tubing shall be carbon steel C1010 2" j Gauge No. 11 or 1/8" thick. square O,D,g,W, b) Welds 1) Welding shall conform to the requirements of I the American Welding Society. All exposed welds I shall be ground smooth. W Paint -Ferrous Surfaces 1) Shop primer shall be "2ylox" Red Primer #5110 by Kyanize or approved equal. 2) Paint shall be exterior enamel meeting the require- ments specified in FSS TT -E-489 Class A, Air Drying. Paint color shall match Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo9 Browstone, #16360. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICF; LAF3 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES a nv -i ' 3. Concrete Refer to Section M. 4. Sealant Use brick setting bed material. See Section K. C. CONSTRUCTION ' Prefabricated items as delivered to the job must be in first class condition and acceptable to the Landscape Architect/Engineer. " Correct any flaws at no expense to Owner. All site furniture shall be installed plumb and level. Support and shim as necessary. Discuss conditions and solutions with Landscape Architect /Engineer if different than shown on the plans and construction details. 1. Tree Grates 4. a) Coordination lJ Coordinate placing of tree grates with paving contractor. b) Footing Excavate for footing and install concrete footing as shown on construction details. c) Installation After placement of peripheral brick or concrete work, set .; grate in place, being sure that the grate has good bearing all around. Bolt each set of grates together in the field with one-half inch (1/2") diameter bolts, galvanized, and .� painted black. 2. Tree Guards a) Installation ,I Note: Tree guards are not to be installed. Deliver to City Storage Yard at the intersection of Highways 6 and 218. 3. Trash Receptacles a) Excavation and Footings. L� Excavate to the limits shown on the drawings and pour concrete footings. I III-P-5 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LAB i CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES b) Fabrication 1) Fabricate mounting poles in conformance with drawings. 2) Metal shall be properly cleaned and given one coat of primer. Paint all surfaces with two coats of enamel, Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo, Brown- stone #16360. c) Installation 1) Coordinate installation with the work of other trades. 2) Set basket and attach to mounting pole. 3) Touch up any abraded surface with the same primer and finish paint material. 4. Bike Racks a) Excavation and Footings Excavate to the limits shown on drawings and pour concrete footings. b) Fabrication 1) Fabricate bike racks in shop in conformance with draw- ings. (See preceeding paragraph B -2-a-1 for listing of types and lengths required.) 2) All joints and cuts shall be accurately and cleanly made. Bends shall be made in conformance with drawings. All pieces shall be fit within a 1/4" tolerance of the required dimension. 3) Welds shall be solid and continuous. Exposed welds I shall be ground smooth. 4) Metal shall be properly cleaned and given one shop coat of primer. c) Installation 1) Coordinate installation with the work of other trades. 2) Set rack to project a uniform distance above grade. 3) Touch up any abraded surface with the same primer mater- ial. Paint all surfaces with two coats of enamel, Pratt and Lambert No. 6138-N Vandyke Brown, or equal. III -P-6 tr MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ■ V+ 19 WI ic4 4v r. 1 . i.. t til b) Fabrication 1) Fabricate mounting poles in conformance with drawings. 2) Metal shall be properly cleaned and given one coat of primer. Paint all surfaces with two coats of enamel, Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo, Brown- stone #16360. c) Installation 1) Coordinate installation with the work of other trades. 2) Set basket and attach to mounting pole. 3) Touch up any abraded surface with the same primer and finish paint material. 4. Bike Racks a) Excavation and Footings Excavate to the limits shown on drawings and pour concrete footings. b) Fabrication 1) Fabricate bike racks in shop in conformance with draw- ings. (See preceeding paragraph B -2-a-1 for listing of types and lengths required.) 2) All joints and cuts shall be accurately and cleanly made. Bends shall be made in conformance with drawings. All pieces shall be fit within a 1/4" tolerance of the required dimension. 3) Welds shall be solid and continuous. Exposed welds I shall be ground smooth. 4) Metal shall be properly cleaned and given one shop coat of primer. c) Installation 1) Coordinate installation with the work of other trades. 2) Set rack to project a uniform distance above grade. 3) Touch up any abraded surface with the same primer mater- ial. Paint all surfaces with two coats of enamel, Pratt and Lambert No. 6138-N Vandyke Brown, or equal. III -P-6 tr MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ■ 5. Handrail a) Fabrication 1) Fabricate handrail in shop in conformance with draw- ings. 2) All joints and cuts shall be accurately and cleanly made. Bends shall be made in conformance with drawings. All pieces shall be fit within a 1/4" tolerance of the required dimension. 3) Welds shall be solid and continous. Exposed welds shall be ground smooth. 4) Metal shall be properly cleaned and given one shop coat of primer. . b) Installation 1) Coordinate installation with retaining wall construction. 2) Set handrail at height as shown in the drawings and grout edges. l 3) Touch up any abraded surfaces with the same primer ma- terial. Paint all surfaces with two coats of enamel, Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo, Brownstone #16360. 6. Sidewalk Railing I Note: The existing sidewalk railing in place along the north sidewalk along the north side of Washington Street is to be relocated to twelve inches (120 north of the new sidevial'k paving. a. Installation 1) Remove and reset railing at height as shown in the construction details. 2) Metal shall be properly cleaned. Prime any abraded surfaces with the same primer material and paint all surfaces with two coats of enamel, Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo, Brownstone #16360. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i I' I i.. i 5. Handrail a) Fabrication 1) Fabricate handrail in shop in conformance with draw- ings. 2) All joints and cuts shall be accurately and cleanly made. Bends shall be made in conformance with drawings. All pieces shall be fit within a 1/4" tolerance of the required dimension. 3) Welds shall be solid and continous. Exposed welds shall be ground smooth. 4) Metal shall be properly cleaned and given one shop coat of primer. . b) Installation 1) Coordinate installation with retaining wall construction. 2) Set handrail at height as shown in the drawings and grout edges. l 3) Touch up any abraded surfaces with the same primer ma- terial. Paint all surfaces with two coats of enamel, Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo, Brownstone #16360. 6. Sidewalk Railing I Note: The existing sidewalk railing in place along the north sidewalk along the north side of Washington Street is to be relocated to twelve inches (120 north of the new sidevial'k paving. a. Installation 1) Remove and reset railing at height as shown in the construction details. 2) Metal shall be properly cleaned. Prime any abraded surfaces with the same primer material and paint all surfaces with two coats of enamel, Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo, Brownstone #16360. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES MICROFILMED DY w JORM MICR�LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MDINES I n i D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ! ~ 1. Tree grates, tree grates with guards, trash receptacles and handrail have been estimated in units of each required for construction. Bike racks have been estimated in lineal feet Mj required for each type of rack. The sidewalk railing shall l be considered as a lump sum item. r. 2. All bid prices shall include labor, materials, equipment and incidental services necessary to complete the construc- tion work as required. E. BASIS OF PAYMENT 1. Payment shall be at the unit price bid for each of the follow- ing metal site furniture items: tree grates, tree grates with guards, trash receptacles and handrail. Payment for the bike racks shall be at the unit price bid for each type and length of rack required. Payment for the sidewalk railing shall be at the lump sum price bid for the item. s 2. Payment for unit price bids described above shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment and inciden- tal services necessary to complete the construction work as required. Note: Tree guards are not to be installed. Deliver to City Storage Yard at the intersection of Highways 6 and 218. r I III -P -B 39� MICROFILMED DY w JORM MICR�LA13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MDINES 6 r DIVISION III SECTION Q SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRANSIT SHELTER A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference Requirements of the Division 2 Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a, Division III, Section B: Excavation and Sub -base Preparation b. Division III, Section K: Brick Paving c. Division III, Section M: Cast -in -Place Concrete d. Division III, Section R: Lighting and Electrical 3. Scope Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to furnish,.con- struct and install two (2) transit shelter structures at the locations shown on the drawings. 4. Submittals a. Submit shop drawings or catalogue cuts for the following, if different from construction details provided in the plans and, these specifications; 1. Transit Shelter 2. Shelter Light Fixture I Submit for Landscape Architect/Engineer's approval, B. MATERIALS 1. Transit Shelter - shall be prefabricated shelter as manufactured by 0. O�McK -nley Co., Inc., 4530 N. Keystone Avenue, Indianapolis; Indiana 46205. Note: Shelter is to be erected on site by the manufacturer, III -Q-1 3Rr i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES la DIVISION III SECTION Q SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRANSIT SHELTER A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference Requirements of the Division 2 Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a, Division III, Section B: Excavation and Sub -base Preparation b. Division III, Section K: Brick Paving c. Division III, Section M: Cast -in -Place Concrete d. Division III, Section R: Lighting and Electrical 3. Scope Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to furnish,.con- struct and install two (2) transit shelter structures at the locations shown on the drawings. 4. Submittals a. Submit shop drawings or catalogue cuts for the following, if different from construction details provided in the plans and, these specifications; 1. Transit Shelter 2. Shelter Light Fixture I Submit for Landscape Architect/Engineer's approval, B. MATERIALS 1. Transit Shelter - shall be prefabricated shelter as manufactured by 0. O�McK -nley Co., Inc., 4530 N. Keystone Avenue, Indianapolis; Indiana 46205. Note: Shelter is to be erected on site by the manufacturer, III -Q-1 3Rr i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 171 r a) Metal - all metal members shall be extruded aluminum, alloy 6063-T5, in shapes as detailed. b) Glazing Panels - shall be 1/4" thick bronze tinted acrylic sheet. C) Glazing gasket - shall be closed-ceil sponge neoprene. d) Fastners - shall be plated steel, painted to match Pratt & Lambert #6138-N Vandyke Brown, or equal. e) Paint - Ferrous Surfaces 1) All aluminum shall be given a chemical treatment consis- ting of an eight -step cleaning process and Bonderite conversion. 2) Shop primer shall be "Zylox" red primer #5110 by Kyanize or equal. 3) Finish paint shall be a flurocarbon polymer coating applied under controlled conditions by airless spray method and fusion -cured in a conveyorized electric convection oven under precise temperature regulation. Paint to match Pratt & Lambert #6138-N Vandyke Brown, or equal. 2. Concrete Refer to Section M. 3. Brick Paving Refer to Section K. . 4. Electrical and Lighting Refer to Section R. C. CONSTRUCTION 1. Coordination Coordinate erection of shelter with work of other trades. 2. Concrete Locate and prepare footings and retaining wall as shown on the plans and construction details. j 3. Fabrication a. Fabricate shelter in shop in conformance with drawings. III -Q-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES !�1 Fabrication and finishing shall be first class in every particular. 1. Main extruded tee shapes shall be shop fabricated into vents as detailed using cold -bending technique. 2. All other extruded aluminum members shall be fabricated (drilling, cutting, milling, etc.) prior to finishing. 3. Acrylic sheets shall be cut -to -size in shop. 4. Material shall be finish -coated in shop as per Section B -1-e. 4. Erection a. All installation shall be performed in a first-class manner. 1. Coordinate installation with retaining wall construction. 2. Bents shall be precisely spaced according to the erection layout and set plumb and square with the walkway. 3. Horizontal members shall be neatly and securely fastened in place. 4. Acrylic sheet glazing panels shall be carefully glazed into openings, the vault panels being cold -formed to conform to the curvature of the bents. 5. Gasket to be continuously applied about perimeter of acrylic sheet. D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 1. The transit shelters are measured as a complete unit and shall be bid as lump sum items. 2. All bid prices shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidental services necessary to complete the construction work as required. E, BASIS OF PAYMENT 1. Payment for the transit shelters shall be at the lump sum price bid for each structure. 2. Payment for unit price bids described above shall be full com- pensation for all labor, materials, equipment and incidental ser- vices necessary to complete the construction work as required. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 1 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Li �1 II I vl 'i iJ J �1 i� t Fabrication and finishing shall be first class in every particular. 1. Main extruded tee shapes shall be shop fabricated into vents as detailed using cold -bending technique. 2. All other extruded aluminum members shall be fabricated (drilling, cutting, milling, etc.) prior to finishing. 3. Acrylic sheets shall be cut -to -size in shop. 4. Material shall be finish -coated in shop as per Section B -1-e. 4. Erection a. All installation shall be performed in a first-class manner. 1. Coordinate installation with retaining wall construction. 2. Bents shall be precisely spaced according to the erection layout and set plumb and square with the walkway. 3. Horizontal members shall be neatly and securely fastened in place. 4. Acrylic sheet glazing panels shall be carefully glazed into openings, the vault panels being cold -formed to conform to the curvature of the bents. 5. Gasket to be continuously applied about perimeter of acrylic sheet. D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 1. The transit shelters are measured as a complete unit and shall be bid as lump sum items. 2. All bid prices shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidental services necessary to complete the construction work as required. E, BASIS OF PAYMENT 1. Payment for the transit shelters shall be at the lump sum price bid for each structure. 2. Payment for unit price bids described above shall be full com- pensation for all labor, materials, equipment and incidental ser- vices necessary to complete the construction work as required. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 1 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES PM Ij DIVISION III SECTION R I I DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR I i PM Ij DIVISION III SECTION R le DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING P N. DESCRIPTION 1. 19 Reference p Requirements of the Division II Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation and Sub -base Preparation b. Division III, Sections D, E. H: Trench Excavation and Backfill and Storm Sewers Cd. c. Division III, Section I: Pavement with Integral Curb Division III, Sections J, K, L: Brick and Concrete Paving and Cast -in -Place Concrete -I e. Division III, Sections M, N, 0, P: Timber Construction, Site Furniture and Transit Shelters 3. Scope a. Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to furnish and install all lighting and electrical items as shown on the plans and in conformance with this Section; and to coordinate this work with the City and with the local utility companies. Note: Certain lighting fixtures and structures have been designed to utilize certain materials and to blend with the overall design scheme. These fixtures and structures are listed under Materials: prefabricated items. The designs have been worked out by the Landscape Architect with Sterner Lighting, Inc., Winsted, Minnesota and are available from their distributor: Jerry Carnes Associates, 14615 Martin Drive, Eden Praire, Minn- esota 55343. The traditional light fixtures (as planned on the north side of Washington Street) have been specified to match existing pedestrian lights at the Pentacrest. These fixtures are avail- able from Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co., Hall and Main Streets, Spring City, Pennsylvania 19475. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ij �I 3. Scope a. Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to furnish and install all lighting and electrical items as shown on the plans and in conformance with this Section; and to coordinate this work with the City and with the local utility companies. Note: Certain lighting fixtures and structures have been designed to utilize certain materials and to blend with the overall design scheme. These fixtures and structures are listed under Materials: prefabricated items. The designs have been worked out by the Landscape Architect with Sterner Lighting, Inc., Winsted, Minnesota and are available from their distributor: Jerry Carnes Associates, 14615 Martin Drive, Eden Praire, Minn- esota 55343. The traditional light fixtures (as planned on the north side of Washington Street) have been specified to match existing pedestrian lights at the Pentacrest. These fixtures are avail- able from Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co., Hall and Main Streets, Spring City, Pennsylvania 19475. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES ij 0 The Contractor may work with other lighting companies offer- ing equal products and services, subject to review and approval of the Landscape Architect. Note: There will be three separate power sources used for the light- ing systems being installed on this project. The traditional lights being installed along the north side of Washington Street adjacent to the University of Iowa property will be supplied from a 120/208 volt power source to be installed as part of this project in a transformer room in Maclean Hall. An existing 6.6 amp series street lighting system will be discon- nected from the lights along the north side of Washington Street _ and a new 5KV cable will be installed to bypass the disconnected lights. I All pedestrian lights installed on this project will be supplied from a new 277/480 volt metered power source to be installed adjacent to the existing street light power source located at the southwest corner of the parking ramp on Capitol Street. This power source will be controllable either from the street light PE control or the time clock control used for the pedes- trian lights on Washington, east of Clinton. All street lights will be connected into the existing street light circuits at the intersection of Washington and Clinton Streets. These circuits are powered from the panel at the southwest corner of the parking ramp. b. Perform all electrical tests as required or directed. Provide all materials, labor, and equipment necessary for the performance of these tests and at completion of the work perform a complete "in-service" operation of the entire electrical and power system to show lighting system is in working order. Replace any work showing faults under tests without additional cost to the Owner. c. Upon completion the Contractor shall provide a set of "As - Built" conditions and all deviations from the original drawings. Provide exact location of stub -outs and accur- ate, up-to-date and legible dimensional record of the as built location and depth of all buried or concealed lines and of all work which is installed differently from the location or manner indicated on the drawings. Deliver to the Landscape Architect/Engineer in good condition at completion of project. d. For the work of this Section, the Contractor shall coor- dinate his work with the work of all other trades affect- ing, or affected by his work, cooperating as necessary with other trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the contract. III -R-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 1.31(0 I n �J J 4, Equipment List and Drawings a. Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Landscape Architect/Engineer, the Contractor shall, within fifteen (15) days following award of the contract, submit to the Landscape Architect/Engineer for review and approval a list of equipment and materials which he proposes to install other than those specified. The list shall be complete as to name of manufacturer, size and identify- ing number of each item. The list shall be supplemented by descriptive technical data, including detailed scale drawings and wiring diagrams of any special equipment, a point by point computer printout, and of any proposed deviation from the plans. Three (3) sets of the above data shall be submitted. Following review, checking, correction and acceptance, three (3) complete record sets shall be resubmitted to the Landscape Architect/Engineer, The Owner will not be liable for any material purchased, labor performed, or delay to the work prior to such re- view and approval. b. If requested by the Landscape Architect/Engineer, the Contractor shall submit sample articles of any of the material proposed for use for the Landscape Architect/ Engineer's approval. 1) Samples: Shall be physical examples to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to estab- lish standards by which completed work is judged. a) Office samples: Of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: (1) Functional characteristics of product material, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. (2) Full range of color samples. (3) After review, samples may be used in construction of project, 5) Field samples and mock-ups: (1) Erect at project site at location acceptable to Landscape Architect/Engineer. (2) Construct each sample or mock-up complete, including work of all trades required in finished work, III -R-3 MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 394 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES l 5. Warranties, Gurantees and Instruction Sheets Manufacturer's warranties and guarantees furnished for materials used in the work and instruction sheets and parts lists supplied with materials shall be delivered to the Landscape Architect/ Engineer. 6. Codes, Permits and Standards a. The electrical contractor shall be a licensed electrician in the City of Iowa City, Iowa. b. The applicability of primary general governing regulations to the project is indicated in Division 1 sections of these J specifications. In general, the applicability (as determined by the Contractor) of construction regulations by every law- ful authority having jurisdiction over the work must be complied with, regardless of the specific requirements of the contract documents including these specifications. - Report conflicts to the Landscape Architect/Engineer Promptly upon discovery, for resolution in accordance with specified terms. b. Specific Extensions - The foregoing provisions are hereby iJ extended to include regulations of the following: Franchised utility companies. ANSI: standards adopted by OSHA. NFPA: National Fire Codes. c. Imposed Codes and Standards - Applicable provisions of the 1 following codes and standards are hereby imposed on a general basis for the electrical work (in addition to specific applications specified by individual work sec- tions of these specifications): ` NEC, National Electrical Code (NFPA No. 70). NFPA No. 101, Life Safety Code. i ANSI C2, National Electrical Safety Code, d. Permits - Where governing regulations and.imposed codes and standards require notices, permits, licenses, inspections, tests, and similar items or actions in order to lawfully u proceed with the required electrical work, obtain those items and take those actions in accordance with the regula- tions of the governing authority. The City will provide the required permits at no cost to the contractor. Vi III -R-4 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES l Submit a record copy (for owner's records) of every electrical work notice, permit, license, inspection or test report, and similar items obtained in response to governing and imposed .� codes, regulations and standards. i, 7. Verification of Plans and Specs 1 pa a. It shall be the responsibility of all parties concerned to carefully examine the plans and specifications relating to this work for completeness, accuracy and clarity. Any conflict, errors or clarification requests, shall be ilm;ediately brcught to the attention of the Landscape Architect/Engineer and/or the owner for written interpre- tation or instructions. No claim for increased compensa- tion for additions, changes or alterations will be consider- s ed unless written authorization is granted by the owner's representative. Otherwise, any additional materials and/ or labor, due to additions, alterations, and changes, nec- essary to meet existing conditions•, shall be furnished under this contract. n 8. Working Conditions a. It shall be the responsibility of all parties concerned (y to visit the site and fully inform themselves as to all ! existing conditions and/or limitations relating to this work. No claim for increased compensation shall be con- sidered for changes or alterations due to visible or obvious conditions. Invisible or unknown conditions encountered during progress of the work, shall be con- sidered an extra and shall necessitate written confirma- ly tion of increased compensation by the owner before the work is continued. �? b. The contractor shall continuously maintain a competent M; superintendent to direct the work during progress, with the authority to act for him in all matters pertaining u, to the work. All work shall progress as rapidly as possible and practical without unnecessary delays. Pre- cautions necessary to provide reasonable safety for all - persons, materials, and equipment involved in this work, shall be followed. c. The contractor shall confine his operations, storage, and equipment to the areas allotted him by the owner for his = work and materials. All materials necessary to complete the installation shall be handled in such a manner as to prevent damage and minimize waste. All losses or damage i� to materials, equipment or the owner's property while in the possession of, or being used by the contractor, shall be the responsibility of the contractor, and he shall re- pair, replace or otherwise compensate the owner for any - such loss. The working area shall be kept clean of all debris, rock, waste or dirt. Clean-up and removal of all equipment, excess materials, etc., shall be completed — before acceptance will be approved by the owner. III -R-5 141CROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS . DES MOINES 0 39� MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAO CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 9. Utilities and Protection a. The Owner shall make available to the contractor all necessary information regarding the exact locations of existing utilities. The contractor shall be responsible for all utility locations and protections and shall be liable for damages to, or the cost of repairing and/or -, replacing buried conduit, cables or piping encountered during installation work. 10. Workmanship a. The Contractor shall have considerable experience and demon- strated ability in the installation of lighting and electri- cal systems. No work shall be completed without supervi- sion. All work shall be installed, by skilled persons pro- ficient in the trades required, in a neat, orderly and re- sponsible manner with recognized standards of workmanship. 11. Quality Assurance Ja. All underground work shall be inspected and approved by the persons supervising the installation for correctness and completeness before backfilling. 1 b. All materials and equipment shall be warranteed in writing for a period of one (1) year against defects in materials and workmanship from their respective manufacturers. All installation work shall be warranteed for a period of one (1) year against defective workmanship and handling, by the installer. Warrantees 'shall become effective follow - Ing final acceptance of the work by the Owner. J 12. Operatina Instructions and Record Drawings _ a. Operation and Instruction Manual shall be furnished to the Owner upon final payment for the materials and work herein' — described. It shall include the complete technical descrip- tion; complete operation, function, and performance; comnlete - detail servicing instructions and replacement parts list, and _ information regarding protection of the equipment. The manual shall also be equipped with information collected during the Initial break in period of the project. -' b. The Contractor shall maintain at least one (1) set of "work- ing prints" for annotating all installation changes, reloca- tions, or corrections to the installation plan. These shall - be carefully reco{ded and daily kept -up-to-date throughout 1 the job's progress to completion of the project, whereupon - they shall be returned to the Landscape Architect/Engineer for preparation ofPthefinal "as built" plans for providing a permanent record"of this work. J IIf-R-6 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAO CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 0 �-1 i B. MATERIALS 1. General a. The lighting items and electrical fixtures shown and spec- ified shall be new and shall be furnished and installed complete with bases, posts, lamps, arms, hangers, ballasts and all other parts and accessories so they shall be ready for use. b. All fixtures shall be delivered to the job site wrapped in polyethylene and boxed, on a manufacturer licensed FCC ap- proved carrier. All fixtures shall be stored until in- stalled, well covered and protected from the elements. All fixtures shall have new lamps when the work is com- pleted and accepted by the Owners. c. All metal surfaces shall be covered with an acrylic base paint with epoxy primer, electrostatically applied and cured by baking by the manufacturer. d. All.equipment and materials shall bear the U.L. label. All materials and their installation shall be in accordance with, or exceed, the latest revision of.the National Electric Code and any applicable local codes. e. Where the specifications permit selection from several prod- uct options, and where it becomes necessary to authorize a substitution, do not proceed, with purchasing until coordina- tion of the interface requirements have been checked and ap- proved by the Landscape Architect/Engineer. 2. Prefabricated Items a. Lighting Fixture 1) Supply Sources - The following items are available at Sterner Lighting, Inc., Winsted, Minnesota 55395 and from Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co., Spring City, Pennsylvania, 19475. Modifications to manufactur- ing standards are hereinafter described. The item shall be considered to be an "as equal" item. The compara- bility of other products, other equipment or other manu- facturers will be determined by the Landscape Architect on the basis of demonstration of equality by the vendor and on the demonstration of successful experience in such work by the manufacturer, as well as compliance with these specificationA, including the approval of catalog cuts and shop drawings. The prefabricated items are as follows: 04. III -R-7 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES i a. Street Lights Note: The street light and pole is specified to match existing street lights and poles recently -, installed on Washington and Capitol Streets with- in the project area. 1) Fixture "A" MICROFILMED DY JORM MIC R�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES The street light shall consist of a "box -type" luminaire attached to r a two -foot (2' -0") -long arm at a five (5) degree rise J mounted on a square tapered steel pole with a steel base. The luminaire shall contain one 250 -watt high pressu!i rsoium itherlthamp ballast with access toe rouand gh a7hinged door. The reflector system shall�beasketed sealed to prevent the entrance of dust or moisture. The �J reflector shall be of precision formed aluminum, chemically brightened and anodized to semi - specular finish. The lens shall be of heat and impact resistant tempered glass. A fused dis- connect shall be furnished inside the door so that when the door frame is opened, the primary ballast circuit is broken, J-' J The optical system shall be such that an average of 3 foot candles with J an average -to -minimum uniformity ratio of less than 3.5 can be main- — tained using a 0.85 maintenance factor with the fixtures installed J at a mounting height of 27 feet at 'the locations shown on the drawings. , The luminaire shall be Sterner, Executive II, or approved equal. The pole shall be a 27-foot,heavy duty, square, tapered,anchor base pole capable of supporting luminaire assembly. The size shall taper from 6.75 inches square at the bottom to 3.75 inches J square at the top. Wall thickness shall be 11 guage. The pole shall have a 4"x8" reinforced 1 handhole and grounding lug. The pole shall be Sterner No. STS 06 modified to 27 feet mounting \ height or approved equal. i The pole base shall be designed for 4- 1 -inch 0 IJ anchor bolts on a14.5 -inch bolt circle. A decorative base cover (Sterner Style "P" or ap- proved equal) shall be provided for the anchor bolts. Double nuts shall be provided for plumb- ing the poles. The cover shall be fastened down. III -R-8 Q MICROFILMED DY JORM MIC R�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB 'j CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I i i ' i _ The bracket arms shall be of the davit type and shall be made of the same shape tube as the shaft and shall have a tenon adapter for re- ceiving the luminaire. Arms shall have a five degree rise and shall be two foot (2'-011) long. All internal wireway openings shall be grometed. The entire assembly of luminaire, arm, and pole _} shall be capable of withstanding a continuous 80 mph wind and gusts of 100 mph. T All exposed metal surfaces shall be factory fin- ished with electrostatically applied, oven -baked enamel finish (Pratt & Lambert 6138-N, Vandyke Brown) . j After the fixtures have been erected, they should be carefully inspected and any damage to the 1� finish shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2) Fixture "B" These units shall be identical with Fixture "A" n except they will consist of two (2) luminaires mounted 90° apart on a single pole. b. Pedestrian Light Note: All pedestrian fixtures are specified to match existing fixtures recently installed on Washington Street - and City Plaza, east of the project area. 1) Fixture "C"- Sixteen inch (16") Kube Lights - four (4) sixteen inch (16") square natural gray #2094 'DR" acrylic kubes with cylindrical glass refractors 17 and mogul base lampholders for a single 175 watt i mercury vapor lamp. - permanent mold cast aluminum low -profile, twist -lock, �I bottom fitters. J - three and one-half inch (3 1/2") diameter by fifteen n inch (15") long aluminum tenons housing a 175 watt/ U 277 volt ballast. - two inch (2") by four inch (4") by eighteen inch (18") long I extruded aluminum rectangular tube arms. Li ii ` III -R-9 J MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB 'j CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES I i i ' i i u I - four (4) fifteen foot (15') long aluminum poles, three inches (3") square by .125 inch wall. - all aluminum surfaces to receive a baked acrylic enamel finish to match Pratt and Lambert No. 6138-N. Vandyke Brown. - fixture shall be factory pre -wired for connection at pull box near base of light. 2) Fixture "D" - Ten inch (10") Kube Lights - four (4) ten inch (10") square natural gray #2094 DR acrylic kubes with cylindrical glass refractor and medium base lampholders for a single 75 watt mercury vapor lamp. - permanent mold cast aluminum low -profile, twist -lock bottom fitters. - one and three-fourths inch (1 3/4") diameter by eleven inch (11") long extruded aluminum tenons. —one inch 0") by three inch (3") by thirteen inch (13") long rectangular tube arms (4 @ 90°). - thirteen foot (13') long aluminum pole, three inches (3") square by .125 inch wall. - four (4) 75 watt/277 volt ballasts mounted in pole. - cast aluminum recessed hinge-o-matic base with four (4) five-eighths inch (5/8") N.C. by sixteen inch (16") by two inch (2") anchor bolts on a 7.00 inch bolt circle, (5.00 inch bolt square). Base serves as pull box for lighting system. (See detail of base in plans). - all aluminum surfaces to receive a baked acrylic enamel finish to match Pratt and Lambert No. 6138-N, Vandyke Brown. - fixture shall be pre -wired for connection at pull box in base of light. 3) Fixture "E" - Ten inch (10") Kube Light - identical to Fixture "D" except two (2) ten inch (10") kubes at 180°. Note: one (1) fixture located along the Engineering Build- ing shall have a pole fifteen (15) feet in length. See electrical plans. c. Traditional Fixture -Fixture "F" Note: These fixtures are specified to match existing lights in the Pentacrest area. See electrical plans for details. III -R-10 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3q� l I �I u I - four (4) fifteen foot (15') long aluminum poles, three inches (3") square by .125 inch wall. - all aluminum surfaces to receive a baked acrylic enamel finish to match Pratt and Lambert No. 6138-N. Vandyke Brown. - fixture shall be factory pre -wired for connection at pull box near base of light. 2) Fixture "D" - Ten inch (10") Kube Lights - four (4) ten inch (10") square natural gray #2094 DR acrylic kubes with cylindrical glass refractor and medium base lampholders for a single 75 watt mercury vapor lamp. - permanent mold cast aluminum low -profile, twist -lock bottom fitters. - one and three-fourths inch (1 3/4") diameter by eleven inch (11") long extruded aluminum tenons. —one inch 0") by three inch (3") by thirteen inch (13") long rectangular tube arms (4 @ 90°). - thirteen foot (13') long aluminum pole, three inches (3") square by .125 inch wall. - four (4) 75 watt/277 volt ballasts mounted in pole. - cast aluminum recessed hinge-o-matic base with four (4) five-eighths inch (5/8") N.C. by sixteen inch (16") by two inch (2") anchor bolts on a 7.00 inch bolt circle, (5.00 inch bolt square). Base serves as pull box for lighting system. (See detail of base in plans). - all aluminum surfaces to receive a baked acrylic enamel finish to match Pratt and Lambert No. 6138-N, Vandyke Brown. - fixture shall be pre -wired for connection at pull box in base of light. 3) Fixture "E" - Ten inch (10") Kube Light - identical to Fixture "D" except two (2) ten inch (10") kubes at 180°. Note: one (1) fixture located along the Engineering Build- ing shall have a pole fifteen (15) feet in length. See electrical plans. c. Traditional Fixture -Fixture "F" Note: These fixtures are specified to match existing lights in the Pentacrest area. See electrical plans for details. III -R-10 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3q� l �I u I - four (4) fifteen foot (15') long aluminum poles, three inches (3") square by .125 inch wall. - all aluminum surfaces to receive a baked acrylic enamel finish to match Pratt and Lambert No. 6138-N. Vandyke Brown. - fixture shall be factory pre -wired for connection at pull box near base of light. 2) Fixture "D" - Ten inch (10") Kube Lights - four (4) ten inch (10") square natural gray #2094 DR acrylic kubes with cylindrical glass refractor and medium base lampholders for a single 75 watt mercury vapor lamp. - permanent mold cast aluminum low -profile, twist -lock bottom fitters. - one and three-fourths inch (1 3/4") diameter by eleven inch (11") long extruded aluminum tenons. —one inch 0") by three inch (3") by thirteen inch (13") long rectangular tube arms (4 @ 90°). - thirteen foot (13') long aluminum pole, three inches (3") square by .125 inch wall. - four (4) 75 watt/277 volt ballasts mounted in pole. - cast aluminum recessed hinge-o-matic base with four (4) five-eighths inch (5/8") N.C. by sixteen inch (16") by two inch (2") anchor bolts on a 7.00 inch bolt circle, (5.00 inch bolt square). Base serves as pull box for lighting system. (See detail of base in plans). - all aluminum surfaces to receive a baked acrylic enamel finish to match Pratt and Lambert No. 6138-N, Vandyke Brown. - fixture shall be pre -wired for connection at pull box in base of light. 3) Fixture "E" - Ten inch (10") Kube Light - identical to Fixture "D" except two (2) ten inch (10") kubes at 180°. Note: one (1) fixture located along the Engineering Build- ing shall have a pole fifteen (15) feet in length. See electrical plans. c. Traditional Fixture -Fixture "F" Note: These fixtures are specified to match existing lights in the Pentacrest area. See electrical plans for details. III -R-10 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3q� l F11 3 - one (1) thirty -three-inch high (33") Octagon Lantern type HJW-33 luminaire less top and bottom spires, cast aluminum housing with P-5 Plexiglas panels and crystal moss mogul socket for a single 250 watt mercury vapor lamp. - single aluminum seven-inch (7") slip -over -slip post fitter. - one (1) eleven -foot (11') long cast iron "Edgewater" pole. - all metal surfaces to receive acrylic enamel finish to match Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo Bronzetone '16360 (unit is to be factory primed only). - inside of roof of luminaire to be painted white. - anchor bolts to be as shown on the drawings. - single 250 watt/120 volt ballast in base. d. Transit Shelter Light - Fixture "G" - cast aluminum flush wall mounted downlight. - single 100 watt mercury vapor lamp. - integral 100 watt/277 volt ballast. - Lexan Lens - Finish to match Pratt and Lambert No. 6138-N, Vandyke Brown. - Imperial Bronzelite ;AWB -2100 MVH -LL or equal. Note: Conductors for prewiring of fixtures and poles shall be '12 copper, stranded, type THW, THWN, XHHW or RHW. Lamps a. Provide all lamps for all luminaires furnished under this contract. Replace all burned out lamps during construction and prior to final acceptance of the work. b. Provide all mercury vapor lamps of one manufacturer. c. Provide all high pressure sodium lamps of one manfacturer. d. High pressure sodium lamps shall be clear. e. Mercury vapor lamps shall be phosphor coated delux. Ballasts a. City lighting system 1) Mercury vapor lamp ballasts shall be high power factor, / III -R-11 � 10 1111'x" ! MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES t n LJ LJ ; J I U iI U F11 3 - one (1) thirty -three-inch high (33") Octagon Lantern type HJW-33 luminaire less top and bottom spires, cast aluminum housing with P-5 Plexiglas panels and crystal moss mogul socket for a single 250 watt mercury vapor lamp. - single aluminum seven-inch (7") slip -over -slip post fitter. - one (1) eleven -foot (11') long cast iron "Edgewater" pole. - all metal surfaces to receive acrylic enamel finish to match Benjamin Moore Ironclad Rust Retardo Bronzetone '16360 (unit is to be factory primed only). - inside of roof of luminaire to be painted white. - anchor bolts to be as shown on the drawings. - single 250 watt/120 volt ballast in base. d. Transit Shelter Light - Fixture "G" - cast aluminum flush wall mounted downlight. - single 100 watt mercury vapor lamp. - integral 100 watt/277 volt ballast. - Lexan Lens - Finish to match Pratt and Lambert No. 6138-N, Vandyke Brown. - Imperial Bronzelite ;AWB -2100 MVH -LL or equal. Note: Conductors for prewiring of fixtures and poles shall be '12 copper, stranded, type THW, THWN, XHHW or RHW. Lamps a. Provide all lamps for all luminaires furnished under this contract. Replace all burned out lamps during construction and prior to final acceptance of the work. b. Provide all mercury vapor lamps of one manufacturer. c. Provide all high pressure sodium lamps of one manfacturer. d. High pressure sodium lamps shall be clear. e. Mercury vapor lamps shall be phosphor coated delux. Ballasts a. City lighting system 1) Mercury vapor lamp ballasts shall be high power factor, / III -R-11 � 10 1111'x" ! MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES t a MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA 13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES constant wattage regulator or auto -regulator with 277 volt primary windings. The ballasts shall be capable of starting at -20°F and shall be U.L. listed. 2) High pressure sodium street light ballasts shall be high power factor, regulator or auto -regulator type with 277 volt primary, outdoor type (-20°F) with U.L. approval. Over the full range of line variation of t 10%, the ballast shall control lamp watts within the prescribed limits of ;i operation through rated life of lamp as defined by trape- zoidal limits of ANSI standards for high pressure sodium lamps. Input voltage at drop out shall be 60% of nominal ri voltage. Input watts shall not exceed 325 at nominal -: lamp watts. Starting aid shall be encapsulated. Ballast system shall not be adversely effected if a failed lamp is not replaced within 120 days of such failure. b. University Lighting System 1) Mercury vapor lamp ballasts for new fixtures shall be high power factor, constant wattage regulator or auto - regulator with 120 volt primary windings. The ballasts shall be capable of starting at -20°F and shall be U.L. listed. �+ 2) Replacement ballasts for existing fixtures shall be con - 1 i stant wattage core and coil, with 120 volt primaries. The units shall be General Electric N 79W3650. c. Spare Ballasts Provide one (1) spare ballast for Fixture "G". 1� 5. Foundations. -y a. Foundations for lighting posts, bases and pull boxes shall be normal weight 4000 psi Portland Cement concrete mix, conforming with all applicable ACI 318-71 Standards. 1 i� b. Forms for foundations and pull boxes shall include a J template to hold anchor bolts and conduits securely in proper location, laterally and vertically, during plat- ing and setting of concrete. c. Anchor bolts shall conform to the specifications of I ASTM Designation A307 and shall be provided with nuts and washers as required. Plumbing of poles shall be y by adjusting nuts above and below the base plate. d. Where obstructions prevent the construction of a _ planned foundation relocate as directed by the Land- scape Architect/Engineer. - III -R-12 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA 13 CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES i 6. Conduit For City System a. The conduit furnished under this specification shall be of milled steel; shall have a circular cross-section sufficiently accurate to permit the cutting of clean, true threads, and the wall thickness shall be closely uniform at all points. All seams shall be thoroughly welded. The outside surface of the conduit shall be evenly protected with a coating of zinc, and the in- side surface shall be protected by a coating of either zinc, enamel, or lacquer. b. The conduit and fittings shall be galvanized by hot - dipping, by the sherardizing process, by electro - galvanizing or by metalizing. The zinc coating shall be of such extent, quality and uniformity that samples of zinc -coated conduit, or fittings, will not show a fixed deposit of copper after four immersions or dips in a standard copper sulfate solution, (Preece Test). Fittings of the same material and treatment as the conduit, shall be furnished as re- quired. c. Conduit shall be sized in accordance with the National Electric Code (NEPA) unless larger is called for on drawings. d. Special care shall be taken at all conduit ends to pre- vent the conduit from cutting the cable. All conduit ends shall be reamed to eliminate the sharp edges and bushings shall be provided. 7. Conduit for University System a. Exposed conduit shall be rigid galvanized meeting the speci- fications listed in Article 6 above for the City system. b. Buried conduit shall be U.L. listed and shall be either Schedule 40 PVC or Hercules Coreflo. c. If Coreflo is used, conduit to Coreflo connections shall be made with Hercules TF -300 connectors , and Coreflo to Coreflo connections shall be made with CC -300 couplings. 8. Power and Control Conductors For City System a. CONDUCTORS - Conductors shall be of soft drawn, annealed copper, having a conductivity of not less than 98% of pure copper. All conductors shall be NEMA Class B Stranded. The conductors shall conform to IPCEA 5-19-81 and NEMA WC -3 for rubber insulated conductors and IPCEA 5-66-524 and NEMA WC -7 for polyethylene insulated conductors. The minimum size for wiring shall be 1112 AWG copper, unless shown other- wise. All other wiring shall be sized as indicated on the drawings, or as required for the load. All conductor sizes are based on copper with 75° insulation unless otherwise noted. Aluminum conductors will not be permitted. rrr n to MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES a �n I i i !w !q FA ! M9 i 6. Conduit For City System a. The conduit furnished under this specification shall be of milled steel; shall have a circular cross-section sufficiently accurate to permit the cutting of clean, true threads, and the wall thickness shall be closely uniform at all points. All seams shall be thoroughly welded. The outside surface of the conduit shall be evenly protected with a coating of zinc, and the in- side surface shall be protected by a coating of either zinc, enamel, or lacquer. b. The conduit and fittings shall be galvanized by hot - dipping, by the sherardizing process, by electro - galvanizing or by metalizing. The zinc coating shall be of such extent, quality and uniformity that samples of zinc -coated conduit, or fittings, will not show a fixed deposit of copper after four immersions or dips in a standard copper sulfate solution, (Preece Test). Fittings of the same material and treatment as the conduit, shall be furnished as re- quired. c. Conduit shall be sized in accordance with the National Electric Code (NEPA) unless larger is called for on drawings. d. Special care shall be taken at all conduit ends to pre- vent the conduit from cutting the cable. All conduit ends shall be reamed to eliminate the sharp edges and bushings shall be provided. 7. Conduit for University System a. Exposed conduit shall be rigid galvanized meeting the speci- fications listed in Article 6 above for the City system. b. Buried conduit shall be U.L. listed and shall be either Schedule 40 PVC or Hercules Coreflo. c. If Coreflo is used, conduit to Coreflo connections shall be made with Hercules TF -300 connectors , and Coreflo to Coreflo connections shall be made with CC -300 couplings. 8. Power and Control Conductors For City System a. CONDUCTORS - Conductors shall be of soft drawn, annealed copper, having a conductivity of not less than 98% of pure copper. All conductors shall be NEMA Class B Stranded. The conductors shall conform to IPCEA 5-19-81 and NEMA WC -3 for rubber insulated conductors and IPCEA 5-66-524 and NEMA WC -7 for polyethylene insulated conductors. The minimum size for wiring shall be 1112 AWG copper, unless shown other- wise. All other wiring shall be sized as indicated on the drawings, or as required for the load. All conductor sizes are based on copper with 75° insulation unless otherwise noted. Aluminum conductors will not be permitted. rrr n to MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES a b. INSULATION - All circuits shall be installed using wire with 600V insulation, unless wire with a different voltage rating is indicated on the plans. The insulation type shall be RHW, THW, THWN, or XHHW. Insulation shall meet all applicable NEMA and IPCEA Standards. I r. c. TESTING - All wire and cable shall be tested for grounds and continuity before the is power connected. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for damage done to the equipment during testing and start-up due to grounds and lack of continuity. r• d. SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS - No splices shall be made in wire unless specifically detailed j { otherwise. Conductors shall be continuous from pole to pole and shall be terminated with Blackburn, Type USL, or equal insulated street lighting connectors. Soldered type terminators are not acceptable. e. CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION - All conductors shall be identified as to phase by the use of a red -yellow -blue tape identifica- tion system. The color used for each phase shall be consis- tent throughout the project. The conductors shall be iden- tified at every splice or device and shall include but not be limited R to the power source,pole bases, and pull boxes. The switched control conductor run along with the lighting conductors abe �multipleebands neutral shall he cotrol iidentified�with oftae.Twhitentape. Where called out on the plans, the conductors shall also be identified as to phase and circuit number with 3/4 inch dia- meter brass tags with stamped letters Iu and numbers. These tags shall be firmly attached to the conductors. i"� Wherever more than one lighting circuit is run in a common raceway, all conductors W except control conductors shall be identified with 3/4" brass tags at all splices and devices. �y! 9. Power and Control Conductors For U iversity System "0 a. CONDUCTORS - Conductors shall be of soft drawn, annealed copper having a conductivity i I� of not less than 98% of pure copper. All conductors shall be NEMA Class B Stranded. The shall conform to IPCEA 5-19-8 and NEMA WC conductors and IPCEA 5-66-524 conductors -3 for rubber insulated and NEMA WC -7 for polyethylene insulated conductors. The w minimum size for wiring shall be N12 AWG copper, unless shown otherwise. All other wiring shall be 1, sized as indicated on the drawings, or as required for the load. All ootherwise nductor v zes are based on ul- ation unless per hsper- �noted. Aluminum conductors will be mitted where shown on the drawings. I v r� III -P,-14 u 39G MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES W I LJ I n n L U Series lighting cable shall be #4 aluminum, 5KV, XLP-USE, and shall be installed as one continuous line without splices. b. INSULATION - All circuits shall be installed using wire with 600V insulation, unless wire with a different voltage rating is indicated on the plans. The insulation type shall be RHW, THW, THWN, or XHHW above ground. Insulation on underground conductors, whether in conduit or direct buried shall be XLP/USE. Insulation shall meet all applicable NEMA and IPCEP. Standards. c. TESTING - All wire and cable shall be tested for grounds and continuity before the power is connected. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for damage done to the equipment during testing and start-up due to grounds and lack of continuity. d. SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS - No splices shall be made in wire unless specifically detailed otherwise. Conductors shall be continuous from pole to pole and shall be terminated with tin- plated, copper alloy, split -bolt connector with conductor spacer (Blackburn Type HPS). All bolted connections shall be wrapped with a minimum of two turns, half -lapped, bias -cut, varnished cambric (Irvington #2510 or 2520). This shall be covered with self -fusing, ozone resistant, rubber splicing compound (Scotch #23 or #130) applied with sufficient tension to form a homogeneous layer equal to 2 1/2 times the thickness of the original insulation. This layer shall then be wrapped with 8.5 mil vinyl plastic, adhesive backed, electrical tape (Scotch #88). e. CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION - All conductors shall be identified as to phase by the use of a red -yellow -blue tape identifica- tion system. The color used for each phase shall be consis- tent throughout the project. The conductors shall be iden- tified at every splice or device and shall. include but not be limited to the power source,pole bases, and pull boxes. Where called out on the plans, the conductors shall also be identified as to phase and circuit number with 3/4 inch diam- eter brass tags with stamped letters and numbers. These tags shall be firmly attached to the conductors. 10. Fuses and Fuseholders All light fixtures shall be fused using Buss, Tron, Type HEB fuse - holders equipped with breakaway connectors. Neutral connections to fixtures shall be made with non-fused breakaway connectors (Elasti- mold or equal). Type "G" fixtures shall be fused with HEB fuseholder without breakaway feature. Fusing shall be as follows: III -11-15 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I i J Fixture Type fuse 4 FNQ 2 N 1 -NQ 3 1/2 C FNQ 4 D FNQ 2 E FNQ 1 F FNM 3 2/10 f FNQ 1 Provide 10 spare fuses of each type. 11. Pull Boxes a. SN 121215 (NEMA -5) dust tight weather-proof sidewalk boxes (as manufactured by Spring City Electric Co., or equal) shall be used adjacent I.n the four (4) post sixteen inch (16") Kube light bases as shown on the plans and construc- tion details. Furnish covers with cast -in legend "ELECTRIC" on surface, if available. b. Special deep recessed hinge-o-matic base pull box eleven inches (11") by eleven inches (11") by fourteen inches (14") as manufactured by Sterner Lighting, Inc., 4linsted, Minnesota, or equal; shall be used under each ten inch (10") kube light post as shown on the plans and construc- tion details. 12. Power Source Panelboard a. City System 1) The power source panelboard shall consist of the circuit shown on the drawings and shall be contained in a NEMA 3R wall -mounted panel. The panel shall be constructed of 14 guage minimum steel and shall be primed and painted with gray enamel. The door shall be mounted on a piano hinge and shall be provided with a flush lock and key. All switches, breakers, and other parts shall be located inside the panel and the panel shall he designed as a dead -front unit. 2) The unit shall be provided with a 480 -volt, 3 -pole, 60 amp, main breaker with an interrupting capacity of 14,000 RMS Symmetrical Amps, and six 277 -volt, single -pole, 30a, bolt -on breakers with minimum interrupting capacities of 14,000 symmetrical amps. The minimum number of total single -pole breaker spaces provided shall be 12. III -R-16 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I I I i_ _i J 1! 1 y Fixture Type fuse 4 FNQ 2 N 1 -NQ 3 1/2 C FNQ 4 D FNQ 2 E FNQ 1 F FNM 3 2/10 f FNQ 1 Provide 10 spare fuses of each type. 11. Pull Boxes a. SN 121215 (NEMA -5) dust tight weather-proof sidewalk boxes (as manufactured by Spring City Electric Co., or equal) shall be used adjacent I.n the four (4) post sixteen inch (16") Kube light bases as shown on the plans and construc- tion details. Furnish covers with cast -in legend "ELECTRIC" on surface, if available. b. Special deep recessed hinge-o-matic base pull box eleven inches (11") by eleven inches (11") by fourteen inches (14") as manufactured by Sterner Lighting, Inc., 4linsted, Minnesota, or equal; shall be used under each ten inch (10") kube light post as shown on the plans and construc- tion details. 12. Power Source Panelboard a. City System 1) The power source panelboard shall consist of the circuit shown on the drawings and shall be contained in a NEMA 3R wall -mounted panel. The panel shall be constructed of 14 guage minimum steel and shall be primed and painted with gray enamel. The door shall be mounted on a piano hinge and shall be provided with a flush lock and key. All switches, breakers, and other parts shall be located inside the panel and the panel shall he designed as a dead -front unit. 2) The unit shall be provided with a 480 -volt, 3 -pole, 60 amp, main breaker with an interrupting capacity of 14,000 RMS Symmetrical Amps, and six 277 -volt, single -pole, 30a, bolt -on breakers with minimum interrupting capacities of 14,000 symmetrical amps. The minimum number of total single -pole breaker spaces provided shall be 12. III -R-16 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3) The unit shall be provided with copper bus bars and a full- sized solid neutral. Sufficient terminals shall be pro- vided on the neutral bus to connect all circuit neutrals. 4 ) The unit shall be provided with a 3 -pole contactor with a minimum capacity of 60 amps and operated by a 120 VAC coil. 5) A 277/120 -volt control transformer shall be provided to operate the contactor. It shall be of sufficient size to properly operate the contactor and shall be adequately fused on both the prima'ry and secondary sides. 6) Terminal blocks shall be provided for connecting the control wires. 7) Control relays (CRI and CR2) shall be Type KP plug-in general purpose, enclosed, for mounting in an octal socket. Coil voltage shall be 120V and contact rating shall be l0a continuous. 8) Control switches shall be heavy duty, oil tight, rated at 600V and 5a continuous. 9) Wiring and schematic diagrams shall be permanently affixed to the inside of the panel door. 10) The meter and socket will be furnished by the power company for installation by the electrical contractor. 11) The unit shall be a complete factory fabricated device as manufactured by one of the following (field fabrication will not be acceptable): a. Cutler -Hamner, Inc. b. General Electric Co. c. I -T -E d. Square D Co. e. Westinghouse Electric Corp. b. University System 1) The circuit breaker shall be 100a, 3 pole, common trip, 240V, compatible with and for installation in the existing Square D distribution panel located in Maclean Hall. 2) The lighting contactor shall be 3 pole, 100a, electrically held, with 120V operating coil and shall be housed in a NEMA 1 enclosure. III -R-17 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES li i ■ s i. u J � I �7 L,J i 1 3) The unit shall be provided with copper bus bars and a full- sized solid neutral. Sufficient terminals shall be pro- vided on the neutral bus to connect all circuit neutrals. 4 ) The unit shall be provided with a 3 -pole contactor with a minimum capacity of 60 amps and operated by a 120 VAC coil. 5) A 277/120 -volt control transformer shall be provided to operate the contactor. It shall be of sufficient size to properly operate the contactor and shall be adequately fused on both the prima'ry and secondary sides. 6) Terminal blocks shall be provided for connecting the control wires. 7) Control relays (CRI and CR2) shall be Type KP plug-in general purpose, enclosed, for mounting in an octal socket. Coil voltage shall be 120V and contact rating shall be l0a continuous. 8) Control switches shall be heavy duty, oil tight, rated at 600V and 5a continuous. 9) Wiring and schematic diagrams shall be permanently affixed to the inside of the panel door. 10) The meter and socket will be furnished by the power company for installation by the electrical contractor. 11) The unit shall be a complete factory fabricated device as manufactured by one of the following (field fabrication will not be acceptable): a. Cutler -Hamner, Inc. b. General Electric Co. c. I -T -E d. Square D Co. e. Westinghouse Electric Corp. b. University System 1) The circuit breaker shall be 100a, 3 pole, common trip, 240V, compatible with and for installation in the existing Square D distribution panel located in Maclean Hall. 2) The lighting contactor shall be 3 pole, 100a, electrically held, with 120V operating coil and shall be housed in a NEMA 1 enclosure. III -R-17 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES li i ■ ME 3) The photoelectric controller shall be a Fisher -Pierce »6600, or equal, 120 volt, with twist -lock plug. The unit shall be used with a Fisher -Pierce 5476-71 mounting adaptor attached directly to a 1/2" conduit. 4) A manual lockable bypass switch shall be connected in parallel with the PE controller. The switch shall be Sierra #WPH-1L. 5) The meter and socket will be provided by the University for installation by the electrical contractor. 6) Interior conduit shall be rigid galvanized. C. CONSTRUCTION 1. Instruction Prior to commencing the installation work under these specifica- tions, all members of the Contractor's crew shall be informed by the Contractor of all of the terms and conditions affecting their actions and work at the job site. Workers shall be know- ledgeable in regards to the performance, operation, installa- tion procedures, and handling of the materials and equipment they will be working with. All Mechanical Equipment Operators shall be reminded of the hazards and safety precautions in re- gards to the equipment they will be using. The installation procedures specified herein and the manufactuerers recommended procedures shall be discussed and explained. 2. Location Staking The location of all lighting structures and principal circula- tion shall be staked out by the Contractor. All staking and measurements shall be taken from permanent objects, buildings, etc., or survey bench markers and not from objects such as turf boundaries, etc., which are subject to change. All measure- ments shall be made in feet and inches. Fractions may be round- ed to the nearest inch. As the staking progresses all additions, changes, or equipment locations, whether or not necessitating an increase or decrease in compensation, shall be noted on the copy of the "working plans" from which the "as built" drawings will be made. 3. Coordination of Electrical Installation a. Sequence, coordinate and integrate the various elements of electrical work so.that the electrical system will perform as indicated and be in harmony with the other work of the project. The Landscape Architect/Engineer will not super- vise the coordination, which is the exclusive responsibil- ity of the Contractor. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR¢LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES b. Arrange work to facilitate maintenance and repair or replace- ment of equipment. Locate services requiring maintenance on wiring devices and similar units in front of services requiring less maintenance. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other work. Locate operating and control equipment and devices for easy access. c. Coordinate electrical work with all other work, so that required performances of each will be achieved. d. Give the right-of-way in confined -service spaces to piping which must slope for drainage, and to similar services which are less conformable than electrical services. e. Conform with the construction plans and details to the greatest extent possible. Conform with the arrangement indicated by the contract documents, recognizing that portions of the work are shown only in diagramatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual ~ system requirements, comply with the Landscape Architect/ Engineer's decision on resolution of conflict. f. Coordinate the connections of electrical systems with .1 exterior underground and overhead power and communication services. Comply with the requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies and controll- ing agencies. Provide a single connection for each service, except where emergency back-up connections are indicated as alternative sources from looped services, and except I where multiple connections are indicated. i I 4. Excavation and Backfilling a. The excavations required for the installation of cable, foundations, and pull boxes shall be performed in such a manner as to avoid any unnecessary damage to other — improvements. The excavations shall not be wider than necessary for the proper installation and foundations. Excavation shall not be performed until immediately before installation. The material from the excavation shall be placed in a position that will not cause damage or obstruction to pedestrian or vehicular traffic nor interfere with surface drainage. b. The trench shall be to the depth as shown on the plans and of sufficient width to permit easy placing " of the conduit or electric cable. Conduit or electric cable shall not be placed in the trench prior to inspection of the trench by the Engineer. 1 i ' III -R-19 i MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES c. All trenches shall be backfilled as soon as possible after the installation of the conduit or electric cable. Any material excavated from the trenches, which in the opinion of the Engineer is satisfactory backfilling material, may be used for backfilling of trenches. Cinders, rocks, or -- other deleterious materials will not be permitted in the backfill material. Trenches on University property shall be backfilled with sand, free of coarse particles to a depth of 6 inches above the top of the conduit. d. Trenches under pavement, curb, gutter or sidewalk shall be backfilled with sand or bank run gravel. No extra ' compensation will be allowed. e. Backfilling material shall be deposited in the trench in T layers, not to exceed six inches (61 in depth, and shall be thoroughly compacted by suitable tamping before the next six inch (6") layer is deposited in the trench. f. Excavations after backfilling shall be kept well filled and maintained in a smooth and well -drained condition — until completion of the work and acceptance of the contract. VI 5. Cutting and Patching u a. Structural Limitations - Do not cut structural framing, "n walls, floors decks and other members intended to with- stand stress, except with the Landscape Architect/ -� Engineer's written authorization. Authorization will be granted only where there is no other reasonable method for completing the electrical work, and where i the proposed cutting clearly does not materially weaken the structure. i b. Cutting Concrete - Where authorized, cut openings through concrete (for conduit penetrations and similar services) by core drilling or sawing. Do not cut by hammer -driven chisel or drill. t� c. Cutting and patching of the work (other than electrical work), as required to accommodate electrical work, shall be performed by the Contractor for the general work under i the terms and conditions of the contract documents. The Landscape Architect/Engineer will be the sole judge of whether proposed cutting and patching is reasonably una- voidable, in order to accommodate electrical work. 6. Installation of Lighting Fixtures and Structures a. Install all lighting fixtures and structures in accordance with the plans, construction details and specifications. The electrical contractor and general contractor may wish to share the responsibility for the installation of the lighting posts and structures. III -R-20, 394 ; MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES I MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3ql b. Four (4) traffic control units are to be located at the Clinton/College Street intersection as shown on the plans. _ The contractor is to provide concrete bases and conduit only; installation and wiring of the system will be done - by the City. 7. Installation of Cable, Wire and Connections 'vl a. Install electrical cable, wire and connectors as indicated, - in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions, the applicable requirements of NEC and the National Electrical Contractors Association's "Standard of Installation", and in 7 accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve the intended functions. b. Coordinate cable and wire installation work with electrical ~' raceway and equipment installation work, as necessary for - — proper interface. c. Contractor must examine the areas and conditions under which cable, wire and connectors are to be installed and notify i the Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been ,y corrected in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. "1 d. Powdered soapstone, talc, or other inert lubricant shall be �I used in placing conductors in conduit. All wires in each conduit section shall be pulled at one time in order to re- duce damage to wire coverings. e. Sufficient slack shall be left for each conductor at each splice or termination and pull box to provide for future - work as may be necessary. f. No conductor splices will be permitted in conduit. Lighting conductor splices, where required, shall be made only in w pull boxes and pole bases, utilizing insulated street lighting connectors. 8. Bonding and Grounding a. Metal conduit, service equipment, and metal poles shall be mechanically and electrically secure to form a continuous system and shall be effectively grounded. Bonding and ^; grounding jumpers shall be No. 6 copper wire or copper strap the of same cross sectional area as No. 6 wire. b. The neutral, grounding conductor, cabinet, and conduit shall i all be bonded at the power source. v c. A ground rod shall be provided at each pole base. = III -R-21 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3ql 2 10, it Iww d. Megger: a megohm -meter test shall be made on each circuit between the circuit and a ground. The insulation resistance shall not be less than 10 megohms at a test level of 1000 volts, and the readings shall be recorded and given to the City Engineer or University Physical Plant Department, as appropriate. e. Functional: A functional test shall be made in which it is demonstrated that each and every part of the system functions as specified or intended. f. The functional test for the street lighting system shall consist of not less than five (5) days of continuous, satisfactory operation. If unsatisfactory performance of the system develops, the contractor shall make corrections and the test shall be repeated until the five (5) days of continuous satisfactory operation is obtained. g. During the five (5) day test period, the owner's forces will maintain the system. The cost of any maintenance necessary, except electrical energy and maintenance due to damage by public traffic, shall be at the Contractor's expense and will be considered as included in the price paid for the contract item involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. h. Shutdown caused by factors beyond the Contractor's control shall not constitute discontinuity of the functional test. III -R-22 MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES qdr _ d. Poles shall be grounded through the grounding lug provided on the pole. e. Bonding of metallic conduit at concrete pull boxes and pole bases shall be through the use of grounding bushings. f. Bonding of metallic conduit at metallic junction boxes shall be by means of locknuts, one on each side of the metal panel, or through threaded bosses hubs or on the boxes. 9. Field Tests r� a. Prior to completion of the work, the Contractor shall cause the following tests to be made on all circuits, ,.. in the presence of the City Engineer or his represen- tative. b. Continuity: Each circuit shall be tested for continuity. c. Ground: Each circuit shall be tested for grounds. 2 10, it Iww d. Megger: a megohm -meter test shall be made on each circuit between the circuit and a ground. The insulation resistance shall not be less than 10 megohms at a test level of 1000 volts, and the readings shall be recorded and given to the City Engineer or University Physical Plant Department, as appropriate. e. Functional: A functional test shall be made in which it is demonstrated that each and every part of the system functions as specified or intended. f. The functional test for the street lighting system shall consist of not less than five (5) days of continuous, satisfactory operation. If unsatisfactory performance of the system develops, the contractor shall make corrections and the test shall be repeated until the five (5) days of continuous satisfactory operation is obtained. g. During the five (5) day test period, the owner's forces will maintain the system. The cost of any maintenance necessary, except electrical energy and maintenance due to damage by public traffic, shall be at the Contractor's expense and will be considered as included in the price paid for the contract item involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. h. Shutdown caused by factors beyond the Contractor's control shall not constitute discontinuity of the functional test. III -R-22 MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R�LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES qdr L.� 10. Electrical Work Closeout a. Signed Commitments - Do not proceed with the transfer of the electrical systems to the owner for operation until guaran- tees, warranties, performance certifications, maintenance agreements and similar commitments to be signed by the Contractor and others have been executed and transmitted to the Landscape Architect/Engineer for the owner's records. b. Security and Protection - During the electrical work close- out phase, meet with the owner's operating representative and agree upon the status of operational responsibility for the electrical systems, including security provisions to prevent unauthorized operations, and including protective . measures to ensure that the systems are not neglected or misused. c. Record Drawings - Except where otherwise indicated, the electrical drawings prepared by the Landscape Architect/ Engineer (the "contract drawings") are dlagramatic in nature and may not show locations accurately for the various components of electrical systems. It is recog- nized that the actual layout of installed work may (for several reasons) vary substantially from the contract drawings. The Contractor shall maintain a set of electrical contract drawings in clean, undamaged condition, for mark-up of actual installations which vary substantially from the work as shown. Mark-up whichever drawings is most capable of showing the as -built condition accurately. Use multiple colors to aid in the distinction between work of separate systems. In general, record every substantive installa- tion of electrical work which previously is either not shown or shown inaccurately, but in any case record the following: 1) Underground cable and conduits including manholes and handholes, both interior and exterior, drawn to scale and fully dimensioned. 2) Work concealed behind or in other work, in a non - accessible arrangement. 3) Mains and branches of wiring systems, with panelboards and control devices located and numbered, with con- cealed splices located, and with devices requiring maintenance located. 4) Primary grounding system(s). Transmittal to owner - When mark-up of record drawings for electrical work is complete, organize the sheets into sets, bind and transmit to the Landscape Archi- tect/Engineer as a submittal. III -R-23 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS - DES MOINES 0 ra I i I1 A d. Cleaning and Lubricants - After the final performance test run of each electrical system, clean the system both extern- ally and internally. Comply with the manufacturer's in- structions for the lubrication of both power and hand operated equipment, and remove excess lubrication. Touch- up minor damage to factory -painted finishes and other paint- ing specified as electrical work; refinish work where damage is extensive. e. General Operating Instructions: 1) Describe the basic electrical system. 2) Explain the identification system. 3) Outline basic maintenance procedures and major equipment turnaround requirements, including adjustments to optimize output and efficiency of electrical systems. 5) Display and conduct a "thumb -through" explanation of maintenance manuals, record drawings, spare parts in- ventory, storage of extra materials, meter readings and similar service items. f. Construction Equipment - After completion of performance testing and owner's operating instructions and demonstra- tions, remove installers' tools, test facilities, construc- tion equipment and similar devices and materials used in the execution of the work but not incorporated in the work. g. Acceptance and Continued Services - Coordinate the owner's take-over of the electrical systems. Respond promptly with continued consultation and services (beyond the take-over date) on electrical systems as may be required. h. Before final payment, deliver to the Landscape Architect/ Engineer copies of all certificates and permits, approved and signed by the authorities having jurisdiction. D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 1. All lighting fixtures shall be bid as unit items. All bid prices shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals including but not limited to, luminaires, lamps, poles, wire from luminaire to base, boxes, ground rods, fuses and fuseholders, and connections to the elec- tric system. Pull boxes associated with Type "C" fixtures shall be included in the fixture bid price. III -R-24 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 390 I 1 v w I d. Cleaning and Lubricants - After the final performance test run of each electrical system, clean the system both extern- ally and internally. Comply with the manufacturer's in- structions for the lubrication of both power and hand operated equipment, and remove excess lubrication. Touch- up minor damage to factory -painted finishes and other paint- ing specified as electrical work; refinish work where damage is extensive. e. General Operating Instructions: 1) Describe the basic electrical system. 2) Explain the identification system. 3) Outline basic maintenance procedures and major equipment turnaround requirements, including adjustments to optimize output and efficiency of electrical systems. 5) Display and conduct a "thumb -through" explanation of maintenance manuals, record drawings, spare parts in- ventory, storage of extra materials, meter readings and similar service items. f. Construction Equipment - After completion of performance testing and owner's operating instructions and demonstra- tions, remove installers' tools, test facilities, construc- tion equipment and similar devices and materials used in the execution of the work but not incorporated in the work. g. Acceptance and Continued Services - Coordinate the owner's take-over of the electrical systems. Respond promptly with continued consultation and services (beyond the take-over date) on electrical systems as may be required. h. Before final payment, deliver to the Landscape Architect/ Engineer copies of all certificates and permits, approved and signed by the authorities having jurisdiction. D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 1. All lighting fixtures shall be bid as unit items. All bid prices shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals including but not limited to, luminaires, lamps, poles, wire from luminaire to base, boxes, ground rods, fuses and fuseholders, and connections to the elec- tric system. Pull boxes associated with Type "C" fixtures shall be included in the fixture bid price. III -R-24 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 390 I r ■ Conduit and wire shall be measured along the run of the con- duit and shall be the distance from the center of one device to the center of the next. No allowance will be made for vertical distance from the conduit elevation up to the de- vice or for loops or pigtail length for making up connections. Bid price for wire shall be per foot of single conductor. Bid price for the power source panel shall include all mater- ial, labor, and incidentals required to provide a fully oper- ational power source and shall include but not be limited to, the factory assembled panel, control conductors between the two lighting panels, conductors to connect the panel to the fused disconnect switch, and installation of the meter and socket. E. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for each item described above shall be at the unit price bid and shall be full compensation for all labor, mater- stallationpofneach ditem incidentals asrequired. Noypayment to pwill belte emade on an item until the item has been fully installed, tested, and placed in operation or in an operable state. III -R-25 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB - CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 1 DIVISION III SECTION S SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLUMBING A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference Requirements of the Division II Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation and Sub -base Preparation b. Division III, Section E: Trench Excavation and Backfill 3. Scope a. Provide all labor, materials (except as noted)•and equipment required to furnish, construct and install all plumbing work in accordance with the plans and specifications. Note: An Iowa City Plumbers license is not required for work outside buildings. b. For the work of this Section, the Contractor shall coordin- ate his work with the work of all other trades affecting, or affected by his work, cooperating as necessary with other trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. c. Curb box and street washer connections shall be in- stalled as shown on the plans. Note:. The City of Iowa City will relocate one (1) fire hydrant in the project area; the actual cost to be charged against the project budget, The Contractor shall be re- sponsible only for related work to be coordinated with the fire hydrant relocation and addition. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES �r r� Ir M1 kJ 1 LI o.`1� u 1�1 ` >t DIVISION III SECTION S SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLUMBING A. DESCRIPTION 1. Reference Requirements of the Division II Construction Documents shall apply to all work under this Section. 2. Related Work in Other Sections a. Division III, Section B: Excavation and Sub -base Preparation b. Division III, Section E: Trench Excavation and Backfill 3. Scope a. Provide all labor, materials (except as noted)•and equipment required to furnish, construct and install all plumbing work in accordance with the plans and specifications. Note: An Iowa City Plumbers license is not required for work outside buildings. b. For the work of this Section, the Contractor shall coordin- ate his work with the work of all other trades affecting, or affected by his work, cooperating as necessary with other trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. c. Curb box and street washer connections shall be in- stalled as shown on the plans. Note:. The City of Iowa City will relocate one (1) fire hydrant in the project area; the actual cost to be charged against the project budget, The Contractor shall be re- sponsible only for related work to be coordinated with the fire hydrant relocation and addition. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 4. Codes and Permits a. Materials and installation shall conform to all State and Local Codes and Regulations governing the trades included in this work. Requirements of these plans or specifications, not conflicting therewith, but exceeding code requirements ( shall govern. Where necessary to protect a potable water supply, Backflow Prevention Units of the proper type and size shall be installed. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits required for this work which the City will provide at no cost to the Contractor. He shall also arrange _ for all inspection, examinations, or approvals required by governing ordinances thereof. 5. Verification of Plans and Specs: I � a. It shall be the responsibility of all parties concerned to carefully examine the plans and specifications relating to this work for completeness, accuracy and clarity. Any conflict, errors or clarification requests, shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Landscape Architect/ Engineer and/or the Owner for written interpre- tation or instructions. No claim for increased compensation for additions, changes or alterations will be considered, unless written authorization is granted by the Owner's representative. Otherwise, any additional materials and/ or labor, due to additions, alterations, and changes, nec- essary to meet existing conditions, shall be furnished I. under this contract. 6. Utilities and Protection: a. The Owner shall make available to the Contractor all necessary information regarding the exact locations of existing utilities. The Contractor shall be liable for damages to, or the cost of repairing and/or replacing buried conduit, cables or piping _ encountered during installation work. The Owner shall be liable for the cost of replacing or repairing damages to, or caused by existing unmarked utilities of which the Contractor had not been previously informed. 7, quality Assurance: a. All underground work shall be inspected and approved by the persons supervising the installation for correctness and completeness before backfilling. III -S-2 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 3i b I — b. All materials and equipment shall be warranteed in writing for a period of one year against defects in materials and workman- ship from their respective manufacturers. All installation work shall be warranteed for a period of one year against defective workmanship and handling, by the installer. Warran- tees shall become effective an the day the system or any portion thereof is put into operation. B. MATERIALS 1. Fire Hydrants Fire hydrant materials and installations will be done by the City. ^= 2. Materials Note: The City will perform the one -inch tap to the water main. The following materials are required at eleven (11) locations: a. Corporation Cock Corporation cock shall be one (1) inch Mueller H-15000 or equal. I b. Curb Stop Curb stop shall be Mueller H-15210 or equal. j c. Curb Box Curb box shall be Mueller H-10306 or equal. d. Street Washer Street washer shall be Eclipse No. 38 or equal. r-� e. Copper Tubing Tubing shall be one (1) inch type K copper. Note: Street washers q�jl are required at two (2) locations on Washington Street. Excavation The Contractor shall do all necessary excavation for the proper installation of this work. Mechanical trench diggers used on this site shall be of an approved type to cut smooth -bottom trenches on uniform slopes. Trenches shall be no wider than is necessary to lay pipe, except that extra working space shall be provided where necessary to make Joints. Boulders, rocks, roots and other obstructions shall be entirely removed or cut out to the width of the trench and to a depth of six inches (611) below the trench bottom. Over -excavating shall be backfilled and carefully tamped to provide a smooth and firth -bearing surface for laying the pipe. III -S-3 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA9 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES D s The Contractor shall barricade and/or light the excavated area to prevent undue hazard to the public. 2. Street Washer Valves Street Washer Valves shall be set plumb and level with established grades, at the locations indicated on the plans. Pea rock or gravel shall be installed under all Street Washer Valves for drainage and/ or stability. 3. Backfillinq As soon as the work has been installed, inspected and approved, all excavations shall be filled with fine earth materials, free from clods, rocks or other unsuitable substances. Trenches must be left flush with, or slightly above, adjacent finished grade after compacting as closely as passible to the original density of the soil. Backfilling of trenches containing plastic pipe and copper pipe shall be performed when the pipe is cool to avoid excessive contraction in cold weather. D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 1. The plumbing equipment at thirteen (13) locations shall be bid as a lump sum item for each complete installation. All bid prices shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and inci- dental services necessary to complete the installation as re- quired of the plumbing equipment listed. E. BASIS OF PAYMENT 1. Payment for plumbing equipment shall be at the lump sum price bid for each installation and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment and incidental services necessary to complete the construction work as required. III -S-4 MICROFILMED BY " JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES U I L� 1 I t D s The Contractor shall barricade and/or light the excavated area to prevent undue hazard to the public. 2. Street Washer Valves Street Washer Valves shall be set plumb and level with established grades, at the locations indicated on the plans. Pea rock or gravel shall be installed under all Street Washer Valves for drainage and/ or stability. 3. Backfillinq As soon as the work has been installed, inspected and approved, all excavations shall be filled with fine earth materials, free from clods, rocks or other unsuitable substances. Trenches must be left flush with, or slightly above, adjacent finished grade after compacting as closely as passible to the original density of the soil. Backfilling of trenches containing plastic pipe and copper pipe shall be performed when the pipe is cool to avoid excessive contraction in cold weather. D. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 1. The plumbing equipment at thirteen (13) locations shall be bid as a lump sum item for each complete installation. All bid prices shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and inci- dental services necessary to complete the installation as re- quired of the plumbing equipment listed. E. BASIS OF PAYMENT 1. Payment for plumbing equipment shall be at the lump sum price bid for each installation and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment and incidental services necessary to complete the construction work as required. III -S-4 MICROFILMED BY " JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES W MEMORANDUM IOWA CITY PUBLIC. LIBRARY TO . Neal Berlin and the, City Council FROM: Lolly Eggers, Library Director RE: Salaries for confidential employees DATE: February 15, 1980 I feel very strongly that it should be a Council policy that all confidential employees receive the same salary benefits and cost -of -living benefits negotiated by members of the bargaining unit. At this stage of the FY1981'budget, the recommended disparity is nearly 7% for employees not yet'at the top of their range. I can find no legitimate reasons to give confidential employees for receiving less pay for similar work nor can I cite any advantages they receive as confidential employees. Each year much valuable work time is lost as confidential employees agonize over what could'be the rationale for such an unfair policy. I believe the city must move to correct . this policy gap or face the consequences of a demoralized workforce and the eventual loss of highly -valued employees. I will recommend to the Library Board that in so far as the library budget is able, confidential employees be given raises identical to unit employees. cc/Library Board of Trustees MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 397 i i l i . r �s i y, S. r rY. 4 1 is>7 W MEMORANDUM IOWA CITY PUBLIC. LIBRARY TO . Neal Berlin and the, City Council FROM: Lolly Eggers, Library Director RE: Salaries for confidential employees DATE: February 15, 1980 I feel very strongly that it should be a Council policy that all confidential employees receive the same salary benefits and cost -of -living benefits negotiated by members of the bargaining unit. At this stage of the FY1981'budget, the recommended disparity is nearly 7% for employees not yet'at the top of their range. I can find no legitimate reasons to give confidential employees for receiving less pay for similar work nor can I cite any advantages they receive as confidential employees. Each year much valuable work time is lost as confidential employees agonize over what could'be the rationale for such an unfair policy. I believe the city must move to correct . this policy gap or face the consequences of a demoralized workforce and the eventual loss of highly -valued employees. I will recommend to the Library Board that in so far as the library budget is able, confidential employees be given raises identical to unit employees. cc/Library Board of Trustees MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES 397 i Y City of Iowa Cl-, o; ; •, ,�. DATE: February 15, 1980 TO: Neal Berlin and City Council FROM: Confidential Employees RE: Pay Increases The Confidential group of 19 employees met with Dale Helling and Pat Brown on February 14, 1980, and felt serious error would be made if only a non - guaranteed salary increase of 9.2% (4.2% COL and 5% merit) would be allowed July 1, 1980. We are the Management's support unit and should be guaranteed at least the same salary as employees in the bargaining unit. We are being discriminated against. Considering us as a part of Management is one thing, but we're not getting paid like Management so 9.2% of our salaries is much less than 9.2% of Management's. i.e., $25,000 x 9.2% = $2,300.00 $12,000 x 9.2% = $1,104.00 1,1 6.00 difference (at least) The Confidential Employee's salary increase of 4.2% for COL does not even come close to keeping up with the bargaining unit employee COL increase of 11%, let alone the nation's COL percentage. i.e., 11% Bargaining $457.60x26= $11,897.60 + $1,308.74 = $13,206.34 4.2% Confidential $457.60x26 = $11,897.60 + $ 499.70 = $12,297.30 The difference being T 809.04 Also, all confidential ranges start lower than the identical range of the bargaining unit. See attached pay plan. As Confidential Employees and Management's support system, we feel we deserve at least what the bargaining unit gets if not a little more. We have some People who have been here as many as 15 years and have never gotten to the top of our range. Basically, that shows how we're not going anywhere in our pay range. As COL goes up, the base salaries go up and we, with the increases we receive, sit still in the middle of the range not going anywhere. In some cases almost going backwards. We don't like being the group that gets whatever is left over. The bargaining unit gets decided upon, the Management gets decided upon, and whatever is left over decides what the Confidential Employees will receive. If we are going to continue to be considered Management, then give us a comparable dollar increase or put us back in a step program similar to the bargaining unit with both the 11% COL increase and our merit increase. DON'T leave us hanging every year undecided until the end. Discuss the Opt ns with us, make a decision, put it in writing, and stick by it. MICROFILMED BY JORM MIC R+LA 13 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MDINES N i �L 1 !-1 -2- We, as Confidential Employees, do feel we're important to our departments. We feel we are a vital part of the City offices. We work closely with our bosses and in several cases do things our bosses would have done themselves. They feel confident in our work and rely on us a great deal. With this in mind, we feel we deserve at least what the bargaining unit gets, if not a little more. We deserve a fair deal. _ 39.7 - MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES .1 �L 1 tl 1 i 4:. ry• 7.I U J'. !-1 -2- We, as Confidential Employees, do feel we're important to our departments. We feel we are a vital part of the City offices. We work closely with our bosses and in several cases do things our bosses would have done themselves. They feel confident in our work and rely on us a great deal. With this in mind, we feel we deserve at least what the bargaining unit gets, if not a little more. We deserve a fair deal. _ 39.7 - MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LA6 CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES .1 �L a �I l = i 41 w m N M N M 1♦ Q .-1 11 Drina i4 m EEE' in H N 1-I M H CD N Q a Q 1♦%DM ID O N n m aO �I is Q oO m ' m Lr)V m -4 CM D Ca �mko O Q O m 1-1 N H O Vi OMO a 0 M 0 V)briw R: QO M ri N n Q iDm D Ln r, InMHIn Q a N c, � r�ko M c. 1 CimaN � CN Ln a ri roto novDo Q N r N m N M Q M m a P. X N a E L, N m Q O O Ln lD O O L N 0 0 lDMOO Ili N 0 0 Vv' P r N N O O O r000 v co D., cc M co0No P. It 4 0 MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR+LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES Q Qo0 m Doo 0 In r w ko vo`l'e1-1 x MA2°9 1 v U N H C Qaa N = i 41 w m N M N M 1♦ Q .-1 Drina i4 m in H N 1-I M H CD N Q a Q 1♦%DM ID O N n m aO Q oO m ' H N r -I 1 O i M O M O a.0m O r M r QOM j lz f M QQtnQ rQQQ v) q% � s� QaP. I r-1 i l vr--1� Q 1D in to rn w 1 co P. m In m of Q u1 lD j m N ID M m N xa I H b��• uji X81 1I p- 0V 1 o�Goa < Y �I 317 r go L-10' A IOWA CITY COUNCIL EXECUTIVE SESSION COUNCIL EXECUTIVE SESSION: February 15, 1980, 4:10 P.M. in the Conference Room at the Civic Center. Public Notice posted on bulletin board, given to news media &,listed on tentative agenda. COUNCILMEMBERS PRESENT: Balmer, Neuhauser, Perret, Roberts, Vevera. Absent: Erdahl, Lynch. STAFFMEMBERS PRESENT: Berlin, Karr, Helling, Rynecki. TAPE-RECORDED on Reel N18' Executive Session., Side 1, 193-836. Open Session: Moved by Roberts, seconded by Perret to adjourn to executive session under Sec. 20.17.3: (Negotiating session, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitrators shall be exempt from the provisions of Chapter 28A.). Affirmative roll call vote unanimous, 5/0, Erdahl, Lynch absent. 4:10 P.M. Executive Session held with negotiator Steve Rynecki re Police contract. Moved by Roberts, seconded by Vevera to adjourn, 5:05 PM. Motion carried unanimously. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES m p 1 i a j 1 � 1 go L-10' A IOWA CITY COUNCIL EXECUTIVE SESSION COUNCIL EXECUTIVE SESSION: February 15, 1980, 4:10 P.M. in the Conference Room at the Civic Center. Public Notice posted on bulletin board, given to news media &,listed on tentative agenda. COUNCILMEMBERS PRESENT: Balmer, Neuhauser, Perret, Roberts, Vevera. Absent: Erdahl, Lynch. STAFFMEMBERS PRESENT: Berlin, Karr, Helling, Rynecki. TAPE-RECORDED on Reel N18' Executive Session., Side 1, 193-836. Open Session: Moved by Roberts, seconded by Perret to adjourn to executive session under Sec. 20.17.3: (Negotiating session, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitrators shall be exempt from the provisions of Chapter 28A.). Affirmative roll call vote unanimous, 5/0, Erdahl, Lynch absent. 4:10 P.M. Executive Session held with negotiator Steve Rynecki re Police contract. Moved by Roberts, seconded by Vevera to adjourn, 5:05 PM. Motion carried unanimously. MICROFILMED BY JORM MICR#LAB CEDAR RAPIDS • DES MOINES m